William Paterson Cohege does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, age, sex, religion, creed, national origin or handicap. College policies and practices are consistent with federal and state laws pertaining to equal opportunity in admission and education policies, scholarship, loan, athletic and other school-administered programs.
Specifically, William Paterson College complies with Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section 504 of the Vocational Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Title VI of the civil Rights Act of 1964 and their respective implementing regUlati~ns.
The College reserves the right to make changes in its aCiidemic program, courses, schedules, fees or calendar. With respect to such changes, students have a continuing right to pursue programs in the form that applied at the time of their matricUlation or to choose program changes that occur subsequently.
For addition~ information, catalogs and applications, write or call: Office of Admissions William Paterson College Wayne, New Jersey 07470 (201) 595-2125 Dear Student, Every William Paterson College stu-,' dent is provided an Undergraduate Cat- ' alog upon enrollment:. This is the only copy of the current catalog you will automatically receive during your stud ies at the College. Should your copy become damaged, or should you misplace it, you can pur chase a new copy at the WPC Book store, located in the Student Center. Always remember to bring your cat alog to registration. Best wishes for success, Office of Admissions
General Information ...... 8 School of the Arts and Communication ...... 40 School of Education ...... 66 School of Humanities, Management and Social Sciences ...... 76 School of Science and Health ...... 128 Directories ...... 170 Maps ...... 189 Index ...... 191 William Paterson College Mission Statement
William Paterson College aspires to excellence through Because each member of the William Paterson College educational programs that challenge students to high levels community contributes to the education of all, this educa of intellectual and personal development. This commit tion is enhanced by a membership that is drawn from ment to excellence is reflected in a carefully constructed and diverse ethnic, cultural, socioeconomic and experiential distinctive undergraduate curriculum that offers a broad backgrounds. The College is working to create such a foundation in the liberal arts and a wide variety of majors community and pledges a special effort to improve oppor that help students prepare for productive lives in a plural tunities and programs for minority members, particularly istic SOciety and professional careers in a rapidly changing Blacks and Hispanics, and for nontraditional students. technological world. Graduate programs are deSigned to To achieve the educational excellence outlined above, meet the needs of the surrounding region for in-depth the students, faculty, staff, administrators and trustees are preparation in fields of corresponding institutional strength. committed to strengthening current learning communities The College believes that a measure of true educational and to building new ones; to continuing effort toward excellence is the extent to which its students develop the effective teaching and active involvement in learning; to abilities for and commitment to lifelong learning and con maintaining a stimulating intellectual and scholarly life in tributing to the common good. In order to realize this which students are accepted as contributing members; and excellence, the College seeks to involve students actively to providing effective and efficient support services. An and personally in learning and to help them perceive con integral part of these efforts is a commitment to ongoing nections: across disciplines and between classrooms, from assessment and a willingness to use the results of this individual experiences to those of fellow learners, from the assessment as the basis for making changes in order to campus to the larger world, and from the past and present achieve desired outcomes. to the future. It does this by involving faculty and students As a state-supported institution, William Paterson Col in a rich network of interconnected learning communities lege recognizes a special obligation to serve the public. It that extend throughout the campus and beyond. These are fulfills this responsibility through its graduate and under based on a distinctive educational philosophy that views graduate courses and programs, by offering continuing learning as an active and collaborative process in which education courses on topics of current interest, and by each member contributes to the intellectual and personal serving as a cultural center and educational resource for growth of others. schools, social agencies, businesses and the general public. Through this emphasis on learning communities, the The College seeks to provide access, at a reasonable cost, to College seeks to help students become self-confident learn all in the surrounding region who can properly be served by ers who take responsibility for their own learning and its courses and programs. contribute to the learning of others; who are open to new William Paterson College is committed to participatory ideas and experiences; who can both work collaboratively governance and will actively work to foster mutual respect and accept leadership responsibilities; and who are effective and cooperation among its members. The College reaffirms listeners and communicators. The College further seeks to rigorous adherence to its Affirmative Action and N on provide an educational experience that develops and refines Discrimination Policies. It is further committed to academic intellectual skills and, equally important, ethical standards freedom as important to intellectual inquiry and the devel and an appreciation of the commonality and diversity of the opment of ideas. human experience. This necessarily involves creative con flict that challenges habits, practices and assumptions and Revised: Board of Trustees, September 19,1983 enriches the ability to participate with others while main Revised: Board of Trustees, June 5, 1989 taining individuality and independence of judgment.
2 William Paterson College
Since its founding in 1855, William Paterson of the cultural and cosmopolitan resources of College has been educating the people of New New York City adds to the richness of the Jersey. Their needs-and the College-have weave. changed dramatically during the years, yet the The College's diversity of programs is per commitment to education, to the future, to haps the best evidence of the strides made since improving the quality of life where people live its founding. Degree offerings other than those. and work remains stronger than ever. Provid leading to a teaching career were added in ing accessible education, the College is a pri 1966; ranging from the traditional to the con mary resource for training the education, busi temporary, they provide students the educa ness, health care, sCience and art professionals tion most suited to their interests and needs. of northern New Jersey. Students receive a first Today, 31 undergraduate and 15 graduate de class education at a fraction of the cost ex gree programs are offered in the College's four perienced by students at private colleges and schools: Arts and Communication, Education, universities. The College offers value in educa Humanities, Management and Social Sciences tion-the value of our top-notch faculty, edu and Science and Health. cational resources, facilities and services, and Supported by the citizen,s of New Jersey, the value of a future unburdened by excessive William Paterson College is one of nine in debt. the state college system. Operating under the More than a century of meeting diverse edu policy direction of ,the State Board of Higher cational needs has given the College its rich Education and governed by a local board of texture and unique character. Its long history is trustees, the College is accredited by the Mid everywhere symbolized on its 250-acre hilltop dle States Association of Colleges and Second campus in Wayne. Even the shortest stroll ary Schools. around the grounds delights the eye with diver A long tradition of weaving the needs of the sity-from the var~ety of faces, ages and inter people of New Jersey into the fabric of the ests of our 8,000 students to the very fiber of the College has made William Paterson the vital physical institution as well. Here radio and and flexible institution it is today. The chal television transmitters vie with towering pines; lenge for the future is the continued strength modem architecture shares the hillside with ening of our intellectual, economic and cul . historic landmarks; and students pass from tural development. This responsiveness and parking lots to wooded lanes to reach their commitment ensures William Paterson's place destinations. And a location only 20 miles west among the best state colleges in New Jersey.
3 Academic Calendar Summer Session 11992 Spring 1993 MAY JANUARY 25 Monday Memorial Day, College closed Friday New Year's Day, College closed 26 Tuesday Summer seSsion I registration 18 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday 27 Wednesday First day of classes celebrated, College closed JUNE 22 Friday First day of classes 29 Friday Last day for 100% refund for 4 Thursday ~t day for 50% refund for withdrawal from spring semester withdrawal from summer session I FEBRUARY 9 Tuesday Last day for withdrawal from a 12 Friday Lincoln's birthday, College open, course for summer session I classes in session 25 Thursday Summer session I ends 15 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, College closed, classes cancelled Summer Session II 1992 MARCH JUNE 4 Thursday Last day for 50% refund for 29 Monday Summer session II registration withdrawal from spring semester 30 Tuesday First day of classes 18 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from spring semester courses JULY 14-20 inclusive Spring break, College open, classes 3 Friday Independence Day celebrated, cAncelled College closed 13 Monday Last day for 50% refund for APRIL withdrawal from summer 9 Friday Good Friday, College closed session II 10 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled 16 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from a MAY course for summer session II 18-24 inclusive Examination period AUGUST 24 Monday Spring semester ends 10 Monday Summer session II ends 25 Tuesday Commencement 26 Wednesday Commencement rain date Fall 1992 SEPTEMBER Summer Session 11993 3 Thursday First day of classes MAY 7 Monday Labor Day, College closed 27 Thursday Summer session I registration 15 Tuesday Last day for 100% refund for 31 Monday Memorial Day, College closed withdrawal from fall semester JUNE OCTOBER 1 Tuesday First day of classes, last day for 12 Monday Columbus Day, College open, 100% refund for withdrawal classes in session from summer session I 14 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for 9 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for withdrawal from fall semester withdrawal from summer 28 Wednesday Last day for withdrawal from fall session I semester courses 14 Monday Last day for withdrawal from NOVEMBER summer session I courses 30 Wednesday summer session I ends 3 Tuesday Election Day, College open, classes in session 11 Wednesday Veterans' Day, College open, classes in session 26 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, College closed 27 Friday College open, classes cancelled 28 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled DECEMBER 17-23 inclusive Examination period 23 Wednesday Fall semester ends 25 Friday Christmas, College closed, winter break begins
4 Summer Session II 1993 FEBRUARY JULY 11 Friday Lincoln's birthday celebrated, College open, classes in session 1 Thursday summer session II registration 21 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, 5 Monday Independence Day celebrated, College closed, classes cancelled College closed, classes canceled 6 Tuesday First day of classes, last day for MARCH 100% refund for withdrawal 3 Thursday Last day for 50% refund for from summer session II withdrawal from spring semester 20 Tuesday Last day for 50% refund for 17 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from spring withdrawal from summer semester courses session II 13-19 inclusive Spring Break, College open, classes 22 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from cancelled summer session II courses APRIL AUGUST 1 Friday Good Friday, College closed, classes 16 Monday Summer session II ends cancelled 2 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled Fall 1993 MAY SEPTEMBER 17-23 inclusive Examination period 2 Thursday First day of classes 23 Monday Spring semester ends 6 Monday Labor Day, College closed 24 Tuesday Commencement 14 Tuesday Last day for 100% refund for 25 Wednesday Commencement rain date withdrawal from fall semester OCTOBER Summer Session 11994 11 Monday Columbus Day celebrated, College MAY open, classes in session 26 Thursday Summer session I registration 13 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for 30 Monday Memorial Day, College closed withdrawal from fall semester 31 Tuesday First day of classes, last day for 27 Wednesday Last day for withdrawal from fall 100% refund for withdrawal semester courses from summer session I NOVEMBER JUNE 2 Tuesday Election Day, College open, classes 8 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for in session withdrawal from summer 11 Thursday Veterans' Day, College open, session I classes in session 13 Monday Last day for withdrawal from 25 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, College closed summer session I courses 26 Friday College open, classes cancelled 29 Wednesday Summer session I ends 27 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled DECEMBER Summer Session II 1994 20-23 inclusive Examination period JUNE 24 Friday Christmas celebrated, fall semester 30 Thursday Summer session II registration ends, College closed JULY 25 Saturday Christmas, College closed, Winter 4 Monday Independence Day, College closed break begins 5 Tuesday First day of classes, last day for 31 Friday New Year's Day celebrated, College 100% refund for withdrawal closed from summer session II. 19 Tuesday Last day for 50% refund for Spring 1994 withdrawal from summer JANUARY session II Saturday New Year's Day, College closed' 21 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from 17 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday summer session II courses celebrated, College closed AUGUST 21 Friday First day of classes 15 Monday Summer session II ends 28 Friday Last day for 100% refund for withdrawal from spring semester
5 Fall 1994 16 Thursday Last day for withdrawal from spring semester courses SEPTEMBER 19-25 inclusive Spring break, College open, classes 1 Thursday First day of classes cancelled 5 Monday Labor Day, College closed APRIL 13 Tuesday Last day for 100% refund for 14 Friday Good Friday, College closed, classes withdrawal from fall semester cancelled OCTOBER 15 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled 10 Monday Columbus Day celebrated, College open, classes in session MAY 12 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for 16-22 inclusive Examination period withdrawal from fall semester 22 Monday Spring semester ends 26 Wednesday Last day for withdrawal from fall 23 Tuesday Commencement semester courses 24 Wednesday Commencement rain date NOVEMBER 8 Tuesday Election Day, College open, classes Summer Session I 1995 in session MAY 11 Friday Veterans' Day, College open, classes 25 Thursday Summer session I registration in session 29 Monday Memorial Day, College closed 24 Thursday Thanksgiving Day, College closed 30 Tuesday First day of classes, last day for 25 Friday College open, classes cancelled 100% refund for withdrawal 26 Saturday College closed, classes cancelled from summer session I DECEMBER JUNE 19-24 inclusive Examination period 7 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for 24 Saturday Fall semester ends, winter break withdrawal from summer begins session I 25 Sunday Chrisrmas 12 Monday Last day for withdrawal from 26 Monday Christmas celebrated, College closed summer session I courses Spring 1995 28 Wednesday Summer session I ends JANUARY Summer Session II 1995 Sunday New Year's Day JUNE 2 Monday New Year's Day celebrated, College 29 Thursday Summer session II registration closed 16 Monday Martin Luther King's birthday JULY celebrated, College closed 4 Tuesday Independence Day, College closed 20 Friday First day of classes 5 Wednesday First day of classes. Last day for 27 Friday Last day for 100% refund for 100% refund for withdrawal withdrawal from spring semester from summer session II FEBRUARY 19 Wednesday Last day for 50% refund for withdrawal from summer session 13 Monday Lincoln's birthday, College open, II classes in session 24 Monday Last day for withdrawal from 20 Monday Washington's birthday celebrated, courses for summer session II College closed, classes cancelled AUGUST MARCH 15 Tuesday Summer session II ends 2 Thursday Last day for 50% refund for withdrawal from spring semester
6
GENERAL INFORMA nON Campus Facilities
In 1990, the William Paterson College Board of Trustees undergoing extensive renovation. After its expansion is adopted a comprehensive three-stage Facilities Master Plan completed, scheduled for 1993, the building will house the that identifies and prioritizes the College's need for new and Communication Department; WCRN-AM and WPSC-FM, expanded facilities for the next 20 years. the campus radio stations; and WPC-TV, the television Over the next three years, the College will implement a center; telecommunication facilities for interactive telecon significant portion of Phase I of the facilities master plan ferences; electronic journalism labs; film production and that includes the extensive renovation of Hobart Hall, the screening facilities; and cable distribution control center. construction of a 250-bed dormitory on Mills Drive, the During the renovation period, the Communication Depart expansion of the Sarah Byrd Askew Library and the con ment and WPC-TV, the television center, are housed in struction of a new academic building overlooking Pompton Wayne Hall. Road. During construction, the major buildings that house and Hobart Manor is one of the two original structures on support the programs offered by the College's four schools campus, the other being the Coach House. Hobart Manor, include the following: a national and historic site, was once the home of the family of Garret Hobart, the twenty-fourth vice president of the The Sarah Byrd Askew Library is open seven days a week United States. The mansion is being restored by the College during the fall and spring semesters. Exact hours are and Alumni Association to its former grandeur. Housing the posted. The two-and-one-half story building contains an Admissions, Alumni and Community Affairs Offices, the open stack arrangement of the book collection, which is Manor is the symbolic and actual center of the College'S classified by the Library of Congress system. A large collec interaction with the nothern New Jersey region. tion includes periodicals, microforms, dissertations, and a complete file of ERIC (Educational Research Information Hunziker Hall houses the Theatre Department, its offices, Center), along with the necessary readers. Microfiche read scenic design and costume shops, Hunziker Theatre and a ers are also available for a loan. Microfilm and microfiche theatre box office. Also included here are the Office ofField readers-printers and photocopy machines are available for Laboratory Experiences and a number of classrooms. use at a minimal cost. Hunziker Wing contains classrooms, the Nursing, Com The Bookstore is located in the Student Center and is open munity Health and Communiation Disorders Departments when the College is in session. Regular hours are Monday and a learning resource center. The Childcare Center and through Thursday, 8:30 a.m. to 7:30p.m.; Friday from 8:30 Speech and Hearing Clinic are located in the wing. Six air a.m. to 4:00 p.m., Saturday from 10:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. The conditioned modular unites located by Hunziker Wing Convenience Store hours are Monday through Thursday proVide additional classroom space for the College during from 8:00 p.m. to 10:00 p.m. this period of intense construction.
Caldwell Plaza, an open forum located at the center of the Matelson Hall houses the office of the dean of Student campus, joins the Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts, Services and component units of the School of the Humani Science Hall, the Student Center and the Towers. ties, Management and Social Sciences, including offices for the follOwing departments: English, languages and cul Campus Police Building is located near the Maintenance tures, history, philosophy and African and African-Ameri Building on Mills Drive and contains the Campus Police can and Caribbean studies. Also located here are the Office Department and the Parking Violations Bureau. of Career Services, the Athletic Office, Counseling Services, the Bilingual Education Program, Freshman Life and Stu Center for Academic Support is located between the Coach dent Programs Offices. House and Raubinger Hall. The center provides tutoring and workshops for individuals seeking assistance in Morrison Hall includes the office of the President of the coursework and basic skills. College and other central administration offices: academic affairs, administration and finance, affirmative action, busi The Coach House accommodates the College'S administra ness services, external relations, personnel and purchasing. tive computer facilities, academic computing offices and labs and the Office of Minority Education. For further Pioneer Hall, a student residential hall, is described under information on computer facilities, see the section on Heritage Hall. Academic and Institutional Support Services. Raubinger Hall contains offices for the dean of the School Heritage Hall, air-conditioned and complete with furnish of Education and the follOwing departments: curriculum ings and appliances, provides, along with Pioneer Hall, and instruction, educational leadership and special educa apartment-style living for 530 students. tion and counseling. The offices of the vice president for Enrollment Management and Student Services, the Regis Hobart Hall, located on Pompton Road, across from the trar, Financial Aid, Graduate Services, Assessment and main campus and accessible by a footbridge, is currently Institu tional Research and Planning are located here.
8 CAMPUS FACILITIES
Rec Center, serving as the focal point for physical recre bookstore, a print shop, an automatic cash dispenser and a ational activities, is available for use by WPC students, ballroom. The Student Development Office is located here, faculty and staff with a current/valid WPC !D. It contains a as are the offices of the SGA, various student organizations large multipurpose area that can accommodate 4,000 spec and the college newspap·er, the Beacon. Pioneer Gear, a store tators at concerts or exhibitions, or can be divided into three specializing in clothing that bears the WPC name, logo and courts for basketball and volleyball; four racquetbalVhand the College colors of orange and black, is in the center. It is ball (one equipped for wallyball); a multipurpose room open Monday through Friday, 10:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m. equipped with dance barre and mirrors; a weight/exercise room equipped with free weights, Nautilus equipment, The Towers is a four-winged dormitory facility, which lifecycles, rowing machines, Nordic Track Pro, Lifesteps accommodates 1,033 students. Complete with modern fur and treadmill and Gravitron; saunas and whirlpools; and a nishings, each room houses two students. Two rooms, TicketMaster outlet. connected by a bathroom, comprise a suite. The Office of Residence Life is located here. Science Hall houses the office of the dean for the School of Science and Health, and the following departments/pro Wayne Hall houses the Advisement Center, and until the grams are located here: anthropology, biology, chemistry completion of the Hobart Hall expansion in 1993, the and physics, mathematics, environmental science and Communication Department and WPC-TV, the television geography, psychology, political science and sociology. center. Wayne Hall also includes the primary food service Sophisticated laboratories, research facilities and two large facilities for residents. lecture halls, containing modern audiovisual instructional equipment, extensive computer labs and two greenhouses White Hall contains offices for the dean of the School of complete the complex. Humanities, Management and Social Sciences and the school's component units: accounting and law, computer Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts features a central, science and quantitative analYSiS, economics and finance two-story glass-walled and domed courtyard, art galleries, and marketing and management sciences. White Hall also studios, classrooms, a filmmaking laboratory, the office of houses the Center for Continuing Education, the Adult the dean of the School of the Arts and Communication and Learner Program, Department of College Relations and the Art Department offices. The Center for Computer Art and Student Health Center. Animation houses an advanced IRIS computer lab. Wightman Field is a light-equipped athletic complex with Shea Center for Performing Arts features a 900-seat theatre fields for baseball, field hockey, football, soccer and softball. and the Shea Box Office; individual band, orchestra and Eight tennis courts, a permatrack and locker facilities are choral practice rooms; classrooms, the offices of the Music among the additional athletic facilities used by both athletes Department, a small recital hall and a 16-track recording and intramural activities. studio. Wightman Memorial Gymnasium contains the Movement Student Center, serving as a focal point for campus activi Science and Leisure Studies Department, a gym, dance ties, including a dining room, meeting rooms, a snack bar, studio, athletic training and exercise physiology labs, an restaurant and Billy Pat's Pub. Also housed here are game Olympic-sized swimming pool, classrooms and weight room. room, performing arts and visual art lounges, the college
9 GENERAL INFORMATION Admission
William Paterson College invites applications from all quali Art and Music Majors fied students. Students seeking undergraduate admission, All freshmen, transfer and second baccalaureate degree stu whether full or part time, degree or nondegree, must submit dents selecting art as their major must submit a portfolio for a completed application form, all of the required transcripts review by the Art Department as part of the admissions and documents and a $20 nonrefundable, nontransferable criteria. Information regarding the review will be sent to you application fee. In order to be considered for any semester, upon receipt of your application or you may contact the Art the application and all supporting transcripts and infor Department at (201)595-2404. mation must be received on or before the established All freshmen, transfer and second baccalaureate degree deadlines. Although we have established deadlines, the students selecting music (except musical studies) as their College may choose to close earlier if enrollments appear to major must audition as part of the admissions criteria. jeopardize the quality of services and programs offered to Information regarding the audition will be sent to you upon our undergraduates. Please review the admissions informa receipt of your application or you may contact the Music tion for specific instructions regarding your level (fresh Department at (201)595-2315. man, transfer, readmit, second degree, nondegree). Acceptance to the art and music programs is based not only on the recommendation of the respective departments, All Applicants but also on meeting the appropriate academic criteria in Because the number of applications has continued to in admission. crease over the past several years, William Paterson College has experienced an unprecedented demand for services to Freshmen new students. It is now essential that students interested in Admissions Requirements attending William Paterson College apply for admission and related services (financial aid, scholarships, residence Freshman candidates are required to have an official high hall space and testing) as early as possible. To encourage school transcript and SAT or ACT scores sent to the Admis early applications, William Paterson College has instituted sions Office. the Priority Service Program. High School Record In the Priority Service Program, students applying for Applicants are considered eligible if they have taken 16 admissions by April 15 for the fall semester and October 15 Carnegie Units and have demonstrated good academic for the spring semester, will receive priority service from ability. Your record must show the follOwing courses. participating offices. While these dates are the priority Subject Area Unit Requirements service deadlines, students may apply much earlier, and are English 4 Composition, literature encouraged to do so.
Application Deadlines Mathematics 3 Algebra I, II, geometry Applications and supporting transcripts and information must be received by the deadline dates shown below: Laboratory science 2 Biology, chemistry, physics Freshmen: Laboratory science requirements may be chosen from biol Fall-June 30 Spring-November 1 ogy, chemistry, physics, earth science or anatomy/physiol Transfer, Second Baccalaureate Degree, Readmit: ogy. Fall-June 30 Spring-November 1 Note: 1. The College may stop accepting and reviewing Social science 2 American history, world applications prior to these dates if enrollment projections history, political science go beyond our budgetary restraints and negatively effect the quality of the College's services and programs. 2. Failure to Additional college 5 Advanced math, literature, submit completed official records of all prior college course preparatory subjects foreign language, social work, high school records or other required documents by science the deadline will result in a delay in the application review Certain departments have specific reqUirements beyond process. those listed above. Proof of High School Graduation 1. Students who plan to major in mathematics or science are expected to have taken more than the minimum In order to comply with state and federal regulations regard courses in those areas. ing immunization and financial aid, all applicants (fresh 2. Nursing students need a full year of both biology and men, transfer, readmit, second degree students) MUST chemistry. submit proof of high school graduation (copy ofhigh school 3. GED If you have a high school equivalency diploma diploma or high school record with date of graduation recognized by New Jersey, this may be presented in posted). Students will not be allowed to register without place of the above requirements. compliance with these laws. SAT/ACT Requirements Entering freshmen must have taken the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) or the American College Test (ACT) and have
10 ADMISSION
had their scores sent to the Admissions Office of William Readmit Students Paterson College. To submit your scores to WPC, indicate Students who have enrolled in undergraduate courses at code 2518 for the SAT and code 2584 for the ACT. WPC as matriculated (degree) students and who withdrew Advanced Standing Students or took an unofficial leave of absence must file an applica tion for readmission. If college courses have been com (Transfer, Readmit, Second Baccalaureate Degree Students) pleted at another college or university, an official copy of the Priority Service transcript(s) must be forwarded to the WPC Admissions Office. On receipt of the application, a Re-Admit Option Priority service through individualized appointments and Policy Form will be sent to you and must be returned course registration is provided for advanced standing stu whether you wish to take advantage of this policy or not. dents accepted by June 1 for the fall semester and October Your application file will remain incomplete until the 15 for the spring semester. form and transcripts are received. Certain college policies Transfer Students may require you to complete additional forms and/or supply William Paterson College accepts students for the fall and further information resulting in a delay of the admissions spring semesters (September and January) for full- or part process. Please submit your application and all required time study. When applying, students must present at least documents as early as possible. 12 college-level credits with a minimum 2.0 grade point WPC students who exited the college in poor academic average (GPA); business administration and education standing may be required to file an appeal with the Coun majors must have at least a 2.5 GPA. Applicants who have seling Office prior to the deadline. If you are uncertain of completed fewer than 12 college-level credits must also your prior academic history, please contact the Counseling submit a high school transcript. Office or request a student copy of your transcript. There are some limitations on the· number of credits Second Baccalaureate Degree accepted, e.g. a maximum of 70 credits from a two-year Students who already hold a baccalaureate degree and a college, 90 credits from a four-year college; the last 30 minimum 2.0 grade point average (a 2.5 average for busi credits required for graduation must be earned at WPC, 24 ness) may obtain a second baccalaureate degree in any of these must be earned on the main campus; no more than nonteaching program. Applicants are considered upper 15 transfer credits required for a major will be accepted; level division students and pay undergraduate fees. All credits earned 10 years prior to the date of admissions are credits earned through this program appear as undergradu accepted only at the discretion of the College, regardless of ate credits on the student's transcript. Students accepted achievement. More details on transferring credits can be into this program register as undergraduates and are subject obtained from our admissions staff. to all requirements affecting undergraduates. Students must Please follow these steps when applying for admission. complete all major requirements and collateral courses. A A. You must request that ALL colleges previously attended minimum of 30 credits must be completed at WPC while forward a transcript of all college work completed to the enrolled in this program. Nursing students must have Admissions Office. The application form should show completed the freshman requirements in order to be eligible all courses in progress which will not appear on a for sophomore status in nursing. transcript as submitted. To insure accurate evaluations, applicants from out-of-state colleges should have ap Full-Faith-and-Credit Policy propriate catalogs sent to the Admissions Office. William Paterson College recognizes and abides by the New B. Please include a copy of credit by examination, either Jersey Full-Faith-and-Credit Policy. CLEP or USAFI. Policy of the Board otHigher Education: Full-Faith-and C. Credit will most likely be transferred in most cases if: Credit Transfer and Articulation Between the Public Com 1. The college from which credits are to be transferred munity Colleges, Edison College and the State Colleges of is on a list of approved colleges and universities New Jersey. 2. They fit into the requirements or curriculum se A. Graduates of approved transfer programs in New Jersey lected county colleges and Edison College: 3. All post high school work carries at least a 2.0 (C) 1. Graduates shall be guaranteed admission to a state cumulative grade point average on a four (4) point college, although not necessarily to the college of scale their first choice. A uniform reply date for all transfer 4. Minimum grade of C is achieved for the course. applications should be established. D. Admissions decisions are made on a rolling basis. Early 2. Graduates shall be considered to have met all general application and early submission of all required records education requirements of the state college normally are advised as first choice courses and housing space expected of their own students in the freshman and may be limited or gone before the application deadline. sophomore years. E. Applicants admitted with 60 credits must declare a General education credits earned by graduates of major and be accepted by a major department. approved transfer programs shall be accepted in F. If you have completed fewer than 12 transferable cred their entirety toward the general education re its, you must submit SAT scores and an official high quirement at the state college. Each state college school transcript. shall apply the same rules concerning acceptability Note: Failure to submit complete official records of all of D grades of graduates which it applies to its own prior college course work and high school transcripts, when students. required, will result in a delay in the application review process.
11 GENERAL INFORMATION
3. A state college may not require graduates to success program also assists students in their personal and social fully complete more than an additional 68 credits in adjustment to college. order to be eligible to receive the baccalaureate To be eligible, students must have been residents of New degree, unless such students change their major into Jersey for the past year, have a gross family income that an area for which their county college preparation meets criteria and demonstrate potential for academic suc may not have been appropriate. cess. Additional information can be received by contacting 4. While admission to a state college is guaranteed, the EOF Office directly. admission to a specific curriculum shall be deter Early Admission mined by the college based upon the criteria which This program is available for highly motivated and academi it imposes upon it's own students. cally exceptional students who have completed their junior B. Nongraduates of approved transfer programs in New year of high school and seek college admission. They may Jersey county colleges and Edison College: submit an application for early admission proVided they 1. Normally, county college students shall be encour meet the following criteria: 1) minimum combined SAT aged to complete the associate degree prior to trans scores of 1,000 (or equivalent PSAT score) and rank in the fer. However, state colleges may admit nongraduates top 10 percent of their class, and exhibit exceptional talent under the same conditions which it imposes upon in a special area; 2) receive the endorsement of a teacher or any transfer student except as provided below. Ac counselor; 3) submit a written essay describing their rea ceptability for admission and acceptance of credits sons for seeking early admission. shall be at the discretion of the state college. 2. Students who earn sufficient credits to graduate Adult Students from a community college transfer program, but Within the William Paterson College community there are have not completed a specific course requirement, a large number of adult or nontraditional students. Some are should be treated as if they were graduates provided returning to school after a time lapse, some are taking that the missed requirement is not a requirement of courses to directly support their careers and others come for the receiving state college. personal enrichment. Most attend on a part-time basis with C. Graduates and nongraduates of nontransfer programs classes in the day, evening, or on Saturday. at New Jersey county colleges and Edison College: Students who have not completed any college coursework 1. State colleges may admit graduates or nongraduates and are 21 years old or older or have been out of high school of non transfer programs and decide on the transfer for 2 years or more are considered nontraditional students. ability of credits at their discretion, except as further They must submit a high school transcript indicating gradu prOvided below. ation or copies of GED scores and a diploma for evaluation. 2. When a state college establishes a program which An interview may be necessary before a decision is made. has as one of its major purposes the enrollment of The Center for Continuing Education works in conjunction graduates of specific programs which are not for with other administrative offices to provide support ser mally designated as approved transfer programs, vices for these students. Forfurther information, call (201) then such students shall be entitled to guaranteed 595-2436. enrollment in such a program under the same con ditions as if they were graduates of an approved Adult Leamer Program transfer program. The Adult Learner Program is an exciting new initiative for 3. When a state college finds that large numbers of adult studel).ts who are entering college for the first time or graduates of specific programs are applying for ad returning to higher education after a lapse of several years. mission as transfer students to a state college pro The program will include specially designed "re-entry" gram other than those indicated in C-2 above, the courses in math, English and political science. Through this institutions involved shall jointly determine and program adult learners will acquire the tools necessary to publish a standard listing of courses and conditions succeed on campus: specialized courses, personal and aca which are accepted by the state college for transfer demic counseling and a supportive learning environment. credits. Periodic seminars, conferences and career-oriented work shops will enable adult students to maximize their college Special Admission learning experience. Educational Opportunity Fund Program International Students (EOF) Applicants from other countries are welcome at William The Educational Opportunity Fund Program (EOF) is a Paterson College. Admissions is based on a review of the special admissions and support program for students who appropriate educational documents as well as proficiency in are educationally underprepared and financially disadvan the English language as measured by the Test of English as taged. The program is designed to provide full financial a Foreign Language (TOEFL). All foreign documents must support and a broad range of educational and counseling be evaluated by World Educational Services or other recog assistance for all eligible students. nized agency and must meet the established admissions The program offers students the opportunity to begin criteria. All non-native English speakers must score a mini their college experience in a summer program organized to mum of 550 on the TOEFL test. Finally, all nonresidents! assist students to become familiar with the academic de foreign nationals must submit certified bank/financial state mands of higher education, to strengthen basic skills, and to ments showing liquid assetslbalances of $18,000 to cover gain exposure to the campus and college life. The EOF educational and living expenses for one year.
12 ADMISSION
Advanced Placement Students with previous college studies must submit a An entering student who presents an outstanding score on transcript of all previous college work showing a minimum an appropriate College Board Achievement Test, College 2.0 GPA with the application. Level Examination Program (CLEP) or who demonstrates The William Paterson College Program for High School advance standing qualifications by other acceptable evi Students William Paterson College offers its facilities to dence may, with proper approval, enroll in an advanced enrich the academic development of gifted and talented course. high school students in the area. Outstanding high school William Paterson College participates in the Advanced juniors and seniors may apply to take regular college courses Placement Program of the College Entrance Examination during the school year. Students attend regular college Board (CEEB). In this program, high schools offer acceler courses and earn credits that are applied to their college ated or honors courses on a college level to students in records. several fields. Examinations covering these courses are Students must submit a nondegree application with a $20 administered annually by the CEEB and are graded by the application fee, the results of the SAT with a minimum score Board on a scale of 1 to 5. The College accepts scores of 3, of 1,000 (PSAT of 100), a high school transcript with a 4 or 5 and awards credit and, if desired, placement in minimum rank in the 90 percentile and recommendations intermediate courses according to the achievement demon from a teacher and/or gUidance counselor. Successful appli strated. cants may also enroll for courses during the College'S Nondegree Students summer sessions. Students enrolling in this program cannot take any math or English courses unless they have taken the Undergraduate Nondegree Students Adults may attend New Jersey College Basic Skills examination. William Paterson College on a nondegree basis. Such stu dents may register for a maximum of six credits per semes Visiting Students Students from other colleges who wish ter. In order to qualify for registration you must meet the to attend WPC as visiting students must proVide a letter of follOwing requirements: permission from the appropriate official (registrar, dean, 1. Possess a high school or GED diploma etc.) at their "home" institution. 2. Must not have been in attendance at a high school for a The letter must state that the student is in good academic minimum of two years prior to the completion of the standing as well as the course(s) or statement about the application. Any applicant who attended a previous course(s) to be taken. This letter must be returned with the college or university, must have achieved a minimum nondegree application for you to receive registration infor grade point average of 2.0. mation. No exceptions are permitted. Students who have graduated from high school two years Senior Citizens Senior citizens, age 65 or over, who wish prior to the application or who have completed a GED must to take courses on a tuition-free, space available basis must submit a copy of their diploma or transcript indicating date submit the nondegree application along with proof of age of graduation with the application. (driver's license photocopy). The $20 application fee is waived.
13 GENERAL INFORMATION Fees and Financial Aid
Tuition, fees and refund policies are subject to change at any not previously enrolled may defer 50 percent of the tuition. time in accordance with policies established by the New Students granted a deferral are assessed a partial payment Jersey State Board of Education or the William Paterson fee of $15. Fees are not deferrable and an initial payment College Board of Trustees. must be made for all fees, including the $15 partial payment Tuition and fee rates are published each semester and for fee. Students who do not pay deferred tuition by the end of the summer sessions in the Master Schedule of Courses. the first third of the semester are assessed an additional $50 Please consult the appropriate issue for current rates. and their accounts will be placed on "HOLD". In order to be eligible for subsequent registration, the entire balance must Undergraduate Tuition and Fees be paid including the $50 late payment fee. New Jersey resident (per credit) ...... $65.00 Student Parking The parking fee for automobiles is $15 for Out-of-state resident (per credit) ...... 90.00 the school year. The motorcycle fee is $1. The fee is General service fee (per credit) ...... 3.00 nonrefundable. Student cars and motorcycles without cur Student activity fee (per credit) ...... 2.25 rent decals pennanently affixed are not pennitted to park on Student athletic fee (per credit) ...... 2.00 campus. Student Center fee (per credit) ...... 7.25 Orientation fee ...... 25.00 Student Medical Insurance New Jersey state law requires Laboratory course fee ...... 30.00 students to maintain medical insurance. The current cost of (Applicable courses only, maximum charge of $90 per mandatory student accident and sickness insurance is $53 semester) per year for full-time students effective from August 15 to Music practice room fee ...... 30.00 August 14. Coverage can also be purchased for a spouse or (Music majors only) dependents, or for a half-year (spring semester) for $32. Student teaching fee ...... 100.00 Music Instrument Fee A music fee of $5 per semester is (Applicable courses only) charged for music instrument courses. The fee is (Each incoming full-time freshman who enrolls in Septem nonrefundable. ber must pay the orientation fee.) Room and Board The current charge for residing on campus Late fee (nonrefundable) ...... 50.00 is $1415 in the Towers and $1515 in the apartments per Bad check fee (nonrefundable) ...... 15.00 semester. Students residing in the Towers are required to Added course fee (nonrefundable, per course) ...... 15.00 purchase a food plan. Students living in the apartments, Partial payment fee (nonrefundable) ...... 15.00 Pioneer and Heritage Halls, are eligible to participate in the Refund Policy Students withdrawing from a course must food plan but are not required to do so. Room and board give written notice to the Registrar's Office. The date the rates are subject to change. Registrar's Office receives the written notice of withdrawal is used to determine any refund due. This does not apply to Financial Aid nonrefundable fees. The responsibility of paying college expenses rests prima The refund schedule is as follows: rily with the student and his or her parent(s) or guardian(s). Withdrawal before the end of drop/add ...... 100% WPC understands, however, that many of the parents, who Withdrawal during the first third of the semester ...... 50% are interested in having their children study at WPC, cannot Withdrawal after the first third of the semester ...... NONE manage the full cost of fees without some type of financial Dates for each of the above categories are published in the assistance. Master Schedule of Courses each semester/session. Tuition and fees are refunded in full when classes are Application Process canceled by the College. To officially apply for need based financial aid and WPC scholarship programs, a student is required to fill out and Fees submit a Financial Aid Fonn (FAF) to the College Scholar ship Service. FAFs are available from high school guidance Late Fee Students paying tuition or fees late are assessed a offices or directly from the College. Transfer students must late payment fee of $50. submit a financial aid transcript from their previous institu Orientation Fee Each new full-time freshman who is tion. entering the College is required to pay a $25 orientation fee. To allow ample time for processing, applicants are urged to file their F AFs before May 1. Added Course Fee Students requesting program changes In addition, many William Paterson College scholarships are required to pay an added course fee of $15 for each and awards require individual applications available through course added after the regularly scheduled program adjust designated departments and offices. ment. Students who were enrolled in the previous semester and who register late are charged an added course fee of$15 Requirements for Receiving Federal and for each course for which they register. State Aid Partial Payment Plan Students previously enrolled may To receive financial assistance, a student must meet the defer tuition during the first third of the semester. Students follOwing eligibility requirements:
14 FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
A. Be a citizen of the United States or a permanent resident Freshman and Transfer Student B. Be accepted as a full-timelhalf-time matriculated stu Scholarships/Awards dentatWPC C. Be in a program ofacademic study leading to a bachelor's William Paterson College Scholarships for African-Ameri degree can and Hispanic Students are granted to minority students D. Maintain satisfactory academic progress according to on the basis of academic profile and extracurricular activi federal, state and institutional gUidelines ties in high school or college. Selected students receive E. Not in default on a Perkins or Stafford (formerly Guar $1000 from William Paterson College. anteed Student Loan) * Academic Excellence Scholarships grant ten $1000 awards F. Does not owe a refund on a Pell Grant, Supplemental and seven $ 750 awards based on academic achievement and Educational Opportunity Grant (SEOG) or a state grant extracurricular activities. One scholarship is reserved for a while attending WPC music or art major, alternating each academic year. G. Submission of required documentation in a timely man William Paterson College Distinguished Scholars are ner. awarded a $1000 matching scholarship based upon selec Applicants for financial aid must have been admitted to tion as a Bloustein Scholar for demonstrated high academic . WPC before an award can be given. achievement as indicated in their high school record and * All federal and state financial aid awards are based on SAT scores. need and are awarded without regard to race, religion, creed, age, sex or handicap. Music Department Talent Scholarship grants full in-state tuition to one incoming music major each year who demon Cost of Attendance/Student Budgets strates outstanding musical talent in performance audition. Student budgets can only be determined by reflecting aver Students who apply for the scholarship are automatically age costs. Independent student budgets are adjusted ac considered for smaller music department awards, which are cording to federal guidelines. typically in the amount of $300-$500. Commuter Costs Resident Costs Upperclass Student Scholarships/Awards Tuition and Fees $2644 Tuition and Fees $2644 Academic Achievement Awards are granted to full-time (30 credits per year) (30 credits per year) students enrolled for at least one term based on a minimum Books and supplies $450 Books and supplies $450 Total $3094 Room $2800 GPA of3. 45 and evidence of academic accomplishment and contribution to the community. The award amounts vary. Meal Plan $1570 Part-time students are eligible to apply only if they will be Total $7464 enrolled as full-time students for the following fall semester. Tuition and fees for out-of-state students is $3444. All charges (tuition, room, board, fees) are subject to Alumni Scholarships are awarded based on academic change by Board of Trustee approval. achievement, extracurricular activities, service to the col lege or community and on financial status. Applicants must Scholarships and Awards be in the process of completing a minimum of 30 credits. Recognizing and reinforcing the College'S commitment to Thad Jones Memorial Scholarships are awarded to full excellence, the College offers numerous scholarship pro time majors in the Jazz Studies program for demonstrated grams, granted on the basis of academic performance and outstanding jazz performance. Each scholarship will be no related achievements. less than the tuition for 6 credits and more than 30 credits Scholarships are categorized as those available to incom for the academic year. ing freshmen and transfers, and those available to upperclass Enid Hoffman Scholarships award $2000 to female full students. An additional listing describes scholarship oppor time accounting majors who demonstrate an excellent tunities provided through the New Jersey Department of academic record. Higher Education. Hoffmann-LaRoche Nursing Scholarships are awarded to Freshman Scholarships/Awards nursing majors who meet criteria established by the nursing William Paterson College Trustee Scholarships award full department and have earned a minimum of eight credits tuition and fees to freshmen among the top ten ranked within the disCipline. The award amounts vary. admitted students in each of the five ethnic categories Harry Leahey Scholarship Fund awards are available to defined by the federal government. The groupings are full-time guitarists in .the jazz program, typically in the African-American, Caucasian, Hispanic, American Indian! amount of $500. Alaskan Native or AsianlPacific Islander. Paul P. Vouras Minority Student Scholarships are awarded to academically outstanding freshman minority students New Jersey State Scholarships majoring in African, African-American and Caribbean Stud Edward J. Bloustein Distinguished Scholars Program ies. The award amounts may vary. awards $1000 each year to full-time students demonstrating C. Kent Warner Scholarships award a minimum of$500 to the highest level of academic achievement based upon high full-time biology majors who demonstrate an excellent school record and SAT scores. Financial need is not an academic record. eligibility factor.
15 GENERAL INFORMATION
Garden State Scholarship (GSS) awards $500 each year to Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants (SEOG) full-time students demonstrating high academic achieve are awarded to undergraduate students who demonstrate ment based upon their high school record and SAT scores. financial need and are enrolled at least half-time. Grants may range from $100 to $4000 per academic year. Paul Douglas Teacher Scholarship awards up to $5000 to high school seniors and undergradu'lte students currently Educational Loans ** * enrolled in college. Recipients must teach on a full-time Stafford Loan Program (Formerly the Guaranteed Student basis in any state for not less than two years for each year the Loan-GSL). Stafford Loans are available to full- and half scholarship is received. Candidates must rank in the top 10 time students whose eligibility is determined by filing the percent of their high school graduating class. Undergradu Financial Aid Form. The loan may not exceed $2,625 per ate candidates must be enrolled full-time at a New Jersey academic year for freshmen and sophomores and $4,000 for college or university and attain a minimum GPA of 2.5. juniors and seniors. Currently, the interest rate is eight Grants, Loans and Campus Work Study percent (beginning fifth year of repayment, interest rate (Federal and State Programs) increases to 10 percent) and repayment must begin six months after graduation or withdrawal from school. Students may also be eligible for need-based financial aid available through state and federal programs. These awards Plus Loans (Parental Loan to Assist Undergraduate Stu generally come from more than one source and are called dents) are available to parents of eligible dependent under financial aid "packages." They are usually comprised of graduate students enrolled at least half-time making satis- grants, loans and campus employment. . factory progress toward a degree or certificate. Parents may Grants are not repayable and are renewable each year. borrow up to $4,000 per academic year. Repayment must Loans are repayable (interest plus principle) after the begin within 60 days after disbursement at variable rates of student graduates or is no longer enrolled at the College. interest. (The current interest rate is 9.34 percent.) Contact Student employment consists of campus jobs and pro lender or New Jersey Higher Education Assistance Author vides an excellent opportunity for students to meet and ity (NJHEAA) regarding deferment eligibility. work with faculty, staff and fellow students while learning Supplemental Loan for Students (SLS). These loans are skills that could impact positively on their future. available to independent students enrolled at least half-time The William Paterson College Financial Aid Office uti who are making satisfactory progress towards a degree or lizes the Gateway/ALPS System to insure expediency in certificate. (Dependent undergraduate students enrolled at approving grants and loans and to assist in the timely least half-time may also be eligible.) Students may borrow payment of vouchers. The Gateway System provides indi up to $4,000 per academic year. Repayment must begin vidual up to date financial aid eligibility for students who within 60 days after disbursement at variable interest rates, apply for grants and scholarships through the New Jersey unless student qualifies for a deferment. Borrowers must Office of Student Assistance. The ALPS System is an auto begin paying interest immediately. Contact lender or the mated loan processing system through the New Jersey New Jersey Higher Education Assistance Authority Higher Education AuthOrity Assistance that prOvides elec (NjHEAA) regarding deferment eligibility. tronic transfer of student data from banking institutions. Perkins Loan (Formerly National Direct Student Loan State Grants* NDSL). These loans are available to students with financial Tuition Aid Grants (TAG) are awarded to students with a need. Students may borrow $4,500 for the first two years of minimum of 12 earned credits or who are or intend to be undergraduate study up to a maximum of$9 ,000 for under full-time undergraduates. Applicants must demonstrate a graduate study. Repayment at five percent interest begins need for college student aid. Grants for the 1991-92 aca six to nine months after the borrower ceases to be at least a demic year ranged in value from $400 to $2,080 per aca half-time student with up to 10 years to repay. demicyear. The New Jersey College Loans to Assist State Students Educational Opportunity Fund Grants (EOF) are awarded (NjCLASS) The NJCLASS Loan Program is a loan program to students from educationally disadvantaged backgrounds designed to assist middle-income New Jersey families in with demonstrated financial need. Grants for undergradu financing higher education. It is available to full- and half ates range from $550 to $1000 per academic year. time graduate and undergraduate students or their parents. Public Tuition Benefits Program awards dependents of Families with an income no greater than $95,000 may apply emergency service personnel and law enforcement officers for loans up to $5,000 per grade level. A Financial Aid Form must be submitted and an application for A Stafford Loan is killed in the line of duty, who are enrolled in a New Jersey college or university on at least a half-time basis, the actual necessary before applying for the NJCLASS funds. costs of tuition up to the. highest tuition charged at a New Work** Jersey college or university. College Work-Study provides jobs for students in need of Federal Grants** financial assistance and permits them to work on campus Pell (Basic) Grants are awarded to undergraduate students for a maximum of 15 hours per week. Students are paid bimonthly. who are enrolled at least half-time and demonstrate finan cial need. Grants range from $250 to $2,400 per academic year.
16 FEES AND FINANCIAL AID
Veterans Programs During the second and third year of enrollment the For information on state and federal veterans programs, student must successfully complete twelve (12) semester including veterans benefits, veterans tuition and credit hours per semester. program and the POWIMIA program, contact the Student Thereafter, the successful completion of fifteen (15) Programs Office at (201) 595-2491: credit hours per semester will constitutj! satisfactory prog ress. In addition, each student must maiptain the minimum grade point average (see list below) to be considered for * Applicants must 'be legal New Jersey residents for at financial aid. least 12 consecutive months prior to receiving grants. Students who continue in the College but who fail to * * Applicants must be citizens or eligible noncitizens of maintain the minimum grade point average during any the United States. period of enrollment, will be ineligible for financial aid until *** The loan when added to any other financial aid/re the cumulative grade point average reaches the minimum sources may not exceed the total cost of education for that level described below. academic year, ' CREDIT HOURS c.G.P.A.* Note: The total amount of scholarship and financial 0-20 1.50 assistance may not exceed the cost of attendance at wpc. 21-32 1.75 33-44 1.90 45 and above 2.00 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy *Cumulative Grade Point Average In order to receive financial aid, students are required by The review of the academic records of financial aid federal, state and institutional academic policy to make recipients normally will take place at the conclusion of the satisfactory academic progress. spring term, but will allow for adjustment through the Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy for Federal addition of credits earned during the summer session fol Fin.;mcial Aid Recipients (Pell (Basic) Grants, Stafford lowing the academic year just completed. Loan Program, Plus Loans, Supplemental Loan for Exceptions to these rules may be granted under unusual Students, Perkins Loan and College Work-,Study) or mitigating circumstances upon written appeal to the A student shall be considered to be maintaining "satisfac Director of Financial Aid. tqry academic progress" for the purpose of federal financial aid upon the successful completion of ten (10) ~emester hours per semester during the first year of enrollment.
Typical Progression Chart (Undergraduate Students) Credit Hours Total Credit Hours Class Standing Semester CompletedlSemester Completed/Semester End Freshman 10 10 10 20
Sophomore 12 32 4 12 44
Junior 12 56 12 68
Senior 7 15 83 8 15 98
Senior 15 113 10 15 128
17 GENERAL INFORMATION Academic and Institutional Support Services
Academic Support Center fer students and upperclassmen who are undeclared majors The Academic Support Center provides tutoring for the receive advisement from faculty and staff in the Advisement general college population and academic counseling and Center. advisement for special-category students. DeclaratiOn/Change of Major Anyone in need of academic assistance should apply Students may declare or change one or more majors after directly at the facility. The center is located between Rau completing at least one semester at William Paterson Col binger Hall and the Coach House. There is no charge for lege. Declaration/change of major applications may be com services to all registered WPC students. pleted at the Advisement Center during operating hours. The Advisement Center These are then forwarded to the appropriate department Located in Wayne Hall, the Advisement Center fulfills two chairperson for a decision. Students are notified, in writing, important campus needs: of the chairperson's decision and are assigned an advisor in 1. The need for an information and referral service for the new major upon acceptance. students with general academic questions and problems The Office of Career Services prOvides a comprehensive 2. The need for more personalized advisement services for career development program designed to assist students in students who have notyetdecidedona major, or are not making appropriate career choices and in developing plans happy with their current major. to achieve their goals. To maximize potential and market 3. The need for evaluation services and advisement for ability, students are encouraged to take advantage of ser new transfers, second degree and readmitted students. vices early and often in their college careers. The office is open Monday, 8:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m., and Tuesday-Thursday, Academic Information Services 8:00 a.m.- 5:00 p.m. The office can be reached at 595-2282. Students who need answers to routine academic questions Supplemental Instruction Program can visit the Academic Information Counter, located just inside the Advisement Center. Staffed with specially trained Supplemental Instruction (SI) is a successful alternative student assistants called "Peer Advisors," the Academic approach to traditional academic support services focusing Information Counter is available daily to students on a on selected high risk general education courses. SI sched drop-in basis from 9:00 a.m.-7:00 p.m., Monday-Thursday; ules regular out-of-class sessions in which groups of stu 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., Friday during the fall and spring dents work together to master not only course content but semesters, and from 9:00 a.m.-5:00 p.m., Monday-Thurs learning strategies as well. The inclusion of various study day during the summer. techniques results in an overall improvement of academic In addition to having their questions answered, students skills and greater understanding of course content. The S1 can obtain the following materials from the Advisement program is coordinated through the Academic Support Center: catalogs, curriculum control sheets for 32 different Center. majors, schedule of classes booklets, academic department Alumni Association brochures and fliers and many other items of interest. Every student who earns a degree from William Paterson Advisement Services College is automatically a member of the Alumni Associa Undeclared students and students who are searching for tion. The association maintains contact with alumni; in alternate majors may need more in-depth advice than that forms alumni about college developments; produces the supplied at the Academic Information Counter. These stu alumni newspaper; coordinates alumni events, such as dents may schedule an appointment to see one of the faculty Homecoming Weekend and reunions; sponsors the Ath advisor volunteers, who regularly donate time in the center letic Hall of Fame, Distinguished Alumni Awards and the to assist students with the major exploration process. Student Awards Assembly; awards dozens of scholarships As transfer, readmitted and second degree students are each year; and promotes the interests of the College. accepted by the College, their transcripts are sent to the Upon graduation, all alumni receive identification cards, Advisement Center for evaluation. Each student is then enabling use of many college facilities that were available to given an individual appointment with an advisor in the them as students. center. The advisor explains how the credits have been Alumni may attend athletic events and use recreational facili accepted and assists the student with the course selection ties, have library borrowing privileges, may attend student and registration process for the first semester at William events, have access to the Student Center and much more. Paterson College. After the first semester, the student is The Alumni Association is financed through an annual assigned to a faculty advisor in the major. fund drive, which solicits contributions from all alumni. The association's annual phonathon is one of the annual Advisor Assignments fund drive activities. Upon admission to the College, each student in a major is Campus Ministry aSSigned a faculty advisor to provide assistance with cur riculum planning appropriate to the major course of study. In recognition of the various religious backgrounds present Freshman students who are not in a declared major receive in the college community, clergy from the major faiths are advisement from their Freshman Seminar instructors. Trans- on campus to provide counseling.
18 ACADEMIC AND INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES
Career Services schedule from 7:30 a.m.-5:30 p.m., Monday through Fri The Office of Career Services provides a comprehensive day. The daily schedule of activities, preplanned and spon career development program designed to assist students in taneous, are child-inspired and include language, prereading making appropriate career choices and in developing plans and skills and the introduction of social studies, science, to achieve their goals. To maximize potential and market music and art in a developmentally appropriate, integrative ability, students are encouraged to take advantage of ser setting. Please visit the center or call the director at 595- vices early and often in their college careers. The office is 2529 for fees and further information. openMonday,8:00a.m.-7:00p.m., and Tuesday-Thursday, Computer Facilities 8:00 a.m.- 5:00 p.m. The office can be reached at 595-2282. The College provides a wide variety of microcomputers for Services include: student use. At the Coach House about 80 IBM or IBM Personalized Career Guidance: Professional counselors compatible 286 or 386 microcomputers are available for the are available during day and evening hours for individual general population when not in use for scheduled classes. appointments. Decision making, career pathing, critiquing These systems provide access to typical productivity soft of resumes, preparing students for interviews and discuss ware such as word processors, data bases, spreadsheets, ing the job market are just a few areas that staff members are graphics packages and statistical software. Additional IBM equipped to handle. systems and Macintosh systems are available in the Science Vocation Testing: Each semester an extensive job readi Building for students in graduate programs within the ness and career planning workshop series is offered cover School of Science and Health. Access to an IBM 3090 ing a wide range of topics, some of which include: career mainframe connected to the New Jersey Educational Com decisions for the undecided, exploring careers in your puter Network is available through remote job-entry termi major, planning for graduate school, resume writing, inter nals at the Coach House. A variety of other computer view techniques,job search strategies, careers in federal and systems and laboratories are tailored to specific needs of state government, versatility of a teaching degree and many various graduate disciplines. For example, state-of-the-art others. computer graphics and computer animation facilities are Credential Services: Graduates may establish, maintain available for graduate art students in Ben Shahn. The Col and update their own reference file. lege is connected to major national and international com Recruiting: On-campus interviews are scheduled for puter networks (e.g., Bitnet, Internet, NSFnet) through the graduates with employers from government, education and Jon von Neumann Computer Network. industry each year. Career Column: A biweekly column appears in the Counseling Services college newspaper describing the office's activities, services The Office of Counseling Services offers a wide range of and current career information. counseling services to students. Staff members trained in Career Conferences and Job Fairs: Programs are sched clinical and counseling psychology are available to meet uled periodically for students to meet and discuss career with any student who requests personal counseling. related information and opportunities with regional em Counselil;tg interviews are private and totally confiden ployers. tial. Initial interviews are arranged within a few days of a Job Location and Development Location Program OLD): student's request. Emergency situations, of course, are A counselor assists students in securing part-time, summer handled immediately. and temporary off-campus employment. Primary emphasis A psychologist or counselor is available, without charge, is on development of career-related positions and paid to discuss any deep personal conflicts that may be prevent internships. ing a student from moving forward and achieving goals. Career Library: An up-to-date resource center contains Both short-term individual and group psychotherapy are an extensive selection of career books and literature, job offered. hunting directories, full-time, part-time and summer job listings, company literature, local, state and federal job Disabled Student Services opportunities, graduate school information and salary sur William Paterson College provides equal access to all pro veys. grams, activities, awards and related benefits without dis Audiovisual Equipment: Instructional videocassettes on crimination on the basis of disabling conditions. various career-related topics enable students to explore and William Paterson College believes in a total educational learn at their own pace. Interview training may be enhanced experience and, as such, mainstreams disabled students with videotaping equipment. into its regular programs and activities and adapts the Computer Technology: An easy-to-use computerized programs and methods of teaching, evaluation and services guidance system aides students in the career decision mak delivery to meet the individualized and unique capabilities ing process. Computerized job matching and resume print of the student. Students are encouraged to participate in the ing services are also available. diverse activities of the college community. The Office of Student Programs coordinates services for Child Care Center permanently disabled students including assistance in reg The WPC Child Care Center, located in Hunziker Wing, istration, advisement parking, referrals, adapted classroom Room 35, provides an affordable and balanced preschool activities and other special needs. All offices, departments, program for children of WPC students, staff, faculty and programs and personnel of the College cooperate to ensure alumni. The center, licensed by the state of New Jersey, is an equally accessible educational environment. A pamphlet open to children who are toilet-trained and between the outlining the services available and large print and access ages of 2 112 and 6. Registered students may use the center maps are available from the Office of Student Programs. for as many hours per week as needed, regardless of class
19 GENERAL INFORMATION
There are a limited number of specially equipped rooms Health ServiceslInsurance for physically disabled students in the Towers residence life The Health Office in White Hall, which is open daily and is complex. Students wishing to live on campus must be self staffed by three full-time nurses and a part-time physician, sufficient, and final determination as to occupancy shall be serves the medical needs of students. Each student is re made by the director of residence life in consultation with quired to submit a self-evaluation medical history form the director of student health services and other college prior to entry. An examination by the college physician may specialists. be required of any student at any time to determine whether It is the responsibility of the student to identify him! the student's physical condition warrants continuing in herself and request assistance from the Office of Student college. Programs. Students are urged to enroll in the College's insurance If a student experiences difficulty because a program or plan. The policy offered is in force, regardless of family class is housed in a facility that is inaccessible, the Office of policies, 24 hours a day, 12 months a year. Instructions for Student Programs should be contacted to facilitate the enrollment may be obtained at the Bursar's Office. relocation of that class, program or service to an accessible area. International Student Advisor The director of student programs may involve the in The director of student programs serves as designated structor, department chairperson, andlor the appropriate official to the u.S. Immigration and Naturalization Service dean when a problem arises concerning a specific classroom and assists international students in maintaining their sta activity or course requirement. At the beginning of each tus while in the United States. International students should semester, the student should contact the Office of Student contact the Office of Student Programs upon their arrival in Programs to notify the student's instructors of the special the United States or when they have transferred from considerations required ofa disabled student. This coopera another college in the United States to ensure that their tion enhances the probability of a student's success in a credentials are in order. A separate brochure introducing course. the student to American customs and I.N.S. regulations is To ensure the safety of all students, the College requests available upon request. that all disabled students file their schedules with the Library Campus Police each term. This information will be used only in the event of a fire or other natural disaster. The Sarah Byrd Askew Library is open seven days a week Suggestions as to how William Paterson College can during the fall and spring semesters. Exact hours are posted. more effectively assist disabled students are welcomed and The two-and-one-half story building contains an open stack should be addressed to the Director of Student Programs. arrangement of the book collection, which is classified by General questions pertaining to accessibility andaccommo the Library of Congress system. dations of students should be directed to the Office of A large collection includes periodicals, microforms, dis Student Programs, Matelson Hall 106, 595-249l. sertations, and a complete file of ERIC (Educational Re Any disabled student who believes that he or she has been search Information Center), along with the necessary read a victim of discrimination should refer to the Discrimina ers. Microfiche readers are also available for a loan. Micro tion Complaint Procedure published in the Student Hand film and microfiche readers-printers and photocopy ma book for resolution of the grievance. chines are available for use at a minimal cost. Freshman Life National Student Exchange The Freshman Life Office serves the needs of all freshmen, The National Student Exchange Program aims to provide regardless of age. The director assists students with the students with educational alternates and academic expo complexities of making the transition into college life. This sure to environments that differ from those offered at wpc. is done either through personalized, confidential counsel Thus, without losing student status at WPC, and while ing, referral to a campus support service, or by means of a incurring only slight increases in cost, participants are able variety of programs and services that the office administers to take advantage of resources available at other member either directly or indirectly (August orientation, orientation institutions, as well as those inherent in the multicultural leader training, Freshman Seminar and June registration.) mosaic of the United States. The NSE program is offered Our freshman commuters receive specialized assistance through the Student Programs Office in Matelson Hall. from their orientation leaders via the Commuter Assistance Residential Facilities Network throughout the fall and spring semesters. Residential life at WPC is based on the belief that on-campus Freshman Seminar living provides a unique opportunity for students to gain a The Freshman Seminar is a one-credit course designed for variety of personal learning experiences that supplement all freshmen. It is administered jointly by the director of and complement the formal learning that occurs in the freshman life and two faculty members. classroom. The goal of the residence life program is to The goals of the Freshman Seminar are to introduce develop an environment that supports students' academic freshmen to the academic demands and social aspects of endeavors and promotes individual development. It is ex college life and to ease their transition into a new environ pected that students will contribute positively to the on ment. Freshmen meet with their instructors twice a week campus community as involvement is paramount to per for eight weeks during the semester to discuss issues de sonal fulfillment and growth. The program seeks to make fined as problematic for freshmen: communication with the residence halls a place where students can: peers, faculty and staff, study skills, time and money man - Meet other students and live successfully with others agement and the use of college support services.
20 ACADEMIC AND INSTITUTIONAL SUPPORT SERVICES
- Assume responsibility for their own lives and the living Outdoor tennis courts, football, baseball and softball fields, environment in addition to a fully equipped recreation center, are a short - Participate in a variety of educational, social and cultural walk from the residence halls. Wightman Gym houses a activities heated Olympic-sized swimming pool and a basketball - Develop leadership skills' through participation in resi court. For jogging enthusiasts, a quarter-mile track rims the dence hall government, social and judicial organizations. football field. The College provides two types of housing for students, The Office of Student Development also works closely the Towers and Pioneer or Heritage Halls. with the Residence Life staff in coordinating programs and A new 250-bed facility is under construction with an events. In short, students can always find some extracur occupancy date scheduled for fall 1993. ricular activity in which to get involved. ReligiOUS services Towers The Towers is a large, modern facility designed to for all denominations are conducted through the William accommodate 1,033 underclassmen. Two double-occupancy Paterson Christian Fellowship. The Catholic Campus Cen rooms are connected by a bath and together constitute a ter serves many residents and invites students to use the suite hOUSing four persons. A limited number of single center. The Jewish Student Association also encourages occupancy rooms are also available with student with participation by resident students. Many churches and disabilities or special needs. Each room is furnished to synagogues are conveniently situated near the campus. include beds, desks, chairs, wardrobes and drawer space. Rides are available by directly contacting the church or Students are responsible for their own linens and personal synagogue. effects. Health Insurance and Medical Services All residents are Located within the pavilion that connects the Towers is required to provide proof of health insurance. This can be a spacious lounge and recreation area. Individual floors also done by submitting proof that a student is still covered have lounge and study space. Laundry, television and vend under hislher parents' health plan or by purchasing the ing facilities are also located in the building. student health insurance available through the College. Pioneer and Heritage Halls Pioneer and Heritage Halls offer Proof of insurance must be provided before students are apartment-style living for upperclassmen (juniors and se permitted to move into the residence halls. niors students). Each apartment is designed to accommo The College also provides free medical services through date four students. Each apartment contains two bedrooms, the Student Health Center conveniently located next to the a full bath, kitchen and living/dining area. The apartments Towers complex. The center is supervised by a medical are furnished with closets, desks, beds, chairs, a dinette set, director, part-time physician and full-time nurses. sofa and occasional furniture. Students are responsible for Financial Matters Room rates are quoted on a per person their own cooking utensils, linens and personal effects. academic year basis. The residence agreement is Signed for Study and recreation lounges, laundry and vending facili the full academic year. Students are billed on a semester ties are also available. basis. The semester's room payment is due in full before a Residence Life Staff Each of the residence hall areas is student is allowed to move into the residence hall. In administered by a live-in resident director who is a full-time addition, payment for the meal plan is required of all member of the Student Services staff. The "R.D." is respon Towers' residents prior to moving in. sible for the overall operation of the hall, supervises the Off-Campus Housing Many students choose to live off resident assistant staff and coordinates educational, cul campus. A full list of off campus vacancies in local homes tural, social and recreational programs and student advise and apartments is maintained by the Residence Life Office ment. and is available on request. Arrangements regarding rent The resident assistant is a fellow student who has re and regulations are negotiated directly with the landlord. ceived extensive training to work with students. The "R.A." is one of the first people to greet students when they arrive Veteran, Reservist and New Jersey National on campus. An upperclassman selected for hislher special Guard Members Services personal qualities and dedication to serve fellow students, WPC offers assistance for veteran students in obtaining an R.A. lives on each floor and seeks to enhance the monthly educational benefits from the Veterans Adminis community spirit essential to the residence halls. R.A.s are tration. Students applying for benefits for the first time or knowledgeable about the College and its resources and are transferring to WPC must contact the Office of Student trained in counseling and advisement skills. Programs to complete the necessary forms. All students Dining Services Students living in the Towers are required receiving veteran benefits must report to the Office of to be on the meal plan each semester. Apartment residents Student Programs each semester or summer session to may either use the cooking facilities in their apartment or verify course load, graduation date and academic program. choose a meal plan arrangement. Major college dining The Veterans Administration requires each person receiv facilities are the Wayne Hall Dining Room and the Student ing V.A. benefits to acknowledge and agree to all rules and Center Restaurant. Billy Pat's Pub is the focal point for regulations governing veteran eligibility at Wpc. campus entertainment and gatherings. Food is also avail The state of New Jersey has granted a waiver of tuition for able in the Student Center Cafeteria. active members of the New Jersey National Guard for up to 12 credits per semester. For further information on veteran Activities and Programs The Residence Life staff together benefits and the rules and regulations, and to apply for these with students plan dances, outings, dinners, lectures, study benefits, please contact the Student Programs Office, workshops, movie nights and a host of other events that take Matelson Hall, 595-2491. place on weekdays and weekends. Resident students tradi tionally are enthusiastic participants in these programs.
21 GENERAL INFORMATION Student Life
Recognizing the need for the social and cultural, as well as Active Chartered Clubs and Organizations the academic development of the individual, WPC offers a Apartment Association wide range of activities to meet the needs and interests of the BACCHUS entire student body. Students directly participate in select Bicycle Racing Club ing, planning and implementing social and cultural events. Black Student Association Through participation in campus organizations and ac Bowling Club tivities, students gain experience in governing their own Business Studen t Association affairs, accepting responsibility and learning to appreciate Caribbean Students Association other people and their points of view. Catholic Campus Ministry Club Annual activities generally include Homecoming Week Chemical Society end, Fall Fest, Spring Week, feature and art films, folk, rock Chinese Club and jazz concerts, lectures, dances, theatre presentations, Christian Fellowship art exhibits and many others. Coalition of Lesbians, Gays and Friends Any student who wishes to participate on committees or College Republican Club join any club or organization may obtain information by Collegians for Life contacting the Office of Student Development or Student Communications Club Government Association in the Student Center. All stu Computer Society dents are encouraged to participate in the activities of their Creative Source Dance Ensemble choice, and membership in all clubs and organizations is Early Childhood Organization open to all William Paterson College students regardless of Economic Student Association race, religion, sex, national origin, handicap or sexual Equestrian Team orientation. EssenceiEnglish Club Feminist Collective Student Government Association Galen Society All students are members of the Student Government Asso Greek Senate ciation (SGA), which is funded by the student activity fee. Health Science Club The Student Government Association is the focal point for Ice Hockey Team student participation in the governance of the College. Each International Student Association year students are elected to hold executive, committee, class Italian Club and representative offices within the Student Government Jewish Students Association Association. The legislature is responsible for political and Math Club financial decisions that affect the student body. Music &: Entertainment Industry Student Association The Student Government Association is responsible for Natural Science Club chartering and funding over 50 clubs and organizations that National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws are active on campus. Organization of Latin American Students Additionally, the Student Government Association re Palestine Solidarity Committee tains the services of an attorney, who offers free consulta People for Peace tion to students during weekly visits. It also provides a Pioneer Yearbook discounted pharmacy plan and Sexual Health Clinic for all Psychology Club students. Sisters for Awareness, Black Leadership &: Equality Society for Creative Anachronisms Clubs and Activities SOciology Club Special Education Club Extracurricular life at WPC is largely sponsored by dozens of campus clubs-service clubs, cultural clubs, academic Strategic Gamers Organization clubs and special interest clubs. The Student Activities Student Accounting Society Programming Board (SAPB) is the major programming Student Activities Programming Board organization on campus, producing social, cultural, educa Student Art Association tional, and recreational activities for the entire student Student Mobilization Committee The Beacon Newspaper population. The SAPB is funded by the Student Government Associa Towers Life Committee tion and relies on student input to plan a variety of events WCRN Radio open to the college community. Membership is open to all interested students. The SAPB is composed of the following committees, each sponsoring activities in its particular area: cinema, concerts, entertainment, lectures, advertiSing, festivals, daytime, travel and multicultural activities.
22 STUDENT LIFE
Media Organizations Honor Societies The Beacon is the weekly college newspaper published by Alpha Kappa Delta - Gamma Chapter: Sociology students whose aim is to present and interpret news of Alpha Psi Omega: Theatre college activities and to serve as a medium for the expres Kappa Delta Pi - Zeta Alpha Chapter: Education sion of student opinion. It has been awarded first place in Omicron Delta Epsilon: Economics the college division of the Columbia Scholastic Press Con Phi Alpha Theta - Rho Alpha Chapter: History test several times. Pi Lambda Theta - Beta Chi Chapter: Education The Pioneer yearbook is the college annual which pro Psi Chi: Psychology vides an overall pictorial and editorial record of the activi Sigma Theta Tau - Iota Alpha Chapter: Nursing ties of the college year and senior class. Upsilon Pi Epsilon: Computing Sciences WPSC Radio offers students an opportunity to learn the Student Center many facets of radio through practical experience and to The Student Center serves as the campus focal point for participate in broadcasting music, news and sports, as well social, cultural and recreational activities for the entire as learn about advertising, engineering and audio produc college community. Students, faculty, staff, community tion. WPSC, located in Wayne Hall, is also carried on UA Columbia Cablevision. members and alumni congregate here for a wide range of events and use the Student Center services and facilities. WCRN is the College'S on-campus radio club. It serves Located in the center are recreational areas where you may the college community by broadcasting music and serves as a training ground for disc jockeys. play billiards, ping pong and video games; an art gallery lounge and a ballroom, the ID Center; eating areas including Intercollegiate Athletics the cafeteria, restaurant and outdoor dining terraces and William Paterson College is a member of the highly com Billy Pat's. The Student Center also houses student offices petitive New Jersey Athletic Conference, the Eastern Ath including the Student Government Association, Student letic Conference, National Collegiate Athletic Association Activities Programming Board, the Beacon newspaper, the and the New Jersey Intercollegiate Association for Women. Pioneer yearbook, and various social, academic and service All sports are Division III and offer aid on a need basis. clubs. The College offers 14 intercollegiate varsity sports for Rec Center men and women and co-ed cheedeading. In addition to Designed to serve as the focal point for student recreational these, there are a co-ed equestrian team and a men's ice activities, the Rec Center contains a large multipurpose hockey team organized on a club basis. arena that can accommodate 4,000 spectators at concerts, Men's varsity sports include baseball, basketball, cross exhibits, athletic events or can be divided into three courts country, football, soccer, swimming and track. Women's for basketball and volleybalL Additional facilities include varsity sports include basketball, cross country, field hockey, four racquetballJhandball courts (one equipped for softball, swimming, track and volleyball. walleyball), a large weight/fitness room equipped with free Greek Senate weights, a Nautilus circuit, Lifecycles, Lifesteps, rowing The Greek Senate is the umbrella organization for social machines, Nordic Track Pro, and a treadmilL There is a fraternities and sororities at Wpc. It sponsors campus-wide multipurpose/dance room, as well as saunas and whirlpools events and champions social responsibility among its mem in the locker rooms. The Rec Center is also a TicketMaster ber organizations. Currently, there are 20 social fraternities outlet, where you can purchase tickets for your favorite and sororities on campus. Broadway shows, athletic events or concerts. Position on Hazing Recreational Services William Paterson College and the Greek Senate define The Rec Center is open daily providing early morning and hazing as any action taken, created or situated intentionally late evening hours to accommodate your busy schedule as (on or off campus) to produce mental or physical discom well as getting together with friends to have fun, get in shape fort, embarrassment, harassment or ridicule. Such activities and relieve stress. and situations include paddling in any form, creation of Recreational Services supervises the open swim program, excessive fatigue, physical and psychological shocks, wear which takes place in Wightman PooL Recreational Services ing apparel which is conspicuous and not normally in good also provides intramural activities, such as leagues for taste in public, engaging in public stunts and buffoonery football, tennis, basketball, volleyball, racquetball, softball, and any other morally degrading games and activities. floor hockey, indoor soccer and wallybalL WPC alsopartici pates on an extramural level against other institutions' intramural sport teams in football, basketball and volley balL The Department of Recreational Services provides a wide variety of recreational opportunities and programs such as aerobics, self defense, fitness clinics and special one-day events including Ghoulie Gallop, Midnight Madness, 2x4 Sports Spectacular and the TimexlReebok Fitness Week.
23 GENERAL INFORMATION Policies and Procedures
Students should consult other regular college publications Violations of said policies, rules or regulations may result for policies and announcements not included in the under in a variety of sanctions. graduate catalog. These publications include, but are not The College shall attempt to address disciplinary matters limited to the student handbook and master schedule. privately, informally and expeditiously before resorting to formalized procedures or the use of outside agencies. Alcohol and Drug Policy Institutional Authority to Ensure Fulfillment The College believes that the measure of true educational of the College'S Mission excellence is the extent to which its students develop the abilities for and commitment to lifelong learning and con The authority to diSCipline students for violations of college tributing to the common good. In order to realize this policies, rules and regulations is assigned by the President excellence, the College seeks to involve students actively to the Office of the Dean of Students for implementation by and personally in learning, and to help the perceive connec the Dean of Students or hislher designee. Disciplinary tions-across disciplines between classrooms, from indi action may be taken against students for violation of college vidual experiences to those of fellow learners, from the policies, rules and regulations. campus to the larger world, and from the past and present Due Process and Disciplinary Procedures to the future. Therefore, all members of the college commu It has been recognized that due process in higher education's nityare expected to exercise mature and responsible judge disciplinary matters does not parallel the requirements of ment regarding the use of alcohol and to conform to any due process in a court oflaw. However, the College ensures regulations established. that the rudimentary requirements of due process in all In accordance with federal, state and local laws, use of disciplinary matters will be implemented when charges are illegal or controlled drugs or other substances and misuse of brought against a student for violation of college policies, prescription drugs are prohibited on the WPC campus. The rules or regulations. Charges should be brought to the entire Alcohol and Drug Policy is published in the Student attention of the Office of the Dean of Students, Matelson Handbook. Hall. The entire Student Disciplinary Code is published in Acquired Immune Deficiency the Student Handbook. Syndrome (AIDS)IHIV Disease Discrimination Complaint Procedure Policy for Students The staggering implications of this country's most life The College has promulgated both informal and formal threatening disease AIDSIHIV are becoming part of our procedures for resolving student complaints of discrimina nation's consciousness. Colleges and universities can no tion. Any student who believes that he or she has been longer afford to take a complacent posture as they are now discriminated against on the basis of race, sex (including forced by circumstances to abandon their fervent hope that sexual harassment), age, national origin, religion, marital AIDSIHIV would not become a campus issue. WPC has status, physical or mental handicap or sexual orientation made the necessary preparations to protect the rights of should follow the procedures outlined in the Discrimina both those students who have been exposed to or infected tion Complaint Procedure for Students. The entire proce by the AIDSIHIV virus as well as the noninfected members dure is published in the Student Handbook. of the college community. Above all, we train all members of the college community to have a humane, well-informed Extracurricular Activities reaction to those whose lives have been compromised by Extracurricular activities are here defined as participation being exposed to or infected by the virus. The entire in any clubs, fraternities, sororities, athletics or organiza Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS)IHIV Dis tions recognized by the College or any of its agencies and ease Policy is published in the Student Handbook. which do not qualify for academic credit. All extracurricular activities shall be open to all full-time and part-time stu Student Disciplinary Code dents who have paid the appropriate student activity fees, Students' Rights and Responsibilities except where the organizations are members of national Students and student organizations should be free to exam bodies that have more stringent requirements. ine and discuss all questions of interest to them and to The follOwing limitations should apply only to students express opinions publicly and privately. They should be free who are holding office and/or participating in activities to support causes by orderly means which do not disrupt the which require regular commitment of three or more hours regular and essential operation of the College. per week. Students on "automatic probation" may partici It is the responSibility of all students of the College to pate in extracurricular activities, as here defined for a total adhere to the letter and spirit of this statement and duly of one academic year in that status. Thereafter, a student enacted college policies, rules and regulations. Students must have a minimum cumulative grade point average of shall not violate or attempt to violate any duly promulgated 2.0 to participate. Students who have been dismissed for and approved college policy, rule or regulation. reasons of academic standing may no longer participate in
24 POLICIES AND PROCEDURES extracurricular activities, as herein defined, even though he 3. A record signed by a physician licensed to practice or she may have been readmitted on appeal. medicine or osteopathy in any jurisdiction of the United Where any outside organization stipulates "normal aca States or foreign country or other licensed health profes demic progress" for full-time students as a requirement for sional approved by the New Jersey State Department of participation, such progress will be defined as follows: 1) Health indicating compliance with the immunization taking 12 credits in the semester of participation 2) com requirements of N.J.A.C 9:2-14.3. pletingsuccessfully 24 credits during the previous 12 months Exemptions of academic study. This condition shall not apply to stu Any student born before January 1, 1957 will be exempt dents who have never previously had full-time status at from documenting immunization records. William Paterson College or who have had full-time status If immunization conflicts with religious beliefs, it will be only the previous semester. necessary for the student to file a statement to this effect Students whose extracurricular activities are limited by accompanied by a letter from an official representative of this policy may wish to explain extenuating circumstances your religion explaining the basis of the religious conflict. which would allow them to participate in extracurricular All documentation should be submitted to the Student activities. A standing review committee shall be formed by Health Center, White Hall. the Senate to hear such appeals. Proof of Immunization Sexual Harassment Policy Sexual harassment of students or employees by faculty, The state of New Jersey has enacted legislation that requires administrators, other employees or fellow students is a form students enrolled at WPC to proVide proof of immunization of sex discrimination prohibited by state and federal laws as against measles, mumps and rubella. The following docu well as college policy. In order to protect the relationship of ments will be accepted as evidence of immunization history trust that must exist if the William Paterson College envi provided the specific immunization and the exact date of ronment is to foster independent and creative learning, the each immunization administered is listed. College considers that sexual harassment is inappropriate .1. An official school immunization record from any pri and not consistent with the highest standards of profes mary or secondary school in New Jersey indicating sional conduct for any member of the academic community. compliance with the immunization requirements of The College has promulgated both informal and formal NJ.A.C 9:2-14.3. procedures for resolving student complaints of discrimina 2. A record from any public health department indicating tion. The complete Discrimination Complaint Procedure is compliance with the immunization requirements of published in the Student Handbook. N.].A.C 9:2-14.3.
25 GENERAL INFORMATION Academic and Related Regulations
Introduction Graduation Honors Students who have completed at Every student is expected to know and comply with all least 60 credits at William Paterson College and who gradu policies and regulations stated in this catalog, in the Student ate with a final grade point average of 3.45 or better for all Handbook and in each semesters' Master Schedule of Courses. undergraduate courses are recognized as honor students Students are also expected to be aware of and responsible for with the follOwing designations: their scholastic standing at all times, including their cumu Average of 3.45-3.64 = cum laude lative and major grade point average, number of credits Average of 3.65-3.84 = magna cum laude completed and their progress toward meeting the specific Average of 3.85-4.00 = summa cum laude graduation requirements for their chosen degree. Each semester the registrar publishes in the Master Sched Academic Integrity Policy ule of Courses, a series of deadline dates for course with I. Standards of Academic Conduct drawal, pass-fail, repeat course and other important actions As an academic institution committed to the discovery and that students may need or want to take regarding their dissemination of truth, William Paterson College expects academic status. Students are expected to make themselves that all members of the college community shall conduct aware of and comply with these deadlines. themselves honestly and with professional demeanor in all The College reserves the right to introduce changes in the academic activities. rules regulating admission, programs of instruction and WPC has established standards of academic conduct graduation. Changes go into effect when determined by the because of its belief that academic honesty is a matter of proper authorities and apply to prospective students as well individual and college responsibility and that, when stan as to those already enrolled. Students are therefore urged to dards of honesty are violated, each member of the commu read carefully all materials sent from the College by mail nity is harmed. and/or posted in appropriate locations around campus. Members of the college community are expected to Regular contact with faculty and other advisors is strongly acknowledge their individual responsibility to be familiar recommended. with and adhere to the Academic Integrity Policy. The administration of academic regulations is the func tion of the dean of each school. Students may request in II. Violations of Academic Integrity writing, through the department chairperson to the appro Violations of the Academic Integrity Policy will include, but priate dean, an exemption from or waiver of a particular not be limited to the following examples: academic regulation. A. Cheating during examinations includes any attempt Students experiencing academic difficulty are advised to to (1) look at another student's examination with the consult first with the faculty member directly concerned. If intention of using another's answers for attempted personal for some reason the problem cannot be resolved, students benefit; (2) communicate in any manner, information con should consult the assigned academic advisor. cerning the content of the examination during the testing Upon admission to the College and to a major program, period or after the examination to someone who has not yet students are given a curriculum control sheet outlining taken the examination; (3) use any materials, such as particular requirements and recommending the sequence notebooks, notes, textbooks or other sources, not specifi in which they should pursue those requirements. (Note: In cally designated by the professor of the course for student the near future these control sheets are scheduled to be use during the examination period or (4) engage in any replaced by reports produced by the College's ON COURSE other activity for the purpose of seeking aid not authorized computer assisted advising program). It is the students' by the professor. responsibility to maintain the curriculum control sheet, B. Plagiarism is the copying from a book, article, note keep it updated and have it available each time they consult book, video or other source material whether published or with their academic advisor and register for the new semes unpublished, without proper credit through the use of ter. Students who misplace or lose the curriculum control quotation marks, footnotes and other customary means of sheet may obtain a new copy from the Advisement Center. identifying sources, or passing off as one's own, the ideas, If a transcript of grades is needed to complete the new copy words, writings, programs and experiments of another, of the curriculum control sheet, students may obtain this whether or not such actions are intentional or uninten transcript from the Registrar's Office for a nominal fee. tional. Plagiarism will also include submitting, without the consent of the professor, an assignment already tendered for Academic Honors academic credit in another course. Dean's List Students carrying a minimum of 12 credits C. Collusion is working together in preparing separate who earn a grade point average of 3.45 or better are named course assignments in ways not authorized by the instruc to the Dean's List. tor. Academic work produced through a cooperative (col Courses taken under the pass/fail option are not counted laborative) effort of two or more students is permissible toward the 12-credit reqUirement. only upon the explicit consent of the professor. The collabo-
26 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULA nONS
ration must also be acknowledged in stating the authorship 2. If, after discussion with the faculty member, the stu of the report. dent is dissatisfied with the outcome, the student must D. Lying is knowingly furnishing false information, dis contact the department chairperson presenting a dated, torting data or omitting to provide all necessary, required written and signed statement describing the specific information to the College's advisor, registrar, admissions basis for the complaint. At this time, the student will counselor, professor etc., for any academically related pur also provide the faculty member with a copy of these pose. written materials. E. Other concerns which relate to the Academic Integrity 3. The department chairperson will try to resolve the Policy include such issues as computer security, stolen issue by reaching a settlement which is agreed upon by tests, falsified records as well as vandalism of library mate both the student and the faculty member. If the issue is rials. No list could possibly include all the possible viola not resolved at the chairperson's level, the student will tions of academic integrity. These examples, should how request that the chairperson convene the Department ever, give a clearer idea of the intent and extent of applica Executive Council (or other appropriate department tion of this policy. committee)-exc!uding the faculty member involved III. Faculty Responsibilities for Upholding to hear the appeal. The faculty member will submit a written, dated and signed statement of the alleged the Academic Integrity Policy violation to the council/committee. The student will A. Faculty are expected to be familiar with the academic submit a written, dated and Signed statement describ integrity policy. Each faculty member will inform students ing the basis of the complaint. The accuser will assume of the applicable procedures and conditions early in each the burden of proof. When the faculty member in semester before the first examination or assignment is due. volved is the chairperson, then the student will request B. Ordinarily, class tests and final exams should be that the dean of the school convene the Department proctored. Proctoring is defined as having a faculty member Executive Council (or other appropriate department present in the room. Proctoring is the responsibility of the committee). The Department Executive Council/Com faculty member teaching the course although where neces mittee will submit its decision to the chairperson (or sary, that responsibility may be shared with or delegated to school dean, if the faculty member involved is the faculty colleagues or graduate assistants aSSigned to the chairperson) . course. 4. If not satisfied with the Department Executive Council's IV. Resolution of Academic Integrity Policy (or other appropriate department committee's) deci Violations sion, the student may ask the dean of that school to bring the matter to the School Council. The faculty A. If a faculty member has sufficient reason to believe that member will submit a written, dated and signed state a violation may have occurred on any work submitted for a ment of the alleged violation. The student will submit graqe, he/she must attempt to discuss this matter with the a written, dated and signed statement describing the student within ten (0) working days of the incident. basis for the complaint. The accuser will assume the B. After discussing this matter with the student, and if the burden ,of proof. The chairperson of the department student accepts the proposed penalty, the student waives concerned will not take part in the final vote (though hislher right to a hearing. the written decision from the department chairperson Depending on circumstances, as assessed by the faculty will be part of the record). The School Council's member who has discussed the matter with the student, the decision will constitute the College's final decision penalty imposed could be: regarding the substantive nature of the case. Future 1. Resubmission of the assignment appeals based on violations of due process are permit 2. Failure of the assignment ted to the limit of the law. 3. Failure of the course 5. Each step in the procedure must be initiated within 10 4. Forced withdrawal from the course with no credit (ten) working days of the faculty, chairperson, depart received ment or school response. Dated, written and signed 5. Impose other appropriate penalties with the consent of statements are required at each step. Likewise, at each the student level, the faculty member(s) , chairperson, Department 6. Recommendation to the president of suspension or Executive Council (or other appropriate department expulsion from the College committee) or School Council must complete a review 7. With any of the above, the faculty member may have a of all pertinent written materials prior to rendering a written record of the sequence of events placed in the decision, in writing, within ten (10) working days of student's permanent record with a copy to the student. receipt of complaint materials. In case the faculty C. If the student does not admit to a violation or disagrees member has verifiably been unable to be contacted, or with the proposed penalty he/she must: in other instances of extenuating circumstances affect 1. Speak directly to the faculty member within ten (0) ingstudents or faculty, itis understood that the student's working days of being informed of a violation or of the right to appeal will not be jeopardized and the time proposed penalty. If, after repeated attempts, the stu constraints will be extended. Due process must be dent is unable to reach the faculty member within ten followed at every step of this procedure. No penalty (10) working days, the student must notify the depart will be changed by anyone other than the faculty ment chairperson in writing within that ten (10) day member who assigned it unless there is convincing period. evidence that the penalty was inconsistent with profes sional standards of the discipline.
27 GENERAL INFORMATION
6. Each student who registers a complaint with a depart tuition and fees refunded and will be withdrawn from the ment chairperson must be given a copy of this policy. courses. Appeals of dismissal decisions may be made in A copy must be attached to the appeal and signed by the writing to the appropriate dean through the Counseling student to indicate that he/she has been given a copy of Office. These must be filed within seven days after receiving the procedure, read it and understands it before the a letter of dismissaL It is the responsibility of the student to appeal can proceed. provide additional information or documentation beyond the grade point average itself which might warrant recon Academic Standing Policy sideration and, perhaps, reinstatement. Appeal decisions The policy on academic standing is that approved by the should be rendered by the appropriate dean no later than Board of Trustees on August 30, 1976. The basic principle August 15. is that any student whose grade point average falls below 2.0 Reinstatement Any student who, upon appeal, is rein is no longer in good standing. The academic standing stated is subject to such terms and limitations which are guidelines below display what constitutes "good standing," conditions to reinstatement. Students reinstated may par "probationary" and "dismissed" status. ticipate in extracurricular activities after meeting the fol Grade Point Average A student's academic standing is lowing criteria: indicated by the grade point average (GPA). The average is 1. One year of nonparticipation after reinstatement determined by dividing the total number of grade points 2. A grade point average of 2.0 or above. earned by the total number of credits attempted. Courses graded INC, WD, and P are not computed in determining Attendance thegradepointratio.A= 4.0;A-= 3.7;B+= 3.3;B= 3.0;B Students are expected to attend regularly and punctually all = 2.7; C+= 2.3; C= 2.0; C-= 1.7;D+= 1.3; D= 1.0; F= 0 classes, laboratory periods and other academic exercises. Example: Students are responSible for all work required in courses. The instructor will determine the effect of absences upon Credits Credits Grade grades and may permit or deny the privilege of making up Attempted Earned Grade Points work, including examinations, within the time limits of the Organic Biochemistry 4 4 A 16 Creative Writing 3 3 A 12 semester. Students are encouraged to ask instructors about Origin of Cities 3 C 6 their class attendance policy if not made explicit on the Abnonnal Psychology 3 3 B course syllabus. Social Movements 3 D In the event of a prolonged absence, a student is advised Independent Study 0 2 P 16 46 to consult with the Office of the Dean of Students. Grade Point Average = 2.87 Only courses taken at WPC are computed in determining the grade point Audit average. Students may register for a course with the audit option For graduation, the minimum grade point average require without receiving any credit or a grade. Students do not ments are 2.0 cumulative and 2.0 in the major field. Seniors participate in class assignments and requirements. Students who fall below a 2.0 cumulative grade point average during must pay regular college fees and tuition. Transcripts will the senior year are permitted to take additional courses for reflect AU for audit. Students wishing to take a course on an a limited period of time, usually one semester or term, to audit basis must complete the necessary form at the Registrar's achieve a satisfactory average. Seniors who fall into this Office during the first ten (10) days of the fall or spring category are notified of probation or dismissal and must see semesters or during the first three (3) days of summer the appropriate dean for consideration about continuing. sessions I or II. Once the form is submitted the decision is Procedures Determination of student academic standing irreversible. is made once a year, after completion of the spring semester. Students' bear the responsibility for remaining in good Class Standing standing. The College is under no obligation to warn Class standing is determined based upon a student's total students about academic deficiencies or to alert them about credit hours earned. probationary status when their cumulative grade point Freshman: 0-23 credits earned average drops below 2.0. Sophomore: 24-57 credits earned Dismissal After annual determination of student stand Junior: 58"89 credits earned ing by the registrar, dismissed students may no longer take Senior: 90 or more credits earned courses. Dismissed students who have registered for new courses prior to receiving a dismissal notice will have their
Academic Standing Guidelines Credits Attempted Good Standing Automatic Probation Dismissal 23 credits-less* 2.00 or better Not Applicable Not Applicable 24 to 30 credits 2.00 or better 1.99 to 1.20 1.19 or less 31 to 60 credits 2.00 or better 1.99 to 1.70 1.69 or less 61 to 90 credits 2.00 or better 1.99 to 1.90 1.89 or less 91 to graduation 2.00 Of better Under 2.00 with one 1.99 or less after the semester or tenn grace semester or tenn to achieve a 2.00 to achieve a 2.00
*Students with 23 credits or less are usually part-time students who need more than two semesters to complete one academic year.
28 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS
Course Credit Load Note: A student may be precluded from repeating courses in instances in which this policy conflicts with other aca Credit demic College policies or licensing requirements by outside A credit is a unit of measure of curricular work. Generally, agencies. a credit is awarded for one hour of class attendance a week for one semester. In some studies, such as studio or labora Course Withdrawal tory courses, several hours may be required to earn one A student withdrawing from a course must give written credit. notice to the Office of the Registrar. The course(s) must be Full-Time Students The normal registration for any semes paid in full prior to submitting the written notice (verifica ter is 15 credits, although up to 19 credits in some major tion of payment should be attached). Failure to follow this programs may be carried without special approval. Regis procedure will result in the recording of a grade of F. For tration for more than this number of credits per semester is withdrawal/refund dates, please refer to the semester Master permitted only under unusual circumstances and requires Schedule of Courses. Failure to attend classes does not high academic standing and written approval of the student's constitu te a withdrawal from a course. Students seeking to advisor, department chairperson and the appropriate dean. withdraw from all courses must follow the procedures A student must be registered throughout the semester for described under the Leave of Absence!Withdrawal section a minimum of 12 credits to be considered full time. A in this catalog. student who registers for a minimum full-time load and then withdraws from courses, bringing the credit load Credit by Exam and Experience below the minimum full-time requirements, relinquishes Credit by Examination full-time status. Currently registered undergraduate students in good stand Part-Time Students Students carrying less than 12 credits ing may receive credit for certain courses by successful are part-time students. performance in examinations offered by academic depart Nondegree Students The nondegree student is limited to ments, in examinations of the College Level Examination part-time enrollment each semester and may take a maxi Program (CLEP), the Thomas Edison College Examination mum of 24 credits as a nondegree student. To proceed Program (TECEP) or the College Proficiency Examination beyond this maximum, the nondegree student must apply Program (CPEP). In some instances, a supplementary labo for formal acceptance to a program through the Admissions ratory, practicum or performance examination may be Office. required to satisfy major program requirements. Students who think they have sufficient knowledge, Summer Sessions I and II Students who register for the acquired by experience or private study, are encouraged to four-week summer session I may not carry more than one accelerate or enrich the college program in this way. When course, (usually 3 credits) during the session. Students who credit by examination is awarded by the College, it is so register for summer session II may register for a maximum entered on the student's transcript. Failure in such exami of three courses (usually 9 credits). This policy of maximum nations carries no penalty. load applies equally to all students. The credit by examination policy is subject to the follow Course Repeat Policy ing limitations: 1. No duplication of credit is permitted 1. Effective fall 1987, a currently enrolled (Le., registered, 2. No examination is permitted in a subject in which paid and in attendance) undergraduate first-degree stu students have pursued more advanced work for which dent may repeat, once, any course in which a passing they have received credit grade less than C- is received. 3. No examination is permitted in courses in which failing 2. A course in which a failing grade is received may be grades have been previously assigned repeated until a passing grade is obtained. 4. The level of achievement required for award of credit is 3. Only the last grade will be computed in the grade point at least that which is normally specified and recom average. mended by the American Council on Education and 4. All grades will be shown on the transcript. generally accepted practice 5. Courses taken under the repeat course policy will be 5. Transfer students are entitled to advanced standing, noted accordingly on the transcript. subject to the above general limitations. 6. The course being repeated cannot be taken on a pass/fail Such standardized and challenge examinations should basis unless it was initially taken pass/fail. not be undertaken lightly by the student, for acceptable 7. Course substitutions are not permitted. standards and norms for satisfactory achievement are lo Those students who have previously repeated a course cally and nationally established, and the grades thereby prior to the effective date may not do so again. achieved do become a part of the student's permanent You must complete the appropriate form in the Registrar'S record. Full-time students who attempt these testing op Office before the repeat course application deadline for the tions are still expected to maintain a minimum 12-credit semester in which you are repeating the course. This date load during any semester of residence; exceptions may be coincides with the final date to withdraw from a course. This made for students in their final semester of degree comple requirement applies to any course repeat, whether of a failing tion. grade or of a passing grade less than C-. Refer to the Master College policy limits the number of credits a student may Schedule for the specific date for each semester. be awarded toward the baccalaureate degree through CLEP,
29 GENERAL INFORMATION'
TECEP, CPEP, challenge examinations and other credits 3. Certain examinations may not be accepted in fulfillment awarded for advanced standing to a maximum of90 (ninety). of baccalaureate major programs and/or certification Students who avail themselves of this maximum advanced requirements. Students should consult major advisors standing credit are, nevertheless, expected to fulfill all about the acceptability and transferability of credit in major program prescriptions even though they may exceed their major sequence the minimum 128 credits for the baccalaureate degree. The 4. Unlike CLEP tests, only results of the initial testing are various testing options are discussed more fully below. recognized by wpc. Students are cautioned that pass CLEP ing grades earned in these examinations are added to their permanent record. The College-Level Examination Program is a nationally recognized series of general and subject examinations that Military Credit tests primarily the content and theory of undergraduate United States Armed Forces Institute (USAFI) course credit courses normally offered during freshman and sophomore is counted as "military" credit. Correspondence courses years. They are prepared, updated and processed by the taken through an accredited college count as academic Educational Testing Service. credits. College correspondence courses, USAFI courses or The general examinations consist of tests in the five a combination of both, are limited to a total of 30 credits. following areas; English, humanities, mathematics, natural Speech performance courses taken by correspondence are sciences and social studieslhistory. The College recognizes not accepted for credit. and grants credit for a satisfactory performance above the Credit for military service schools is granted in accor 25th percentile. Subject examinations are available and are dance with the recommendations published by the Ameri generally equivalent to freshman-sophomore electives or can Council of Education (ACE) in the publication A Guide introductory courses in major program sequences. Some to the Evaluation of Educational Experiences in the Armed subject examinations are equivalent to single semester, 3- Services. Since no military credit will be awarded to a credit courses; others to two-semester, 6-credit sequences. student unless the work was completed prior to entry, any The College recognizes and grants credit for a satisfactory desired USAFI courses should be taken while still on station performance in these examinations for a minimum stan before enrolling at wpc. dard score of 45. Credit for Veterans Credit for the required freshman English course, Writing Effective Prose, ENG 110, is granted only upon successful Following the recommendations of the American Council completion of the subject examination, College Composi of Education (ACE), the College awards credit to qualified tion with Essay. veterans for military and academic experiences. Each vet Credit is awarded to students after the initial test or the eran who has served at least one complete year in service is first retest only. Since CLEP tests are primarily geared to awarded 3 credits for military service. In addition, veterans freshman-sophomore levels, a student may be granted a may apply for an evaluation of any courses they may have maximum of 60 credits through these tests whenever earned. completed in special training schools, correspondence Any currently enrolled student who has completed 60 credits or schools and academic courses completed under the aus more is ineligible to take the CLEP general examinations. pices of the United States Armed Forces Institute. The When applicable to the student's major program, such College adheres strictly to the minimum recommendation examinations in CLEP may be taken only with the prior for credit by ACE and USAFL permission of the major department and the appropriate Air Force ROTC dean and only prior to the completion of 90 credits. Such William Paterson College students can earn appointments permiSSion must be received by the registrar in writing prior as commissioned officers in the United States Air Force to the student's application for CLEP subject examinations. through an ROTC crosstown agreement with the New Prior to the completion of 90 credits, subject examina Jersey Institute of Technology (NJIT). Students with two or tions may be taken for elective or general education credit. more years of college remaining, in either undergraduate or Special permission is not required. graduate programs, are eligible to apply. Credits for all The Center for Continuing Education maintains a list of aerospace study courses taught at NJIT are applicable as free CLEP exams and their course equivalencies at wpc. elective credits toward graduation from wpc. For informa TECEP and CPEP tion on the conditions, benefits and procedures of the The College recognizes credit earned in TECEP exams, program, contact the Office of the Registrar. sponsored by Thomas Edison College of New Jersey, and CPEP exams, sponsored by the New York State Regents Curriculum Individualization External Degree Program. The degree programs outlined in the respective majors WPC recognizes and accepts a grade of C or better on represent minimum requirements for all students who wish some examinations presently available in these series, sub to receive a baccalaureate degree from William Paterson ject to the follOwing restrictions; College. The College does, however, offer credit options to 1. No duplication of credit for CLEP, TECEP or CPEP tests students who demonstrate unusual experiences, interests is permitted and abilities. 2. Students who have completed content and theory ex Undergraduate students may receive course credit, ad aminations may be required also to take local laboratory vanced placement or advanced standing. Criteria include or performance examinations under special arrange school records, official documents and various examina ments and with an additional fee tions referred to in the section on Credit by Exam and
30 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS
Experience. Credit thus gained may be used to accelerate or determined by a professor's evaluations or placement tests. enrich a student's program. Students who wish to complete 2. General Education Requirements a degree in a shorter period of time may pursue these various acceleration options. Students who wish to complete work The goal of general education is to provide broad, coherent or courses beyond those ordinarily prescribed in a major or knowledge for the development of individuals and their for a degree may choose enrichment opportunities. participation as citizens in society. Familiarity with a broad Students must take responsibility for making sure that their range of academic disciplines and the acquisition of general selection of courses meets the requirements of their chosen intellectual skills fosters critical and creative thinking, degree program; they should consult regularly with their effective writing and communication and the formation of faculty advisor for guidance. humanistic values. To this end, general education courses introduce the Degree Requirements student to basic concepts and methods in major fields of knowledge. The collective aim of these courses is to develop To qualify for an undergraduate degree at WPC, a student an appreciation of literature and the arts, an understanding must earn a minimum of 128 of the correct credits in an of the natural world and knowledge of our own and other authorized program of study to which one has been duly societies and cultures. admitted, achieve a minimum 2.0 (C) cumulative grade Approximately 60 credits of general education course point average and a 2.0 average in the major. work must be completed for the bachelor of arts and Degree requirements are normally composed of the fol bachelor of science degrees. General education require lowing components: ments differ for students receiving the bachelor of fine arts 1. New Jersey State College Basic Skills or bachelor of music degrees. Program The general education requirement is divided into two On March 18, 1977, the New Jersey Board of Higher parts: the basic general education requirements (53-54 Education mandated a basic skills program to test all enter credits) and general education electives (6 credits). Specific ing students in state public colleges and to provide courses must be selected in fulfillment of the following remediation in reading, writing and mathematics for those general education areas. Refer to the Curriculum Handbook students whose performance on tests in these areas is or the Master Schedule for the specific courses permissible in unsatisfactory according to current college standards. As each category. sessment ofbasi.c skills is made through the administration BASIC GENERAL EDUCATION 59-60 CREDITS of the NewJersey College Basic Skills Placement Test, which REQUIREMENT consists of the follOwing: essay, reading comprehension, A. Arts and Communication 6 credits sentence sense, computation and elementary algebra. Art Tests are required for students who are accepted as new Communication freshmen, for transfer students who have not taken these Music tests or completed equivalent English/mathematics courses, Theatre for international students and for nondegree students reg (No more than 3 credits may be taken in any depart istering for the 12th credit. ment.) Students needing remediation are placed in appropriate B. Humanities 21 credits courses to develop essential academic skills during the first Writing Effective Prose 3 semester. These courses are required and are prerequisite to Foreign Language (dependent upon placement) 0-6 all other English and mathematics courses, as well as some History 6 GE courses. Basic skills courses appear on the student's Literature 3 transcript, but do not count toward the credits required for Philosophy 3 a baccalaureate degree. Credits earned in remedial courses are included in determining students' classification (e.g., C. Science 11-12 credits sophomore, junior, senior) and in defining full-time stu Mathematics 3-4 dent status. To continue at the College, students must either Science 8 achieve satisfactory scores on the basic skills placement test D. Social Science 9 credits or complete assigned remedial courses successfully before Anthropology enrolling for their 46th credit. Students who fail a basic Geography skills course twice, or fail two different basic skills courses, Political Science will be reviewed by the appropriate academic authority. Psychology Before students may enroll in ENG 110, Writing Effective Sociology Prose, or advanced mathematics courses, they must pass Economics any required basic skills courses in the appropriate areas. All (No more than 3 credits may be taken in anyone area.) students must earn a grade of C or better in ENG 1l0, E. Other 6 credits Writing Effective Prose. Normally, students meet this re l. A course in health or movement science 3 quirement in the freshman year and must meet it before start 2. A course dealing with racism of the junior year. Students whose first language is not and/or sexism in America 3 English, as determined by the Test of English as a Foreign F. GE Electives 6 credits Language (TOEFL) score, must pass ESL 101 and ESL 102, Chosen from a group of upper-level (200- or above) English as a Second Language, before enrolling in either courses or any other acceptable GE courses; these may regular or specially designated sections of ENG 1l0, as not be in the major or collateral areas.
31 GENERAL INFORMATION
G. Non-Western Culture Important Note: All freshmen must take the course, Each student takes at least one course in some aspect of WPC 101, Freshman Seminar. In a small class setting non-Western cultures. You may choose any course from students develop a close relationship with a faculty member the approved list that is published every semester in the who helps introduce the WPC experience. This is unique in the Master Schedule. req~irement Waivers from college curriculum requirements may be curriculum as it does not require you to take an addi provided when deemed educationally advantageous for an tional three credits. You may take a non-Western cul individual student. When the need for a waiver arises tures course as part of general education, the major, because of requirements for mandated courses set by an upper level electives or free electives and also count it outside accrediting agency, priority is given to the require toward this requirement. This is the only instance of ment of the accrediting agency. A student who requests a . counting the same course in two categories. waiver should apply to the major department chairperson, Important Note: Some departments require that certain who then forwards the request to the appropriate academic specific courses must be selected in one or more general dean. \. I. education categories for particular majors. Students are Extracurricular Activities , therefore urged to consult with their faculty advisor in selection of courses to meet GE requirements. Academic policies and related procedures governing extra 3. The Major curricular activities are enumerated in College Policy Num ber 10, approved by the president upon recommendation of Each student must pursue a discipline or course of study in the senate and student services, revised 9/22187. The policy sufficient depth to be acquainted with both the basic body component is excerpted below: of knowledge therein and the frontiers to which it reaches. I. Extracurricular activities are here defined as participa Credit requirements for the various academic majors vary tion in any clubs, athletics or organizations recognized according to iype of program. Courses applied to a major may by the college or any of its agencies and which do not not be used to fulfill general education requirements. receive academic credit. In a bachelOI: of arts program, major courses total be II. All extracurricular activities shall be open to all full-time tween 30 and 40 credits. and part-timt; students who have paid the appropriate In a bachelor of science program, up to 60 credits may be student activity fees, except where the organizations are required. members of national bodies that have more stringent In specialized degree programs, such as the bachelor of requirements. fine arts and the bachelor of music, major course require III. The following limitations should apply only to students ments often exceed 60 credits. who are holding office andlor participating in activities Multiple Major Courses of Study that require a regular commitment of three or more A student can select a second major course of study. Upon hours per week. successfully completing an additional major, the student is A. Extracurricular eligibility will be monitored once a awarded a single degree. Notation of completed major year in August after the summer session is completed. courses of study are made on the student's official tran Since "automatic" or academic probation is moni script. The student determines the primary major, but is tored \n June, a student who is put on academic counted as a full major in each program. probatiop haS 14 mouths on academic probation to 4. Upper Level Electives raise the CPA to a 2.0 or above before becoming ineligible to participate. in extracurricular activities. Nine (9) credits of upper-level electives (200- or above) Each student is entitled to only one year of partici outside the major, collateral areas and above the 100-levei. pating in extracurricular activities while on 5. Teacher Education (only for students . probation. If after speriding one year on probation seeking teacher certification) and becoming ineligible to participate the student Students seekirig certification to teach in the pUblic school once again falls below a 2.0, he or she is then system must complete a specific program of study deter immediately ineligible to participate until the GPA is mined according to the type of certification pursued. Refer raised to a 2.0. to the section of this catalog describing the School of B. Where any outside organization stipulates "normal Education and the Department of Curriculum and Instruc academic progr.ess" for full-time students as a re tion for further details on teacher certification reqUire quirement for participation, such progress will be ments. defined as follows: 1. Taking 12 credits in the semester of participa 6. Free elective courses tion to avoid extra-curricular activities proba Students are encouraged to explore areas of study not tion included under the general education designation and not 2. Completing successfully 24 credits the previous included in the major or collateral areas course of study. The 12 months of academic study to avoid extracur number of credits of free electives required in each program ricular activities probation. This condition shall is determined by subtracting the total of credits in general n~tapply to students who have never previously education, the major, teacher certification where applicable had full-time status at William Paterson College and upper level electives from 128. or who have only had full-time status the previ ous semester.
32 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS
C. Where no outside organization stipulates "normal tor and the approval of the department chairperson and the academic progress" for full-time students as a re appropriate dean, except under extraordinary circumstances. quirement for participation such required progress In some cases, the privilege of re-examination is permitted. will be defined as follows: 1. Full-time status students are required to suc Incomplete Grades cessfully complete 24 credits in the previous 12 Grades of Incomplete (IN) must be removed from the months to avoid extracurricular activities proba record within the 30- day period immediately following the tion beginning of the succeeding fall or spring semester. All 2. Part-time status students must successfully com grades of IN not changed by the appropriate time to a letter plete 12 credits in the previous 12 months to grade upon the recommendation of the proper faculty avoid extracurricular activities probation. member are automatically changed to a grade of F by the D. A student who is dismissed from school for reasons registrar. For purposes of dismissal policy, extracurricular of academic standing who is later reinstated may participation and financial aid, such an Incomplete shall be participate in extracurricular activities after meeting treated as an F grade. It shall be treated as an IN for. these the following criteria: purposes only if the student receives a written ·statement 1. One year of nonparticipation after reinstatement from the professor or chairperson of the academic depart 2. A GPA of2.0 or above. ment requesting a continuation. E. Those students who do not begin participation in Pass/Fail Option extracurricular activities their first year of college must have a GPA of2.0when they begin participation. 1. Students may register for only one course per semester Those who begin participation with a GPA of below with a pass/fail option. 2.0 will automatically be put on extracurricular 2. Students may register for no more than four courses activities probation. with a pass/fail option during their academic careers. IV. Students whose extracurricular activities are limited by 3. The pass/fail option may be used for free elective courses this policy may wish to explain extenuating circum and general education courses, except Writing Effective stances, which would allow them to participate in extra Prose. It may not be used for major or minor courses or curricular activities. A standing review committee shall directed electives. (This count does not include any be formed by the senate to hear such appeals. general education, elective or major courses which can only be taken pass/fail.) Grades 4. A pass/fail grade of P will be considered the eqUivalent of A to D. A pass/fail grade of F will be considered the The WPC grading system is as follows: equivalent of F. A, A- Excellent Students who exercise the pass/fail option must indicate B+, B, B- Good such intention prior to the appropriate deadline as pub C+, C, C- Satisfactory lished in the Master Schedule and are not permitted to D+ , D Minimally passing change their intention after the registration period is com F Failing plete. Students who have registered for a course are not P Passed course, taken on a pass/fail basis permitted to change their minds and exercise the pass/fail (equivalent to A-D) option after the registration period. S Satisfactory (Basic Skills courses, not for A grade of P shall count in the number of credits earned, graduation credit) but not in the cumulative grade point average. A grade of F INC Incomplete counts in the grade point average. Students who wish to N Unacceptable, must repeat (Writing Effective exercise the pass/fail option are reminded of certain limita Prose and Basic Skills) tions in the concept and of potential difficulties which they M Missing, no grade submitted may encounter. Not only are grades ofP not counted in the WD Withdrawn officially student's grade point average, but also the student may find AU Audit that grades of P are not transferable to other colleges and Grade Point Values may not be recognized by some graduate schools. A 4.0 Procedures for Investigating Complaints A- 3.7 About Grades or Student Academic BI- 3.3 B 3.0 Performance B- 2.7 Students who are dissatisfied with treatment by a faculty c+ 2.3 member in reference to grades or student academic perfor C 2.0 mance should pursue the following procedure: C- 1.7 1. Speak directly to the faculty member within 10 working Dr 1.3 days of the receipt of grade or incident related to student D 1.0 academic performance. If, after repeated attempts, a F 0 student is unable to reach the faculty member within 10 Grade Regulations working days, the student must notify the department chairperson in writing within that 10 working-day pe A report of the student's grades is entered on the official riod. record and is altered only upon the initiation of the instruc-
33 GENERAL INFORMATION
2. If, after discussion with thefaculty member, the student Independent Study is dissatisfied with the outcome, the student should The purpose of the undergraduate independent study pro contact the department chairperson presenting a dated, gram at William Paterson College is to encourage self written statement describing the specific basis for the education under the auspices of a faculty supervisor. The complaint. The written material must include any per program is open to junior and senior students who have tinent documentation to substantiate the student's com shown themselves responsible and capable of self-direction plaint. At this time, the student will also provide the and who possess a grade point average of at least 3.0, both faculty member with a copy of these written materials. overall and in the major, or in the field of the independent 3. The department chairperson will try to resolve the issue study. Independent study cannot substitute for an existing by reaching a settlement that is agreed upon by both the course, but may be utilized in lieu of a degree requirement. student and the faculty member. If the issue is not A student cannot undertake an independent study for resolved at the chairperson's level, the student should which the student has had no background. The choice of an request that the department chairperson convene the independent study should be initiated by the student. Department Executive Council (or other appropriate An application form, with a one-page prospectus, should department committee) to hear the appeal, consult with be submitted to the sponsoring faculty member. The appli the faculty member concerned, then submit a decision cation form reqUires the approval of the faculty member, the to the department chairPerson. When the faculty mem department chairperson and the dean of the appropriate ber involved is the chairperson, the student may request school. The completed application must be submitted by that the dean of the school convene the Department the dean to the registrar no later than the late registration Executive Council (or other appropriate department period for the semester in which the independent study is to committee). be undertaken. This deadline may be moved to an earlier 4. If not satisfied with the Department Executive Council's time at the discretion of a department. The prospectus (or other appropriate department committee's) deci should include: sion, the student may ask the dean of that school to bring 1. Statement of the purpose of the project the matter to the School Council for a decision by the 2. Description of the proposed methodology to be used in department chairpersons of the school concerned. This carrying out the independent study will constitute the College's final decision. The chair 3. Brief preliminary bibliography person of the department concerned will not take part in 4. A proposed time schedule the final vote. 5. If the project is expected to continue for two or more 5. Each step in the procedure must be initiated within 10 semesters, it should be clearly stated which part of the working days of the faculty or department response. proposed work should be completed by the end of each Dated, written statements are required at each step. semester Ukewise, at each level, the facultymember(s), chairper 6. Description of the final product which will be evaluated son or Department Executive Council (or other appro for independent study credit. priate department committee) must complete a review Three credits of independent study may be undertaken in ofall pertinent written materials prior to rendering their a given semester; no more than 9 credits of independent decision, in writing, within.10 working days of receipt study may be credited toward degree requirements. Credit of complaint materials. and grade are awarded by the faculty sponsor. In case the faculty member has verifiably been unable to be contacted, or in other instances of extenuating Leave of Absence / Withdrawal circumstances affecting students or faculty, it is under Leave of Absence stood that the student's right to appeal will not be jeopardized, and the time constraints will be extended. A leave ofabsence can be granted for one academic year (two Due process must be followed at each step of this semesters). A student must have the grade point average procedure. No grade will be changed by anyone other (GPA) listed below in order to be eligible to take a leave of than the faculty member who assigned it unless there is absence: convincing evidence that the assignment of the Original Credits Earned or Attempted GPA grade was inconsistent with professional standards in 0-23 No minimum required the discipline. 24-30 1.20 6. Each student who registers a complaint with a depart 31-60 1.70 ment chairperson must be given a copy of this policy. A 61-90 1.90 copy must be attached to the appeal and signed by the 91 or more 2.00 student to indicate that he/she has been given a copy of If a student does not meet the above criteria, a leave of this procedure, has read it and understands it before the absence cannot be granted, and the student electing to leave appeal can proceed. school must withdraw from the College (see below). A leave of absence must be applied for at least 30 days prior to the last day of classes of the semester for which it is applicable. All sophomores,juniors and seniors can obtain the forms for a leave of absence from the Counseling Center, Matelson 109,595-2257. All leave of absence forms for freshmen can be obtained through the Freshman Ufe Office, Matelson 161, 595-2219.
34 ACADEMIC AND RELATED REGULATIONS
Withdrawal from College Registration and Obligation of A withdrawal from the College will not be refused to any Payment matriculated student. A withdrawal is for an indefinite Once students have submitted a course request card to the length of time and is in force until the student chooses to registrar or otherwise completed a registration transaction, apply for readmission. Withdrawal should not be confused students have entered into an agreement with the College with dropping a course. and are liable for payment of all tuition and fees whether or Students who withdraw from the College (from all their not they elect to attend classes. This policy will apply courses) must apply for readmission through the Admis regardless of a student's claim of "never having attended sions Office according to the admissions calendar. classes" or that "no tuition payment had been made." Any Readmission is not automatic; college or department enroll student who registers and later decides not to attend the ment restrictions and other considerations may not permit College must contact the Dean of Students Office no later return during a particular semester. Students who are not in than the close of the sixth day of classes for fall and spring good standing upon withdrawal and subsequently seek semesters. readmission must simultaneously seek readmission to a major, if previously declared. Undeclared Students Nonattendance in classes does not constitute a withdrawal from the College. For matriculated sophomores, juniors or Students who exercise their option not to select a major seniors, a withdrawal from college must be officially pro program when first enrolling in the College are classified as cessed through the Counseling Center, Matelson 109, 595- undeclared students. Such students should normally at 2257. Matriculated freshmen seeking withdrawal must con tempt to complete the general education requirement dur tact the Freshman Life Office, Matelson 161, 595-2219. ing the first two years and should normally apply for Nonmatriculated students who wish to leave the College admission to a major program during the sophomore year. during the school year are required to consult the Registrar's Applications for admission to a major program are available Office, Raubinger 131, 595-3078. from the Advisement Center in Wayne HalL Students who have not declared a major by the time they have completed Outcomes Assessment 60 credits may be denied permission to register. In order for the College to improve its academic programs and student services, periodic assessments of student per ceptions and student outcomes will be conducted. All students will participate in a variety of assessment activities during their college careers. The assessment information obtained will be used only to improve the quality of the education experience for students.
35 GENERAL INFORMATION Special Programs
Pre-Medical Programs Continuing Education Students interested in careers in medicine, osteopathy, The Center for Continuing Education offers a variety of podiatry, dentistry or veterinary medicine should see Pre continuing professional education and special programs Professional Programs under the School of Science and that serve the external and campus communities. Programs Health, ahead. range from leadership training for high school students to Elderhostel for senior adults. Pre-Law Preparation Conferences, workshops, seminars and short courses for Although there is no prescribed pre-law curriculum, stu professionals are reflective of the academic departments of dents are generally advised to concentrate on a course of the College, and are developed with the faculty to respond study to develop effective methods of study, communica to the need to remain current in one's field. The latest tion and thought. The selection of a major may be based on methods, techniques, theories and ideas in various areas are the student's individual interests and talents. Courses in explored in these programs by members of the William advanced English composition, accounting, economics, Paterson College faculty and national and local specialists. mathematics, philosophy, science, social science and hu The majOl;ity of continuing education programs are sched manities are generally useful in developing the aptitude to uled on Fridays and/or Saturdays and are offered for upper think analytically and logically and are often recommended. level undergraduate or graduate credit and/or noncredit The student is advised to plan an undergraduate course of (continuing education units may be earned). Many partici study with the advice of an advisor and in consultation with pants come from outside of the College with WPC students, the various law school catalogs available in the Office of faculty and staff encouraged to attend offerings that are of Career Services. Applications for the Law School Aptitude special interest to them. Test (LSAT) may be obtained at the Academic Information Beginning in fall 1992, an Adult Learner program consist Counter in Wayne Hall. ing of introductory courses, support services and scheduled events for nontraditional age students, is coordinated by the Office of Minority Education center for students who wish to begin college after a lapse of The Office of Minority Education (OME) was created to several years in their formal education. Credit for prior meet the special needs of the institution in recruiting and learning is available through the College Level Examination retaining minority students. The office reports to the aca Program (CLEP) currently administered through the cen demic vice president and provost and has academic as well ter. For further information, students may contact the Adult as student services responsibilities. The office is responsible Leamer Program Office at 595-2521. for tracking the academic progress of minority students, The center coordinates summer sessions and administers working with faculty to enhance student performance, off-campus courses. Further information is available from supporting efforts to attract more minority students, sup the Center for Continuing Education. porting minority student organizations and enhancing the minority students' academic and social life on the campus. Summer Sessions Inquiries should be directed to Office of Minority Educa The College offers two separate sessions comprised of day tion, Coach House, 595-3103. and evening courses during the summer months. An exten sive program schedule includes courses that serve regularly The Educational Opportunity Fund enrolled and visiting students, and intensive seminars and Program institutes designed for special audiences. Information about both sessions is available upon request from the Center for The Educational Opportunity Fund program (EOF) is a Continuing Education. special admissions and support program for students who are educationally underprepared and financially disadvan Semester Abroad taged. The program is designed to provide full financial support and a broad range of educational and counseling Semester Abroad, a 15-credit program, is open to students assistance for all eligible students. above the level of freshman and involves directed study and The program offers students the opportunity to begin individual research at selected institutions in Denmark, their college experience in a summer program organized to Great Britain, Israel, Australia, Greece and Spain. To qualify assist students to become familiar with the academic de as an applicant, a student must have a minimum 2.5 GPA on mands of higher education, to strengthen basic skills and to a 4.0 scale and must be approved by a review committee gain exposure to the campus and college life. The EOF selected from the college staff. Students who wish to use this program also assists students in their personal and social experience in any way related to their major programs must adjustment to college. To be eligible, students must have also receive authorization from their major department. been residents of New Jersey for the past year, have a gross Additional information is available from the Office of Stu family income that meets state criteria and demonstrate dent Development. potential for academic success. Inquiries should be directed to the EOF program, Raubinger Hall, 595-2181.
36 SPECIAL PROGRAMS
Honors Programs International Management Students of exceptional ability Biopsychology The honors program in biopsychology draws and interest become eligible for the international manage on discoveries in such fields as behavior genetics, neuro ment honors program during the first semester of the anatomy, brain chemistry, neurophysiology, psychophar sophomore year. The program combines both regular and macology and many others to unravel the biology of the special honors section courses in economics, business ad mind and behavior. The National Science Foundation ministration, political science and accounting with foreign awarded two grants to support the development of this language and area studies such as history, geography and program. As with all honors programs at WPC, anthropology in Latin American, Far Eastern or European biopsychology is not a major, but a distinctive cluster of affairs. Students graduate with a bachelor's degree in their courses that adds breadth to, and reinforces students' cho major, with honors in international management. sen majors. There are eight model curricula for students majoring in Open to majors in psychology, biology, chemistry, soci either business administration, economics, accounting, po ology and nursing, this program is highly recommended for litical science, history, geography, sociology or foreign students planning graduate study including premedical! languages. This program has been made possible, in part, by dental!veterinary/graduate nursing students and, in gen a grant under the Foreign Language and Area Studies title of eral, those students interested in clinical or research careers. the National Defense Education Act and was selected by the As an honors program, biopsychology is deSigned for highly Council on Learning as one of 50 exemplary programs of motivated individuals seeking opportunities both to learn international education in the United States. and to demonstrate excellence. Interested students begin with a set of foundation courses Graduate Programs carefully selected to provide a firm basis for the study of The College offers graduate programs leading to the master more advanced disciplines. Foundation courses begin in the of arts, master of science, master of education and master of freshman year. Students begin taking the core biopsychology business administration degrees. courses in the junior year. The curriculum is enriched with Detailed information about programs, course offerings seminars, discussion groups, research opportunities and and admission requirements may be obtained by contacting speaker series. Students and faculty participate together in the Admissions Office. a closely knit academic community. Freshman Seminar Humanities The Humanities Honors Program provides a humanistic focus on a student's course of studies. Drawing WPC 101- Freshman Seminar (1 credit) upon literature, art, philosophy, history and religion, the A required course for all students admitted as freshmen. program examines a wide variety of human ideals, goals and This academic course is designed to introduce students to values from the classical to the modem era. the William Paterson College experience and includes the Students majoring in the humanities, the social or physi follOwing course goals: cal sciences, business or the professions can benefit from the 1. To make students aware of and feel comfortable with perspective afforded by the humanistic disciplines. Courses College resources are team taught by faculty members of the humanities 2. To help students facilitate the establishment of connec departments who discuss the evolving patterns of human tions with each other, faculty and staff self-awareness in the great writers of the classical, medieval, 3. To provide students with an understanding of their early modem and contemporary worlds. The program makes rights and responsibilities ample use of guest speakers, films and special events to 4. To empower students to solve problems they may en enhance regular classes. Students also have the opportunity counter in their academic and personal development to work independently on private projects. 5. To lead students to appreciate themselves as agents in their educational process 6. To develop students' ability to respond intellectually to their classes and environment.
37
·HIWm,ijf . HI[ HRI~ ~~~ r: ~ Iij frill rll tH llij~ ARTS AND COMMUNICATION School of the Arts and Communication
Linda Mather, Interim Dean The school sponsors exhibits of student works and pro Office: Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts 107 fessional artists in the Ben Shahn Gallery; dramatic and musical presentations in Shea Center, Hunziker Theatre and Wayne Recital Hall; and television programs produced The School of the Arts and Communication offers degree programs in art, communication, dramatic arts, music and at the college studios -all of which are open to the college community and the public. Students have ample access to liberal studies (see theatre section for details on the liberal the facilities in each major and enjoy a close relationship studies program) for students interested in professional careers in these disciplines, including teaching, or in devel with the faculty. oping avocational interests.
Department of Art
Professors: H. Leighton, K. Lunde, L. Paris, R. Reed, G. and software. The animation component is recognized as a Schubert, D. Shapiro leader nationwide. Associate Professors: ]. Brown, D. Haxton, A. Lazarus Close proximity to New York City enables our students (chairperson), C. Magistro, W. Muir, M. Rothman, S. Smith to take advantage of its exciting number of galleries, muse Assistant Professors: L. Farber, M. Fay, N. Clemente (half ums, plays, dance performances and more. Tours of the city, time), H. Heller-Ramsay (half time), D. Horton (half time) visits to agencies and artists' studios and guest lecturers Gallery Director: A. Einreinhofer complement the programs of study. The Department ofArt conducts a mandatory sophomore The Department of Art at William Paterson College is and junior review of all B.F.A. candidates. This review is located in the 50,000 sq. ft. Ben Shahn Center for the Visual held to assess the achievement level of a student's work and Arts. Situated in the same structure are the Ben Shahn to aid an awareness of individual strengths and weaknesses. Galleries, well-known for excellence in exhibitions and It is also an opportunity to discuss artistic and intellectual lectures and a vital component of the department and the objectives as they relate to the student's chosen career. The College. objective of this review is to prepare candidates for their The department offers the bachelor of fine arts (B.F.A.) senior thesis review in each area of visual arts. and bachelor of arts (B.A.) degrees in a wide variety of areas. Regular student are held in the Student Cen- Within the B.F.A. concentrations are computer as an art exhibitio~ . ter galleries and a yearly juried student exhibition is held in medium, painting, printmaking, sculpture, photography, Ben Shahn Center for the Visual Arts. Students are encour ceramics, textiles, graphic design and furniture deSign. aged to participate in both college and public exhibitions. Within the B.A. concentrations are art history and studio The department reserves the right to hold student works for art. Certification in teaching is also offered. the purpose of exhibitions for up to two years. The B.F.A. degree is oriented to those students whose Applicants for admission to the B.F.A. program must objectives are inclined toward liberal arts training within a submit a portfolio of their work. most rigorous professional studio arts program. Portfolio: Should include sketch books, finished and The B.A. andB.F .A. degrees are planned to enhance visual unfinished drawings, paintings, watercolors, graphic de perception, cultivate independent thinking and prepare signs, slides where appropriate. Select works that best students for a variety of careers that require a keenly represent you. developed sensitivity in the visual arts. The first page should include a typewritten essay that Faculty members and guest lecturers are selected with discusses the applicant's educational objectives and why great care. Each has a solid background professionally and acceptance to the art department at William Paterson Col educationally. The faculty is dedicated to the most rigorous lege will assist the applicant in attaining these objectives. standards of scholastic and artistic endeavor, yet realize that Also include awards or citations received. students work best within a pleasant, warm supportive atmosphere. Small classes provide the individual attention so necessary for each student to reach their utmost poten B.F.A. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 99 CREDITS tial. Art History 15 credits Fully equipped studios in all concentrations provide the ARTH 110 Western Art I 3 resources necessary for the actualization of a wide range of ARTH210 Western Art II 3 2- and 3-dimensional art areas. The department's computer ARTH 215 Modern Art I 3 graphics lab is equipped with the most up-to-date hardware
40 ART
ARTH315 Modem Art Il 3 ARTH Art History elective 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS: STUDIO ART Studio Foundations 18 credits Choose five of the following courses: ARTS 105 Drawing 3 ARTS 105 Drawing 3 ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 ARTS 205 Life Drawing 3 ARTS 205 .Life Drawing 3 ARTS 210 Sculpture 3 ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory 3 ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS: ART HISTORY Art Electives 15 credits ARTH 101 Approaches to Western Art 3 (By Advisement) ARTH201 Approaches to Modem Art 3 Fine Arts Studio 200 Level Select 15 credits ARTH Art History Electives 6 ARTS 215 Wood Materials and Design 3 ARTS 230 Printmaking 3 SECONDARY EDUCATION (K-12) ARTS 240 Ceramics 3 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS ARTS 250 Introduction to Graphic Design 3 Please see chairperson in the Department of Curriculum ARTS 260 Textiles and Design 3 and Instruction for appropriate certification sequence. ARTS 270 Photography 3 ARTS 280 Computer Paint 3 ARTS 290 Gallery Workshop 3 Fine Arts Studio 300 Level Select 18 credits Courses ARTS 305 Illustration Fine Arts and Design 3 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. ARTS 310 Advanced Sculpture 3 ARTS 315 Wood Material and Experimental Design 3 Art History Courses ARTS 320 Ad~anced Painting 3 ARTH 101 Approaches to Western Art ARTS 321 Watercolor 3 A survey course for nonart majors. Selected major periods ARTS 330 Advanced Printmaking 3 in art history and specific major movements and artists. ARTS)31 Lithography 3 Introduces arts of painting, sculpture and architecture; ARTS 340 Advanced Ceramics 3 develops visual sensitivity and makes the vocabulary of art ARJS360 Advanced Textile Design 3 history meaningful. ARTS 370 Photo Lighting and Techniques 3 ARTS 371 Advanced Photography 3 ARTH no Western Art I Art of the prehistoric period to 1400. A study of the Concentration Studio Major • 15 credits development of painting, sculpture and architecture of the (By Advisement) prehistoric Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Aegean, Greek, early Studio Major-Portfolio Required 3 credits Christian, Byzantine, Romanesque and Gothic traditions. ARTS 495 Senior Thesis Project 3 ARTH 201 Approaches to Modern Art A study of the major movements in painting, sculpture and B.A. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS architecture of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries in STUDIO CONCENTRATION 39 CREDITS Western Europe, England and the United States. Art History 9 credits ARTH 210 Western Art II ARTH 101 Approaches to Western Art 3 Art from 1400 to 1850. A study of the development ofWest ARTH 201 Approaches to Modem Art 3 em European painting, sculpture and architecture of the ARTH Art History Elective 3 Renaissance, baroque, rococo, neoclassic and romantic Studio Foundations 15 credits periods. ARTS 105 Drawing 3 Prerequisite: ARTH 110 ARTS 110 3-D Design 3 ARTH 215 Modem Art I ARTS 120 2-D Design 3 A study of the history of art from the French Revolution to ARTS 205 Life Drawing 3 1910. Emphasizes the developments of major schools and ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory 3 styles, as well as significant individual contributions. Major Fine Arts Studio Requirements 15 credits Five studio courses by advisement ARTH 315 Modern Art II A study of American and European painting, architecture ART HISTORY CONCENTRATION 39 CREDITS and sculpture from 1910 to the present. Art History Core 12 credits Prerequisite: ARTH 215 ARTH 110 Western Art I 3 ARTH 210 Western Art II 3 ARTH 320 History of Design ARTH 215 Modem Art 1 3 A detailed view of the evolution of design as an influencing ARTH 315 Modem Art II 3 factor in contemporary society. Traces the history of design from the industrial revolution to the present. Electives 27 credits Art history majors may elect any nine upper-level art history courses by advisement.
41 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
ARTH 321 Prehistoric and Egyptian Art ARTH 328 17th and 18th Century Art The early appearance of graphic and figurative pictorial A study of painting, sculpture and architecture in Western language in Paleolithic sites in France and Spain (ca. 25,000- Europe from 1600 to 1800. The baroque and rococo styles 13,000 B.C), such as Lascaux and Altamira and Neolithic are studied in relation to their cultural backgrounds with architecture, sculpture, painting and pottery (ca. 3,000-500 particular emphaSiS on the iI!dividual styles of their mas B.C) in Malta, England, Ireland, Germany and Scandinavia ters. are studied. Ancient Egyptian art 3,500-300 B. C is analyzed Prerequisite: One course in art history in the second half of the semester. The universality of early ARTH 329 Neoclassic and Romantic Art forms of art and their relation to the concerns of hunting and A study of neoclassic and romantic painting, sculpture and agricultural peoples and the complex funerary art of dynas architecture from 1750 to 1850, concentrating on France, tic Egypt are discussed. Germany, Italy, Scandinavia and England. Movements and Prerequisite: One course in art history counter movements, innovation and nostalgia for the past, ARTH 322 Greek and Roman Art reforms, overthrow and revival; the concept of romanticism A study of the classical foundation of Western art, i.e., the and neoclassicism are shown to be shifting and constantly architecture, sculpture and painting produced by theAegean, changing. Greek, Etruscan and Roman civilizations between 1500 Prerequisite: One course in art history B.C and 300 A.D. Major themes include the interrelation ARTH 330 Modern Architecture ships of art, religion and the state in the ancient world and A comprehensive survey of the major architectural monu the arts of Greece and Rome as the cultural heritage of the ments from the end of the eighteenth century to the present; West. the architects and the philosophies that motivated them. Prerequisite: One course in art history ARTH 331 Art in New York ARTH 323 Byzantine Art I Explores New York City as the international center for the A study of architecture, painting and sculpture in the visual arts. Students tour major and less familiar museums Eastern Mediterranean, the Balkans and Italy from 315 to and landmarks of architectural importance. 1453 A.D. Byzantine art is interpreted as one of the pre serves. of the Greco-Roman heritage, an expression of a ARTH 332 History of Photography Christian imperial state and a model for Western European A study of photography, beginning with the camera obscura art during the Middle Ages. to the present day. Investigations of the aesthetic, social and Prerequisite: One course in art history technical ingredients contributing to its development. Con tributions of important photographers and inventors from ARTH 324 Medieval Art Europe and America are analyzed and discussed. A study of the history of art from the conversion of Constantine in the fourth century A.D. to the first stages of ARTH 333 History of Film Renaissance style in Europe. Emphasis is placed on the Screening of important films in the history of this vital art religious character of the Middle Ages, with special refer form. Lectures and discussio~s lead to an understanding of ence to Christian dogma and themes. film as a visual medium. Prerequisite: One course in art history ARTH 334 Modem European Film ARTH 325 Italian Renaissance Art A survey of the major European films from World War II to A study of a period of great rebirth in the visual arts in Italy the present and their aesthetic, social and technical impor from 1300 to 1600 and its significance to our cultural tance. heritage. ARTH 335 History of Nonfiction Film Prerequisite: One course in art history The history of the so-called documentary cinema. Covers ARTH 326 Northern Renaissance Art cinema from a political, historical, social, governmental, An examination of painting, sculpture and graphic media in industrial and propaganda point of view. Includes the Germany, the Netherlands, France and Spain, from ap development of documentary film from its beginning in the proximately 1325 to 1550. Topics include the development early twentieth century to the present. Emphasizes nonfic of narrative, printing and graphic processes; vernacular tion film from Western Europe, Russia, Great Britain and uses of traditional symbolism and themes; the persistence of America. medieval patterns of thought and vision and the social ARTH 336 Art and Film content of northern Renaissance art, with particular refer The study of film as a non-narrative medium. Emphasizes ence to the Protestant Reformation. the history of the independent film. Recent films and Prerequisite: One course in art history videotapes by artists serve as a basis for production of film ARTH 327 Art of the Book by the students in class. A study of the art of the book from fifth-century manuscript ARTH 337 Art ofIndia, China and Japan illumination to early twentieth-century book illustration. Survey of the arts of India, China and Japan presented in Special emphasis is placed on the relationship of patrons their historical and cultural context. such as Charlemagne to their manuscripts, on some out Prerequisite: One course in art history standing cycles of manuscript illustrations such as the Apocalypse and the Bestiary and on the contribution of William Morris and the Kelmscott Press.
42 ART
ARTH 338 Islamic Art and Architecture ARTS 230 Printmaking An in-depth study of painting, decorative arts and architec Introduction to printmaking and techniques as they relate ture within their cultural contexts in countries whose art to fine art theory, black, white and color edition printing. forms were influenced by the Islam religion. Emphasis on Outside assignments required. Iran, but other countries include Egypt, Spain, Turkey, Iraq, Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 120 Syria and India, from the founding of Islam in the seventh ARTS 240 Ceramics century through the seventeenth century. Physical properties of clay and methods of hand-construc Prerequisite: One course in art history tion and wheel throwing. Complete processing through ARTH 339 Ideas in Contemporary Art firing and glazing. Outside assignments required. Explores the numerous relationships between the visual Prerequisite: ARTS 105, llO, 120 arts and contemporary society in its broadest sense. A study ARTS 250 Introduction to Graphic Design of the visual arts as pragmatic phenomena in our culture. An introduction to design basics: symbology, typography, ARTH 399 Selected Topics illustration and photography. Lectures include an introduc Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content tion to design, art careers, care and use of professional art changes each semester. materials, introduction to basic lettering, design glossary Prerequisite: Permission of chairperson and design research. Students are made aware of and ac 1-6 credits quire experience in the profession they are entering. Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 110, 120, 205 ARTH 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. ARTS 251 Typography Form and Application 1-6 credits The study of typography as a form of communication. Art Studio Courses Typeface style, etc., proportion and character of type. Appli cation to books, posters, newspapers, etc. Emphasis on ARTS 105 Drawing original ideas. Study of the fundamentals of drawing. Work with various Prerequisite: ARTS 250 media to develop a firm basis for the comprehensive and ARTS 260 Textiles and Design visual articulation of form. Outside assignments required. An introduction to fiber media through manipulated pro ARTS no 3-D Design cesses of wrapping, weaving, felting, stitching, knotting, Design as it applies to 3-dimensional forms. Skill in han twining and surface deSign. Historical and contemporary dling tools and various sculptural materials is stressed, as is approaches to both relief and three dimensional fiber con the interrelationship with 2-dimensional design. Outside struction. assignments required. Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 120 ARTS 120 2-D Design ARTS 261 Introduction to Weaving An investigation in visual perception of two dimensional Four harness loom weaving explores the techniques in media. Various color theories and techniques explored for loom controlled weaving. Application of color and pattern personal development of form and content. through interlocking structure employing design skills, an experimental approach to material is stressed. ARTS 205 Life Drawing Prerequisite: ARTS 260 A developmental approach: a series of drawing exercises with emphasis on the human figure and the plastic articula ARTS 270 Photography tion of its construction in a variety of media. Outside Experiences in the use of the camera, basic developing of assignments required. black and white film, printing, enlarging, toning and experi Prerequisite: ARTS 105 mental photography. Experimental photography as a means of visual expression. Major emphasis on creativity and ARTS 210 Sculpture design. Outside assignments required. This course is designed to assist the student in the develop Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 120 ment and production of sculpture projects. Instruction in a variety of materials and their fabrication, clay, cardboard, ARTS 280 Computer Paint 2-D Art moldmaking and construction. The first-level course in computer graphics is used to Prerequisite: ARTS 105, llO generate computer art. Emphasis is placed on developing technical skills in the use of computer graphics software, ARTS 215 Wood Materials and Design with an orientation toward their application in the fine and This course introduces the student to fundamental applied arts. modelmaking processes, concentrating on their application Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 120 to utilitarian design. Drawing and research ofvarious projects with demonstrations. ARTS 281 Introduction to Electronic Publishing Prerequisite: ARTS 105, llO Course begins with a basic introduction to PC computer systems, particularly on the world of professional graphic ARTS 220 Painting and Color Theory communication and publishing. Basic operations of the This course introduces students to painting as art. Color computer are presented along with an introduction to the and media are explored in historical and contemporary use of the image scanner and laser printing, disk and file settings. Abstract and figurative form are dealt with. Out management. Software applicatiOns introduce the class to side assignments required. area of page processing, 2-D graphics, typesetting and Prerequisite: ARTS 105, 120
43 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
computer based illustrations. The studio class is project ARTS 331 Lithography oriented. All projects are to be developed with an emphasis Introduction to plate lithography, printing techniques and put on design and production issues as they normally occur monoprints. A variety of techniques are studied in order to in the world of professional publishing. extend the personal development of the work Outside Prerequisite: ARTS 250, 251 assignments required. Prerequisite: ARTS 230 ARTS 285 3-D Computer Graphics Repeatable once An introduction to 3-D computer software and hardware systems. The fundamental knowledge obtained in this course ARTS 340 Advanced Ceramics expands upon the students' understanding of modeling and Studies in the creative possibilities of clay as a plastic its application to art and design. medium. Emphasis on the development of the individual Prerequisites: ARTS 105, 120, 280 craftsman. Outside assignments required. May be repeated once for credit. ARTS 290 Gallery Workshop Prerequisites: ARTS 210, 240 The procedures and problems of mounting exhibitions and Repeatable once conventional and alternatives spaces with emphasis on details of preparation and installation. ARTS 350 Print and Publication Prerequisites: ARTH 101, 201 This course is devoted to a study of all aspects of executing a graphics design project. Mechanical process, layout, ARTS 305 Illustration, Fine Art and Design Exploration of the total process of how you draw and work storyboard, sketching, photo, electronic publishing etc. Emphasis on the development of presentation. from the idea to the completed project. Illustration as Prerequisites: ARTS 251,282 communication, print medium, story boarding and design. Prerequisite: ARTS 205 ARTS 351 Package and Advertising Design Repeatable three times This course entails an investigation of advertising design, packaging and marketing. Students select product, develop ARTS 310 Advanced Sculpture packages, promotion, execute storyboard for TV and other This course deals with a variety of materials that include media. wood, wire, steel, stone, glass, clay, paper etc. Students are Prerequisites: ARTS 251, 281 expected to explore techniques and find a way to express ideas. ARTS 360 Advanced Textile Workshop Prerequisites: ARTS 205, 210 Students create original designs for the purpose of printing Repeatable once on fabric. Patterning, layout, color mixing, tools and sup plies, business practices and presentation are covered. De ARTS 315 Wood Materials and Experimental Design This class covers a variety of fabrication and design con signs are painted with gouache and dyes on a variety of materials. cepts. Students are expected to complete pieces that exam Prerequisites: ARTS 260 or 261 ine the plasticity of materials and develop these technical Repeatable once skills. Outside assignments required. Prerequisites: ARTS 110, 205 ARTS 370 Photo Lighting and Techniques Repeatable once The photography studio as a place for making art. An introduction to basic studio photography techniques, light ARTS 320 Advanced Painting ing, set-up using hot lights and electronic flash, involving Students are encouraged to develop personal aesthetics through research of various media and theories. Course portraiture, models, still life objects and simple sets. Prerequisite: ARTS 270 allows students to explore construction, collage, mixed Repeatable once media, etc. Outside assignments. Prerequisite: ARTS 220 ARTS 371 Advanced Photography Repeatable once Students develop their own area of interest through consul ARTS 321 Watercolor tation with the instructor. Course allows students to pursue Explores all watercolor media and techniques. Emphasizes various aspects of photography as a visual art form in depth. Outside assignments required. May be repeated once for the development of imaginative design and an individual point of view. Outside assignments required. credit. Prerequisite: ARTS 270 Prerequisite: ARTS 230 Repeatable once Repeatable three times ARTS 330 Advanced Printmaking ARTS 372 Color Photography Experiences in basic techniques of developing color film, Continued development of student's selected techniques. Advanced intaglio, lithography, relief, silk screen and ex printing, enlarging, toning; also experimental photography as an art form. Outside assignments required. perimental techniques. Emphasis on color printing as well as black and white. Other options available, depending on Prerequisite: ARTS 270 background and interest. Outside assignments required. Repeatable once May be repeated once for credit. ARTS 380 Advanced 2-D Computer Art Paint Prerequisite: ARTS 230 Advanced paint systems. The second in a series of paint Repeatable once system courses. Electronic painting techniques are ex plored. Emphasis is placed upon investigating computer
44 ART arts' influence on and role in the art world while simulta ARTS 450 Advanced Graphic Design Studio neously developing a personal aesthetic sense. Reviews all the subjects covered in the preceding work Prerequisite: ARTS 280 shops and brings together the students' written, visual and Repeatable twice philosophic skills in preparation for entry into the design field. Students select projects to be undertaken in order to ARTS 385 Advanced 3-D Computer Graphics concentrate on a particular design discipline or to acquire This course covers advanced projects in 3-D computer more practice in selected areas. The course also covers graphics modeling and object animation. Recent techno portfolio building and career gnidance. logical advances and mathematical principles involved in Prerequisites: ARTS 281, 350 modeling are covered. Emphasis is placed upon skill and Repeatable three times development of visual comprehension. Prerequisite: ARTS 285 ARTS 451 Visual Communication Lab Repeatable twice The visual communication agency is structured to work on a professional design group. This class produces a broad ARTS 399 Selected Topics range of graphics for clients they develop. They problem Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content solve, develop visual and written strategies, employ mixed changes each semester. media and deal withmulti-sensory/multi-dimensional com Prerequisite: Permission of chairperson munication. 1-6 credits Prerequisite: ARTS 351 ARTS 405 Drawing Studio Repeatable once A study of the uses and meaning of drawing. Historical as ARTS 460 Experimental Textile Studio well as contemporary drawing used as a basis for personal An advanced level course in which students combine pli development of concepts. A variety of settings and materi able material with other media of their interest, including als. paper, felt, paint and photography. Reference derived from Prerequisite: ARTS 305 Repeatable three times primitive and contemporary sources. Prerequisite: ARTS 360 ARTS 410 Sculpture Studio Repeatable three times Advanced level course. Emphasis placed upon development ARTS 470 Experimental Photo Studio of personal aesthetic and expression. Intensive studio work A studio experience based upon individual exploration of with a focus on process content and documentation. photography as an art form. Students review theory, subject Prerequisite: ARTS 310 and various treatments of medium. Repeatable three times Prerequisite: ARTS 370 ARTS 415 Furniture Design Studio Repeatable three times All the journey and fabrication techniques for fabrication ARTS 480 Computer Animation reviewed and combined in order to examine design process. An introduction to computer animation, the course covers Work done with traditional and experimental methods. the fundamental principles, concepts and processes used to Individuals have an opportunity to approach design from a create computer animated sequences. Skills and knowledge personal point of view. gained in Advanced 3-D Computer Graphics are applied to Prerequisite: ARTS 315 the animation processes. Students concentrate on the use of Repeatable three times mid-level computer animation software systems running ARTS 420 Painting Studio on PC based hardware. Class work includes the production Expansion of principles and theories developed in ad of several short computer animated pieces that are output to vanced painting. Personal investigation of media and mate video tape. rials should lead to a coherent body of work. Projects should Prerequisites: ARTS 385; Permission of faculty be documented. Repeatable three times Prerequisite: ARTS 320 ARTS 494 Studio Seminar Repeatable three times Covers selected topics in the areas of art history, art criti ARTS 430 Printmaking Studio cism, art technology and art theory as they pertain to a A senior level course. In depth investigation of media and profeSSional career in studio art. critical attention to ideas, concepts, and presentation are Repeatable once expected. Emphasis on personal development and self ARTS 495 Senior Thesis Project discovery. Outside assignments required. This course is intended to provide a culminating experience Prerequisite: ARTS 330 for the art or design major. Emphasis placed on personal Repeatable three times philosophy in the development of visual imagery. A com ARTS 440 Ceramics Studio plete portfolio presentation in the studio area of specializa This course is based upon intensive studio work for stu tion is required for successful completion of this course. dents who wish to be involved within experimental projects. Required for B.F .A. degree; permission of faculty required. Glazing, throwing, handbuilding and assemblage are to be ARTS 499 Independent Study used to examine plasticity of media. As approved and to be arranged. Prerequisite: ARTS 440 1-6 credits Repeatable three times
45 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION Department of Communication
Professor: A. Maltese (chairperson) ing, station management, corporate and cable operations; Associate Professors: S. Bennan,J.Chamberiain, films, including filmmaking, editing and criticism; and a B. Morganstern, D. Peck variety of business, government, public and educational Assistant Professors: R. Bartone, D. Evans, S. Kagan, L. occupations such as public relations, personnel work, sales Katz, T. Lesher, 1. Olaye, G. Radford,]. Rhodes and supervision training, etc. The major also provides an excellent undergraduate The Deparnnent of Communication offers a B.A. in commu background for students intending to pursue advanced nication with concentrations in interpersonal communica degrees in law, business and areas of public service, govern tion, radio and television broadcasting, j ournalism, film and ment or education. media perfonnance and design. A concentration in telecom MNOR REQUIREMENTS 39 CREDITS munications is currently under development subject to the COMM 110 Communication in Action 3 appropriate approvals. COMM 120 Mass Communication 3 The interpersonal communication concentration pro COMM 444 Communication Research Foundations 3 vides courses in the theory and practice of verbal and Plus three of the follOwing: extraverbal communication in contexts including one-to COMM 220 Radio and Television 3 one, group, organization and public communication. The COMM 222 The Press in a Free Society 3 purpose is to prepare the student for a variety of career COMM 234 Film as a Medium 3 options involving personal skill and knowledge in commu COMM 250 Journalism 3 nication arts. COMM 260 Oral Interpretation 3 The radio and television broadcasting concentration pre pares the student for a career in the production, perfor COMM 266 Dynamics of Communication 3 mance and criticism of communication through radio and Major Electives 21 credits television media. Students take courses in theory and prac Choose 21 credits from any of the following areas: tice of the mass communication arts to develop understand A. Interpersonal ing and skill in media-based communication. COMM 221 Introduction to Communication Theory The journalism concentration offers courses in both print COMM 265 Foundations of Language and broadcast media, designed with a two-fold purpose: (1) COMM 340 Intercultural Communication to prepare students for careers in the field and (2) to make COMM 360 Interpersonal Communication students more sophisticated readers-listeners-viewers of COMM 361 Successful Business and Professional the news media. While emphasis is placed on writing, Communication students learn all phases of the news-gathering and report COMM 363 Public Speaking ing process. COMM 364 Voice and Speech Production The film concentration offers courses in theory, produc COMM 365 Introduction to Rhetoric tion and analysis of film in its various genres and potential COMM 463 Group Discussion uses to acquaint students with the theory, practice and COMM 464 Debate aesthetics of film as a communication art. B. Radio and Television Media perfonnance and design comprises an interdisci COMM 225 Audio Production plinary concentration in communication and theatre. Stu COMM 321 Announcing dents, with advisement, may elect performance courses COMM 322 Advanced Announcing such as interpretation, acting and announcing for radio, COMM 323 Television Production television, and film as well as staging, lighting and design for COMM 324 Writing for RadiofTelevision theatre, film and television. The integration and interdisci COMM 326 Advanced Television Production plinary nature of the major electives in this concentration COMM 330 Television Internship require that the student seek close supervision and advise COMM 352 Broadcast Advertising ment. COMM 353 Advanced Audio Production A telecommunications component is being developed to COMM 421 Broadcast Management provide students opportunities to investigate areas in voice, COMM 423 International Broadcasting Systems video and data transmission, including videotext, infonna COMM 424 Radio Production Workshop tion systems and teleconferencing. The course sequence COMM 425 Television Workshop will introduce students to technologies such as satellite and COMM 426 EFP and Video Editing phone systems, as well as to business communication skills. C. Journalism The program will prepare students for opportunities in the COMM 348 Public Relations growing telecommunications industry, while examining COMM 349 Radio News the impact of telecommunications on human communica COMM 350 Television News tion. COMM 351 Advanced Reporting A variety of professional opportunities exist for commu COMM 448 Public Relations Case Studies nication majors. These include careers in journalism, ·in COMM 449 Public Relations Workshop cluding newspapers, magazines, radio news and television COMM 451 Freelance Writing news; radio and television production, including announc- COMM 452 Advanced Broadcast Journalism
46 COMMUNICATION
COMM 454 News Editing COMM 221 Introduction to Communication Theory COMM 455 Electronic News Gathering Acquaints the student with contemporary theory and re COMM 459 Journalism Field Studies search in the field of communication. Motivation, interac COMM 460 Reporting Public Affairs tion and effects of communication are examined in a range D. Film Studies of contexts, including between persons, small and large COMM 230 Filmmaking I groups, organizations, cultures and mass communication COMM 234 Film As A Medium systems. COMM 331 Filmmaking II, 16mm Filmmaking Prerequisite: COMM 110 COMM 332 Filmmaking III, Advanced Production COMM 222 The Press in a Free Society COMM 333 Film Animation I A study of the relationship between the news media and COMM 334 Film Animation II society in the United States, with emphasis on the issues and COMM 431 Screenwriting principles that unite and divide the two. Press criticism is an COMM 432 Dramatic Film Production important part of content. COMM 434 Current Cinema Prerequisite: COMM 120 COMM 437 Film Editing COMM 223 The Press and the Presidency COMM 499 Independent Study A study of the relationship between the news media and the E. Media Performance and Design preSidency with emphasis on the nature of the news cover With appropriate advisement and permission, the depart age of each of the last several presidents. Particular attention ment accepts a limited number of related courses in perfor is given to the presidential election campaign in progress (if mance and design integrated within the framework of the any), the most recent campaign and the one forthcoming. major program. COMM 225 Audio Production F. Related Courses Examines the audio aesthetics of sound production. Ana With permission of the advisor, the department accepts a lyzes the creative responsibilities involved in the elements limited number of related courses from other disciplines. of sound production. Students are trained in the use of Among these are: studio and remote audio equipment and are given practice MUS 251 Audio Recording I in writing, producing, directing and performing in audio MUS 252 Audio Recording II productions. THEA 130 Scenery Construction I THEA 230 Scenery Construction II COMM 230 Filmmaking I THEA 236 UghtingI An introduction to cinematography and production tech THEA 239 Scene Design I niques that acquaint the student with all aspects of the THEA 274 Acting for Television I filmmaking process from initial concept to final exhibition. THEA 335 Scene Painting I Using Super 8 film equipment, emphasis is on self expres THEA 336 Ughting II sion, visual thinking, composition, lighting, camera move THEA 339 Scene Design II ment and editing techniques. Each student explores differ THEA 374 Acting for Television II ent approaches to filmmaking through several filmed exer THEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media cises and has the opportunity to direct, shoot and edit a final THEA 435 Scene Painting II film. THEA 474 Acting for T.V. Commercials COMM 234 Film As A Medium An introduction to the study of film as a language and as an art. The course examines the aesthetic and social factors Courses that construct our responses to films. Using multiple ap proaches to understanding and discussing a film, the stu Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. dent is introduced to technical and aesthetic terminology and to a range of elements in the filmmaking process such COMM no Communication in Action as narrative structure, camera movement, mise-en-scene, A study of oral communication as an interpersonal and editing and sound. This course is composed of lectures, dynamic process. Students engage in communication expe screenings, discussions and shot by shot analysis of works riences designed to develop understanding of and skill in by major directors. interpersonal communication. COMM 250 Journalism COMM 120 Mass Communication Practical experience in gathering ne~s and writing the basic The institutions, history and technology of the mass media journalistic forms, including the straight news story and are examined as communication systems. Newspapers, various types of features. Students undertake reporting magazines, film and broadcasting media are studied in assignments designed to develop skills in interviewing, terms of social and personal impact. Contemporary media observation and writing and receive individual evaluation issues, policies and ethics are discussed. of their work. COMM 220 Radio and Television Prerequisites: COMM 120 and ENG no An introductory course tracing the historical development and implications of the media. The student is introduced to programming materials, criticisms, standards, skills and production methods. Prerequisite: COMM 120
47 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
COMM 260 Oral Interpretation COMM 330 Television Internship Students learn to communicate the content, form and mood Students are aSSigned to an off-campus facility for practical of works of literature through the medium of oral reading. hands-on experience. Professional situations in broadcast Includes expository, narrative and dramatic prose and nar and nonbroadcast organizations are utilized. rative, dramatic and lyric poetry. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor Prerequisite: COMM 110 or permission of the instructor COMM 331 Filmmaking II COMM 265 Foundations of Language This course is an introduction to professional 16mm film Presents an overview of the nature and function oflanguage equipment and techniques. Through lectures, demonstra as a communication tool. Stresses the aspects of language tions and filmed exercises students learn how to use 16mm relating to the phonologic, semantic and linguistic struc cameras, light meters, lenses, film stocks, sound equipment tures. and professional editing techniques. Students also learn the conventions of both continuity and montage filming and COMM 266 Dynamics of Communication editing, the organization of film crew shooting, creative use A study of the meaning of verbal and nonverbal languages of sound and image and dramatic lighting. Each student has and the influence of these languages as tools for communi the opportunity to produce a final 16mm short film. cation. Prerequisite: COMM 230 Prerequisite: COMM 110 COMM 332 Filmmaking III COMM 318 Forms of Art An intensive laboratory course in film production in which Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, each student produces a 5-10 minute 16mm sound film. concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to The course concentrates first on organizational aspects of analyze selected works of art to study the historical and pre-production such as scripting, budgets, story boards, cultural background of a work of art and to read critical sets, scheduling and locations. Students then become famil theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discovery iar with ad~anced production techniques such as sync of the commonalities that link forms of art. Attendance at sound filmmaking and advanced lighting, as well as post concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is required. production work such as sound and picture editing, A &: B COMM 321 Announcing roll preparation and the role of the laboratory. Students are I~troduction to the responsibilities and skills required of encouraged to work as crew on each other's productions. the individual performer in the preparation, announcing Prerequisite: COMM 331 and narration of the various types of nondramatic material COMM 333 Film Animation I for television, radio and film. An introductory study of the history, theory and technique Prerequisite: COMM 260 of animated film production. Emphasis is on the process of COMM 322 Advanced Announcing the production, rather than on a final product. An in-depth treatment of the field. Heavy emphasis on COMM 334 Film Animation II narration for television and film. Extended work in the An advanced study of the techniques of animated film production of news and disc jockey programs, using broad production. Each student completes an animated film. cast-level facilities. Prerequisite: COMM 333 Prerequisites: COMM 321 and 364 COMM 340 Intercultural Communication COMM 323 Television Production Through a comparison of numerous cultures, students Practice in writing, producing, directing, performing and explore the primary distinguishing characteristics of cul crewing television productions and videotape materials. ture and identify strategies for relating their own culture to Provides the opportunity to study and practice broadcast those of others. Emphasis is placed on an eclectic cultural program creation under laboratory circumstances that simu deSign. The primary course goal is to provide students late the conditions of on-the-air television broadcasting. practical and theoretical knowledge and an understanding Prerequisite: COMM 225 of intercultural communication in contemporary life situa COMM 324 Writing for Radio and Television tions (business, social, personal, political, musical, reli The technique of writing dramatic and nondramatic mate gious, educational, philosophical, artistic and literary con rial for radio and television. Theory, practice and analysis of texts). broadcast material, advertising and continuity are empha Prerequisite: COMM 110 sized. Designed to develop skill in expository, narrative and COMM 348 Public Relations persuasive writing as it relates to broadcasting. Defines the functions of public relations and distinguishes Prerequisite: ENG 110_ it from regular journalism. While exploring the appropriate COMM 326 Advanced Television Production functions and outlets for public relations activity, the course Provides an opportunity to work within standard operating also investigates the ethics of the function and develops an procedures similar to those utilized by commercial and understanding of the basic tools used in handling public educational television. Includes practice and projects in relations for various types of situations. such critical areas as timing, electronic editing, minor Prerequisite: COMM 250 eqUipment maintenance and color programming. COMM 349 Radio News Prerequisite: COMM 323 Instruction and practical experience in the basic techniques of radio journalism, including news writing, reporting, producing newscasts and writing copy for taped segments
48 COMMUNICATION
of the newscast. Analysis of radio news broadcasts and COMM 365 Introduction to Rhetoric discussion of the major issues involved in radio journalism. An examination of the development of persuasion. Empha Prerequisite: COMM 250 sizes classical and contemporary theories of rhetoric which are related to contemporary standards and practice in cur COMM 350 Television News Instruction and practical experience in the basic techniques rent public address. Prerequisite: COMM 221 of television news writing. Writing for film and videotape, reporting for television and producing television news COMM 399 Selected Topics programs. Analysis of television news broadcasts and dis A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as cussion of the major issues involved in television journal recommended by the department and approved by the ism. dean. Prerequisites: COMM 250 and 323 Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits COMM 351 Advanced Reporting Guides students in developing in-depth news and feature COMM 421 Broadcast Management articles. Evaluation of individual's work. Matters of current An appraisal of management problems in commercial broad concern to the news media are discussed. casting for the advanced student. Includes sales and profit, Prerequisite: COMM 250 personnel, programming, audience, governmental regula tions and technical factors. COMM 352 Broadcast Advertising Prerequisite: COMM 220 Introduces the student to the devel~pment and philosophy of broadcast advertising. Theory and practice of commercial COMM 423 International Broadcasting Systems advertising techniques are covered. Emphasizes the nature A comparative study of the national and international of the creative process and the relationship existing among broadcasting systems of the world. Regional broadcasting client, broadcaster and the government. systems and the structure and operations of present com Prerequisites: ENG llO and COMM 220 munication satellite'systems. Prerequisite: COMM 220 COMM 353 Advanced Audio Production Students increase their ability to write, produce, direct and COMM 424 Radio Production Workshop perform in audio production projects. Introduction to vari An advanced course in audio production designed to aug ous formats, creation of sound effects, musical background ment the student's skills and techniques in radio produc and direction are emphaSized. tion. Direction and production of various commercial and Prerequisite: COMM 225 noncommercial spots, news documentary, discussion and music formats are' produced for airing on campus radio and COMM 360 Interpersonal Communication commercial and noncommercial public radio stations. This is a course in interpersonal communication theory, Prerequisite: COMM 353 research and application. Students study and apply the elements of dynamic communication within personal, small COMM 425 Television Workshop group, corporate and intercultural contexts. Students produce, write and direct video projects dealing Prerequisi~es: COMM llO with instructional material, news and public affairs and entertainment programming. Projects must be program COMM 361 Successful Business and Professional mable for campus use, cable television, public broadcasting Communication and other open circuit channels. Through the study of communication theory as it relates to business and the professions and through practice simula Prerequisite: COMM 326 tions, the student acquires a knowledge of those communi COMM 426 EFP and Video Editing cative and motivational skills essential for success in busi An advanced course in electronic field production and ness and professional life. video editing. In field situations, students create, produce, videotape and edit video documentaries, public service COMM 363 Public Speaking announcements and instructional projects for cable and Students learn the theory and skills of preparing and pre campus use. Extensive use of portable video cameras and senting public speeches. Emphasis is on practice and criti 3/4 inch editing systems is required. cism of classroom speaking experiences. Prerequisite: COMM 326 or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: COMM llO COMM 431 Screenwriting COMM 364 Voice and Speech Production This course is an introduction to the theory and craft of A study of the speech mechanism and its relationship to the development and mastery of basic breathing, v,?cal and dramatic screenwriting. The class explores how a script is developed from concept to final written form. Through articulation skills. Students in communication, education, lectures, film viewing and weekly exercises, emphasis is business, theatre, radio, singing and allied fields are encour placed on plot and story structure, the adaptation ofliterary aged to master these skills. Special attention given to indi or word based ideas into cinematic forms, how to tell a story vidual voice, articulation and communication problems. with images, as well as character, plot and dialogue devel Conference and practice hours to be arranged. opment. In workshop style, the class analyzes well known scripts and the relationship to the resulting film. Each student writes a scrip.t of their own, which is developed within the context of the workshop. Prerequisite: ENG llO
49 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
COMM 432 Dramatic Film Production COMM 451 Freelance Writing An intensive production workshop designed for students of Instruction and supervised practice in nonfiction writing film and video who wish to integrate several media produc for today's periodical. Students learn how to analyze market tion techniques in individual advanced projects. The pur needs, develop ideas suitable for publication, prepare manu pose of this course is to examine the different production scripts and market what has been written. approaches used in the making of diverse products from Prerequisite: COMM 250 documentaries to music videos to television commercials to COMM 452 Advanced BroadcastJournalism independent dramatic and experimental films. A course designed for graduating seniors, aimed at prepar Prerequisite: COMM 332 ing them for work in broadcast news in either radio or COMM 434 Current Cinema television. The goal is to polish skills developed in previous A film analysis course focusing on contemporary film and journalism courses to a level at or approaching that required criticism. The class looks at recent works from the interna to obtain entry-level jobs in broadcast journalism. tional and independent film world and particularly those Prerequisite: COMM 350 works that are innovative and unconventional in their COMM 454 News Editing approach. The films are considered within current theoreti Prepares students to function as copy editors in the news cal, aesthetic and social contexts using five different per field. Supervised practice in editing news copy and writing spectives: the technical and economic aspects of filmmak headlines. Use of visual materials and layout of pages. ing, the ideological and psychological effects of cinema, and Analysis of various United States newspapers. the recent aesthetic developments of the art form. This Prerequisite: COMM 250 advanced cinema studies course is deSigned for students who want to strengthen their critical writing skills and for COMM 455 Electronic News Gathering filmmakers who want to expand their aesthetic and creative The investigation, preparation and production of news knowledge of the medium. stories for broadcast. Emphasis on the independent prepa Prerequisite: COMM 234 ration of copy, individual selection of story content and production and video/audio tape for journalistic enterprise. COMM 437 Film Editing Students refine previously developed skills in writing and An advanced course for students who have basic film editing for broadcast. Individual and group-produced news production and post-production knowledge and wish to stories in the field receive feedback from instructor and learn the standard techniques of editing a sound film. In a peers. Programming materials are developed and produced workshop environment, the student becomes familiar with for use on local outlets. editing vocabulary, equipment and procedures, from edit Prerequisite: COMM 350 ing dailies to learning to prepare an A &: B roll. The techniques of editing picture and sound are examined in COMM 459 Journalism Field Studies lectures and later applied in a series of hands-on exercises Practical application of what is learned in the classroom. and creative assignments. At the same time, the class bal Students work at news or public relations jobs on or off ances the technical by providing an aesthetic overview of campus. By permission only, with preference given to on historical and current editing styles used in this complex going work. art. Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor Prerequisite: COMM 331 COMM 460 Reporting Public Affairs COMM 444 Communication Research Foundations The nature and law of public affairs on federal, state and An opportunity for advanced study and discussion of issues local levels. The rights of working reporters and the public and questions, together with the opportunity to study and to matters of legitimate record are outlined, as are the analyze the research available in various areas of communi practical steps necessary to gather this information. cation. Each student chooses an area of communication in Prerequisite: COMM 250 which to plan and carry out a research project. For senior COMM 463 Group Discussion communication majors only. Theory and practice in various types of discussion situa COMM 448 Public Relations Case Studies tions. Consideration of the place of discussion in our Case studies of public relations in action are analyzed to democratic society. Integration of traditional principles identify general principles and strategies that can be applied with recently to the systematiC solution of public relations problems and developed concepts and approaches. to the creation of public relations opportunities. Prerequisite: COMM 110 or permission of the instructor Prerequisite: COMM 348 COMM 464 Debate COMM 449 Public Relations Workshop The application of the principles of argumentation by This course provides background and practice in develop debating a selected topic in public and intercollegiate de ing written communications important in the practice of bate formats. Stresses both theory and performance in oral public relations, from fact sheets and news releases to advocacy. controlled communication through the broadcast media. Prerequisite: COMM 363 or permission of the instructor Using a workshop format, the course emphasizes planning, COMM 499 Independent Study writing, and targeting communications designed to per As approved and to be arranged through the student's suade specific audiences using various media channels. department advisor. Prerequisite: COMM 348 1-6 credits
50 MUSIC Department of Music
Professors: H. Aitken,]. Anderson, R. DesRoches, R. Foley, Brass A movement ofa sonata, concerto or similar concert D. Fomuto, N. Guptill-Crain, G. Kirkpatrick,]. Kresky, M. piece of moderate difficulty. Major, minor and chromatic Krivin, S. Marcone (chairperson), W. Woodworth scales, articulated and slurred. Associate Professors: S. Bryant, D. Garcia, M. O'Connor, R. Percussion Demonstration of snare drum rudiments. A Reid,]. Weidensaul basic technical knowledge of the mallet instruments. El Assistant Professors: P. Finney, V. Hill ementary exercises fo~ timpani. Instructor: M. Colosimo (half time) Guitar Segovia scales, major and minor, one etude by Sor The Department of Music offers programs leading to a (Segovia Ed.), Carcassi or Aguado. Two concert pieces of bachelor of music (B.M.) in music with options in classical the student's own choice from pre-baroque (ex. De Visee, performance,jazz studies and performance and music man Sanz, Milan, etc.) baroque (Bach, Weiss, etc.), or romantic agement; and a bachelor of arts (B.A.) degree in music with Spanish (Tarrega, ex. "Adelita"; Llobet, ex. "EI Testament an option in musical studies. It also offers concentrations in D'Amelia"). sacred music and composition within the B.M. and audio Keyboards The applied area of keyboards is designed for recording within the B.A. Students can fulfill certification the student who wants to be proficient on several keyboard requirements for public school music teaching in New instruments (piano, organ, synthesizer, harpsichord), rather Jersey, grades K-12, through a carefully crafted program of than to specialize in one. The student receives applied study within the B.M. option in classical performance lessons on all of the above instruments. The audition degree requirements. These programs are structured to requirements for this applied major in the classical perfor reflect the multifaceted demands on today's and tomorrow's mance track are the requirements for piano in the B.M. musicians. music education emphaSiS and the B.M. music management All degree programs contain the best of both musical program, with the submission of an optional cassette re worlds: the flexible, innovative ideas in contemporary mu cording of original compositions on synthesizer. sic combined with the finest in the traditional. As a result, Note: Students with previous college-level training may students pursue a program of study eminently suited to receive credit by examination and advanced placement in preparing them for a professional life in music. any music class. For example, most keyboard performance Auditions majors need not take four semesters of Functional Class A performance audition is required of all applicants to the Piano. B.M. degree programs. The evaluation by the audition jury Entrance Requirements: is focused on performance and an assessment of the applicant's ability in theory, keyboard and aural skills. B.M. Music-Jazz Studies and Performance Entrance Requirements: Option B.M. Music-Classical Performance Option B.M. Music-Music ManagementZIazz Performance Track B.M. Music-Classical PerformancelMusic A preaudition tape is required; contact the Music Depart Education Option ment for details. B.M. Music-Music Management/Classical Piano, Guitar, Mallets Major, minor and chromatic scales, Performance Track 4 octaves (guitar, 2 octaves). Dorian, Mixolydian, Lydian Piano An invention by Bach, a first movement of a sonata modes. Basic 6th and 7th chords: major and minor 6th and 7th;dom. 7th; min. 7thb5;min. withmaj. 7th; half dim. 7th; by Haydn, Mozart or Beethoven (except op. 27 no. 2 in C dim. 7th; aug. 7th. Sight read lead sheets. Several jazz sharp minor), a work by a romantic or contemporary composer. At least one selection must be played from standards with improvisation (one slow-tempo ballad and one up-tune). Blues - several keys (various tempos). memory. Major and minor scales and arpeggios included. Organ Student must have a piano background of Bach Single Line Instruments Major, minor and chromatic scales, Dorian, Mixolydian, Lydian modes. Basic 6th and two-part inventions and early Mozart or Beethoven sonatas. 7th chords (arpeggiated): major and minor 6th and 7th; It is desirable for the student to playa composition of Bach, a romantic work and a modem work. dom. 7th; min. 7th b5; min. with maj. 7th; half dim. 7th; dim. 7th; aug. 7th. Sight read ensemble parts. Several jazz or Voice Demonstration of vocal potentiaL Two art songs in pop standards with improvisation (one slow-tempo ballad any language, memorized. and one up-tune). Blues - several keys (various tempos). Strings A sonata or concert piece of moderate difficulty. Vocal Several pop/jazz standards (one slow-tempo ballad Major and minor scales and a chromatic scale covering the and one up-tune). Sight reading. Ear training. Must also complete range. demonstrate piano proficiency equivalent to completion of Woodwinds A sonata movement or concert piece of mod MUS 165. erate difficulty. Major and minor scales and a chromatic scale covering the complete range.
51 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
Percussion Several jazz standards with improvisation. MUS 333 Music in the Rococo and (Play through the form and improvise chorus). Play time Classical Periods 3 jazz waltz, bossa, swing, etc. Breaks in various meters. Sight MUS 334 Music in the Romantic Period 3 read ensemble parts. MUS 340 Masterworks of Opera 3 Keyboards The applied area of keyboards is designed for MUS 401 Twentieth Century Music I 3 the student who wants to be proficient on several keyboard Or any additional upper level course by instruments (piano, organ, synthesizer, harpsichord), rather advisement than to specialize in one. The student receives applied B.A. MUSIC (OPTION IN MUSICAL STUDIES), lessons on all of the above instruments. CONCENTRATION IN AUDIO RECORDING Ear Training (all applicants) Aural identification of inter The department houses a state-of-the-art electronic music vals, triads and basic 7th chord types (M7, Min. 7, dom. 7th, studio and a state-of-the-art audio recording studio. Stu min. 7th b5, min. with maj. 7th; half dim. 7th; dim. 7th; aug. dents receive the necessary technical training to pursue 7th). employment in the areas of audio engineering or audio producing, or enroll in a graduate program in audio record Major Programs ing/production. The activities allow for laboratory experi The B.A. degree is designed for students who desire a liberal ence in the on-location recording of student recitals and education with emphasis on music while obtaining a diver jazz dialogue days, and in assisting experience for the sified education in the liberal arts. The B.M. in music Midday Artist Series, Jazz Room Series and other Shea options are classical performance, jazz studies and perfor Auditorium events. mance, music management and music education. The B.M. Students should earn a B average in MUS 251, Audio in music options in music education offers two concentra Recording I, and MUS 258, Electronic Music I, to continue tions: vocal and instrumental. in the concentration. B.A. MUSIC (OPTION IN MUSICAL STUDIES) MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS 35 CREDITS Major Courses 19 credits REQUIREMENTS MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o Required Courses 23 credits MUS 160 Freshman Compo Musicianship I 3 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o MUS 161 Freshman Compo Musicianship 113 MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I Musicianship I 3 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I Musicianship II 3 MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I MUS 207 Music History and Uterature I 3 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II MUS 208 Music History and Uterature II 3 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 MUS 244 Practical Musicianship or MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II 1 MUS 251 Audio Recording 1* 3 MUS 207 Music History and Uterature I 3 Performing Groups 4 credits MUS 208 Music History and Uterature II 3 Music Department Advanced Courses 13 credits MUS 244 Practical Musicianship* 3 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 Performing Groups 4 MUS 251 Audio Recording 1** or * Required only of students who cannot qualify for MUS 160 MUS 259 Electronic Music II 3 upon entrance. Another music course from elective courses MUS 252 Audio Recording I 3 may be substituted. One Advanced Recording Course 4 Music Department Elective Courses 12 credits *Substitute MUS 251 if MUS 244 not needed. Choose from: **Substitute Electronic Music II if MUS 251 completed as MUS 220 Jazz History and Analysis I 3 a major course. MUS 255 Jazz Harmony 3 Suggested Free andlor Upper Level Elective Courses MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 Taken by Advisement MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 125 Survey of Music and Musicianship I 3 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 358 Electronic Music III 3 Musicianship II 3 MUS 270 Structure and Content of the MUS 264 Functional Class Piano III Music Industry 3 MUS 265 Functional Class Piano IV MUS 260 Soph. Compo Musicianship I 3 MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 261 Soph. Compo MUSicianship II 3 MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 MUS 301 Form and Analysis 3 MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 302 Arranging 3 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 304 Studies in Music 3 MUS Any Upper Level Mus. Hist. MUS 317 History of American Popular Course or Theory 3 Music since 1950 3 MUS 302 Arranging 3 MUS 332 Music in the Late Renaissance and MUS 499 Independent Study Baroque Periods 3 (Audio Recording) 1-6 , 52 MUSIC
PHlL312 Metaphysics 3 MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive LAW 251 Business Law I Contracts 3 Musicianship I 3 ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 Musicianship II 3 COMM220 Radio and Television 3 MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I COMM225 Audio Production 3 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II COMM260 Oral Interpretation 3 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I COMM323 Television Production 3 MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II COMM326 Advanced Television Production 3 MUS 205 Applied Music Minor COMM353 Advanced Audio Production 3 MUS 206 Applied Music Minor COMM361 Successful Business and MUS 220 Jazz History and Analysis I 3 Professional Comm. 3 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance o COMM363 Public Speaking 3 MUS 236 Western Art Music 3 COMM365 Introduction to Rhetoric 3 Jazz Performance Groups COMM425 Television Workshop 3 (2 each semester) 16 PSY260 Psychology in Business and Industry 3 MUS 241 Jazz Ear Training I 2 MATH 161 Calculus II 4 MUS 242 Jazz Ear Training II 2 CS 201 Computer Literacy: Microcomputer MUS 251 Audio Recording I 3 Applications 3 MUS 255 Jazz Harmony 3 B.M. MUSIC-CLASSICAL PERFORMANCE OPTION MUS 256 Applied Music Major 3 REQUIREMENTS 81-84 CREDITS MUS 257 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive Musicianship I 3 Musicianship I 3 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive Musicianship II 3 Musicianship II 3 MUS 268 Functional Class Jazz Piano I 1 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 MUS 269 Functional Class Jazz Piano II MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II MUS 305 Applied Music Minor MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 306 Applied Music Minor 1 MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I (midday) o MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II (midday) 0 MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 322 Jazz Improvisation III 2 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 323 Jazz Seminar 2 Musicianship I 3 MUS 343 Jazz Ear Training III 2 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 344 Jazz Ear Training IV Musicianship II 3 MUS 356 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 357 Applied Music Major. 3 MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 413 The Music Business Seminar 3 Ensembles (8 semesters) MUS 456 Applied Music Major 3 Applied Music Major (8 semesters) MUS 457 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 190, 191,290,291,390,391, MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 490,491, (4 cr. each) 32 MUS 470 Jazz Arranging I 3 MUS 300 Junior Recital (evening) 0 MUS 471 Jazz Arranging II 3 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I (midday) 0 MUS 495 Jazz History and Analysis II 3 MUS 380 Junior Ear Training I Jazz performing groups are 1 credit each. Take two per MUS 381 Junior Ear Training II 1 semester. MUS 400 Senior Recital (evening) 0 *Number of credits varies according to major instrument MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance (1 semester) 0 selected: Functional Class Piano (4 semesters Voice, piano and percussion differ from other instrumen of 1 cr. each) (only 2 semesters for talists as indicated below: keyboard majors) 2-4 Vocalists 3 years Jazz Piano Minor reqUired; 2 years clas Performing Groups 8 sical voice required; not required to take Impro Other Music Courses 12-13 visation III B.M. MUSIC-JAZZ STUDIES AND PERFORMANCE Percussionists 2 years Jazz Piano Minor required (may OPTION increase to 3 years in academic year 92-93); REQUIREMENTS 104 CREDITS* not required to take Improvisation III. MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) o Pianists 2 years Classical Piano Minor required. Two years MUS 137 Jazz Improvisation I 2 classical music required for pianists and vocalists. MUS 138 Jazz Improvisation II 2 Three years Jazz Piano Minor required for vocal MUS 156 Applied Music Major 3 ists. Two years Jazz Piano Minor required for MUS 157 Applied Music Major 3 percussionists.
53 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
Recital Hour MUS 404 Music Management Honors Internship 6 (8 semesters; no credit) MUS 450 Personal Management in Music 3 Note: Jazz students must pass second semester sopho School of Humanities, Management and more juriesin order to go on to junior year in applied major. Social Sciences Corequisites 12 credits B.M. MUSIC-MUSIC MANAGEMENT ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 OPTION REQUIREMENTS MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 AND COREQUISITES: 88 CREDITS LAW 251 Business Law I 3 Students must earn a 3.0 grade point average in MUS 125, MKT 310 Marketing 3 Survey of the Music and Entertainment Industry, and one additional3-credit music management course in order to be *Production Concentration may substitute one sound re fully admitted to the program. They then complete the cording course sequence outlined. A 2.5 grade point average must be main Business Concentration must take MUS 450, Personal Man tained in these courses to continue through the sequence. agement Core Courses 56 credits B.M. MUSIC-CLASSICAL PERFORMANCE K-12 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) 0 MUSIC CERTIFICATION OPTION MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive Two concentrations are offered in this program. Students MUSicianship I 3 admitted as performance majors in keyboard, guitar or MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive voice ordinarily choose the concentration in preparation for Musicianship II 3 teaching vocallgeneral music in grades K-12. Students whose MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 performance is on a standard band or orchestral instrument MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 take the instrumental concentration. MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 Students are admitted to the music education program on MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II a probationary status for the freshman and sophomore MUS 220 Jazz History years. Full status as a music education major is determined or 3 prior to the beginning of the junior year. MUS 317 History of American Popular Music Note: Performance majors in keyboard or guitar who MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 want an instrumental concentration must also meet the MUS 236 Western ArtlMusic 3 entrance audition requirements on a band or orchestral MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive instrument outlined previously. Performance majors in Musicianship I 3 keyboard or guitar must meet the entrance requirements for MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive a voice minor, i.e. demonstrate voice potential as a prospec Musicianship II 3 tive teacher of chorallvocal music in the public schools. MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 VOCAL CONCENTRATION 76-82 CREDITS MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 000 Recital Hour (7 semesters) 0 MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 103 Trumpet 3 MUS 307 Basic Conducting MUS 105 Violin 1 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 MUS 107 Guitar 1 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 MUS 108 Percussion 2 MUS 362 Applied Music Major MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 Musicianship I 3 MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 Musicianship II 3 Performing Groups 7 MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 Applied Music Minor or Functional MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 Class Piano (4 semesters) 4 MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I Advanced Music Courses* 6 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II *300 level or higher MUS 166 Voice Class I (not required of Music Management Courses 20 credits voice majors) MUS 125 Survey of the Music and MUS 167 Voice Class II (not required of Entertainment Industry 3 voice majors) MUS 270 Structure and Content of the MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I Music Industry 3 MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 205 Applied Music Minor Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 206 Applied Music Minor MUS 403 Music Management Seminar MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 Entertainment Industry 3 MUS 209 Vocal Seminar (six semesters 0-6 Plus 7 credits chosen from the four courses below:* for voice applied majors only) MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance o MUS 303 Music Management Internship MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3
54 MUSIC
MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 208 Music History and Literature II 3 Musicianship I 3 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 258 Electronic Music I 3 Musicianship II 3 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 Musicianship I 3' MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 266 Functional Class Piano-Advanced Musicianship II 3 (or MUS 264) MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 267 Functional Class Piano-Advanced MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 (or MUS 265) MUS 264 Functional Class Piano III MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 265 Functional Class Piano IV MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I MUS 301 Form and Analysis MUS 281 Sophomore Ear Training II or 3 MUS 301 Form and Analysis MUS 302 Arranging or 3 MUS 305 Applied Music Minor MUS 302 Arranging MUS 306 Applied Music Minor 1 MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 MUS 309 Instrumental Conducting 3 MUS 308 Choral Conducting 3 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 MUS 310 Junior Recital Performance I 0 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 MUS 311 Junior Recital Performance II 0 MUS 325 Music for Children * MUS 325 Music for Children * (certification req.) 3 (certification req.) 3 MUS 362 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 362 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 363 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 400 Senior Recital (Evening) MUS 400 Senior Recital (Evening) (half recital req'd.) 0 (half recital req'd.) 0 MUS 425 Music for Adolescents * MUS 425 Music for Adolescents * 3 (certification req.) 3 MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 462 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 Performing Groups 7 Performing Groups 11 *These courses must be taken in sequence. *These courses must be taken in sequence. Additional Certification Additional Certification Requirements (K-12) 24 Credits Requirements (K-12) 24 Credits Students interested in obtaining teaching certification should StudentS interested in obtaining teaching certification should see the section on the School of Education, Department of see the section on the School of Education, Department of Curriculum and Instruction, ahead, for further informa- Curriculum and Instruction, ahead, for further informa- tion. tion. INSTRUMENTAL CONCENTRATION 79 CREDITS SACRED MUSIC MUS 000 Recital Hour (7 semesters) o CONCENTRATION 89-95 CREDITS MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet The bachelor of music, classical performance, sacred music MUS 102 Double Reeds concentration is designed for students who desire to spe MUS 103 Trumpet cialize in sacred music. The program combines a strong MUS 104 Low Brass emphasis in performance with supportive and relevant MUS 105 Violin courses in music, philosophy/religion and academics. Pia MUS 106 Low Strings nists who wish to major in organ are required to audition MUS 107 Guitar for the organ department and demonstrate pianistic skills MUS 108 Percussion comparable to Bach inventions/early Mozart or Beethoven MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive sonatas. Musicianship I 3 MUS 000 Recital Hour (8 semesters) 0 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 160 Freshman Comprehensive Musicianship II 3 Musicianship I 3 MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 Musicianship II 3 MUS 164 Functional Class Piano I 1 MUS 162 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 165 Functional Class Piano II MUS 163 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 166 Voice Class I MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 MUS 167 Voice Class II MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II 1 MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I MUS 200 Concert Choir ( 8 semesters, 1 cr each) 8 MUS 181 Freshman Ear Training II MUS 205 Applied Music Minor MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 206 Applied Music Minor
55 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
MUS 207 Music History and Lit I 3 MUS lSI Freshman Ear Training II MUS20S Music History and Lit II 3 MUS 205 Applied Music Minor (Piano) MUS 209 Vocal Seminar 4-6 MUS 206 Applied Music Minor (Piano) MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance 0 MUS 207 Music History and Literature I 3 MUS 243 Survey of Non-Western Music 3 MUS 20S Music History and Literature II 3 MUS 25S Electronic Music I 3 MUS 260 Soph. Compo Musician I 3 MUS 260 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 261 Soph. Compo Musician II 3 Musicianship I 3 MUS 2S0 Soph. Ear Training I 1 MUS 261 Sophomore Comprehensive MUS 2S1 Soph. Ear Training II Musicianship II 3 MUS 305 Applied Music Minor (Piano) MUS 262 Applied Music Major 2 MUS 306 Applied Music Minor_(Piano) MUS 263 Applied Music Major 2 MUS3S0 junior Ear Training I MUS 266 Functional Class Piano: Advanced* 0-1 MUS3S1 junior Ear Training II 1 MUS 267 Functional Class Piano: Advanced* 0-1 MUS 25S Electronic Music I 3 MUS 280 Sophomore Ear Training I 1 MUS 259 Electronic Music II 3 MUS 2S1 Sophomore Ear Training II MUS 299 Sacred Music Seminar 4-6 Performance Courses 24 credits MUS 300 junior Recital 0 Music Composition Workshops (TBA) 12 MUS 305 . Applied Music Minor Music Composition Lessons (TEA) 12 MUS 306 Applied Music Minor 1 Music Electives 15 credits MUS 307 Basic Conducting 3 (By advisement) MUS30S Choral Conducting 3 MUSIC DEPARTMENT MINOR MUS 309 Instrumental Conducting 3 REQUIREMENTS IS CREDITS MUS 310 junior Recital Performance I (midday) 0 MUS311 Junior Recital Performance II (midday) 0 MUS 160-161 Freshman Comprehensive MUS 332 Music in the Late Renaissance Musicianship I and II 6 and Baroque Per. 3 MUS 164-165 Functional Class Piano (2 semesters) 2 MUS 335 Choral Literature 3 MUS ISO-lSI Freshman Ear Training I and II 2 MUS 356 Applied Music Major 3 MUS 207-20S Music History 6 MUS 357 Applied Music Major 3 Music History Performance MUS 3S0 junior Ear Training I 1 Groups (2 semesters) 2 MUS 3S1 junior Ear Training II 1 MUSIC MANAGEMENT MINOR 21 CREDITS MUS 400 Senior Recital Performance 0 Students wishing to minor in music management are admit MUS 407 Sacred Music Internship 1 ted to music management courses depending on availability MUS 409 Counterpoint 3 of space. Students must earn a 3.0 GPA in MUS 125, Survey MUS 456 Applied Music Major 3 of the Music and Entertainment Industry, and one addi MUS 457 Applied Music Major 3 tional 3- credit music management course in order to be MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance 0 admitted to the program. They then complete the sequence *Keyboard majors only outlined below. A 2.5 GPA must be maintained in these Suggested Free and/or Upper Level Electives courses to continue through the sequence. (By advisement) MUS 120 Music Appreciation 3 ANTH450 Shamans, Witches and Magic 3 MUS 125 Survey of the Music and ENG20S Bible and Literature 3 Entertainment Industry 3 ENG 220 Women, the Bible and Modem Literature 3 MUS 270 Structure and Content of the Music GE0411 Historical Geography of Mid-East and Entertainment Industry 3 and Africa 3 MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and HIST 241 History of Christianity 3 Entertainment Industry 3 HIST 302 Origins of Civilization 3 MUS 450 Personal Management in Music 3 HIST 312 Reformation Europe 3 MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and PHIL 216 Philosophy in the Middle Ages 3 Entertainment Industry 3 PHIL 220 Philosophy of Religion 3 Music Elective* 3 PHIL 336 From Religion to Philosophy 3 *Excluding music management courses SOC 324 Sociology of Religion 3 SOC 326 American Religion 3 SOC 32S Sociology of the Arts 3 COURSES MUSICAL COMPOSITION CONCENTRATION 73 CREDITS Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. Music Core Courses 34 credits Performing Groups A placement audition and the permis MUS 160 Freshman Compo Musician I 3 sion of the conductor required. General education credit MUS 161 Freshman Compo Musician II 3 may be given to nonmajors for participation in these groups. MUS 180 Freshman Ear Training I 1 credit each
56 MUSIC
MUS 200 Concert Choir MUS 130 Symphonic Music MUS 201 Women's Choral Ensemble A survey of representative European and American sym (offered as determined by dept.) phonies, tone poems and concertos from the eighteenth MUS 203 Chamber Singers century to the present. MUS 211 Concert Band MUS 137 Jazz Improvisation I MUS 212 Preparatory Band A workshop course aimed at helping the student evolve an MUS 213 College Community Orchestra individual style of improvisation. Emphasis on chord MUS 214 Brass Ensemble scales, interpretation of chord symbols, notation, transpo MUS 215 Brass Quintet sition and common jazz figures and patterns. Ear training MUS 216 Woodwind Ensemble: Clarinet and analysiS of improvised solos. MUS 217 Woodwind Ensemble: Saxophone 2 credits MUS 218 Woodwind Quintet MUS 219 Percussion Ensemble MUS 138 Jazz Improvisation II MUS 221 WPC-NJ Percussion Ensemble Expansion of concepts and principles introduced in MUS MUS 222 Jazz Ensemble 137. Emphasis on chord substitution, melodic develop MUS 223 Chamber Jazz Ensemble (multiple sections) ment, memorization, student jazz compositions and .ear MUS 224 Jazz Lab Ensemble I (multiple sections) training and analysis. MUS 225 Jazz Rhythm Section (multiple sections) 2 credits MUS 227 Collegium Musicum MUS 156, 157, 256, 257, 356, 357, 456, 457 Applied (offered as determined by dept.) Music Major: Jazz MUS 228 Tuba Ensemble lndividualinstructionin piano, voice, percussion, band and (offered as determined by dept.) orchestral instruments. MUS 229 Trombone Ensemble 3 credits each MUS 230 Classical Guitar Ensemble MUS 231 Twentieth Century Chamber Ensemble MUS 160-161 Freshman Comprehensive MUSicianship MUS 232 Lab Jazz Ensemble I and II (offered as determined by dept.) The student is prepared to function artistically and intelli gently in a variety of musical situations. Focuses on musical MUS 233 Jazz Vocal Lab MUS 235 LatinJazz Ensemble literature of all cultures, styles and historical periods; devel MUS 239 Jazz Vocal Workshop ops a conceptual understanding of rhythm, melody, har-· mony, texture, timbre and form and their interrelationships MUS 240 New Jazz Ensemble as they form the basis for listening, performing and creating. MUS 247 Jazz Repertory Ensemble Includes contrapuntal textures in two and three parts, Instrumental Classes Class instruction in basic perfor compositional devices, diatonic harmony in three and four mance skills on standard instruments. Students proven parts, secondary dominants and diminished seventh chords, proficient on an instrument, upon examination, are ex modulation, analysis and composition of music in the cused from that class. Classes meet two hours weekly for smaller contrapuntal and homophonic forms for various one semester and are open to music education students vocal and instrumental combinations. only. 1 credit each 3 credits each MUS 101 Flute and Clarinet MUS 162, 163,262, 263, 362, 363, 462, 463 Applied MUS 102 Double Reeds Music Major MUS 103 Trumpet Individual instruction in piano, organ, voice, guitar, per MUS 104 Low Brass cussion, band and orchestral instruments for B.M. majors. MUS 105 Violin 2 credits each MUS 106 Low Strings MUS 164-165 Functional Class Piano I and II MUS 107 Guitar MUS 108 Percussion A beginning course for music majors who do not have keyboard facility. Basic technique is emphasized along with MUS 000 Recital Hour a knowledge of chords. Skills of transposition, improvisa o credit tion, score reading and accompanying are begun at a simple MUS 120 Music Appreciation level. Development of perceptive listening, concentrating on music 1 credit each from the baroque, classical and romantic periods. MUS 166-167 Voice Class I and II MUS 125 Survey of the Music and Entertainment Vocal fundamentals and practical application in developing Industry and preserving the singing voice. Breath control, resonance, Creative and business aspects of the industry. Publishing, range, diction, vowel formation as related to correct tone copyright, performing rights, mechanical rights, artist's production. Methods and materials for teaching. Not open rights, recording companies, production, marketing, mer to voice majors. chandising, mass media and sociological implications. 1 credit each
57 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
MUS ISO-lSI Freshman Ear Training I and II MUS 243 Survey of Non-Western Music An integrated course that includes the development of A survey of non-Western music. Classes include lectures sight-singing, dictation and rhythmic skills. Alto and tenor and listening. clefs are introduced during the freshman year. MUS 244 Practical Musicianship 1 credit each Designed for the beginning student with little or no previ MUS 190, 191,290,291,390,391,490,491 Applied ous musical training. Through involvement with various Music Major (B.M.) Performance tasks and activities, along with gUidance from the instruc Individual instruction in piano, organ, voice, guitar, per tor, students master the basic skills of music reading, sight cussion, band and orchestral instruments. singing and keyboard facility and gain a knowledge of 4 credits each related theoretical concepts. For students who are not going MUS 205, 206, 305, 306, 365, 366, 465, 466 Applied on with formal music training, this course provides a Music Minor valuable background for the amateur musician and/or the Individual instruction in piano, voice, band and orchestral atre, communication and education major. instruments. MUS 251 Audio Recording I 1 credit each A study of the fundamentals ofsound, hearing and acoustics MUS 207-20SMusic History and Literature I and II with focus on wave motion and sound generation. Empha The growth of Western music from its beginnings through sis on the physical principles of sound energy and its the first half of the twentieth century. transfer through the recording chain. An introduction to Prerequisite: MUS 161 the microphone and its role in the recording process. A 3 credits each special look at the roles and responsibilities of recording engineers and studio personnel. MUS 209 Vocal Seminar This is a six-semester sequential course for voice majors MUS 252 Audio Recording II designed to provide students a working knowledge of A continuation of Audio Recording I with emphasis on foreign microphones as a recording tool fOCUSing on theory, char language diction for singing and an acquaintance with acteristics, applications, design and placement techniques. standard vocal literature. An introduction to recording consoles and studio opera 1 credit each semester tions, including session preparation and procedures with an overview of the recording process. MUS 220 Jazz History and Analysis I Prerequisite: MUS 251 A study of the evolution of jazz from its African and European origins to the early bebop period. Course empha MUS 255 Jazz Harmony sizes how each period developed both musically and his Provides an intensive study of chords, voicings and har torically, as well as in depth analysis ofits major performers, monic progreSSions as they occur in the jazz style. arrangers and composers. Prerequisite: MUS 161 MUS 234 Sophomore Recital Performance MUS 25S Electronic Music I Taken with MUS 263, MUS 291 or MUS 257. An introduction to electronic music with hands-on experi o creditS ence in the basics of subtractive, FM, and digital synthesis. Emphasis placed on MIDI and computer applications. No MUS 236 Western Art Music prior experience on synthesizer necessary. No take-home Analysis and discussion of Western art music from its work. Lab is required. origins in ancient Greece up to and including contemporary styles. Emphasis on baroque through twentieth-century MUS 259 Electronic Music II music. Serves the needs of jazz majors and liberal studies A continuation of Electronic Music I with hands-on lab students with some prior background, offering both an experience using subtractive synthesis, frequency modula educational experience beyond what can be taught in MUS tion synthesis, sampling and digital synthesis. Emphasis 120. placed on musical applications of MIDI and computers and their place in the music profession. Most assignments and MUS 241 Jazz Ear Training I projects are to be completed during the required lab time. An integrated course in ear training that includes the Prerequisites: Electronic Music I or permission of instructor development of Sight-Singing, diction, improvisation and rhythmiC skills as they especially apply to the jazz style. MUS 260-261 Sophomore Comprehensive Musicianship Prerequisite: MUS lSI I and II 2 credits The work of the sophomore year continues with the com prehenSive development of mUSicianship by the study of MUS 242 Jazz Ear Training II literature in the larger contrapuntal and homophonic forms. An integrated course in ear training that includes the Specific areas include chromatic harmony and contempo development of sight-singing, diction, improvisation and rary harmonic and compositional techniques. Considerable rhythmic skills as they especially apply to the jazz style and analysis of romantic and twentieth-century literature, as continuation of Ear Training 1. well as correlated written projects form the nucleus of this Prerequisite: MUS 241 course. 2 credits 3 credits each
5S MUSIC
MUS 264-265 Functional Class Piano III and IV MUS 302 Arranging This is the second year of the beginning piano course for A practical approach to arranging for choral and instrumen music majors who do not have keyboard facility and should tal groups. Deals with the problems teachers encounter as not be chosen by keyboard majors. The work of this course directors of musical organizations. Voice leading, part distri continues the development of the skills begun in MUS 164- bution, range, transpositions and musical styles are studied. 165 with more advanced work in technique, transposition, Prerequisite: MUS 261 improvisation, score reading and accompanying and har MUS 303 Music Management Internship monization styles. Music education students must pass a Designed to proVide practical experience for students in proficiency test upon completion of MUS 265. that program. Interns experience actual industry function 1 credit each ing. For music management majors only. MUS 266-267 Functional Class Piano: Advanced 1 credit This special section is for keyboard majors and qualified MUS 304 Studies in Music vocal and instrumental majors. The course assumes that the An introduction to mUSicology in a very broad sense of the student already possesses considerable keyboard facility. term. Readings, library projects and research papers are The course is designed to develop the skills needed to utilize assigned on the history and sociology of music, music the piano in school positions, sacred music posts and theory, ethnomusicology, musical acoustics and the aes situations other than the solo recital. The skills to be thetics of music. Basically interdisciplinary, the course deals developed include transposition, improvisation, score read with the relationships between these areas and their con ing, a thorough working knowledge of chords and their nections with composition, performance, criticism and application to creating accompaniments and arrangements pedagogy. Extensive training in the techniques of scholar from lead sheets. ship, preparation of papers and dissertations and the use of 1 credit each the library. MUS 268-269, 368-369. Functional Class jazz Piano I, Prerequisite: MUS 261 III, IV n, MUS 307 Basic Conducting Students in the jazz studies program who are not jazz piano Presents the basic techniques of conducting, both with and majors choose these sections for their second year of Func without a baton. These techniques include basic beat pat tional Class Piano. These courses continue to develop the terns, preparation, cut-offs, fermatas, tempos, moods, use skills begun in MUS 164-165, with special emphasis on jazz of the left hand, etc. Each student conducts, using the class improvisation, accompanying and harmonization styles. as the performing medium. 1 credit each Prerequisite: MUS 261 MUS 270 Structure and Content of the Music MUS 30B Choral Conducting Industry Develops and refines the basic techniques of conducting Historical aspects of recording and publishing industries acqUired in Basic Conducting. Actual conducting experi and their impact on society. Current trends in publishing ence applies these techniques to the specific demands of and recording, including business structure and role in the vocal music. Other areas of study include organization and industry. administration of secondary school choral groups, tone and MUS 2BO-281 Sophomore Ear Training I and n diction and rehearsal techniques. More advanced work in sight-singing, dictation and rhyth Prerequisite: MUS 307 mic skills with special emphasis on the techniques required MUS 309 Instrumental Conducting to perform twentieth-century music. Basic conducting techniques applied to the media of orches 1 credit each tra and band. Score reading, rehearsal techniques and MUS 299 Sacred Music Seminar interpretation are included in addition to further develop A series of seminars dealing with all aspects of work within ment of physical skill. a sacred music field which cannot be covered within the Prerequisite: MUS 307 applied lesson. MUS 310 junior Recital Performance I (midday) 1 credit Taken with MUS 356, 362 or 390. MUS 300 junior Recital B.M. Performance o credits (Evening) MUS 311 junior Recital Performance II (midday) B.M. performance majors take this with MUS 391. Taken with MUS 357, 363. MUS 301 Form and Analysis o credits Intensive formal, harmonic, rhythmic, melodic and textural MUS 315 Music Performance in Media analysis ofcompositions from the Renaissance to the present. Practical and philosophical aspects of music in audio, visual Traditional terminology is covered, but the emphasis is on and live media. Roles, functions and responsibilities in empirical analysis. volved in media production. Performing and production Prerequisite: MUS 261 experience (from the musician's viewpoint) in audio, video and live workshop settings. For music management majors only. 2 credits
59 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
MUS 316 Media Use in the Music and MUS 335 Choral Literature Entertainment Industry A chronological survey and examination of representative Articles, press kits, promotional materials, advertising and choral compositions from each period of Western music, the media in industry relations. Roles of artist, public with emphasis on style and its relation to perfonnance. relations representative, advertising company and record Music is studied in relation to the cultural environment of ing company. Application of communication skills to pro its time. fessional tasks. Prerequisite: Pennission of the instructor Prerequisite: MUS 125 MUS 336 Accompanying MUS 317 History of American Popular Music Since Provides opportunities for upper-class students and ad 1950 vanced piano majors to study the art of accompanying and Chronological survey including sociological implications, to develop potential in this area of piano perfonnance. current trends and new directions. Prerequisite: Pennission of the instructor MUS 318 Forms of Art 1 credit Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, MUS 340 Masterworks of Opera concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to A study of selected masterpieces of opera in their entirety, analyze selected works of art to study the historical and with emphasis on the cultural, literary, historic, and artistic cultural background of a work of art and to read critical foundations of each work. theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discovery Prerequisites: MUS 120, MUS 207-208 of the commonalities that link forms of art. Attendance at MUS 341 Composition Class I concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is required. A workshop course in musical composition. The instructor MUS 322 Jazz Improvisation III assigns specific technical andior expressive problems. All Continuation of Improvisation II. music is written for instruments or ensembles available in Prerequisites: MUS 161, 320 and 321 andior pennission of the department, and all works are perfonned in class or in the instructor concert. No stylistic limitations. 2 credits PrereqUisites: MUS 161 and pennission of the instructor MUS 323 Jazz Seminar MUS 342 Composition Class II Weekly seminars with subjects ranging from the practical to A continuation of Composition Class I with emphasis on the philosophical, including medical concerns of musi contemporary styles and techniques, strict and free serial cians, jazz criticism, the aesthetics of jazz, life inside the techniques, proportional and other approximate notations, recording studio, advanced improvisational concepts, pro aleatory procedures, polytonality, etc. fessional goals and objectives, etc. Each seminar is con Prerequisites: MUS 341 and pennission of the instructor ducted by a specialist in the field. MUS 343 Jazz Ear Training III 2 credits Continuation of MUS 242 with emphasiS on extension MUS 325 Music for Children hannonies, altered scales, alternate and advanced jazz fonns, This course is designed to provide a basic understanding of phrase structure. Sight singing activities include prepared the role of music in the lives of young children. Emphasis and unprepared vocalization exercises, single line, poly placed on social, emotional, physical and musical develop phonic jazz and classical progressions and rhythmic dupli ment of children of ages five through twelve. Traditional cation of jazz percussion materials. techniques of presenting a variety of musical activities are 2 credits examined as well as the more contemporary systems of Orff, MUS 344 Jazz Ear Training IV Kodaly, Dalcroze and Suzuki. An integrated course in the development of skills that MUS 331 Western Music Through Josquin pertain specifically to hearing and executing (playing, sing A detailed study of Western music and its place in society ing, writing) the melodic, rhythmic and hannonic materials through the death ofjosquin des Prez. of the jazz style. It is a continuation ofJazz Ear Training III. 1 credit MUS 332 Music in the Late Renaissance and Baroque Periods MUS 358 Electronic Music III Western music from the sixteenth, seventeenth and early A continuation of Electronic Music I and II with hands-on eighteenth centuries is listened to, analyzed and discussed. experience using subtractive synthesis, frequency modula MUS 333 Music in the Rococo and Classical tion synthesis, linear arithmetic synthesis and sampling. Periods Emphasis is placed on creativity, practical music applica A study of the music from the sons of Bach through tions and regularly assigned projects producing music for Beethoven. various types of media including dance, film, video and radio. MUS 334 Music in the Romantic Period Prerequisites: Electronic Music I andior II or pennission of An in-depth study of European music and its place in instructor society during the nineteenth century.
60 MUSIC
MUS 380-381Junior Ear Training MUS 410 Maintenance and Repair of Music Advanced third-year ear training work, including sight Instruments singing, dictation and rhythmic skills, with special empha Problems of repair with respect to brass, woodwind, string sis on the techniques required to perform twentieth-century and percussion instruments. music. Laboratory sessions 1 credit each MUS 411 Piano Tuning MUS 399 Selected Topics Complete explanation and application of tuning acoustic A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as and electric pianos by the equal temperament system. recommended by the department and approved by the Problems, procedures and exploration of standard tech dean. niques. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson MUS 412 Music Graphics 1-6 credits The history, theory and practice of preparing graphic music MUS 400 Senior Recital B.M. (Evening) copy. B.M. Performance majors take this with MUS 491. Other MUS 413 The Music Business Seminar B.M. majors take this with MUS 462 or MUS 463. Provides an understanding of business practice as related to MUS 401 Twentieth-Century Music the music industry. Topics covered include contracts, union A survey of contemporary music as exemplified by repre regulations, dealing with booking agents, personal manag sentative works of the leading composers of the century. ers, publishers and producers, instrument sales, operating Detailed analysis of a limited number of works which a music studio or store and other related activities. represent significant stylistic and expressive trends. MUS 425 Music for Adolescents Prerequisite: MUS 160 This course is designed to proVide a basic understanding of MUS 403 Music Management Seminar the role music plays in the lives of teenage youth. Emphasis Lectures by industry experts. Resume critiquing and job is placed on musical study as an academic discipline encom entry suggestions. passing the various vocal and instrumental activities in 1 credit which youth normally participate during these years. MUS 404 Music Management Honors Internship MUS 450 Personal Management in Music Culmination of music management education for students Contemporary performers, changing trends in consumer with 3.2 GPA or higher. Assigned to an area in the music practices and evaluation criteria for musical performances. industry as an intern, the student gains experience in the Field experiences followed by critiques. Systems approach business role in the music and entertainment industry. to personal management. For music management majors Students put to practical use the skills learned in music and minors only. ' management courses. MUS 452 Law and Ethics in the Music and Prerequisites: Music management majors only, 3.2 GPA Entertainment Industry minimum, successful completion of interview with Music Legal aspects of the industry. Ethical considerations for Management Honors Internship Screening Committee management and artists, domestic and international copy 6 credits rights, contracts, labor agreements, trade practice regula MUS 407 Sacred Music Internship tions, piracy, payola. For music management majors and Through practical work situations, the student experiences minors only. first hand many of the varied and specialized musical and MUS 464 Senior Recital Performance (midday) administrative duties performed by musicians in the field of B.M. majors take this with MUS 462; B.M. in classical sacred music. performance majors take this with MUS 490; B.M. jazz 1 credit majors take this with MUS 456 and 457. MUS 408 Advanced Choral Conducting o credits Provides continued study and practice of choral conducting MUS 470 Jazz Arranging I techniques. Emphasis on developing good vocal tone pro Introduction to basic concepts and techniques of contem duction in choral groups, style and interpretation in choral porary arranging. Study of instrumental ranges and trans literature and program building. Some of the standard positions, chord symbolization, rhythm section, notation, larger choral works are studied. etc. Four-part sectional writing with attention to voice 2 credits leading, blend and textural effects. MUS 409 Counterpoint Prerequisites: MUS 260 and/or permission of the instructor Technique of contrapuntal writing and analysis. Study MUS 471 Jazz Arranging II includes writing two- and three-part textures, as well as Expansion of the principles introduced in MUS 470. In parallel analysis of musical literature drawn from several structor assigns specific technical and expressive problems periods and aimed at helping the student develop the writing skill and styles. concepts necessary to realize complete arrangements for a Prerequisite: MUS 261 large jazz ensemble. Prerequisites: MUS 260 and/or permission of the instructor
61 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
MUS 495 Jazz History and Analysis II MUS 499 Independent Study A study of the evolution ofjazz from bebop to the present. As approved and to be arranged. The course emphasizes how each period developed both 1-6 credits musically and historically, as well as an in depth analysis of its major performers, arrangers and composers. Prerequisite: MUS 261 Department of Theatre
Professors: W. Grant, B. Gulbranson (chairperson), THEA 115 Production Lab 1 j.Ludwig,B.Sandberg THEA 117 Performance Lab 1 Nonteaching Professionals: E. Matthews, S. Selke, D. Literature and History (choose one) 3 credits Sherman, D. Zierden THEA 261 Playscripts 3 There are two majors available to students through the THEA 360 History of Theatre 3 Department of Theatre: liberal studies and dramatic arts. THEA 363 American Theatre and Drama 3 Liberal Studies Major Applied Courses (choose one) 3 credits THEA 252 Broadway Matinees 3 Students interested in several disciplines offered by the THEA 289 Introduction to Drama Therapy 3 School of the Arts and Communication, but who do not THEA 381 Drama for Children 3 wish to major in anyone of them, may.pursue a liberal THEA 454 Playwriting 3 studies major. With the assistance of an academic advisor, Major Electives 15 credits students select a total of 48 credits from at least three of the Through advisement, the student elects 15 credits from school's majors, taking no more than 18 credits in anyone either one or both of the follOwing groups of courses: of them. Successful completion of this program results in a bachelor's degree in liberal studies: School of the Arts and PerformancelProduction Communication. THEA 270 Acting II: Advanced Improvisation 3 THEA 272 Acting III: Principles of Characterization 3 Dramatic Arts THEA 274 Acting for Television I 3 The department offers a B.A. in dramatic arts. To develop THEA 275 Acting IV: Scene Study 3 the individual's creative potential; to explore human situa THEA 374 Acting for Television II 3 tions and relations in an artistic context, thereby gaining THEA 375 Acting V: Advanced Scene Study 3 insight into one's own life; and to understand and appreciate THEA 376 Acting: Musical Theatre Performance 3 the dramatic arts in theory and practice-these are the goals THEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media 3 of the dramatic arts program. THEA 474 Acting for T.V. Commercials 3 The dramatic arts have long been recognized as an en THEA 479 Acting: Showcase 3 deavor that combines all of the arts, most of the crafts and THEA 483 Children's Theatre 3 some of the sciences. For students who wish to increase DesignlIechnicaI Theatre their theatrical sensibilities, the dramatic arts major pro THEA 230 Scenery Construction for Stage gram is performance oriented and craft based. The sequence and Media II 3 of courses is designed to relate the ancient world to the THEA 236 Lighting for Stage and Media I 3 present day, to bring critical appraisal into direct contact THEA 239 Scene Design for Stage and Media I 3 with creative experiment and to provide a fund of life THEA 333 Stage Management 3 experiences centered upon the comparison and clarifica THEA 335 Scene Painting I 3 tion of values--moral, social and personal. THEA 336 Lighting for Stage and Media II 3 The major program prepares the student for advanced THEA 339 Scene Design for Stage and Media II 3 training at the graduate level and employment viability in THEA 435 Scene Painting II 3 the theatre, as well as in related areas such as arts adminis tration, communication arts and public relations. A double major combining theatre and communication is available for interested students. For further information, contact the Courses chairperson of either department. Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS The first course, THEA 101, is specially designed to satisfy Required Core 9 credits general education requirements. THEA 130 Scenery Construction for Stage and Media I 3 THEA 101 Introduction to Theatre THEA 141 Theatre Management 3 An innovative study of the dramatic process covering all THEA 170 Acting I: Improvisation 3 facets of play production. The course is approached from Labs (three of the five must be taken) 3 credits the appreciation point of view. Students may choose to THEA 111 Audience Management 1 satisfy requirements through experiential contractualleam THEA 112 Stagecraft Lab 1 ing. Purchase of tickets to see plays is required. THEA 114 Costume Lab
62 THEATRE
THEA 102 Fundamentals of Acting THEA 236 Lighting for Stage and Media I A practical introduction to the contemporary skills and Training in the problems oflighting design and its applica techniques of acting through exercises designed to develop tion to stage and television production in various forms. the student's individual creative abilities and self-confi Color, rhythm and aesthetic backgrounds are examined in dence. the context of good lighting design. THEA III Audience Management Laboratory THEA 239 Scene Design for Stage and Media I A practical application of the administrative aspects of Training in the problems of scenery design for production audience management. May be repeated. in various media. Color, line and movement are examined 1 credit in the context of good design. Individual projects are THEA 112 Stagecraft Laboratory required. Supervised direction and practiced application of the prin THEA 252 Broadway Matinees ciples involved in the technical aspects of producing a play. By reading scripts and viewing plays and other theatrical Provision is made for individual and group training in such events, the student develops an understanding of the forms areas as stage management, lighting, scenery, properties, and styles of theatre today and of theatre's role in our makeup and sound. May be repeated. culture. Field trips to Broadway and off-Broadway theatres. 1 credit Attendance at plays and other theatrical events is required. THEA 114 Costume Laboratory THEA 261 Playscripts A laboratory in costume construction for theatre produc A study of playscripts in terms of both their functional, tion with individual instruction in construction techniques. narrative content and their theatrical, structural function. May be repeated. Investigation of the reasoning process involved in visualiz 1 credit ing the transformation of a script on the page into a play on the stage. THEA 115 Production Laboratory A practical application of the principles of stagecraft. Pro THEA 270 Acting II: Advanced Improvisation duction-related projects in such crafts as scenic construc A continuation of the emphases of Acting 1. Additionally, tion, scene painting, properties, lighting and sound. Evening Acting II focuses on dramatic processes as they formalize hours required. May be repeated. into theatrical performance. The creation of dramatic form 1 credit (plot, character, setting) as it relates to theme (or message, THEA 117 Performance Laboratory metaphor) is of particular focus. An introduction to impro visation as a formal theatrical mode. A practical application in acting under faculty supervision. Work includes rehearsing and performing a play for public THEA 272 Acting III: Principles of Characterization presentation. May be repeated for credit. An array of methods to discover and to perform characters Prerequisite: Audition from drama, including the use of costume and makeup as 1 credit creative sources. THEA 130 Scenery Construction for Stage and THEA 274 Acting for Television I Media I A course rooted in theory and principles, which introduces Fundamentals of scenery construction are considered in a students to the nature of television and affords basic on practical situation. An introduction to the scenery shop and camera performing experience. related facilities and equipment and their use within the THEA 275 Acting IV: Scene Study production framework. The course includes instruction in An advanced course in acting techniques with an introduc the techniques of stagecraft and methods of production. tion to various styles and approaches through group scene THEA 141 Theatre Management work. An investigation of operational procedures including ad THEA 289 Introduction to Drama Therapy ministration, purchase and accounting practices, box-office A course in the basic principles, methods and practices of management, publicity, promotion, public relations, policy the drama therapy process. Provides an overview of the and decision making and management of theatre personnel. process. Requires four hours of practicum per week in THEA 170 Acting I: Improvisation addition to regular classwork. Use of improvisation to explore group expression in a THEA 318. Forms of Art spontaneous mode. Emphasis on physicalization, mime Study of the principles and practices of critiquing plays, and other nonverbal modes such as theatre games as per concerts, paintings and film. The student can expect to. sonal development in the arts of acting. analyze selected works of art to study the historical and THEA 230 Scenery Construction for Stage and cultural background of a work of art and to read critical Media II theories of art. Special emphasis is placed on the discovery Advanced problems in set and property construction are of the commonalities that link forms of art. Attendance at considered in laboratory and practical situations. This course concerts, plays, exhibits and media viewings is required. also concerns itself with analysis of various construction problems.
63 ARTS AND COMMUNICATION
THEA 333 Stage Management THEA 381 Drama for Children Introductory training in the duties of the manager in the Study of the importance of dramatic process in a child's normal process of producing a play. Audition, rehearsal individual and social growth. Investigation of the dynamics period, performance and postperformance functions and of the creative process within formal drama (children's procedures are examined. theatre) and informal drama (creative dramatics). THEA 335 Scene Painting I THEA 385 Field Experiences in Drama and Theatre A study of the basic styles of theatrical painting. Concentra Students receive academic credit for gUided experiences in tion on dry pigments and casein media. Develops in the drama and theatre in the college community. These experi student a basic ability to interpret the scenic designer's ences include touring productions to area schools, geriatric elevations and reproduce them for the stage. centers, etc.; drama therapy internships; drama education in local schools and other assignments as determined by the THEA 336 Lighting for Stage and Media II instructor. Advanced training in the problems of lighting design and control as related to their application to production in smge THEA 399. Selected Topics and the media. The use and application of sound effects and Topics not presently offered in other courses. Content the development of sound tapes for theatrical productions changes each semester. are examined. Prerequisites to be determined THEA 339 Scene Design for Stage and Media II ,- 3-4 ~redits An advanced study of the problems of the scenic designer in THEA 435 Scene Painting II theatre, television and film. Concentration is on the areas of A continuation of the scenic artist's craft. Advanced tech materials and techniques. The student is expected to pro niques, concentrating on the use of analine dyes, are ex duce models and renderings utilizing various techniques plored. and structures. THEA '1;.46 Theatre Workshop I THEA 360 History of Theatre Training and experience in the creative process of rehears Explores the historical development of dramatiC form, the ing and performing a play before an audience. Through physical theatre and technical theatre arts from ancient audition, the student is assigned work in one of the follow Greece to the present. Investigates the social ard cultural ing areas: acting, design, technical production or theatre forces that shaped the theatre and were shaped by the r;tanagement. theatre and develops critical standards of theatre. The THEA 447 Theatre Workshop II student is expected to attend representative theatre produc A continuation of THEA 446. tions. THEA 448 Theatre Workshop III THEA 363 American Theatre and Drama A continuation of THEA 446. The study of the development of the American theatre and its drama from the colonial period to the present with THEA 454 Playwriting emphasis on twentieth-century American drama. A study and practice in the basic techniques of playwriting. Emphasizes dramatic structure and characterization devel THEA 374 Acting for Television II oped through the writing of scenes and short plays. An advanced course in television acting that includes chal lengingworkon various modes ofdramatic literature adapted THEA 474 Acting for Television Commercials to television. In addition, the course features advanced Varied experiences rehearsing and performing television performing techniques and varied experiences with the cofumercials. dramatic television director. THEA 479 Acting: Showcase THEA 375 Acting V: Advanced Scene Study A directed independent practicum culminating in a public An advanced course centering on role preparation and performance. performance of various modes of drama in the setting of THEA 483 Children's Theatre theatre as a comprehensive art. Study of the educational and artistic modes of contempo THEA 376 Acting: Musical Theatre Performance rary children's theatre. Focuses on styles of presentation A supervised study of the techniques appropriate to devel and children's dramatic literature. oping roles in musical theatre. Special attention is given to THEA 499 Independent Study the interpretation of a musical selection. An advanced performance project under faculty supervi THEA 377 Directing for Stage and Media sion. Principles and theory for the production of plays on stage Prerequisite: Approval of the chairperson and on television. Practical experience in guiding perform ers so that they tum sCripts into plays.
64 ': EDUCATION School of Education
Nancy E. Seminoff, Dean c. Satisfactory completion of all preliminary field ex Office: Raubinger 430 periences and courses required in the program The School of Education develops and administers the d. A minimum of 96 credits completed at the time of education components of the College's teacher education application for the senior teaching internship programs and related certifications. e. Completion of all requirements based on the fresh man basic skills tests in reading, writing and math By arrangement with the New Jersey State Department of Education, the school recommends its graduates for certifi ematics, and the successful completion of English cation as teachers, administrators and counselors. These 1l0, Writing Effective Prose, prior to admission to the teacher education sequence programs are generally acceptable in other states that recog f. An analysis of speech patterns and problems (if any) nize the standards of the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education or the National Association of State g. Consideration of additional departmental standards in the form of auditions, physical performance re Directors of Teacher Education and Certification. quirements, submission of portfolio, specific skills The School of Education makes every effort to relate student needs, program innovations and interdisciplinary tests, comprehensive tests, etc. 3. In addition, the student must: offerings to the contemporary world. The school has been a. Have documentation of negative results on the actively involved in all types of grant, programs, especially those in special, bilingual, parent and early childhood Mantoux Test prior to the initial field experience b. Apply to the Office of Field Laboratory Experiences education, Head Start, technology and gerontology. no later than April 1 preceding the academic year of Undergraduate Part-Time and Full-Time the internship (Le., April 1, 1992 for internships in Students the fall 1992 or spring 1993 semesters) Teacher education sequences are available to undergradu c. Pay a Student Teaching Fee, currently $100, (in ate students in the follOwing fields: elementary education addition to tuition and fees) for the processing ofthe (nursery school through 8th grade, including early child application and related costs. hood), special education, physical education and a variety Policies for the Internship of subject matter fields. (A separate program in early child 1. Students are not permitted to contact cooperating schools hood education is currently inactive.) or school districts directly, or otherwise attempt to Elementary education candidates must pursue study in effect their own placement. an academic major in consultation with advisors from both 2. An effort is made to place students within reasonable majors. commuting distance of their homes, or the college Regularly admitted part-time students interested in pur dormitories, if applicable, with the follOwing stipula suing a teacher education program must indicate their tions: a) assignments are made primarily in northern choice early and apply for admission to a major program. New Jersey; b) assignments are based on the availability Their last two semesters must be spent in full-time practicum of suitable school districts and cooperating teachers. and internship in the area appropriate to the major. 3. Students are assigned a placement in a community other Field Laboratory Experiences than one in which they reside or in which they have attended school. The Office of Field Laboratory Experiences coordinates 4. Students are assigned a placement at a site other than practica, which are preliminary observational and teaching one at which they have fulfilled any practicum assign experiences in the schools. The office is also charged with ment. coordinating and processing senior teaching internships 5. Placements are made in the student's major field in a (student teaching) applications and placements. It is lo public (or approved private) school district. cated in Hunziker Hall Room 206. Prerequisites Prerequisites for EDUC 414 and EDUC 415, Senior Teach Courses ing Internships, include the following: 1. Admission to the appropriate major department EDUC 333 Individualized Instruction 2. Approval of the individual applicant by the Program (Post Baccalaureate Practicum) Review Committee of the department which is respon A course involving seminars concerning individualized sible for certification, based on the following standards: teaching, plus tutoring experiences in selected school sys a. A cumulative grade point average of2.50 at the close tems with innovative or well-tested programs. The course of the semester immediately preceding the initial provides an opportunity for students planning to enter a practicum as a prerequisite for entry into the re teacher preparation program to determine if they really quired field experience sequence, beginning with want to teach. Students arrange a free day for field work the initial practicum when they plan their schedules. By advanced application b. A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 in the only with the Office of Field Laboratory Experiences. For academic major and in the teacher education se post baccalaureate students only. quence 1 credit
66 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
EDUC 414 Senior Teaching Internship and Seminar guidance of the cooperating teacher and college supervisor. For elementary and subject specialization majors. This Constant feedback and reinforcement is prOvided through course meets the student teaching requirement through a a required parallel course approved by the department. full semester program that combines theory and practice. Prerequisites: See Field Laboratory Experience The student is assigned to a public school for an extended 12 credits period to serve successively as observer, aide, associate and EDUC 465 In-Service Supervised Teaching Seminar I teacher, concluding with full-time teaching. The student Meets the needs of the beginning teacher already employed becomes familiar with classroom management, teaching on a full-time annual contract who has not met the student strategies, pupil characteristics, the organization of the teaching requirement. Areas of attention include classroom school and relationships with the community. This model management, individualized instmction, lesson planning, combines theory and practice in an evolutionary situation pupil evaluatiOJjl, s<;hool-community relations, analysis of under the guidance of cooperating teacher and college pupil behavior patterns and other problems related to the supervisor. Constant feedback and reinforcement is pro student's of pupil behavior patterns and other problems vided through the required seminar. related to the student's work experience. Incorporates Prerequisites: See Field Laboratory Experience biweekly seminar meetings and evaluation visits by the 12 credits college supervisor to each student's classroom. EDUC 415 Senior Teaching Internship Only open to students enrolled in a certification sequence For special education and physical education majors. Each at William Paterson College. No credit is given for EDUC student is assigned to a public school for an extended period 465 unless EDUC 466 is completed. . to serve successively as observer, aide, associate and teacher, 4 credits concluding with full-time teaching. The student becomes EDUC 466 In-Service Supervised Teaching Seminar familiar with classroom management, teaching strategies, II pupil characteristics, the organization of the school and A continuation ofEDUC 465. relationships with the community. The model combines 4 credits theory and practice in an evolutionary situation under the
Department of Curriculum and Instruction
Professors: L. Aitken, A. Coletta,]. Feeley, T. Geme, B. Elementary Education N-8 Certification Grant, N. Seminoff, M. Turkish, D. White, S. Wollock For students seeking elementary education certification Associate Professors: G. Abramson,]. Peer, N. D'Ambrosio, (N-8), the follOwing academic majors are acceptable: M. Dougherty,]. Fitzsimmons, S. Wepner (chairperson) African, African-American and Caribbean Assistant Professors:]. Falk, R. Kaplan,]. Rockman Studies The programs described below are valid as of text submission. Art (History) They are currently being revised and are likely to be signifi Biology cantly different in the near future. Students are responsible, Chemistry therefore, for contacting the office of the Department of Cur Communication 1. Interpersonal riculum and Instruction to ascertain the latest program re 2. Journalism quirements. Environmental Science English (literature) The Department of Curriculum and Instruction offers teacher Geography education programs leading to state certification in: (a) History elementary education (nursery school-8th grade); (b) in Mathematics subject field specializations (Kindergarten-12th grade). Music (leading to B.A. in Music All students seeking teacher certification at any level are with option in Musical Studies) required to have an academic major offered by other schools Philosophy within the College. Lists of majors offered by the College Political Science and the corresponding teaching certificates appear below. Psychology Sociology Spanish liberal Studies-Arts and Communication liberal Studies-Humanities liberal Studies-Social and Behavioral Science liberal Studies-Mathematics and Natural Science
67 EDUCATION
Subject Field Certification K - 12 program sequences as well as passing the appropriate National For students seeking certification (K -12) in a subject field, Teacher Examination(s) will be issued certificates ofeligibility a list of majors offered by the College with a list of corre with advanced standing that will permit them to seek employ sponding teaching certificates offered by the state of New ment in positions requiring instructional certification. This jersey follows: provisional certification will be made permanent after one year of successful teaching. College Majors Subject Field Specialization African, African-American Certification in Professional Programs, K-12 and Caribbean Studies* Social Studies and N-8 Art Art A) SUBJECT FIELD CERTIFICATION (K-12) Biology Biology In addition to the College's general education requirements, Chemistry Chemistry the academic major and the special courses that major Communication Speech Arts departments may require of students seeking subject field English English certification, students must also complete the following Geography* Social Studies History* Social Studies professional program sequence to be recommended for Mathematics Mathematics teaching certification by the Department of Curriculum and Music Music Instruction. Political Science* Social Studies Students are reminded again that the program listed below is valid as of text submission and is being revised. Students Spanish Spanish should contact the Department of Curriculum and Instruction *This academic major needs to be carefully supervised to for the latest requirements. ensure that it meets state certification requirements for the subject field specialization. COURSE REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS Specific requirements and course descriptions for each CISE 290 Field Experience 1* major can be found in this catalog under the appropriate CIEE 310 Educational Psychology 3 department. CISE 320 Secondary Education I: 3 Philosophy and Theory Requirements CISE 351 Field Experience II and Seminar* 2 General Education All students must complete the CIRL330 Reading Strategies for the Content Areas 3 general education requirements as prescribed by the Col CISE 410 Secondary Education II lege and as outlined elsewhere in this catalog. Selection of Management and Applications 3 specific courses should be made with advisement by the EDUC 414 Senior Teaching Internship Curriculum and Instruction Department and the academic and Seminar* 12 major department. *These courses must be taken in sequence. Prior applica Academic Major All students must complete an aca tion required from the Office of Field Laboratory Experi demic major (as listed above) in addition to the professional ences. For further information, see section on field labora program sequence leading toward teacher certification. The tory experiences elsewhere in this catalog. various options for choosing a major should be developed B) ELEMENTARY EDUCATION with a faculty member from the Department of Curriculum CERTIFICATION (N--8) and Instruction. Once the major is declared, however, In addition to general education requirements and an aca students should obtain advisement in the academic major demic major, students must also complete the follOwing from the academic department offering that major. professional program sequence to be recommended for Eligibility for entering the professional certification teaching certification by the Department of Curriculum and programs: Students interested in seeking certification in the Instruction. teacher certification areas offered by the College are urged Students are reminded again that the program listed below to seek advisement regarding acceptance criteria from the is valid as of text submission and is being revised. Students Department of Curriculum and Instruction before enrolling should contact the Department of Curriculum and Instruction in any courses in the professional program sequence. for the latest requirements. Certification Requirements COURSE REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS To be eligible for certification in elementary education (N- ClEE 103 The Elementary School* 2 8) or in a subject field (K-12), students must complete a CIRL329 Foundations of Reading* 2 prescribed teacher education program. This professional ClEE 325 Strategies for Teaching Fine Arts* 2 program sequence is an intensive one in the theoretical and ClEE 320 Strategies for Teaching Language Arts** 2 practical aspects of teaching that culminates in a full semes ClEE 321 Strategies for Supplemental ter senior teaching internship ina school system. Additional Content Areas** 2 certification requirements are also mandated by the state of ClEE 324 Strategies for Teaching Mathematics** 2 New jersey, as for example, the successful performance on ClEE327 Strategies for Teaching Science** 2 one or more parts of the National Teacher Examination ClEE 328 Strategies for Teaching Social Studies** 2 (NTE). Information regarding this examination is available ClEE301 Practicum in Elementary Education*** 2 from the Office of Field Laboratory Experiences, Hunziker EDUC414 Senior Teaching Internship and 206. Seminar 12 Please note that iffective September 1,1992 (NJ.A.C. 6:11- *These courses are to be taken first and before the practicum 5.1) candidates successfully completing one ofthe professional package.
68 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
* *These courses must be taken in sequence and in conjunc tion work in language arts, social studies, science, math tion with Practicum, CIEE 301. ematics, health and physical education and fine and practi * **These courses must be taken in sequence. Prior applica cal arts are also topics of this course. tion required from the Office of Field Laboratory Experi 2 credits ences. For further information, see section on field labora ClEE 205 New Jersey Studies for Teachers tory experiences elsewhere in this catalog. Develops the student's understanding of the comprehensive Curriculum aud Instruction Practica scope of New Jersey studies. Its content is drawn from the The Office of Field Laboratory Experiences coordinates social and natural sciences, incorporating significant con practica, which are preliminary teaching and observational cepts and generalizations. Provides a content base for pro experiences in the schools. The office is located in Hunziker spective teachers preparing to meet state studies require Hall Room 206. The following prerequisite listing applies ments and needs. only to the professional sequences in the Curriculum and CIEE 210 Growth Processes of the School-Age Child Instruction Department leading to early childhood/elemen A study of the principles and applications of growth and tary education or subject field specialization certification. learning processes as they affect the child in the school PREREQUISITES FOR PRACTICA ClEE 301, ClSE setting. Specific units on positive and negative exceptional 290, AND CISE 351 ity, physical education, health education and substance 1. Completion of all requirements based on the freshman abuse are included. basic skills tests in reading, writing and mathematics, ClEE 301 Practicum in Elementary Education and the successful completion of all general education Students are assigned to work in an education center. In requirements prior to the practicum semester. addition, they meet with the practicum coordinator weekly 2. A minimum of S4 credits completed at the end of the for evaluation and coordination. The practicum experience semester preceding the appropriate practicum course. is correlated with certain methods courses and educational (CISE requires completion of only 64 credits.) psychology. 3. Completion of all required prepracticum professional Prerequisite: See Practica program courses for the specific certification being 2 credits sought. (Does not apply to CISE 290.) 4. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.50 in CIEE 310 Educational Psychology the academic major and in the introductory courses of The science of psychology applied to the art of teaching. the professional education program by the close of the Practical approaches in developing the habit of applying semester immediately preceding participation in the principles and theories developed by psychologists. The practicum courses listed above. student is encouraged to think about personal educational 5. A minimum overall cumulative grade point average of development. 2.50 at the close of the semester immediately preceding Prerequisite: PSY 110 participation in the practicum courses listed above. ClEE 320 Strategies for Teaching Language Arts 6. Admission to the appropriate professional program se Acquaints students of elementary education with the role of quence in the department and approval of the individual language and its development in the life of a child. Methods, applicant by the department's Program Review Com techniques and materials used to develop the listening, mittee. speaking, writing and reading skills of children are critically 7. Successful completion of additional criteria, specific to examined. Attention is given to the effective uses of litera teacher certification programs. Consult the Department ture and to current practices in teaching skills such as of Curriculum and Instruction for further information. handwriting, spelling and grammar. Includes also the prepa S. Documentation of negative results on the Mantoux test ration of lesson plans, program organization and proce at the beginning of the practicum semester. dures for reporting progress in the language arts. 9. Applications must be completed and delivered to the Corequisite: ClEE 301 Office of Field Laboratory Experiences during the se 2 credits mesterpreceding the practicum. Specific deadlines to be ClEE 321 Strategies in Supplemental Content Areas announced by the Office of Field Laboratory Experi A study of the principles and applications of growth and ences. learning processes as they affect the child in the school setting. Specific units on positive and negative exceptional ity, physical education, health education and substance COURSES abuse are included. Corequisite: ClEE 301 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. 2 credits ClEE 103 The Elementary School ClEE 324 Strategies for Teaching Mathematics Current and changing perspectives in education as they Purposes, principles and techniques of teaching elementary apply to the organization of the elementary school, includ school mathematics. Effective lesson planning, motivation, ing implications for current development and teacherprepa drill, manipulative materials, problem solving, evaluation ration. Team teaching, open classroom, middle school and and remedial techniques are some of the topics covered. The other experimental settings are explored. In addition, class work is related to field experiences. room management and its relation to curriculum, correlac Corequisite: ClEE 301 2 credits
69 EDUCATION
CIEE 325 Strategies for Teaching Fine Arts elSE 290 Field Experience I Direct experiences in fine art activities, including objectives Provides a bridge between theory and practice. Observation and philosophy of fine arts. The developmental stages of of necessary skills such as responsibility and cooperation, children in creative and mental growth are explored. taking instruction, being on time and remaining on the job. 2 credits At the elementary school level, this experience permits the CIEE 327 Strategies for Teaching Science college student to observe and aid the classroom teacher in How to help students develop their ability to introduce a variety of activities, excluding the actual teaching of the scientific facts, ideas and methods of problem solving in the class. Must be taken in the junior year. Prerequisites: See Practica classroom. Includes planning a science program for the 1 credit elementary school, selecting and presenting information and ideas in the classroom, selecting appropriate books, CISE 320 Secondary Education I: Philosophy and supplies and equipment and the use of field trips. Work is Theory related to field experiences. This course is designed for those intending to teach second Corequisite: CIEE 301 ary school subjects. It details the evolution and develop 2 credits ment of the disciplines that comprise secondary school CIEE 328 Strategies for Teaching Social Studies curricula. The aims, methods, materials and organization of social CISE 351 Field Experience II and Seminar studies instruction for the elementary school. Emphasis on A series of professional laboratory experiences designed to interdisciplinary organizational patterns and inquiry meth provide students regular opportunities for observation in ods of instruction. Work is related to field experiences. intermediate and junior high schools and for extended Corequisite: CIEE 301 participation as teacher aides and paraprofessionals in the 2 credits school. Students meet in a seminar to share their observa tions, analyze their problems and further develop skills and CIEE 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as resources. Prerequisites: See Practica recommended by the department and approved by the 2 credits dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson CISE 381 Educational Sociology 1-6 credits Acquaints the student with basic concepts of human rela CIEE 499 Independent Study tionships, analyzes selected problems of the contemporary social order and provides opportunity for individual re As approved and to be arranged. search in the area of students' special needs and interests. 1-6 credits Consideration is given to such topics as the following and CIRL 329 Foundations of Reading their relationship to public education: housing, race, crime The psychological and linguistic foundations of the reading and delinquency, teacher-community relationships, com process. Emphasis on how learners develop the ability to munity action and cultural relations. read and understand increasingly difficult and diverse ma CISE 399 Selected Topics terials through their school years. Stresses classroom tech A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as niques for teachers. recommended by the department and approved by the 2 credits dean. CIRL 330 Reading Strategies for the Content Areas Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Reading skills and knowledge needed by the content area 1-6 credits teacher: the subject area materials, different modes oflearn ing, causes of reading difficulties and methods of preparing CISE 410 Secondary Education II: Management and Applications materials and students for improved reading performance. Students develop a case study of a reader as he or she This course recognizes that effective teachers are also effec interacts with appropriate content area materials. tive classroom managers, that the classroom is a social setting, and that instructional materials involving visual CIRL 399 Selected Topics arts contribute to a productive learning environment. The A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as secondary education student plans, develops, conducts, recommended by the department and approved by the evaluates and shares classroom activities and learning expe dean. riences in order to acquire a repertoire of ideas and tactics Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson useful in classroom management. 1-6 credits CISE 499 Independent Study CIRL 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits 1-6 credits
70 SPECIAL EDUCATION AND COUNSELING Department of Educational Leadership
Professors: J. Baines, E. Bell,]. Tuohy, W. Willis EDLA 403 Legal and Financial Aspects of the Associate Professors:J. Gallo (chairperson),]. Mamone, E. Operation of Public Schools Petkus Provides an introduction to legal and financial aspects of Assistant Professor: V. Baldassano the operation of public schools: legal responsibilities, rights and duties of teachers, problems in securing and allocating The Department of Educational Leadership offers the fol funds for public education and related topics. lowing undergraduate courses. EDLA 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged Courses 1-6 credits EDLU 209 Violence in the Community Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. The causes, patterns and functions of violence. Violence is studied as an extension of biology. A course in the sociobi EDLA 399 Selected Topics ology of violence in human communities. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the EDLU 210 Drug Use and Abuse dean. A survey of aspects of basic psychological and legal informa Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson tion on drug use and abuse. Some fieldwork is included. 1-6 credits EDLU 482 Inner-City Children and Their EDLA 401 School and Consumer Education: Environment A Quality of Life Approach The problems of the inner-city child. Environmental factors A "quality oflife approach" to the study of consumerism and are examined in terms of race, ethnic origin, and socioeco organizational arrangements for consumer education pro nomic background, showing how these factors affect a grams offered by public schools. child's capacities, self-concept, motivation and intellectual potential. A critical review of literature dealing with low EDLA402 Schools, Manpower and Careers: Education for the Future income youth in urban areas. Considers manpower development and career-oriented edu cation provided by public schools. Topics include imple mentation of career education in a technological society, the manpower of revolution, career alternatives for the future and schools and manpower policies.
Department of Special Education and Counseling
Professors: L. Hayes, L. Hummel, M. Swack, W. Younie and speech impairments. Upon successful completion of (chairperson) the program, students are eligible for certification as teach Associate Professors: E. Abare, M. Goldstein, S. Kuveke ers of the handicapped in the state of New Jersey. Graduates may be employed by public and private schools and residen The Department of Special Education and Counseling of tial facilities. fers a specialized course ofstudy leading to a bachelor of arts degree in special education. The major includes the areas of Entrance Requirements mental retardation, emotional handicap, orthopedic handi Students who wish to major in special education must cap, neurological impairment and perceptl\al impairment. present documented evidence ofhaving worked with handi The department offers extensive classroom and field expe capped children for 120 clock hours in nonpublic school riences to its students. The program includes attention to settings prior to completing 45 credits. No academic credit traditional and adapted instructional approaches with em is granted for meeting this requirement. This requirement is phasis on recent research. Current and evolving technologi detailed in the department's undergraduate handbook. Three cal advances and adaptive devices are another focus of the field experiences are required as part of the program. Two program. Students are exposed to instructional materials practica, SPED 202 (sophomore year) and SPED 320 (jun used in the education of exceptional children and are ior year), are required of all majors. Students also complete presented with various modes of curriculum and behavioral a 16-week senior field experience (EDUC 415). A grade planning for these children. Students majoring in special point average of 2.5 is required for entry to the field education are prepared to fulfill teaching positions in all experiences. disability areas, except those dealing with auditory, visual
71 EDUCATION
The Office ofField Laboratory Experiences or the Depart Courses ment of Special Education and Counseling should be con tacted for further information regarding field experience Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. registration deadlines. Students are expected to know and CSP 399 Selected Topics meet these deadlines. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS recommended by the department and approved by the SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the dean. Handicapped 3 1-6 credits SPED 301 Education of the Trainable Mentally Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Retarded 3 CSP 410 Educational Testing and Evaluation SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally This course explores the concepts important to an under Retarded I 3 standing of the evaluation process. In examining the nature SPED 303 Education of the Educable Mentally of these interactions, steps in the measurement process and Retarded II 3 procedures of assessment are viewed in a way that assures SPED 304 Teaching Reading to the Handicapped 3 the educational judgments and decisions required for more SPED 410 Counseling and Vocational Guidance for effective instruction. Handicapped Children (Seniors only) 3 CSP 499 Independent Study SPED 411 Prescriptive Teaching (Seniors only) 3 As approved and to be arranged. SPED 412 Educational Programming for the 1-3 credits Emotionally Handicapped (Seniors only) 3 SPED 4 I3 Education of the Neurologically SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the Impaired and Physically Handicapped Handicapped (Seniors only) 3 A study of the social, emotional, physical and learning CODS 261 Speech Disorders 3 characteristics of handicapped children. Methods of diag PROFESSIONAL SEQUENCE 30 CREDITS nosis and differentiation, curriculum and teaching tech niques, materials, resources and their employment for edu A. Field Experience 16 credits cation. Psychological basis of the suitable curriculum. SPED 202 Prepracticum Special Education 2 Introductory course for special education majors. SPED 320 Practicum in Special Education 2 EDUC415 Student Teaching 12 SPED 202 Prepracticum in Special Education B. Professional Sequence 14 credits During their sophomore year, students are required to take CIRL 329 Foundations of Reading or this prepracticum or first practicum in special education. ClEE 320 Strategies for Teaching Language Arts 2 One full day per week should be scheduled for this experi CIEE 310 Educational Psychology 3 ence. Students may request a particular location, but this CSP 410 Educational Testing and Evaluation 3 cannot be guaranteed. SPED 201 must be taken prior to PEAC 255 Special Physical Education 3 SPED 202. They may not be taken concurrently. The 120- PSY 210 Development Psychology or hour volunteer requirement must be met before SPED 202 ClEE 210 Growth Processes of the School-Age is taken. This course may be offered only once yearly. Please Child 3 consult an advisor. Prerequisites: SPED 201, 120 hours experience, 2.5 GPA SPECIAL EDUCATION Pass/Fail only CONCENTRATION 23 CREDITS 2 credits This course listing is for students in another undergraduate education program who wish to take courses in special SPED 205 Early Childhood Curriculum for education toward the goal of gaining an endorsement as Handicapped Children teacher of the handicapped on a presently held, regular An in-depth study of the characteristics and needs of pre teaching certificate. This is a selected list only. These school handicapped cMdren. Emphasis on teaching tech courses should be taken only with advisement from the niques, materials and programs most appropriate for these Department of Special Education and Counseling. This is children. This is an elective for those students who have not a course sequence. room in the program. It may not be substituted for a GE SPED 201 Psychology and Education of the elective or the upper level elective. This course is only given Handicapped 3 periodically. Education of the Trainable Mentally SPED 301 SPED 207 The Disabled in America Retarded 3 The intent of this course is to define the disabled population SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally in the United States and to identify their present legal rights Retarded I 3 and protections in regard to housing, financial aid, job Education of the Educable Mentally SPED 303 discrimination, barrier-free environments, social settings Retarded II 3 and education. The history of the disabled is reviewed so Teaching Reading to the Handicapped 3 SPED 304 that the student can better understand present value sys SPED 320 Practicum in Special Education 2 tems and ethical viewpoints. This is an elective for those SPED 410 Counseling and Vocational Guidance for students who have room in the program. It may not be Handicapped Children 3 substituted for a general education elective or the upper SPED 411 Prescriptive Teaching 3 level elective. This course is given only periodically.
72 SPECIAL EDUCATION AND COUNSELING
SPED 210 Education of the Profoundly Retarded SPED 304 Teaching Reading to the Handicapped Provides students the developmental model of training and Advanced coverage of adapted and specialized techniques educating profoundly retarded children and adults. Exam that are used to teach traditional and alternate communica ines homes, schools and institutions, as well as new alterna tion skills to the learner with mild and moderate disabilities. tives for delivering care. It may not be substituted for a Pre-reading, reading and corrective reading levels are in general education elective or the upper level elective. This cluded. Emphasis on research applications. Current experi course is given only periodically. mental techniques for literacy enhancement are included. SPED 215 Rights of the Handicapped Prerequisites: SPED 202 and CIRL 329 or CIEE 320 litigation and legislation relating to the rights of handi SPED 320 Practicum in Special Education capped persons considered within a sociological and educa A one-day weekly field experience in an off-campus pro tional context. Resultant ideologies and issues are explored gram for exceptional students. This course is taken concur in relation to the changing role of the special educator. It rentlywith SPED 301-302-304 and provides an opportunity may not be substituted for a general education elective or to apply their content to actual instructional situations. A the upper level elective. This course is given only periodi weekly on-campus seminar is held in conjunction with the cally. field work. Students must reserve one full day per week for Due to certification stipulations, all SPED courses at the 300 this practicum. This course may not be waived. and 400 level cannot be taken if a student's GPA is less than 2.5. Prerequisites: SPED 202 and 302; 2.5 GPA Junior and senior courses are open to education majors only. Pass/Fail only Please consult with the department for details. 2 credits SPED 301 Education of the Trainable Mentally SPED 399 Selected Topics Retarded Topics of current interest are discussed in a workshop Techniques and materials for conducting programs for the format. This course is given on an occasional basis in order moderately and severely developmentally disabled. Atten to meet the department's needs for exploring or updating a tion to public school, day training, residential and similar particular area of study. This course frequently is given on settings for ages 3 to 21. Stress is given to task analysis, a one-time basis as an experimental offering. Students are behavior management, alternate communications, adapted asked to check the current master schedule to determine if devices and related topics. this course is to be offered in any particular semester. Prerequisite: SPED 202 1-3 credits. SPED 302 Education of the Educable Mentally SPED 410 Counseling and Vocational Guidance for Retarded I Handicapped Children Introduction to procedures, techniques, materials and cur A study of existing rehabilitation resources in the commu ricula appropriate for the mildly developmentally disabled nity. The contributions and services of the rehabilitation of elementary school age. Specific attention to special and team to children and their families. The availability of those adapted methodologies in basic academics, social studies services and guidance as to their uses are stressed. and science. Coverage of personal and interpersonal social Open to seniors only skills development. Instruction in mainstreaming and con SPED 411 Prescriptive Teaching sultative processes. Parental and community concerns also Methods for applying various special diagnostic and teach included. ing techniques to children with various handicaps. Integra Prerequisite: SPED 202 tion of perceptual, motor, sensory and management ap SPED 303 Education of the Educable Mentally proaches. Retarded II Open to seniors only Procedures, techniques and curricula appropriate for the SPED 412 Educational Programming for the mildly disabled of secondary school age, including atten Emotionally Handicapped tion to transition and post-school programs. Applied and The nature and causes of emotional handicap. The identifi practical academics and life skills education are empha cation and education of these students, teaching methods, sized. Specifics include vocational development, job analy and behavioral techniques that have been proven through sis, vocational evaluation, finding and holding a job, and research and practice. Classroom organization and overall preparation for adult and/or family responsibilities. school structure. Attention also is directed to those students Prerequisite: SPED 201 who are classified as socially maladjusted. Open to seniors only
73 EDUCATION
SPED 413 Education of the Neurologically Impaired SPED 499 Independent Study and Physically Handicapped In special circumstances, students are allowed to pursue a Presents learning problems stemming from physical handi special research topic that is of interest to them and ger caps and neurological impairment in children with basically mane to their curriculum in special education. Indepen normal intelligence and sensory abilities. Includes thera dent Study is available only by prior application, which pies, teaching techniques, procedures for assessment of must be made at least two months before the registration progress and an exploration of basic and recent literature. period for the following semester in which it is to be taken. Open to seniors only Approval forms and directions for applying may be ob tained from the department. The Independent Study may SPED 430 Education of the. Exceptional Child Planning and organizing instructional materials and activi not. be used to substitute for a major course. A final document must be submitted to the department chair no ties. The use of environmental resources in working with later than two weeks before the termination of the semester. mentally, phYSically or emotionally exceptional children. A grade of P or F is given. The adaption of programs to the needs of exceptional children in regular classes and in special groups. For nonspecial education majors.
74 ~tu~n~ ~r . Iwmnmm~, . mn~R~[mr.m . ~~n ~ntlm,~tll:ntr.~ . HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES . The School of Humanities, Management and Social Sciences
John O'Connor, Dean Any attempts to circumvent the system are closely moni Office: White El tored by the Department of Accounting and Law, Econom The School ofHumanities, Management and Social Sciences ics and Business Administration. If a student improperly offers degree programs in accounting; African, African registers for a 300-or 400-level business course, the student American and Caribbean Studies; business administration is asked to leave the course during the first week of the (with concentrations in management, marketing and fi semester. A grade will not be given in the course and the nance); economics; English; history; philosophy; political student has to incur any add/drop fees imposed by the science; psychology; sociology/anthropology; Spanish and College. liberal studies, as well as an endorsement program in *The following portal courses must be included in the 30 bilinguallESL education. It also offers courses and minor credits: programs in a number of other areas including women's ENG llO-Writing Effective Prose studies. The school has established liberal studies majors in MATH l2O-Finite Mathematics humanities and social sciences, and honors programs in ACCT 2ll-Financial Accounting humanities and international management. ECON 201-Macroeconomics Liberal Studies Basic Skills Reading Course Students who are interested in several disciplines in either BRI 109 College Reading the humanities or the social sciences, but who do not wish Developed for entering students who score below the WPC to major in anyone of them, may want to pursue a liberal cut-off on the New Jersey Basic Skills Placement Test, this studies major. With the assistance of a special academic course is designed to help students sharpen their analytical advisor, students select a total of 48 credits from fields in the and critical reading skills. Also stresses flexible reading ap humanities or 48 credits from fields in the social sciences, proaches applicable to various subject areas, study skills taking no more than 18 credits in anyone of them. and test-taking skills. Successful completion of the program results in a bach 2 credits (credits do not count toward degree requirements). elor of arts degree in liberal studies: Humanities or liberal Academic Standards studies: Social Sciences. All freshman students intending to pursue accounting, Honors Programs economics or business administration majors must follow a Humanities structured curriculum. All students, at the completion of Taught by different members of the school, under the 30 credits*, must have attained a grade point average direction ofa single director, the honors courses in humani (GPA) of 2.5 or better. Students who do not meet this ties are designed to challenge the superior student's capaci standard may not continue in any business major. They are ties through structured multidisciplinary seminars and in referred to the advisement office for counseling and must tensive individual study. The courses general aims are: (1) seek another major in the college. Accordingly, only those to promote intellectual excellence within a common schol students with a GPA of 2.5 or better are allowed to register arly community, (2) to foster an awareness of various for 300- and 400-level business courses. disciplines and their unity, (3) to offer opportunities for In addition, students who wish to change their major to self-direction of future goals. accounting, economics or business administration must The humanities honors program is taken in addition to have completed 30 credits* and must have attained a GPA the student's major and is usually started in the freshman or of 2.5 or better before a change can be made. Nonbusiness sophomore year. A 3.2 minimum GPA is required for majors will not be allowed to take 300- and 400-level admission; special coordinators are available for advise business courses unless these two conditions are met. ment and supervision. Moreover, transfer students seeking admission as ac International Management counting, economics or business administration majors The honors program in international management offers must have attained an overall GPA of 2.5 or better at the students the opportunity to combine preprofessional edu institution(s) from which they are transferring and must cation in business administration with the internationalist have satisfied other appropriate curriculum requirements. perspective of liberal arts. In addition, the transfer of upper-level courses taken in business, economics, accounting and computer science at the junior college level is subject to validation before being credited towards a major.
76 ACCOUNTING AND LAW
The program's major goals are: (1) to prepare students for Information covering specific requirements may be ob careers and for further study in international economic and tained from the Office of the Dean of the School of Humani business affairs, with special attention to East Asian, Euro ties, Management and Social Sciences. pean and Latin American areas; (2) to associate the concept Biopsychology of honors with both an intercultural perspective and second The Department of Psychology and the Department of language proficiency; (3) to promote the concept that the Biology collaborate to provide a multidisciplinary honors well-prepared manager is a Renaissance person whose edu program in biopsychology. For further information refer to cation encompasses a broad range of academic studies. the School of Science and Health, Department of Biology, Students achieve an understanding of both economics section in this catalog. and business administration in an international context and a comprehensive knowledge of a given world area-its language, history, politics and ethnology. While curricu lum models vary according to the honors candidate's major (economics, accounting, business administration, political science, history, geography, SOciology or foreign languages), the choice of area studies determines the combination of language and area study courses.
Department of Accounting and Law
Professors: J. M. Waiguchu on or before February 1 for the May examination or Associate Professors: N. Bassano, R. Bing, R. Davis, R.C. August 1 for the November examination. Residency Grier, F. Grippo, (chairperson), M. Rudnick, G. Sheehan determines examination site-northern or southern Assistant Professors: A. Qureshi, A. Vijayan, A. Weinstein, locations ]. Wilkerson 5. When requested, applicant must appear before the board and/or any character committee appointed by the board William Paterson College offers an extensive program in the field of accounting, leading to a B.S. degree, which prepares 6. It is the responsibility of applicants to familiarize them selves with the Rules of Professional Conduct. It is students for positions in two general areas, public account written in the Accountancy Law that every applicant for ing and private accounting. the CPA Certificate is bound by these rules. Public Accounting Accounting Internship Students who successfully complete the accounting cur The department offers an internship in accounting for riculum, leading to a B.S. degree, meet the minimum re outstanding senior students. Students intern in area ac quirements set forth by the State Board of Accountants and counting firms for a six to eight week period in their senior are allowed to sit for the CPA examination. Special review year. Admission to the internship is competitive, based on courses are offered to assist students in meeting standards the student's grade point average and other criteria. Stu of the board. After successful completion of the examina dents interested in this internship should contact the de tion, a two-year work requirement is needed to receive a partment coordinator. certificate. Most CPAs practice as individuals or in major firms. A Private Accounting growing trend in recent years has been the CPA-manager For students who are not interested in pursuing a CPA but who combines the skills of the accounting professional with are interested in responsible financial positions, the pro managerial qualities needed in business. gram outlined below makes provision for the profeSSional State CPA requirements to qualify for examination are as flexibility that both public agencies and private firms re follows: quire of students entering the field of finance. 1. Applicant must be 18 years old MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS 2. Applicant must: a. be a resident of the state of New Jersey or School of Management Core 33 credits b. be in the employ of a certified public accountant or ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 firm or certified public accountants having an office ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting 3 be engaged in the state of New Jersey for the regular ECON 202 Microeconomics 3 practice of public accounting ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 3. Education: see below FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 4. Examinations are given twice a year, in May and Novem LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 ber. Students must file a completed application in the MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 Office of the Secretary of the State Board of Accountancy MGT 305 Management Information System 3
77 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
MGT 431 Production and Operational Mgt 3 ACCT 370 Auditing MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 Reviews the procedures and practices used in auditing the MKT310 Marketing 3 financial transactions and statements of an organization. Accounting Courses 21 credits Internal control, test of transactions and audit standards ACCT311 Intennediate Accounting I 3 employed are discussed and demonstrated by actually do ACCT312 Intennediate Accounting II 3 ing an audit of a practice company. ACCT 340 Cost Accounting I 3 Prerequisite: ACCT 312 ACCT 370 Auditing 3 ACCT 399 Selected Topics ACCT410 Taxation I 3 A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as ACCT411 Taxation II 3 recommended by the department and approved by the ACCT420 Advanced Accounting I 3 dean. Additional Requirements 6 credits Prerequisite: Pennission of the department chairperson LAW 251 Business Law I: Contracts 3 1-6 credits LAW 252 Business Law II: Sales and Negotiable ACCT 410 Taxation I (same as FIN 410) Instruments 3 A study of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code'with emphasis on or income taxation of individuals. Provides practice in the ACCT 430 Advanced Accounting II 3 preparation of tax returns and solution of case problems. Concentrates on the problems of the U.S. individual income tax. Also examines taxation of corporations and partner Courses ships. Prerequisite: ACCT 212 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. ACCT 411 Taxation II (same as FIN 411) ACCT 211 Financial Accounting A study of the U.S Internal Revenue Code with emphasis on Introductory course in the fundamental principles of ac the taxation of corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts. counting, the theory of debit and credit, account classifica Federal payroll, gift and estate and New Jersey taxes are also tion, preparation of working papers, adjusting, closing, covered. reversing entries and preparation of basic financial state Prerequisite: ACCT 410 ments. Use of spreadsheet and word processing computer ACCT 420 Advanced Accounting I applications. An in-depth study of principles used in accounting for Prerequisite: CS 201 parent and subsidiary companies, partnerships and other ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting specialized areas of accounting. Introduces basic concepts of costs accounting and the use of Prerequisite: ACCT 312 accounting as a decision-making tool for management. ACCT 430 Advanced Accounting II Prerequisite: ACCT 211 Intensive review and analysis of basic and advanced con ACCT 311 Intennediate Accounting I cepts, skills and principles. Imperative for students who Review of basic fmancial statements and in-depth study of intend to apply for a certifying examination. accounting principles advanced by responsible professional Prerequisite: ACCT 370 organizations in the classification, presentation and disclo ACCT 499 Independent Study sure of assets required for external users of financial infor As approved and to be arranged. mation. 1-6 credits Prerequisites: ACCT 212 and CS 201 LAW 120 Introduction to Law and Legal Systems ACCT 312 Intennediate Accounting II A liberal studies survey course for students of all curricula. In-depth study of accounting principles advanced by re Designed to acquaint students with the operation of the sponsible professional organizations in the classification, American legal system. Among topics covered are the law of presentation and disclosure of liabilities and stockholders' torts, criminal law and procedure, civil procedures, admin equity required for external users of financial infonnation. istrative law and the court systems, both state and federal. Prerequisite: ACCT 311 Open to all students. ACCT 340 Cost Accounting I LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business Cost accounting and its contribution to management, the Designed to familiarize students with the legal system with cost accounting cycle, cost data accumulation, job order particular emphasis on the court system and administrative costing, process cost accounting procedures, materials, agents. Also includes examination of substantive areas such labor and overhead costing and control, costing of by as antitrust, bankruptcy, corporate law, partnership and products, co-products and joint products. securities regulations. Prerequisite: ACCT 212 ACCT 341 Cost Accounting II Planning of profits, costs and sales, budgeting and forecast ing, standard cost systems, techniques of accumulating, reporting and evaluating costs and variances, break-even and cost -volume-profit analysis. Prerequisite: ACCT 340
78 ACCOUNTING AND LAW
LAW 206 Substantive Criminal Law PPM 225 Management of State and Local Public Designed to acquaint students with penal codes and con Agencies· cepts such as criminal liability, anticipatory offenses, of A study of the management structure, procedures and fenses against the person and property, offenses involving policies of state and local government and community fraud and offenses against public administration. Scruti agencies. Special emphasis on agency and program develop nizes defenses such as self-defense, insanity, duress, infancy ment and administration including urban issues, service and entrapment. Open to all students. Prior completion of delivery systems and capacity, intergovernmental and agency LAW 120 preferred. relations. Prerequisite: PPM 211, may be taken concurrently LAW 210 Law of Torts Designed to acquaint students with the principles of private PPM 230 Introduction to Public Information wrongs for which the courts afford injured parties a remedy Systems in the form of damages. Detailed study of concepts such as The basic concepts and elements of information systems assault and battery, libel, false arrest, trespass, malicious management as applied to the public sector. Topics include prosecution, negligence, malpractice, strict liability and methods of information systems implementation, informa vicarious liability. Also examines defenses such as self tion processing problems and models and systems analysiS. defense, mistake, consent, privilege and necessity. Open to Principles and applications in the public sector are stressed. all students. Prior completion of LAW 120 preferred. Prerequisite: CS 201 LAW 251 Business Law I: Contracts PPM 265 Introduction to Public Policy Studies Designed to acquaint students with the laws of contracts. A general introduction to public policy making as it relates Examines concepts such as offer, acceptance, consider to public administration/management. The course covers ation, competent parties, legal subject matter, assignments the various models of public policy making including the and third party beneficiaries. Scrutinizes defenses such as elite/mass model, the group model, the system model, the statute of fraud, infancy, insanity and parole evidence. Core institutionalist! neoinstitutionalist model, the incremental course for all accounting, economics and business adminis ist model, the rationalist model and the public choice tration majors. model. The role of policy analysis in administrative institu tions and processes is discussed. LAW 252 Business Law II: Sales and Negotiable Instruments Prerequisite: PPM 211 Acquaints students with Articles II, III, IV, and IX of the PPM 270 Public Policy Implementation u.c.c. Critically examines concepts such as warranty, risky The development and implementation of public policies. loss, bona fide purchases for value, products liability, nego Topics include social and urban impact analysis, tiability, checks, notes, holder in due course and secure intergovernmental program management and the role of transactions evaluation research in program implementation. Emphasis Prerequisite: Law 251 on the problematic nature of translating public laws into viable public programs. LAW 253 Business Law III - Agency Partnerships! Corporations Prerequisite: PPM 265 Designed to acquaint students with the laws of agency PPM 311 Theory and Methods of Public partnerships and corporations. Topics include creation, Management Research termination and rights and duties of principal and agent; Examines and contrasts various assumptions, principles creation, termination, authority, duties, rights of partners; and methods employed and applied to the study and con creation, termination, corporate powers, shareholders, duct of management of public agencies. Focus is on the management of corporations. theoretical and methodological bases of conceptualizing, Prerequisite: LAW 251 initiating, planning, implementing and directing public actions and programs within an organizational and behav LAW 499 Independent Study ioral context. The course emphasizes the way in which As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits theories of knowledge about public management are trans lated into practice. Public Administration Courses Prerequisite: PPM 211 Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits PPM 330 Nonprofit Organizations and PPM 211 Introduction to Public Management Management Introduces students of public affairs to the methods and The number of private, nonprofit corporations continues to practices of managing public agencies. The course surveys grow, and these organizations are beginning to have tre organizational theories and practices, including leadership mendous influence in community development and urban techniques, coordination, planning, supervision, decision policy making. This course examines the problems and making, organizing, supervision, controlling and such other issues surrounding the management of not-for-profit orga internal and external factors that influence public officials, nizations. Topics include behavior of nonprofit organiza bureaucratic behavior and governmental processes. tional board members, fundraising and the role of nonprofit organizations in community and economic development. Prerequisite: PPM 211
79 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
PPM 365 Program Analysis PPM 415 Public Budgeting and Finance Program analysis involved the detennination of costs and Describes and analyzes all major aspects of public budget benefits of alternative program solutions to public prob ingand finance at all levels of government, including budget lems. This course deals with the fundamental analytical preparation, budget documentation, accounting, current methods and processes of program evaluation and the use and capital budgeting, debt management, public purchas of such tools in the policy making process. The role of ing and control mechanisms of pre- and postaudits. program analysis in administrative agencies is also dis Prerequisite: PPM 211. Two courses in economics and one cussed. course in accounting recommended Prerequisites: PPM 265 and 315 PPM 430 State and Local Government Finance PPM 370 Ethical Issues of Policy Making Problems and issues of budgeting and finance peculiar to An examination of the ethical provisions, principles and state and local governments. Topics include financing local obligations under which public officials conduct them governments, capital budgeting and programming, prop selves and their duties. The nature of nonnative discourse erty taxes, procurement, local governmental debt policy and reasoning is also discussed. The emphasis is on the and state supervision of local governmental finance. moral and ethical criteria used in judging and detennining Prerequisite: PPM 415 public policies and programs, as well as exercising admin PPM 439 Internship: Management of State, Local istrative discretion. and Community Agencies Prerequisite: PPM 265 Designed to provide practical work experience in a student's PPM 399 Selected Topics area of specialization in public administration. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Prerequisites: PPM 265, 301 and 311 recommended by the department and approved by the PPM 465 Applied Public Policy Research dean. Students integrate the skills and tools of policy analysis Prerequisite: Pennission of the department chairperson derived from previous course work. Real-world examples 1-6 credits are stressed. PPM 411 Public Personnel Systems Prerequisites: PPM 265, 301 and 315 Principles, structures and techniques of public personnel PPM 499 Independent Study systems organization and development. Topics focus on As approved and to be arranged. key sectors of personnel systems: recruitment, selection, 1-6 credits training, promotion, classification, evaluation and transfer policies. The impact of public personnel theories and prac tices on service processes, delivery systems and the political process is also considered. Prerequisite: PPM 211
Department of African, African-American and Caribbean Studies
Professors: V. McClean, R. Parris, (chairperson), E.]. Smith interested in community development and leadership and The African, African-American and Caribbean Studies De enhances the preparation for graduate study in these areas, as well as in the more traditional disciplines. partment offers both a major and a minor program, plus a variety of courses to satisfy the general education and Non MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS Western requirements as well as general education elec Required Course 3 credits tives. The African, African-American and Caribbean Studies AACS 100 Introduction to African and African- maj or may be combined with various certification sequences American and Caribbean Studies 3 to provide the student teaching certification in early child Plus 33 additional credits chosen from among the following hood, elementary education or secondary education (social areas as indicated: studies). Historical 9 credits The objective of the program is to enrich the liberal Three courses required: education of all students and to broaden the preparation of AACS 215 African History I 3 those interested in professional careers in urban education, AACS 216 African History II 3 city planning, law, social work, journalism, business, real AACS 241 African-American History to1865 3 estate, the ministry, government and international service. AACS 242 African-American History Since 1865 3 The course offerings are also geared to the needs of those AACS 304 African-Caribbean History 3
80 AFRICAN, AFRICAN-AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN STUDIES
AACS 310 Recent Interpretations in African COURSES American Studies 3 AACS 315 African-American Backgrounds Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. for Teachers 3 AACS 100 Introduction to African, African-American AACS 321 Haiti: Its History, People and and Caribbean Studies Culture 3 An introductory course that familiarizes the student with Sociopsychological 6 credits the diasporic and interdisciplinary nature of the black Two courses required: presence in the world. The student surveys major ideas, AACS 150 Racism and Sexism in a Changing America 3 concepts and philosophical orientations as represented by AACS 155 Perspectives on Justice and Racism: Afrocentricity, negritude, the Harlem Renaissance and Pan The African-American Experience 3 Africanism. AACS 214 African-American Family Life 3 AACS 101 African, African-American and African- AACS 255 The Black Woman Experience 3 Caribbean Dance (same as PEEL 212) AACS 261 African, African-American and Caribbean Preparation of the body through conditioning exercises and Religion 3 dance sequences to perform ethnic dance forms from Africa, AACS 303 African Family Life 3 the Caribbean and the United States. Students may choose AACS 358 Psychology of African Americans 3 a field trip to a professional performance or examine dance AACS 380 Research Methods on the African, forms more closely J?y composing a dance sequence, using African-American and Caribbean ethnic materials from class. Experience 3 AACS 401 African-American Social Thought 3 AACS ll5 Gospel Choir PolitiCal 6 credits Discusses gospel music in America from its origins to the Two courses required: present, and its relevance and role in the community. Focus AACS 244 African-American Politics 3 is on gospel concepts, chord substitution, melodic develop AACS 338 African Politics 3 ment, memorization, improvisation, ear training and analy AACS 341 Contemporary Caribbean Societies 3 sis. A companion (practice side) of this course is The Gospel AACS 402 Pan-Africanism and the Black Exgerience 3 Ensemble (1-3 credits). Cultural 6 credits AACS 150 Racism and Sexism in a Changing Two courses required: America AACS 101 African-American and African- A study of the historical, philosophical, social and political Caribbean Dance 3 treatments and int~rpretations of blacks and women in the AACS 115 Gospel Choir 3 United States. Selected topics include media stereotypes of AACS 206 Elementary Swahili 3 blacks and women, definitions and rationalizations of rac AACS 207 Racism and the Mass Media 3 ism and sexism, the role that blacks and women have played AACS 212 African-American Music 3 in U.s. history, the relationship between the nineteenth AACS213 African-American Theatre 3 century abolitionist movement and the early feminist move AACS233 Introduction to the Art of Africa 3 ment, the relationship between the 1960s civil rights move AACS261 African, African-American and ment and the women's liberation movement. Caribbean Religions 3 AACS307 Intermediate Swahili 3 AACS 155 Perspectives on Justice and Racism: The AACS311 African Literature 3 African-American Experience AACS322 Caribbean Literary Experience I 3 Analysis of racism in the formulation and implementation AACS323 Caribbean Literary Experience II 3 of the law, in the courts, penal institutions and in the police AACS324 African Communities and Cultures department. Attention is also given to the historical and in the New World 3 socio-cultural problems associated with the attainment of AACS 328 The African-American Literary social justice for African-Americans. Experience I 3 AACS 206 Elementary Swahili AACS 329 The African-American Literary Presents ~l1e fundamentals of Kiswahili. Simple grammati Experience II 3 cal construction and forms, building of broad and com Urban and Community Development 6 credits monlyused vocabulary and idiomatic expressions, develop Two courses required: ingreading, writing and conversational skills with emphasis AACS 280 Minority Enterprises 3 on the grammatical principles and their application to the AACS 298 Student Community Service 3 language. AACS 305 African-American Community AACS 207 Racism and the Mass Media Development 3 Examines the history and roles of blacks and other racial AACS 412 Fundamentals of Social Work 3 AACS 420 Economic Structure of the Black ethnic groups in the American media, focusing, in particu lar, on the role of racism and ethnocentrism in their expe Community 3 riences as well as on how they are portrayed. MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS AACS 100 Introduction to African and African- American and Caribbean Studies 3 Plus 3 credits from each of the above concentrations, by advisement.
81 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
AACS 212 African-American Music AACS 261 African, African-American and Caribbean The music of Africa and that of African-Americans has Religions become interwoven with that of the Americas. This course Course describes and analyzes the character of the African, presents a brief analysis of such musical forms as drums, African-American and Caribbean religiOUS life, both insti guitar, bass fiddle and other means of musical expression. tutionalized and informal. Focus is on the origins, connect Interpretative analysis is also presented. edness and divergences of various religiOUS traditions and AACS 213 African, African-American and Caribbean practices in Africa and in the diaspora (eg. Santeria, Theatre Candomble, Vodun). Attention is also given to the role of religion in the survival and struggles of peoples of African An exploration of the African, African-American and Carib origin. bean experience through the medium of theatre. AACS 280 Minority Enterprises AACS 214 African-American Family Life Analysis and evaluation of the structure, patterns and prob A sociocultural and historical introduction to the various forces that have continuously eroded the social fabric and lems of minority owned or operated enterprises. Emphasis is on ways and means by which these businesses can be stability of the African-American family. It offers theoretical improved both quantitatively and qualitatively. exposition of the nature and features of the black family with comparative concepts and practices oflove, marriage, AACS 298 Student Community Service divorce, illegitimacy, homosexuality and other aspects of Students have the opportunity to complement and coordi the black family. . nate their academic work with community service, encom passing internships, training or short-term assignments in AACS 215 African History I student teaching, social work, teaching, and recreational Survey of social and political changes in precolonial Africa. and cultural enrichment programs. The course involves Focuses on ancient civilizations, precolonial states, internal working with selected agencies and organized urban groups. markets and the Atlantic trade. AACS 303 African Family Life AACS 216 African History II Traces and examines the origin and development of the This course is designed to provide a survey of the major African family sys~em, marriage, sex and child rearing. social and political changes in Africa during and after the Focus is also on the primacy of the family in African colonial period. traditional life. AACS 233 Introduction to the Art of Africa AACS 304 African-Caribbean History An introductory course designed to explore and examine Examines the history of the Caribbean, starting with sla the origin, evolvement and meaning of African art. In very, colonization and the evolution of distinctly African addition to highlighting the forms, styles and expressions of Caribbean society, culture and personality. African art, the course examines the role of art in African life. AACS 305 African-American Community Development AACS 241 African-American History to 1865 Analyzes the nature of African-American communities, After a survey of the African heritage, including slavery, a their origins, institutional structures and cultural charac study is made of the history of people of African descent in teristics and evaluates their role in community develop their New World environment. The role of African-Ameri ment or underdevelopment. Emphasis is on how local cans in the development of the United States to the Civil communities can increase their capacity to plan and effect War is examined. social, political and economic change to improve the quality AACS 242 African-American History Since 1865 oflife for African-American peoples. Focus is on communi Beginning with an examination of the period ofR,.econstruc ties both in New Jersey (Paterson, Newark) and elsewhere. tion, the course explores the various survival tactics of AACS 307 Intermediate Swahili African-Americans and the effects of governmental and Emphasizes primarily conversation and basic grammar. societal action or inaction on their lives up to the present. The class meets formally twice a week. In addition, students AACS 244 African-American Politics wo~k with tapes in the language lab. The approach is An examination and analysis of the political power struc concentrated on phonology, morphology and vocabulary. ture and relationships in the black community. Emphasis is AACS 310 Recent Interpretations in African- on those factors that make black communities relatively American Studies powerless and how this state of powerlessness can be Presentation and analysis of differing points of view on ameliorated. Particular attention is paid to black political current topics in African-American Studies and scholar interaction in New Jersey. ship. AACS 255 The Black Woman Experience AACS311 African Literature Examines what it is to be a black woman in contemporary Examines contemporary African writing, essays, drama, society. The achievements of black women, their relation poetry and/or fiction. Explores the common theme in most ship to the feminist movement and their response to the African writing, including the problem of cultural identifi triple oppression that can come from race, class and gender cation. are high;ighted.
82 AFRICAN, AFRICAN-AMERICAN AND CARIBBEAN STUDIES
AACS 315 African-American Backgrounds for AACS 341 Contemporary Caribbean Societies Teachers Examines the major problems facing the Caribbean today. A general course for prospective teachers. Introduces vari The focus is on the present factors affecting the develop ous current and historical precepts for analysis, which ment of Caribbean societies and the difficulties confronting enable the student to identify the roots of the black Ameri national and regional efforts to transform their economies. can experience. Students visit areas of cultural interest to The basic economic, political and cultural features of the African-Americans in the metropolitan New YorklNew Jer Caribbean are defined and analyzed. Attention is also given seyarea. to initiatives at regional integration as well as changing United States-Caribbean relations. AACS 321 Haiti: Its History, Peoples and Culture Analysis of Haitian society and culture, both before and AACS 358 Psychology of African-Americans after the Revolution, to ascertain the nature and level of Examines traditional schools of psychology as they pertain social transformation during the period of sovereignty and to the psychological experience of African-Americans. an examination of the impact of United States intervention Alternative psychological considerations relative to the on Haitian independence and development. In addition, the African-American experience, including those advanced by particular features of Haitian culture and its connectedness noted African-American psychologists are also explored. with its African cultural past are analyzed in light of the folk AACS 380 Research Methods on the African, elite and color-class contradictions that continue to charac African-American and Caribbean terize Haitian society and politics. Experience AACS 322 Caribbean Literary Experience I Introduces students to methodological approaches and A selected survey of major twentieth century writers from strategies of research, including field work, on the African, the English speaking Caribbean, such as V.S. Naipaul, African-American and Caribbean experience. George Lamming, Derek Walcott, Edgar Mittelholzer, AACS 399 Selected Topics Samuel Selvon, Jamaica Kincaid and others. The works of A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as these authors are explored for the light they throw on recommended by the department and approved by the Caribbean society and culture, as well as for the unique dean. features, if any, of Caribbean literature: essays, drama, Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson poetry and fiction. 1-6 credits AACS 323 Caribbean Literary Experience II AACS 401 African-American Social Thought The course is concerned with literature from the non The development of African-American social thought in the English speaking Caribbean. Works of major authors are nineteenth century regarding the nature of being and the analyzed for major themes and elucidation of the Caribbean circumstances and fortunes of peoples of African descent. experience. Includes the ideas of David Walker, Martin Delaney, Fred AACS 324 African Communities and Cultures in the erick Douglas, W. E. Dubois, Marcus Garvey, Malcolm X, New World Martin Luther King, Stokely Carmichael, Bayard Rustin, Survey of the African diaspora in the New World, including Amiri Baraka and Molefi Asante. an examination of the survival, retention, and development AACS 402 Pan-Africanism and the Black Experience ofvital and enduring cultural forms and social organization, An analysis of Pan-Africanism as a social movement, its created by peoples of African origin. A diachronic approach origins, objectives, strategies, leadership and followers. to understanding the African and New World cultural Concern is with the philosophy of the movement as a interaction as dynamic and creative response to forced bridging or integrating framework for bringing together migration and labor exploitation. continental Africans and Africans in the diaspora in a AACS 328 The African-American Literary common and collective exercise. Experience I AACS 412 Fundamentals of Social Work The African-American experience as depicted in literature Deals with the basic concepts and practices of social work by and about African-Americans. Focuses on biographies, as they relate to the social problems of urban neighbor auto-biographies and fiction. hoods. Particularly useful for students planning to pursuing AACS 329 The African-American Literary a career or graduate study in social work. Experience II AACS 420 Economic Structure of the Black Focuses mainly on African-American drama, poetry and Community essays. Beginning with an introduction to economics, the course AACS 338 African Politics focuses on the economic relations between the inner city Deals with post-independence governmental political par and the rest of the economy. ties and ideological inclinations among African states. Em AACS 499 Independent Study phasis is on the origin and evolution of political institutions As approved and to be arranged. and their functions within contemporary Africa. 1-6 credits
83 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Program in Anthropology
Associate Professors: A. Barrow,J. Pollak SOC 403 Community Supervision and Treatment Sociology/Anthropology of the Offender 3 SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 The sOciology/anIhropology major is a bachelor of arts SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution 3 degree program. The program includes a track in criminal SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict 3 justice. This program is designed to acquaint students wiIh SOC 455 Criminology 3 basic concepts necessary to understand human relation SOC 456 juvenile Delinquency 3 ships in our pluralistic society; contribute to the student's SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections 3 liberal education and cultural background; provide basic SOC 480 Seminar in Criminai]ustice 3 courses in general Iheory, meIhodology and specialized SOC 491 Internship in Sociology 3 areas and supply relevant background for students prepar SOC 499 Independent Study 3 ing for fields in which a knowledge of human relations is Anthropology essentiaL ANTH200 Human Variations 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS ANTH 210 Archaeology 3 Required Courses 12 credits ANTH257 Sex and Culture 3 SOC llO Principles of Sociology 3 ANTH260 Myth and Folklore and the Modem World 3 ANTH 130 Intr,oduction to Anthropology 3 ANTH302 Biological Anthropology 3 SOC 254 Sociological Research MeIhods 3 ANTH329 Educational AnIhropology 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 ANTH341 Law in Society and Culture 3 or ANTH342 East Asian EIhnology 3 SOC 402 Modem Sociological Theory 3 ANTH353 Human Types-A Comparative Study Additional Courses: 21 credits of Cultures 3 Select from Ihe follOwing by advisement: ANTH356 Urban Anthropology 3 SOC 160 Essentials of Criminai]ustice Systems 3 ANTH359 Cultural Change in Latin America 3 SOC 201 Social Problems 3 ANTH 361 Psychological AnIhropology 3 SOC 203 Marriage and Ihe Family 3 ANTH408 Indians of NorIh America 3 SOC 220 Social Organization of Work 3 ANTH 450 Shamans, Witches and Magic 3 SOC 250 Urban Sociology 3 ANTH 491 Internship 3-6 SOC 251 Minority Groups in America 3 ANTH 499 Independent Study 1-3 SOC 253 Elementary Sociological Statistics 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological MeIhods 3 Required Courses 9 credits SOC 256 Political Sociology 3 SOC llO Principles of Sociology 3 SOC 265 Sexuality in Modem Ufe 3 ANTH 130 Introduction of AnIhropology 3 SOC 290 Social Work and Social Welfare Policies 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 SOC 291 Social Work Practice 3 or SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 SOC 402 Modem Sociological Theory 3 SOC 310 Sociology of War 3 Additional Courses 9 credits SOC 320 Contemporary Issues in Ihe Workplace 3 Courses in sociology/anthropology by advisement. SOC 322 Sociology of Organizations 3 SOC 323 Labor Relations 3 SOC 324 Sociology of Religion 3 SOC 325 Sociology of Social Movements 3 Courses SOC 326 American Religion 3 SOC 327 Collective Behavior 3 Unless oIherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. SOC 328 Sociology of Ihe Arts 3 Refer to Sociology Department for descriptions of sociology SOC 330 Sociology of Death and Grief 3 courses. SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action 3 ANTH 130 Introduction to AnIhropology SOC 333 Sociology of AdulIhood 3 Designed to study humanity from Ihe broadest perspective SOC 334 Sociology of Sports 3 in the social sciences. Through an introduction to basic SOC 335 Sociology of Law 3 concepts in cultural/social anthropology, archaeology, physi SOC 336 Comparative Criminal justice Systems 3 cal anIhropology and linguistics, students gain an apprecia SOC 354 Social Stratification 3 tion of human evolutionary history, modem cultural diver SOC 360 Self and Society 3 sity and the elements of social life all humans share. SOC 365 Social Deviance 3 SOC 370 Population and Society 3 SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies 3 SOC 381 Sociology of Socialization 3 SOC 390 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 SOC 392 Sociology of Aging 3 SOC 402 Modem Sociological Theory 3
84 ANTHROPOLOGY
ANTH 200 Human Variations ANTH353 Hu_ T yp~' A Comp","", S"'d~ of There are serious problems involved in any attempt to Cultures pigeonhole humanity into discrete categories based on Designed to study persons as biological as well as social physical traits. Yet it is clear that biological differences do animals. PhYSical characteristics of races and the culture exist among peoples of the world. This course focuses on and development of early and modem persons are stressed. why there is variation in specific biological traits and how ANTH 356 Urban Anthropology this variation becomes grist for the mill in the cultural This course examines from a cross-cultural perspective the construction of race. ecological and social changes that occurfrom urban growth. Prerequisites: SOC 110 and ANTH l30 ANTH 359 Cultural Change in Latin America ANTH 210 Archaeology The origin and development of processes of cultural change Introduces students to the scientific study of extinct societ in Latin America. Gives the student an opportunity to learn ies. Research design, site survey and excavation, data re about the cultural institutions of highly developed indig cording and interpretation, artifact identification and treat enous cultures and their influences upon present day Latin ment and cultural resource management are among the American cultures. Examines current writings on Latin topics covered. America that deal with social change and helps the student Prerequisite: ANTH l30 or permission of the instructor develop scientific objectivity (an anthropological prerequi ANTH 257 Sex and Culture site) in the analysis of the social problems resulting from Examines sex and taboo in a cross-cultural perspective. change. Particularly useful for international management Focuses on how and why sex differences, sexual behavior majors. and attitudes about sex vary from culture to culture. ANTH 361 Psychological Anthropology ANTH 260 Myth and Folklore and the Modem The interaction of culture and personality in various parts World of the world. Explores specific topics that have cultural Examines myths as providers of introspective patterns of impact on the development of personality. moral values, social order, customs and religious beliefs. ANTH 399 Selected Topics Traditional folklore (stories, riddles, songs) and modem A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as folklore (mass media, urban cultures) are examined. recommended by the department and approved by the ANTH 302 Biological Anthropology dean. An introduction to the biological perspective in anthropol Prerequisite: Permission of the program director ogy, including primate evolution, the living, nonhuman 1-6 credits primates, the evolution of primate behavior, the human ANTH 408 Indians in North America fossil record and modem human variation and adaptability. Demonstrates the continuum of indigenous cultures in The biocultural nature of humans is emphasized. North America from pre-Columbian times to the present Prerequisite: ANTH l30 or permission of the instructor using historical, ecological and empirical field data to study ANTH 329 Educational Anthropology cultural processes and changes and the ways they affect This course deals with a study of current theories, processes interethnic and interracial interaction in the United States. and concepts in the anthropology of education. Anthropo ANTH 450 Shamans, Witches and Magic logical research and field techniques, as applied to the study Provides insights into the meaning ofwitchcraft and sorcery of education, is examined from a crosscultural perspective. as manifestations of the belief in the supernatural. Gives the A major focus is on contemporary education in the United student an opportunity to learn about the functions of States. witchcraft and sorcery in specific societies and the cultural ANTH 341 Law in Society and Culture roles of the shaman, witch and sorcerer. This course examines mechanisms societies have developed ANTH 499 Independent Study to resolve disputes. Comparing American society to other As approved and to be arranged. industrial and pre-industrial societies, law and political 1-6 credits. organizations are shown to have cultural ways of coping with conflict strongly linked to variations in subsistence, economy and social stratification. ANTH 342 The Ethnology of East Asia: China and Japan Examines the development of Chinese and Japanese cul tures through the study of marriage, the family, village life, economic organization and religion. Modernization, indus trialization and cultural change are also explored.
85 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Department of Economics and Finance
Professor: G. Dorai, A. Eapen, W. Hamovitch, B. Haroian, Courses M. Laurence, c.K. Leung (chairperson) Associate Professors: A. Ghosh, C. Liddicoat, P. Swanson Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. Assistant Professors: R. Bendetovitch, T. Ramin ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles The economics program leading to a B.s. degree provides Concentrates on die basic economic principles relevant to students a broad conceptual framework to understand the the resource utilization problems of the economy as a social interrelations of consumers, business, workers and whole. Theories and policies iliat relate to the economy's the government. In addition to studying questions of a total level of output, total income, total level of unemploy general political-economic nature, students majoring in ment, total expenditure and the general level of prices are economics learn the analytical tools of economic decision treated at an introJiuctory leveL making. Flexibility is built into the curriculum so that students may seek employment upon completion of their ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles Concentrates on the basic economic principles relevant to four-year program, or, if they prefer, continue on to gradu resource allocation. Demand and supply analysis is used to ate school for further study. The major requirements for the degree in economics are the 33 credits common core, 21 explain at an introductory level on two major topics: (1) price determination in competitive as well as imperfectly credits of advanced economics courses and 6 credits of competitive markets such as monopoly, oligopoly and additional courses. The department also offers a finance concentration lead monopolistic completion and (2) distribution of income among resources. ing to a B.S. degree for students who wish to have careers with banks or other financial institutions. In addition to ECON 210 Economic Statistics I taking the 33-credit core, students must take 21 credits of Descriptive statistics (collection and presentation of data, finance courses and 6 credits of additional courses. frequency distributions, measures of central tendency, dis Students are encouraged to select courses in such related persion and skewness); index numbers' simple correlation areas as political science, sociology/geography/anthropol and regression; curve fitting; introduction to statistical ogy, history, philosophy and African, African-American inference, sampling and probability. and Caribbean Studies. Prerequisite: MATH 120 Economics ECON 211 Economic Statistics II Sampling distribution of the sample statistics, probability MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS limits and tests of significance; statistical inference and Common Core 33 credits confidence limits;. operating characteristics curves; simple ACCT 211 Financial Accounting 3 experimental design; applied probability for decision mak ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting 3 ing. ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles 3 Prerequisite: ECON 210 ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 ECON 230 Economics of the Environment LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 Examines problems of environmental quality as an eco MGT 300 Principles of Management 3 nomic problem. The role that economic analysis plays in MGT 305 Management Information System 3 providing both public and private decision-makers with MGT 431 Production and Operations Management 3 alternative solutions to environmental problems is stressed. MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 ECON 301 The National Economy MKT 310 Marketing 3 A systematic treatment, at an advanced level, of the factors Economics Courses 21 credits determining the level of output, income and employment of ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 the economy as a whole. ECON 301 The National Economy 3 Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 ECON 302 Prices aud the Markets 3 ECON 302 Prices and the Markets Economics Electives (upper level) 12 An analytic treatment, on an advanced level, of theories and Additional Requirements 6 credits techniques of price determination. Theories of income CS 201 Computer Literacy 3 distribution and general equilibrium are also considered. and a 300- or 400-level business course 3 Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS ECON 303 International Finance ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles 3 A study of international financial transactions designed to ECON 202 Microeconomic Principles 3 help students understand the economic interdependence of Additional Economics Courses 12 nations. Analysis of exchange rates, balance of payments, . international capital movements, as well as fiscal and mon etary policies in an open world economy. Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202
86 ECONOMICS AND FINANCE
ECON 310 Money and Banking ECON 399 Selected Topics (also listed as FIN 310) A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A study of the key concepts, theories, processes and inter recommended by the department and approved by the relationships that link money and banking to the workings dean. of the u.s. economy. This course analyzes how banks and Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson other depository institutions serve as a conduit for the 1-6 credits implementation of monetary policy. The structure, func ECON 415 Managerial Economics tions, powers and monetary tools of the Federal Reserve are (also listed as FIN 415) also examined. The application of economic analysis to the solution of Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 individual business problems. Among the primary areas ECON 320 History of Economic Thought covered are demand forecasting, cost and profit analysis and A study of the history of economic theory beginning with capital budgeting. the Greco-Roman economics and concentrating on the Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, 210 and 211 eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. The rela ECON 430 Econometrics tionship between the evolution of economic thought and The ordinary least squares criterion is scrutinized. The socio-political forces is developed. problems of estimating demand, supply, consumption, pro ECON 321 Public Finance duction and cost functions are treated in depth. A study of the economic principles that are most useful in Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, 210 and 211 analyzing the government's role in the economy; the eco ECON 499 Independent Study nomic principles to be stressed are those that are particu A special project supervised by faculty adviser with the larly helpful in the microeconomic analysis of tax and approval by the department. expenditure policies. Sources of revenues, as well as expen 1-6 credits ditures for health, defense, education, social security and welfare programs are analyzed. Finance Concentration Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 Common Core (see above) 33 credits ECON 328 Economic History of the United States Finance Courses 21 credits (also listed as HIST 328) ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 Emphasizes economic elements in the historical growth of FIN 310 Money and Banking 3 the United States from colonial to contemporary times. An FIN 400 International Financial Management 3 analysis is made of the changing role of government, tech FIN 403 Capital Budgeting 3 nological innovation, industrial pioneering and competi FIN 410 Taxation I 3 tion in the development of the American economy. FIN 415 Managerial Economics 3 FIN 435 Principles of Investment 3 ECON 340 Labor and Management in the American Additional Requirements 6 credits Economy (also listed as MGT 340) CS 201 Computer Literacy 3 An examination of how labor and management are affected and a 300- or 400-level accounting, business or by various theories and institutional approaches and poli economics course 3 cies, such as public legislation on labor and management relations, collective bargaining, labor unions, inflation and unemployment. Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 Courses ECON 360 Theory and Economic Growth and Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. Development A study of the sources of economic growth and develop FIN 310 Money and Banking ment and the private and public policies that affect this (also listed as ECON 310) historical trend. Both underdeveloped and developed coun A study of the key concepts, theories, processes and inter tries are considered. relationships that link money and banking to the workings Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 of the u.s. economy. This course analyzes how banks and other depository institution serve as a conduit for the ECON 370 International Economics implementation of monetary policy. The structure, func A study of the theoretical and empirical bases for interna tions, powers and monetary tolls of the Federal Reserve are tional economic transactions among nations. Emphasis is also examined. placed on understanding various theories of trade; costs and Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 benefits of international specialization; protectionism, quo tas, tariffs and trade policy. FIN 320 Corporate Finance Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 A study of the basic principles and practices of the financial management of private business corporations. The course ECON 390 Comparative Economic Systems proVides an operational framework for financial analysis, A study of the actual operations of various economic sys planning and forecasting, along with profit analysis and tems as they seek the optimum use of the human and natural financial control for today's business world. resources available to them. The ideological, technological Prerequisites: ACCT 211, 212, ECON 201 and 202 and organizational features of each system are stressed. Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202
87 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
FIN 350 Financial Markets and Institutions FIN 410 Taxation I This course is an introduction to the dynamic structure of (also listed at ACCT 410) the financial markets environment in which financial insti A study of the U.5. Internal Revenue Code with emphasis on tutions as well as other participants operate. The course income taxation of individuals. Provides practice in the explores the concepts and measurement of risk and return, preparation of tax returns and the solutions of case prob explains how market interest rates are determined, analyzes lems. Concentrates on the problems of u.s. individual the spread between various rates across major capital mar income tax, but taxation of corporations and partnership is kets participants, and analyzes strategies to manage and also examined. modify return and risk in an uncertain environment. The Prerequisites:, ACCT 211 and 212 emphasis is on identifying the characteristics of participants FIN411 Taxation II that give rise to basic similarities and/or differences in their (also listed as ACCT 411) behavior, rather than on their detailed operating business A study of the U.5. Internal Revenue Code with emphasis on activities. the taxation of corporations, partnerships, estates and trusts. FIN 399 Selected Topics Federal payroll, gift and estate and New Jersey taxes are also A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as covered. recommended by the department and approved by the Prerequisite: FIN 410 dean. FIN 415 Managerial Economics . Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson (also listed as ECON 415) 1-6 credits The application of economic analysis to the solution of FIN 400 International Financial Management individual business problems. Among the primary areas Financial management of a multinational enterprise. Top covered are demand forecasting, cost and profit analysis and ics include foreign exchange risk, political risk, long-run capital budgeting. investment and financing deciSions, working capital man Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, 210 and 211 agement and valuation of operations and taxation. FIN 435 Principles ofInvestment FIN 403 Capital Budgeting A disciplined application of financial analysis to the valua Examines the firm's investment decisions in projects within tion and selection of corporate securities for individual as the context of value creation. Covers investment decision well as institutional investment. The course emphasizes, making under certainty and under risk. Certainty equiva among other topics, both the fundamental and technical lent, CAPM and risk adjusted return, sequential decision analysis of common stocks in light of the modem portfolio making and sensitivity model are discussed. Problems ahd theory. cases are assigned for analysis and class presentation. Prerequisites: ECON 211, MKT 310 and FIN 320 Prerequisites: MKT 310 and FIN 320 FIN 499 Independent Study A special project supervised by faculty adviser with the approval of the department. 1-6 credits
Department of English
Professors: R. Atnally, P. Cioffari, E. DeGroot, S. Hand,]. nicate their ideas in writing; (5) to provide students back Hauser, R. Jaarsma, R. Kloss, F. Manno, A. Mazzella ( Chair), grounds for their careers; (6) to prepare students for ad V. Mollenkott, S. Radner, S. Wertheim vanced work at the graduate leveL Associate Professors: E. Burns, C. Edinger, S. Hahn, L. Students majoring in English often choose careers in Hamalhiii.,]'lordan, D. Perry, R. Rosen teaching, law, journalism, publishing, editing, public rela Assistant Professors:]. Barszcz, A. Deakins,]. Hartman, C. tions, advertising, computer technology, finance, or writing Nekola, B. Parker film and TV scripts, plays, novels, stories or poems. English majors who intend to pursue a graduate program in English The English Department offers a major program with a are strongly encouraged to satisfy the intermediate reading concentration in literature or in writing, leading to a bach level ,in a foreign language. elor of a,ts degree in English, plus a minor in English and a Note: The prereqUisite to all but basic and ESL English variety ofliberal studies or free elective courses for students courses is ENG 110, Writing Effective Prose. It is recom in other programs. Students may choose from courses in mended, although not required, that ENG 110, which all English; American and comparative literature; linguistics, students must pass with a minimum grade of C, be taken by criticism and writing; or contemporary themes in literature English majors during the first semester of the freshman and film. year, and that ENG 200, Methods of Critical Analysis, which The objectives of the program are: (1) to provide students is not a required course of literature concentration students an understanding and appreciation of literature as art and but is required of writing concentration students, be taken the relation of literature to other art forms; (2) to heighten early in the student's program at the College. Students are students"awareness of their lingUistic, literary and cultural strongly urged to take EN G 200 prior to other major courses heritage; (3) to develop their critical reading, interpreting and after completing ENG 110. and thinking skills; (4) to increase their ability to commu-
88 ENGLISH
ENGLISH MAJOR: LITERATURE CONCENTRATION ENG 331 Creative Writing 3 REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS ENG 401 Linguistics and Grammars or 3 Survey Courses 12 credits ENG 402 Development of the English Language Select four of the following courses, with at least one in each Any two survey courses from the list below: of the British, American and Western European offerings: ENG 301 English Literature Through the ENG 301 English Literature Through the Neoclassical Period 3 Neoclassical Period 3 English Literature: Romantic Through ENG 302 English Literature: Romantic through ENG 302 Modem 3 Modem 3 ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 3 ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 3 ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 3 ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 3 ENG 305 Literature of Western Europe: To the ENG 305 Literature of Western Europe: Renaissance 3 To the Renaissance 3 ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: Renaissance Through Modem 3 Renaissance Through Modem 3 ENG 317 Modem American Literature 3 Period Courses 6 credits ENG 318 Modem British Literature 3 Choose two, one of which must be before 1900: BEFORE 1900 Literature Electives 6 credits ENG 310 Elizabethan and jacobean Drama 3 Any two literature courses at or above the 200-level 6 ENG 311 Literature of the English Renaissance 3 Advanced Writing Courses 9 credits ENG 312 Donne,jonson and Their Contemporaries 3 GROUP 1 (6-9 credits): EN G 313 The Age of Dryden, Pope and Swift 3 ENG 209 Book and Magazine Editing 3 ENG 314 The Age of johnson 3 ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 ENG 315 Romantic Movement in England 3 ENG 332 Advanced Creative Writing 3 ENG 316 Literature and Culture of the Victorians 3 ENG 333 Critical Writing II 3 ENG 320 The English Novel: Defoe to Austen 3 ENG 617 Modem Techniques of Composition* 3 ENG 321 The English Novel: Dickens to Hardy 3 ENG 619 Writing for the Magazine Market* 3 ENG 322 Nineteenth-Century European Fiction 3 *These are graduate courses, open to undergraduates with AFTER 1900 the written permission of the chairperson and dean. See the ENG 211 Modem Drama 3 graduate catalog for course descriptions. ENG 214 Contemporary Drama 3 GROUP II (0-3 credits): ENG 317 Modem American Literature 3 THEA 454 Playwriting 3 ENG 318 Modem British Literature 3 COMM 431 Screenwriting 3 ENG 319 Modem British and American Poetry 3 COMM 324 Writing for Radio or T.V. 3 ENG 323 Twentieth-Century European Fiction 3 COMM 451 Freelance Writing 3 ENG 340 Contemporary Literature 3 COMM 250 Journalism 3 Writing Course 3 credits MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS Choose one: Literature Concentration ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 Three survey courses from American, English and ENG 331 Creative Writing 3 world literature courses 9 COMM 250 journalism 3 One period course 3 Language Course 3 credits ENG 200 Methods of Critical Analysis Choose one: or ENG 401 Linguistics and Grammars 3 One course in writing 3 ENG 402 Development of the English Language 3 Elective 3 Specialized Author or Seminar Course 3 credits Writing Concentration Choose one: Three writing courses 9 ENG 410 Chaucer and His Age 3 One survey course 3 ENG 411 Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories 3 ENG 200 Methods of Critical Analysis 3 ENG 412 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Romances 3 Elective 3 ENG 413 Milton 3 Note: With the chairperson's permission, 6 credits of ENG 480 Seminar in English Literature 3 other English courses may be substituted for two of the ENG 481 Seminar in American Literature 3 required courses in the minor. Electives 6 credits CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS Select two additional English courses at or above the 200- Students who wish to seek teaching certification should level register with the appropriate education advisors, should WRITING CONCENTRATION choose the literature concentration, and should consider REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS taking more than the minimal requirements in literature Core Courses 24 credits courses. (See Department of Curriculum and Instruction.) ENG 200 Methods of Critical Analysis 3 ENG 330 Critical Writing 3
89 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Courses ENG 209 Book and Magazine Editing A skills course in the basic techniques of editing books and Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. magazines. Designed for those interested in a publishing ENG 101 English as a Second Language: career and for the general reader and writer. Intermediate I Prerequisite: ENG no An intermediate level course in English communication ENG 210 Modem Biography and Autobiography skills (listening, speaking, reading, writing) designed for Biographies and autobiographies of a range of authors and the nonnative English-speaking student. artists from F. Scott Fitzgerald, Richard Wright, Virginia ENG 102 English as a Second Language: Woolf to Zora Neale Hurston, Robert Graves, Amiri Baraka Intermediate II and others; a study of the writer's purpose, procedure and An intermediate course in English communication skills style. (listening, speaking, reading, writing) designed for the Prerequisite: ENG no nonnative English-speaking student. Emphasis on academic ENG2ll Modem Drama writing. Dramatists ofEurope, England, America: may include Ibsen, Prerequisite: ENG 101 or placement. Strindberg, Pirandello, Lorca, Chekhov, Brecht; and Shaw, ENG lOS Basic Writing O'Neill, Miller, Albee, Hellman. The basic writing course is designed to emphasize the Prerequisite: ENG no standard English sentence and the extension of a group of ENG 214 Contemporary Drama sentences into an organized unit. Theatre of the absurd, cruelty, protest, guerilla theatre; Note: Credits for this basic skills course are not applicable experiments in ritual and free drama. Playwrights may toward degree requirements. range from Beckett, Genet, Ionesco, Frisch, Sartre, to Pinter, Prerequisite: Basic Skills Test Albee, Baraka, Stoppard, Kopit, Shepard, Wilson. ENG llO Writing Effective Prose Prerequisite: ENG 110 Essential freshman writing course designed to develop ENG 215 Literature into Opera student's writing competency on the college level. How composers and librettists transformed Carmen, Macbeth, Prerequisite: Basic Skills Test Salome, Camille, Manon Lescaut and other works into op ENG 150 Introduction to Literature eras; ability to read music not required. The course is intended to develop the student's appreciation Prerequisite: ENG 110 and enjoyment of selected works in fiction, drama and ENG 216 Science Fiction and Fantasy poetry. WfJrks selected represent different historical peri A study of classical and recent science fiction, fantasy for ods and cultures. Writing is required adults and children, utopian and anti-utopian fiction. Au Prerequisite: Successful completion of ENG no. thors read may include Asimov, Bradbury, Burgess, Carroll, ENG 200 Methods of Critical Analysis Clarke, Gilman, Heinlein, Huxley, LeGuin, Lewis, Orwell, An in-depth study of selected short stories, poems and plays Tolkien, Vonnegut, Wells, Zamaytin. with focus on practice in using precise literary terms and Prerequisite: ENG no analytical and evaluative techniques. ENG 217 Images of Women in Modem Literature Prerequisite: ENG no A study of the images of women in modem literature drawn ENG 201-202 English as a Second Langnage: mostly by women. The course examines the various roles Advanced Level I and II women have played in literature and the ways in which race, Advanced courses in spoken and written communication class, and ethnicity shape the works. Selected writers may designed for the nonnative English-speaking student; 3 include Virginia Woolf, Tillie Olsen, Maxine Hong Kingston, credits each semester. Toni Morrison, Margaret Atwood. Prerequisite for ENG 201 is ENG 102 or placement; prereq Prerequisite: ENG no uisite for ENG 202 is ENG 201 or placement. ENG 219 Nineteenth-Century Women's Voices ENG 207 Effective Business Writing A study of various writers of the nineteenth century whose A skills course featuring technical report writing, letters, work challenges traditional assumptions about women's data sheets, abstracts and other communication proce roles. Writers include Mary Shelley, Harriet Beecher Stowe, dures. Charlotte Bronte, Louisa May Alcott, and Kate Chopin. Prerequisite: ENG no Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG20S The Bible and Literature ENG 220 Women, the Bible and Modem Literature Examines the literary stature and influence of the Bible and A study of Westem religion's influence on gender roles and the way authors utilize what they have read to strengthen the recent more holistic approaches. Designed to raise their own creative efforts. Works by Dickinson, Twain, consciousness on a philosophical, mythological and politi Nemerov, Louise Bogan, Margaret Walker, T.S. Eliot, Poe cal level. Includes works by Edna O'Brien, Adrienne Rich, and others. Prerequisite: ENG no Emily Dickinson, others. Prerequisite: ENG 110
90 ENGLISH
ENG 221 The Mystery Story ENG 305 Literature of Western Europe: To the An historical, philosophical, cultural and literary study of Renaissance the mystery story through an examination of such fictional . Great works of the early Western world: by Homer, works as the detective story, the suspense novel, the story of Sophocles, Plato, Aristotle, Virgil, St. Augustine, Dante, strange or frightening adventure, the tale of espionage, the Boccaccio, Machiavelli, Rabelais, Cervantes. tale of crime and the Gothic novel-with an emphasis on Prerequisite: ENG 110 detection. ENG 306 Literature of Western Europe: Prerequisite: ENG 110 Renaissance Through Modem ENG 222 Crime and Punishment: Law in Literature Great works of the later Western world: by Moliere, Goethe, An examination of a wide range ofliterature with particular Balzac, Flaubert, Dostoevsky, Mann, Sartre, Proust, Piran emphasis on its relation to questions and problems of civil delIo, Camus, Garcia Marquez, Kundera. and criminal law; may include works by Thoreau, Dickens, Prerequisite: ENG 110 Camus, Dostoevsky, Wright, Solzhenitsyn and others. ENG 310 Elizabethan and jacobean Drama Prerequisite: ENG 110 Shakespeare's forerunners and contemporaries in drama: ENG 229 Films and Literature Kyd, Marlowe,jonson, Webster, others. The study of selected stories, plays, and novels and their Prerequisite: ENG 110 film adaptations. An examination of the challenges ofadapt ENG 311 Literature of the English Renaissance ing fiction to film. Works to be studied may include Romeo A study ofselected English prose and poetry of the sixteenth andJuliet, A Room With a View, It Happened One Night, Rear century. Special attention is given to the early English Window, Rashomon and Blow-up. In addition, race and humanist theories of education, eloquence and language gender issues are considered in such works as TheJoy That and their literary influence. The important developments in Kills and Almos' a Man. English poetry are studied, including the variation ofline, Prerequisite: ENG 110 language, imagery and form (song, sonnet, satire, pastoral, ENG 300 Technical Writing epic). Several writers are considered, but the focus is on Designed to help students identify and reproduce the quali such major figures as Thomas More, Philip Sidney and ties that mark successful technical writing. The course Edmund Spenser. concentrates on composing several short papers-defini Prerequisite: ENG 110 tion, description, classification and process analysis-and ENG 312 Donne,jonson and Their Contemporaries on the long technical report. Study of British literature, 1600-1660, emphasizing Donne, Prerequisite: ENG 110 jonson, Bacon, Herrick, Herbert, MarvelL Focus is on ENG 301 English Literature Through the relationship between themes and techniques of seventeenth Neoclassical Period century literature and those of modem times, including Critical study of selected prose and poetry from the begin depiction of gender roles. nings of English literature through the eighteenth century, Prerequisite: ENG 110 with attention to social and intellectual background; in ENG 313 The Age of Dryden, Pope and Swift cluded are such authors/works as Beowulf, Chaucer, Spenser, British literature, 1660-1750, emphasizing Augustanism Shakespeare, Milton, Pope,johnson, Fielding, Swift,Austen. and its countercurrents and including both major and less Prerequisite: ENG 110 known authors, male and female, such as Behn, Killigrew, ENG 302 English Literature: Romantic Through Montague, Fielding, Defoe and Manderville. Modem Prerequisite: ENG 110 Critical study of selected prose and poetry from the early ENG 314 The Age ofJohnson nineteenth century to the present, with attention to social British literature, 1750-1798, emphasizing the decline of and intellectual background; included are'such authors as Augustanism and the rise of Romanticism in the writings of Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley, Keats, Ten suchauthorsasjohnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, Burke, Burney, nyson, Browning, Arnold, Wilde,joyce, Yeats, Woolf. Inchwald, Walpole, Sterne and Wollstonecraft. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 303 American Literature to 1865 ENG 315 Romantic Movement in England Major and minor American authors from the beginnings Romantic poetry and prose; Bums, Blake, Wordsworth, through Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, Emerson, Thoreau. Coleridge, Scott, Byron, Shelley, Keats; critics of the period. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 304 American Literature 1865-1914 ENG 316 Literature and Culture of the Victorians Major and minor American authors of the period; emphasis Poetry of Tennyson, Browning, Arnold, others; prose works on Whitman, Dickinson, Twain, james, Edith Wharton, by Carlyle, Newman, Mill, Ruskin, Huxley; Victorian nov Stephen Crane. els and plays. PrereqUisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110
91 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
ENG 317 Modem American Literature ENG 332 Advanced Creative Writing Leading American writers of the modem period, such as F. An advanced writing course designed to meet the needs of Scott Fitzgerald, Hemingway, and Faulkner; Stevens, Frost, students, who, having successfully completed one semester Eliot, O'Neill; Millay, Hughes, Hurston, Wolfe, Steinbeck, of creative writing, desire further time for supervised writ Flannery O'Connor, Gwendolyn Brooks, Richard Wright. ing and specialized instruction. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisites: ENG 110, ENG 331 ENG 318 Modem British Literature ENG 333 Critical Writing II Fiction, poetry, drama, criticism since 1885: Forster, Hardy, Seminar introduces the student to an area of specialization Joyce, Yeats, Shaw, Auden, Woolf, Conrad, Hopkins, in writing in an advanced context which provides close Lawrence; Elizabeth Bowen, Katherine Mansfield; Irish individual supervision and also exposes the student to all Renaissance, naturalism, symbolism. kinds of analytical writing. The technical reporter, for Prerequisite: ENG 110 example, learns from the film critic; the journalist, from the ENG 319 Modem British and American Poetry copywriter. Prerequisites: ENG 110, ENG 330 Major poets and Significant trends in modem British and American poetry beginning with Yeats and including such ENG 335 Modem American-Jewish Authors figures as Frost, Eliot, Pound, Auden, Thomas, William Study and interpretation of modern literary works describ Carlos Williams, Sexton, Plath, Ginsberg, Lowell, H.D., ing the Jewish experience in America. Authors include Marianne Moore, Hughes, Robert Duncan and Gary Snyder. Philip Roth, Bernard Malamud, Edward L. Wallant, Chaim Prerequisite: ENG 110 Potok, Saul Bellow, Delmore Schwartz, others. Prerequisite ENG 110 ENG 320 The English Novel: Defoe to Austen Selected novels by Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, ENG 340 Contemporary Literature Sterne, Austen. British, American and continental fiction and poetry from Prerequisite: ENG 110 World War II to the present; writers may include Barth, Barthelme, Pynchon, Morrison, Borges, Lessing, Garcia ENG 321 The English Novel: Dickens to Hardy Marquez, Drabble, Oates, Atwood, Doctorow, Rich, Simic, Selected novels by Dickens, Thackeray, Trollope, Meredith, Walker, Fuentes, Hong-Kingston and Tyler. George Eliot, Hardy. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 399 Selected Topics ENG 322 The Nineteenth-Century European Novel A topic of contemporary or other interest is selected. A study of major French, German and Russian novels Prerequisite: ENG 110 against the social, political and intellectual milieu of nine 1-6 credits teenth-century Europe. Within the framework of the ro mantic realistic and the naturalistic literary movement, the ENG 401 Linguistics and Grammars novels are read from a variety of viewpoints: as a depiction Study of contemporary grammars to understand the struc of the life ofa nation (Balzac, Gogol, Tolstoy and Mann), as tures and functions of the varieties of English. a probing of the psychological nature of man (Stendhal, Prerequisite: ENG no Dostoyevsky and Zola), as an innovation in technique ENG 402 Development of the English Language (Flaubert, Stendhal and Mann). A historical survey of changes in English vocabulary, pro Prerequisite: ENG 110 nunciation, spelling and grammar, including the social ENG 323 Twentieth-Century European Fiction context oflanguage change. Readings in representative novelists, including Proust, Mann, Prerequisite: ENG 110 Hesse, Kafka, Camus, Moravia, Solzhenitsyn. ENG 410 Chaucer and His Age Prerequisite: ENG 110 Emphasis is on Chaucer's Canterbury Tales and Chaucer's ENG 330 Critical Writing I language, late Middle English of the South East Midlands. The work in this course raises the questions: What does it Some attention is given to the historical background of the mean to be "critical"? How does one develop a "critical period and, if time permits, a number of Chaucer's shorter perspective"? Why should one want to? Frequent writings works are read and discussed. on literature, fUm, advertising and popular arts help the Prerequisite: ENG no student develop answers to these questions and to achieve ENG 411 Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories authority in critical performance. Study of such plays as Richard II, Henry IV, A Midsummer Prerequisite: ENG 110 Night's Dream, The Merchant of Venice and Much Ado About ENG 331 Creative Writing Nothing. Workshop leading to the development ofimaginative power Prerequisite: ENG 110 and originality in writing poetry, fiction, drama, film scripts. ENG 412 Shakespeare: Tragedies and Romances Prerequisite: ENG 110 Study of such plays as Hamlet, Macbeth, Romeo and Juliet, Othello, King Lear, The Tempest. Prerequisite: ENG 110
92 HISTORY
ENG 413 Milton ENG 423 Myth, Symbol and Literature Study of dramas, lyric poems, epics, and selected prose Study of symbol, ritual and myth formation and primitive, works of John Milton with emphasis on Comus, Lycidas, classical, biblical and social symbols and myths as they Paradise Lost, Aeropagitica; focus is on Milton's relevance appear and function in literature and other media. for our time. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110 ENG 480 Seminar in English Literature ENG 420 Literary Criticism Designed to help students study, in depth, a single British Major literary theories and practices from Aristotle to the author or work chosen by the instructor. present are considered, with special emphasis on contem Prerequisite: ENG 110 porary problems. A variety of writing assignments in criti ENG 481 Seminar in American Literature cism are featured. Course to help students study, in depth, a single American Prerequisite: ENG 110 author or work chosen by the instructor. ENG 421 Literature and Psychoanalysis Prerequisite: ENG 110 Study of literature through application of depth psychol ENG 490 Internship in English ogy; analysis of short works such as Oedipus Rex and the On-the-job training with regional employers. Students write short stories of Poe, Kafka, Melville and Hawthorne. regularly for the employer and the academic coordinator. Prerequisite: ENG 110 Prerequisite: ENG 110, junior or senior level, GPA 3.0 or ENG 422 The Psychological Novel better The relationship between depth psychology and literature ENG 499 Independent Study and the use of psychoanalysis in interpreting and under As approved and to be arranged. standing the novel. Authors may include Gide, Woolf, Prerequisite: ENG 110 Joyce, Beckett and others. 1-3 credits Prerequisite: ENG 110
Department of History
Professors:]. Brandes,]. Drabble, M. Edelstein, C. Gruber Note: Of the total 33 credits required for the major, no more (chairperson), T. Ripmaster than 18 can be taken in United States, European or non Associate Professors: 1. Nack, S. Nalle,]. Pluss, G. Satra, 1. Western history. Tirado MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS Assistant Professors: T. Cook,]. Livingston, D. Meaders Students can minor in history by taking an 18-credit pro The history major may concentrate in American or Euro gram that includes History 205 and 206, a non-Western pean history. Courses in Asian, Latin American and Middle history course, which counts for the non-Western GE Eastern history also are offered. The courses examine eco requirement, and three elective courses, one of which must nomic, social, intellectual, political and diplomatic history be in European history. and aim at developing the techniques of historical investi CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS gation, as well as increasing a student's ability to critically Students who are interested in obtaining teaching certifica interpret the past. tion in history must complete additional courses as pre MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS scribed by the School of Education (see Department of Area Requirements 6 credits Curriculum and Instruction). HIST 205 United States History Through Reconstruction 3 HIST 206 United States History Since Courses Reconstruction 3 Elective Requirements 27 credits Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. One course from among all history offerings European History at the 200, 300 or 400 level 3 Six courses at the 300-level 18 HIST 101 Western Civilization to 1648 Two courses at the 400-level 6 The first of a two-semester sequence, this course covers the Among the 27 credits of history electives listed above, historical development ofWestern civilization to 1648. The students must include two European history electives and subjects include ancient Greece and Rome, the Judeo one course in non-Western history, e.g., Asian, Middle Christian tradition, the Middle Ages, the Renaissance and Eastern or Latin American history. The courses may be at the Reformation. Emphasis is placed on the formation of the the 200-, 300- or 400-Ievel. Western cultural heritage. (GE requirement; not credited towards the major)
93 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
HIST 102 Western Civilization Since 1648 HIST 307 Imperial Spain 1450-1700 The second of a two-semester sequence, this course is How did a country of nine million discover, conquer and designed to provide broad coverage of the shaping of colonize two continents, dominate Europe for 150 years modem Western civilization. It traces political, intellectual, and create one of the world's major cultures? This course social and economic trends from 1648 to the present. (GE surveys the political and cultural history of Spain and her requirement; not credited towards the major) empire from 1450-1700. Prerequisite: HIST 101 Prerequisite: HIST 101 HIST231 Greek Civilization HIST309 The Italian Renaissance Covers the cultural background of ancient Greece and the This course concentrates on the cultural, political and social rise and fall of Athenian democracy. Thucydides and other foundations of the Renaissance in Italy between 1350 and commentators are used for a critical study of the great issues 1550. Because of the Italian Renaissance's profound influ of Greek civilization. ence on all of Europe, some attention is paid to tracing the Prerequisite: HIST 101 spread of Renaissance ideas to other countries. HIST 232 Rome: Republic and Empire Prerequisite: HIST 101 A survey of critical issues and developments in Roman HIST 310 Modem France Since 1815 history from the founding of the city in the eighth century The development of France, one of the first democratic B.C. to the fall of the Empire in the fifth century A.D. republics, from the Bourbon Restoration in 1814 through Particular attention is placed on the historical effects of the Fifth Republic today, featuring a multifaceted approach social and political growth and decline. Topics include both to French history. Emphasis is on continuity versus change political-constitutional history and the development of so and stability versus instability. The course explores the cial institutions such as the family and marriage. reasons for France's decline and later resurgence as a Euro Prerequisite: HIST 101 peanpower. HIST 233 Europe in the Middle Ages Prerequisite: HIST 101 Covers the early Middle Ages and the emergence of medi HIST 312 Reformation Europe eval order, fact and theories of the relations between church Martin Luther's challenge to the Catholic Church in 1517 and state, Europe in the High Middle Ages, the development led to one hundred and fifty years of religious reformations of secular and urban society, formation of nation states, the and wars in Europe and Christian evangelization around artistic and intellectual culture of castle, cathedral and the world. This course examines the origins of the reforma university. tion movement and assesses its impact on European society Prerequisite: HIST 101 and politics during the early modern period. HIST 241 History of Christianity Prerequisite: HIST 101 A history of Christianity from the ancient world to the HIST 330 Imperial Russia present, primarily in its European setting. Focus is on the Examines society, politics and culture of Imperial Russia reciprocal impact of the forms, thought and organization of from the reign of Peter the Great to the last Romanovs. the Christian religion and society and culture. Major topics include serfdom, intellectual currents and Prerequisite: HIST 101 nineteenth-century revolutionary movements. HIST 301 Social History of Modem Europe Prerequisite: HIST 101 Covers the evolution ofEuropean society froma preindustrial HIST 331 Twentieth-Century Russia society in the eighteenth century through an industrial After an inquiry into the causes and effects of the revolu society in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, to a post tions ofl905 and 1917, a study is made ofthe Soviet regime industrial society in the late twentieth century and intro under Lenin, Stalin, Malenkov, Khrushchev, Brezhnevand duces students to the objectiVes, methodology and sources Kosygin. Attention is given to internal industrial, agricul of social history. tural, social, political and cultural development as well as to Prerequisite: HIST 101 the role of the Soviet Union in world affairs. HIST 302 Origins of Civilization Prerequisite: HIST 101 A survey of the world's oldest civilizations, including an HIST 332 Tudor-Stuart England cient Egypt, Mesopotamia, the Hebrews and the ancient Explores the England of Henry VII to Queen Elizabeth, the Near East in general. The course examines how and why social and political opposition to the early Stuarts, the civilizations originated and developed in the ancient Near English Civil War, the regime of Oliver Cromwell, the East. Focus includes art and archaeology as well as political, Restoration, the Glorious Revolution and the growth of social and religious history. political stability after 1689. Prerequisite: HIST 101 Prerequisite: HIST 101 HIST 305 Italy from Renaissance to Nation-State HIST333 Modem Britain 1300-1871 Surveys key political developments in Great Britain since A survey of Italian history from the Middle Ages to the the 1780s. Main emphasis is on the development of those present. Topics include the city-state, the Renaissance, the social, economic, religious and educational developments early modem era, the Risorgimento and modern Italy. The that produced modern British society. course emphasizes the growth of the Italian nation as well Prerequisite: HIST 101 as diverse regions of Italy. Prerequisite: HIST 101
94 HISTORY
HIST 336 Europe in the Age of Revolution: cals, and the Irish patriots to the American and French 1789-1848 Revolutions, and reflect on how this age produced a new Examines the transformation of Europe between 1789 and economy, a new society and a new form of politics. 1848 in terms of what has been called the "dual revolution" Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 -the French Revolution of 1789 and the contemporaneous HIST 345 A Social History of Soviet Russia Through industrial revolution in Britain. Special emphasis is placed Its Literature and Art on the revolutionary movement from 1789 to 1848, which This team-taught interdisciplinary (History and Literature) gives this period a certain unity. course is a cultural, social, and literary history of twentieth Prerequisite: HIST 101 century Russia. The development of Soviet society and of HIST 337 Triumphant Materialism: Europe intellectual trends in Soviet Russia since 1917 are studied 1848-1914 through the use of historical and literary works, contempo European history from the close of the revolutionary era of rary films, and graphic arts. 1848 to the outbreak of the First World War. Majorempha Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 sis is on liberalism and nationalism, imperialism and world HIST 428 Stalin and his Times politics, the late phases of the industrial revolution, cultural An examination of Stalin's rise within the leadership of the developments and the coming of the war. communist party and Soviet state, Stalin's impact on Soviet Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 domestic policy and international affairs, and the process of HIST 338 Europe Since 1914 de-Stalinization since the 1950s through the present. Major political, economic, social and intellectual develop Prerequisite: HIST 102 ments in Europe since 1914. The internal and diplomatic HIST 429 The Russian Revolution 1917-32 history of the Great Powers, the economic and political This course examines the causes and impact of the revolu transformation of Europe under the impact of American tions of 1917, the major political parties and figures and the Soviet rivalry, and the intellectual record of the age are social dynamics within the revolutionary movement. The discussed. course then focuses on the first 15 years of Soviet power, Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 delving into the type of society created, the conflicts within HIST 339 Russian Revolutionary Tradition the leadership and the rise of Stalin. Examines a century of revolution (1825-1925), focusing on Prerequisite: HIST 102 the social, political and intellectual characteristics of such HIST 430 The French Revolution and the groups as the Decembrists, Nihlists, Populists, Marxists and Napoleonic Era Anarchists. Examines crucial periods such as the revolution of 1789, the Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 Year II-the revolutionary dictatorship and the Terror HIST 340 Germany from Bismarck Through Hitler and the Napoleonic era. While political history is stressed, Covers Germany's history from 1848 to 1945 with an great emphasis is placed on social history. emphasis on Germany's involvement in the wars from the Prerequisite: HIST 102 Franco-Prussian War to World War II. HIST 432 Intellectual History of Ancient and Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 Medieval Civilizations HIST 341 Hitler and the Nazi Era An examination of the artistic, practical (ethical and politi This course deals with the era of twentieth-century Fascism cal), theoretical and religious thought of ancient and medi and World War II, with an emphasis on Hitler and Nazi eval civilization in the West. Germany. Prerequisite: HIST 102 Prerequisites: HIST 101 and HIST 102 HIST 444 European Religion 1500-1700 HIST 342 Soviet Foreign Policy Between 1400 and 1700, Europe went through the religious This course traces the origins and development of Soviet upheaval of the Protestant and Catholic Reformations. This foreign policy from the time of the Civil War and foreign course attempts to understand the impact of the Reforma intervention follOwing the Revolution and World War I, tions on European society by reading outstanding books in through the need to reassess priorities in the 1920s, the the field. response to the rise of fascism and Nazism, the emergence United States History of a policy toward the Third World, participation in World War II, and the origins, progress and demise of the Cold HIST 205 United States History Through War. Reconstruction Prerequisite: HIST 101 The first semester of an introduction to United States history, from the time of the European conquest of the HIST 343 England in the Ag'e of the American Americas to the reconstruction of the nation after the Civil Revolution War. Recent approaches and techniques-social history, A social and political history of England, 1740-1820. Ex women's history, African-American history, working class plores the impact of three revolutions-the industrial, the history-are incorporated to permit new perspectives on American and the French-on the older institutions of the the nation's past. realm. Students examine the industrial revolution: analyze Prerequisite: HIST 101 the varied responses of the political leaders, the new radi-
95 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
HIST206 United States History Since social and political developments, including urbanization Reconstruction and progressivism. Att~ntion is focused on the rise of The second half of the introduction to U.s. history, this overseas imperialism, the First World War and the League course spans the years from Reconstruction to the present. of Nations, concluding with an examination of the booming It aims to cast new light on' familiar questions about the twenties and the Great Depression. American experience in the late nineteenth and twentieth Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 centuries-the transformation of America under the impact HIST 323 From New Deal to Cold War: Since 1933 of immigration, urbanization, industrialization, movements An in-depth examination of the Great Depression of the of social protest and reform, and the exercise of power on a 1930s with an appraisal of New Deal domestic and foreign global scale-through using the latest tools of historical policies, followed by a study ofWarld War II and the United interpretation. States' role in world affairs through the postwar decades. Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 Changing political, social and economic issues confronting HIST 210 Labor History Through Film the postwar generation are assessed against the background An examination of labor history from the nineteenth cen of world developments. tury to the present, particularly in the United States, through PrereqUisite: HIST 10 1 the study of films depicting the conditions and struggles of HIST 325 Immigration in the Growth of America working people, accompanied by collateral readings and ExploringJohn F. Kennedy's theme of "A Nation of Immi discussions. The films range from animated cartoons to grants," the course focuses on the mass migrations that slides, documentaries and feature-length masterpieces, such shaped American development into the twentieth century. as How Green Was My Valley, Sacco and Vanzetti and The The causes of immigration, the economic and cultural Grapes of Wrath. adjustment of the newcomers and their impact are studied Prerequisite: HIST 101 in the light of historical evidence. HIST 228 History of New Jersey Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 An examination in historical perspective of political, eco HIST 327 America as a World Power nomic and social institutions of New Jersey and the influ This course studies the history of United States foreign ence of adjacent areas. relations in the twentieth century. From America's becom Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 ing an imperial power after the Spanish-American War to HIST 239 U.S. Jewish Community her uncertain role in the world today, the course traces the Focusing on the historic development of the American ideological underpinnings of American strategy and tactics Jewish community from colonial to recent times, this course on the. world stage, America's role in major twentieth examines such vital issues in American society as ethnicity, century. wars - hot and cold - the development of nuclear cultural identity and intergroup relations. weapons and the course of the arms race, and the problems Prerequisite: HIST 101 and opportunities presented by the dramatic political changes in the ~ohtemporary world. HIST 250 American Women's History The experience of American women from colonial times to Prerequisite: HIST 10 1 the present. Explores conditions that shaped women's des HIST 328 Economic History of the United States tiny, analyzes the differences between the historical experi (Also listed as ECON 328) ence of women from different social classes and ethnic The course emphasizes economic elements (e.g., the use of groups and considers the ways American women have human and natural resources) in the historic growth of the perceived their condition and worked to alter it. United States from colonial to recent times. An analysis is Prerequisite: HIST 101 made of such evolutionary economic institutions as the business cotporation and labor unions, as well as the HIST 320 Jeffersonian and Jacksonian Democracy 1789-1840 changing role of government, technolOgical innovations, An inquiry into the origins of]effersonian and Jacksonian competition versus combination, agrarian and industrial Democracy is followed by a consideration of their immedi pioneering and other issues in the development of the ate impact and lasting significance. Economic, social and American economy. PrereqUisite: HIST 101 political developments are studied and comparisons made with developments in other nations. HIST 344 Society at War: The Uriited States in PrereqUisite: HIST 101 World War II HIST 321 Era of the Civil War 1840-77 Studies the impact of World War II on American society and An investigation of the causes and effects of the rise of evaluates the concept that modern war is an instrument of modem industry and the expansion of slavery, the aboli social change. Emphasis is placed on Roosevelt's wartime tionist movement, the sectional conflict, the Civil War and leadership; economic mobilization for war; civil liberties; Reconstruction with emphasis on 'their long-range impact the condition of women, African-Americans and other on the white and black peoples of the United States. minorities; demographic change; youth and popular cul PrereqUisite: HIST 10 1 ture. The recruitment of science for military purposes, particularly in the development of the atomic bomb and the HIST 322 Progress, War and Normalcy 1877-1933 use of atomic bombs against Japan also are studied. A survey of rapid economic growth with its impact on Prerequisite: HIST 101 business, labor and agriculture, followed by discussion of
96 HISTORY
HIST 403 Interpreting u.s. History the expansion of Islam as a political movement; 2) the Primarily for students with a special interest in American formulation of the prophetic message into the religion and history. Provides an opportunity to critically examine areas law that became the spiritual nucleus of the new civiliza in which important reinterpretations have been made or in tion; 3) the absorption of the subject peoples Oews, Chris which controversy exists among scholars. tians, Iranians, Turks, Berbers) into the civilization and the Prerequisite: HIST 102 role they played in its development and broadening visions; Asian History 4) the intellectual achievements of the High Caliphate in law, theology, mysticism, science, philosophy. HIST 360 Traditional japan Prerequisite: HIST 101 This course treats the emergence of a distinctly Japanese cultural tradition, the development of a highly refined HIST 391 IslamiclMiddle Eastern History and imperial court world, and the usurpation of political power Civilization II by the warrior class known as the samurai, whose rule This is a continuation of IslamiclMiddle Eastern History culminated in the Tokugawa Peace 1600-1868 and Civilization I. The course covers a seven century span, Prerequisite; HIST 101 from the Mongol Conquest and destruction of Baghdad and the Classical Abassid Caliphate in 1258 to modem times in HIST 361 Modem Japan the Islamic Middle East. In addition to the political history This course examines japan's spectacular rise to world of the Islamic World, the course surveys the institutional, power and a position of economic prominence. The social administrative, religious and intellectual changes that were and political consequences of industrialization and "West intended to meet the successive challenges facing Muslim ernization" receive special attention. Japan's experience society, from the murder of the last Abbassid Caliph by the with continental empire, war, defeat and recovery is treated Mongols to the rise of a resurgent Western Europe and through social, economic, cultural and political perspec Russia that Ultimately, in the nineteenth and twentieth tives. Literature and contemporary films are key resources centuries, came to dominate the once powerful heartland of used. Islam, from Morocco to Central Asia. Prerequisite: HIST 101 Prerequisite: HIST 101 HIST365 The Pacific War: Japan and the Second HIST 392 Contemporary Middle East World War in Asia This course is a survey of Middle Eastern history from The course examines the japanese experience during the World War II to the present, with an emphasis on contem 1931-1945 era and postwar occupation to better under poraryproblems threatening the uneasy peace in the region. stand the political, economic and social toll of the war and Prerequisite: HIST 101 its impact on the development of japanese society. The course makes extensive use of rare film materials to bring HIST 434 History of Medieval Islamic Thought the experience closer. A survey of Islamic thought from its Hellenistic beginnings Prerequisite: HIST 101 to the period of transmission and translation from Arabic into Latin, in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. HIST370 Traditional China Prerequisite: HIST 102 China before the Western impact. Analyzes China's reli gions, philosophies, government, economics, family and Latin American History society and attempts to bring into focus those aspects of HIST 380 Colonial Latin America Chinese civilization that have a direct bearing on our A review of the Ibero-Indian-African background of Latin understanding of the Chinese today. America. Also deals with the discovery and conquest of the Prerequisite: HIST 101 area; Spain's and Portugal's imperial policies; political, economic and social developments of the colonial society, HIST 371 Modem China China's response to the impact of the West with particular and the wars for independence. Prerequisite: HIST 101 attention to the difficulties with which China adjusts itself to a modem, fast-changing world and the developments HIST381 Modem Latin America that led to communism. Such topics as problems of early nationhood, caudillismo Prerequisite: HIST 101 versus modem dictatorships and quest for democracy, difficulties in moving from a colonial to a national economy HIST 460 Seminar in East Asian History and the social tensions ofa society in transition are explored This course examines the key critical methods of historical with consideration given to Latin America's role in world research and writing in the East Asian environment. Each affairs and relationships with the United States. semester focuses on a specific theme. Prerequisite: HIST 101 Prerequisite: History 102 plus one 300 level history course and instructor's permission HIST 382 Puerto Rico, Cuba and the Caribbean Middle Eastern History World A survey of Caribbean history from Columbus to Castro, HIST 390 IslamiclMiddle Eastern History and stressing the important changes that occurred in the 1950s Civilization I when the Caribbean became a focal point of the struggle History ofIslamic Civilization from the Prophet Muhammad between different world interests and ideologies. to the Mongol Invasion and destruction of the Classical Prerequisite: HIST 101 Caliphate in 1258A.D. The subjects of concentration ar~: 1)
97 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Variable Courses: Thematic, Cross-Cultural Historical Society, Passaic County Historical Society lo History, Methodology cated in Lambert Castle, etc. Internships offer training in museum work, archival work and as tour guides. HIST 225 Cultural History of the 1960s Prerequisites: HIST 102 and 15 credits in history, with a Examines the history of the 1960s - a decade of change, GPA in history of 3.0 reflection and dissent - from the cultural perspectives of literature, music and social and political thought. HIST 433 Comparative Revolutions Prerequisite: HIST 101 A comparative study of revolution as an historical phenom enon. An analysis of various theoretical models of revolu HIST 260 Historiography tionary change prOvides the conceptual tools with which to This course, intended primarily for history majors, is con compare revolutions in different historical and cultural cerned with the theory and practice of historical thinking settings. Major attention is focused on an intensive analysis and writing. The major schools of historical interpretation, of selected major revolutions. . the historical method and research skills all are stressed. Prerequisites: HIST 102 Prerequisite: HIST 101 HIST 480 Seminar: Irish History HIST 399 Selected Topics Readings, reports and papers related to specific topics. A subject not covered by an existing course is offered as l-Ycredits needed. Prerequisite: HIST 102 1-6 credits HIST 499 Independent Study HIST 400 Internship in History As approved and to be arranged. This course is offered to qualified history majors to provide 1-6 credits on-the-job training as interns at one of the follOwing muse ums or institutions: Botto House Museum, New Jersey
Honors Program in Humanities
Taught by different members of the school, under the HUMH 301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: direction of a single director, the honors courses in humani The Enlightenment: Origins of ties are designed to challenge the superior student's capaci Modem Consciousness 3 ties through structured multidisciplinary seminars and in HUMH 302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: tensive individual study. The courses general aims are: (1) Medieval and Renaissance Culture 3 to promote intellectual excellence within a common schol HUMH 303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: arly community, (2) to foster an awareness of various Classical Tradition and Christian disciplines and their unity, (3) to offer opportunities for Civilization 3 self-direction of future goals. Humanities Honors Evening Program The humanities honors program is taken in addition to the student's major and is usually started in the freshman or Evening sections of the honors program have been created sophomore year. A 3.2 minimum GPA is required for in order to better meet the interests and needs of working admission; special coordinators are available for advise students. The practical experience and problems of such ment and supervision. students are taken as the starting point for developing a ,comprehensive view of life in the twentieth century and HONORS COURSES 15 CREDITS examining the role of the humanities in responding to its HUMH 199 Humanities Honors Seminar I: problems. A larger historical perspective is then developed Representations of Humanity Past in order to appreciate more fully the possibilities and limits and Present 3 of our human nature. HUMH 200 Humanities Honors Seminar II: HONORS COURSES 15 CREDITS Representations of Humanity Past and Present 3 HUMH201 Humanities Honors Seminar III: HUMH 498 Humanities Honors Research: Representations of Humanities in Independent Study 3 the World of Work Today 3 HUMH 499 Humanities Honors Thesis: HUMH202 Humanities Honors Seminar IV: Independent Study 3 Representations of Humanities Plus one of the following: Through Historical Perspectives 3 HUMH 300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: HUMH498 Humanities Honors Research: The Twentieth Century and Its Independent Study 3 Discontents 3
98 HONORS PROGRAM IN HUMANITIES
HUMH 499 Humanities Honors Thesis: century, specifically designed to interest the working evening Independent Study 3 student. There is an emphasis on such issues as the hero as Plus one of the following: an expression of cultural values, the educational role of the HUMH 300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: epic and other literary forms and the various means people The Twentieth Century and Its have found to achieve self-discovery and salvation. Discontents 3 HUMH 300 Humanities Honors Colloquium: The HUMH 301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: Twentieth Century and Its Discontents The Enlightenment: Origins of An interdisciplinary examination of some specific contem Modem Consciousness 3 porary cultural issue - the loss of self in modem life, myth HUMH 302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: making impact of technology, etc. Each semester focuses on Medieval and Renaissance Culture 3 a different facet of modem consciousness, including such HUMH 303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: aspects as creative experience, scientific outlook and exis Classical Tradition and Christian tentialism. Civilization 3 HUMH 301 Humanities Honors Colloquium: The Enlightenment: Origins of Modem Consciousness Courses An examination of the contributions of the Enlightenment to the development of modem Western consciousness. The Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. course explores the role of reason and sentiment in the HUMH 199 Humanities Honors Seminar I: development of European cultures of the eighteenth cen Representations of Humanity Past and tury. Present HUMH 302 Humanities Honors Colloquium: Selected humanistic problems in the literature, history and Medieval and Renaissance Culture philosophy of the past and present. Semest~r is divided into An examination of the thought, literature, art and social two periods, classical and medieval-Renaissance, with em structure of the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, c. 400- phasis on representative authors, e.g., Plato, Sophocles, 1500. The course stresses the features distinctive to the Chaucer. Readings, seminar discussions, guest lecturers period and those which have influenced the modem world. and educational films explore such perennial questions as the interplay of self and society, the value of intelligence, HUMH 303 Humanities Honors Colloquium: humankind's place in nature, heroism, etc. Classical Tradition and Christian Prerequisite: Program admission Civilization A study of the philosophical, anthropological and social HUMH 200 Humanities Honors Seminar II: concepts of the Greeks and Romans and their impact on Representations of Humanity Past and Christian culture. Emphasis on comparing individual Present thought and expression and social organization within our Selected humanistic problems in the literature, history and modem world. philosophy of the past and present. Semester is divided into two periods - the age of revolutions and the twentieth HUMH 498 Hnmanities Honors Research: century - with emphasis on representative authors, e.g., Independent Study Shakespeare, Cervantes, Wordsworth, T.S. Eliot. Readings, Independent study and research in an approved subject for seminar discussions, guest lecturers and educational films the honors program. explore such perennial questions as the interplay of self and HUMH 499 Humanities Honors Thesis: society, the value of intelligence, humankind's place in Independent Study nature, heroism, etc. Independent study with the completion of a written report HUMH 201 Humanities Honors Seminar III: or its eqUivalent approved in the honors program. Representations of Humanities in the Prerequisite: HUMH 498 World of Work Today Humanities Interdisciplinary Courses An examination of human life and its problems in the Two sections of a broad interdisciplinary approach to the twentieth century, specifically designed to interest the humanities have been created to meet the general education evening working student. Our technological culture has needs of students. These courses have been approved for promised unlimited control and prosperity, but has also general education for all students in the College. brought alienation and complexity. Possible solutions of Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. fered by politics, behavioral science and philosophy are discussed. This course develops a perspective for under HUM 251 Humanities I: Cultural Roots and standing our human context and provides a focus for Continuities dealing with its problems. A study of the roots of Western and non-Western cultural expression in the context of historical periods or by the HUMH 202 Humanities Honors Seminar IV: matic approach. Analysis of ideas and values from the Representations of Humanities Through classical world to the Renaissance. Historical Perspectives An examination of classic expressions of human nature and values from the ancient Greeks through the twentieth
99 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
HUM 252 Humanities II: Cultural Roots and HUM 399 Selected Topics Continuities A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A study of the roots of Western and non-Western cultural recommended by the department and approved by the expression in the context of historical periods or by the dean. matic approach. Analysis of ideas and values from the Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Renaissance to the modern world. 1-6 credits HUM 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits
Department of Languages and Cultures
Professors: O. de la Suaree, O. Saa cent or better in the placement test. Students with very Associate Professors: A. Aguirre (chairperson), D. Chao, limited or no background in a language whatsoever are G. Nussenbaum, W. Rosa, K. Yoon placed in a Basic I section and choose among one of the Assistant Professor: M. Barasch following languages currently offered in the department: The aims of the Department of Languages and Cultures are Arabic, Chinese, French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, fivefold: (1) to further the development of students major Japanese, Korean, Latin, Portuguese, Russian or Spanish. ing or minoring in the department (currently, a major in If students decide to take a language they have never had Spanish and minors in French, Spanish and legal interpre before, they enroll in a Basic I course with the approval of the tation, are offered. A major in French is currently not active) department's foreign language chairperson. Once enrolled (2) to provide training in bilinguaVbicultural education as in a Basic I section, students have to take a Basic II section well as in English as a Second Language, leading to endorse in the same language. Upon passing a Basic II section, ment as a teacher in those fields in the state of New Jersey students have completed the requirements for basic lan and elsewhere; (3) to provide pre-professional training to guage study. Likewise, those students who are placed above bilingual-bicultural individuals who would like to work as a Basic II section (such as Intermediate I or Intermediate II) interpreters in legal settings or in hospitals and community have satisfied the college-wide foreign language require agencies where interpreters are needed; (4) to provide ment. They can further their study of a particular language courses that may be used in partial fulfillment of the general and culture by taking Intermediate I and Intermediate II, education requirement in the humanities; and (5) to offer, which are accepted general education courses, or they can whenever possible, electives in second languages. use those credits to take any upper-level general education Career opportunities stemming from a language major, a course(s). The department honors Advanced Placement in language minor, a mitior in legal interpretation or an en foreign languages by granting 3 to 6 credits depending on dorsement in bilinguaVbicultural education or in teaching the AP scores. English as a second language may be found in business or in II. Exemption The Department of Languages and Cultures human service careers where bilingualism is valued. Career also offers students the opportunity of "challenging" their opportunities may also be found in research, editing, com foreign language placement. When students are informed of munityinterpreting, interpretation and translation in court their placement, they are offered the opportunity to take an rooms and legal settings, technical writing, airline posi Exemption Exam. This test is graded for two levels of tions, the UN, the State Department and others. Teaching proficiency: (1) proficiency at a first -semester level (compa opportunities for language majors are to be found in col rable to completing Basic 1), and (2) proficiency at a second leges and secondary schools, in FLES (Foreign Language semester level (comparable to completing Basic II). If stu Elementary School) prograins, and in bilinguallbicultural dents pass the Basic I level of proficiency, then they are and teaching English as a second language programs. exempted from taking 3 credits of the required 6 credit maximum in foreign language. If students pass the Basic II The Foreign Language Requirement level of proficiency, then they are exempted from taking all I. Placement William Paterson College has a 0 to 6 credit 6 of the required credits in foreign language. college-wide foreign language reading requirement that all Students may wish to obtain credit instead of an exemp students must satisfy before graduation. The College does tion for their demonstration of proficiency in which case not automatically accept high school foreign language work they apply for a Challenge Exam. The same test is used in as equivalent to college-level study. Upon admission, all both cases. The only difference is that students must pay the incoming freshmen and transfer students are required to fee for a challenge exam if they desire to obtain credit. The take a foreign language placement test to determine the student must decide before taking the exam(s) whether it appropriate level at which the student should begin the will be for credit or for an exemption and, if for credit, must study of a language. Students may place out of the foreign pay the required fee. The test is graded for two levels of language requirement when they obtain scores of 80 per- proficiency (Basic I or Basic II) and credits are awarded for
100 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES demonstrating this level of proficiency (3 credits for one MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS semester level and 6 for two semesters). No student has to SPAN 113 Intermediate Spanish II 3 take the exemption exam or the challenge exam nor does the SPAN 221 Spanish: The Spoken Language 3 performance in it affect his/her placement. These examina SPAN 222 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 tions are offered four times during the year in October, SPAN 225 Hispanic Culture I: Spain or February, june and August. SPAN 226 Hispanic Culture II: Spanish America For further information, students should contact their or advisors or the foreign language placement coordinator in SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture Ill: Culture of the Department of Languages and Cultures. HispanicS in the United States 3 Junior Year Abroad Program SPAN 230 Ifitroduction to Spanish Literature I or SPAN 231 Introduction to Spanish Literature II 3 Students interested in the junior Year Abroad program Plus one course from each of the follOwing five groups: should make an appointment with their major advisor who will give them the information they need about eligibility, Group A: Golden Age procedures to be followed, types of programs approved by SPAN 331 The Golden Age of Spain 3 the College, credit transfers, etc. Semester programs are also SPAN 435 Cervantes and His Age 3 available. SPAN 481 Spanish Seminar 3 Group B: Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Literature SPAN 330 Spanish Literature of the Twentieth French Minor Century 3 SPAN 334 Romanticism in Spain: Prose and Poetry 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS SPAN 434 The Nineteenth Century Novel of Spain 3 FR 113 Intermediate French II 3 Group C: Spanish American Literature to 1900 FR222 Advanced French Conversation SPAN 336 Modernismo: Prose and Poetry 3 and Composition I SPAN 430 The Literature of Spanish America or 3 to Modernism 3 FR 223 Advanced French Conversation and SPAN 433 The Novel of Spanish America 3 Composition II SPAN 436 The Modem Spanish American Essay 3 FR230 Masterpieces of French Literature 3 Group D: Spanish American Literature: Modem FR240 Cultural Heritage of France SPAN 431 The Modem Literature of Spanish or 3 America: 1888 to the Present 3 FR241 Contemporary French Life SPAN 433 The Novel of Spanish America 3 Additional Courses (select two courses) 6 credits SPAN 480 Seminar: Spanish America 3 Students are encouraged to take a literary course: Group E: Spanish Drama FR 219 Commercial French 3 SPAN 332 The Drama of the Golden Age 3 FR 220 Translating I 3 SPAN 335 Modem Spanish American Drama 3 FR 320 Interpreting French Literature 3 SPAN 337 The Romantic Theatre in Spain 3 FR 331 The Twentieth-Century French Novel 3 FR 333 The Modem French Theatre 3 FR334 French Literature to 1600 3 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FR336 French Poetry 3 Students interested in obtaining teaching certification in FR337 French Literature of Canada, the Antilles Spanish must complete the 27-credit series listed under the and Africa 3 Department of Curriculum and Instruction. FR350 Advanced French Phonetics and Grammar 3 FR399 Selected Topics 3 FR432 The Nineteenth-Century French Novel 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS FR435 Seventeenth-Century French Tragedy SPAN 221 Spanish: The Spoken Language or and Comedy 3 SPAN 222 Spanish Conversation and Composition 3 FR438 Literature of the French Enlightenment 3 SPAN 225 Hispanic Culture I: Spain or FR 480 Senior Seminar 3 SPAN 226 Hispanic Culture II: Spanish America or FR 499 Independent Study 3 SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture Ill: Culture of Hispanics Note: Courses in French literature in translation may not be in the United States 3 applied to minor requirements SPAN 230 Introduction to Spanish Literature I or SPAN 231 Introduction to Spanish Literature II 3 Plus one course from each of the following three groups: Spanish Major PREREQUISITES Required for entrance to the Spanish major are three or four years of high school Spanish, or a minimum of 580 in CEEB, or a near nat~ve fluency. Advanced placement may be obtained by standard examination or by decision of the Spanish Curriculum Committee.
101 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Group A: Golden Age Upper Level Electives SPAN 331 The Golden Age of Spain 3 Communication SPAN 435 Cervantes and His Age 3 COMM 265 Foundations of Language SPAN 481 Spanish Seminar 3 COMM 266 Dynamics of Communication Group B: Spanish American Literature to 1900 COMM 340 Intercultural Communication SPAN 336 Modernismo: Prose and Poetry 3 COMM 364 Voice and Speech Production SPAN 430 The Literature of Spanish America to Philosophy Modernism 3 PHIL 200 Ethics SPAN 433 The Novel of Spanish America 3 PHIL 210 Logic SPAN 436 The Modem Spanish American Essay 3 Sociology SOC 335 Sociology of the Law Group C: Spanish Drama SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems SPAN 332 The Drama of the Golden Age 3 Computer Science SPAN 335 Modem Spanish American Drama 3 CS 201 Computer Literacy SPAN 337 The Romantic Theatre in Spain 3 Note: In fulfilling general education requirements, it is recommended that students take AACS ISS, Justice and Legal Interpretation and Racism, and LAT 110 and LAT Ill, Basic Latin I and II. Translation Minor The minor in legal interpretation and translation is an interdiSciplinary program in scope. It provides preparation Courses for future positions in the legal interpreting field, in the courts, with private attorneys and at the community level as Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. bilingual/bicultural personnel. The minor in legal interpre Courses marked * require one hour of lab work per week. tation and translation offers preparation for future profes FR lio Basic French 1* sional studies in legal interpretation and translation at the An introductory course in which the skills of understand graduate level. ing, speaking, reading and writing basic French are devel PREREQUISITE oped. An elementary introduction to French culture is Students must prove proficiency in English and in Spanish received as part of the language learning and forms a regardless of their major. nucleus around which students can build a deeper apprecia REQUIREMENTS 18 Credits tion of the achievements of the French and their way oflife. The minor in legal interpretation and translation consists of FRIll Basic French II* four courses in the field of legal interpretation and transla Provides the student ongoing development of contempo tion, one law content course and one language, language rary conversational French and reading and writing skills related or culture course. beyond beginning level. SPAN 351 Introduction to Interlingual Prerequisite: FR 11 0 or equivalent Communication 3 SPAN 352 Introduction to Written Translation 3 FR 112 Intermediate French I SPAN 451 Interpreting I 3 A thorough review of basic French and completion of SPAN 452 Interpreting II 3 fundamentals of Fr'ench gral1).;nar and vocabulary. System Plus atic aural-oral practice. Training to read French literary and journalistic selections with considerable ease and to write Legal Content Course (select one) 3 credits brief, correct grammatical French compositions. LAW 120 Introduction to Law and Legal Systems LAW 206 Substantive Criminal Law FR 113 Intermediate French II* Language Content Course (select one) 3 credits A continuation and intensification of Intermediate French SPAN 221 Spanish: The Spoken Language 1. The goal is a sophisticated level of comprehension and SPAN 222 Advanced Spanish Conversation and discussion. Guided readings of French short stories and Composition newspaper and magazine articles or a novel. SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture III: Culture of Hispanics Prerequisite: FR 112 or equivalent in the United States FR200 Introduction to French Culture and SPAN 228 Hispanic Literature in the United States Literature ENG 330 Critical Writing An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage of Depending upon their major, students are.advised to choose France from medieval times to the present. free and upper level elective courses from the follOwing: FR219 Commercial French Free Electives Introduction to French business vocabulary. Training in Theatre understanding and drafting French commercial correspon THEA 170 Acting: Improvisation dence and practice in oral communication in everyday business situations. The course also familiarizes students with those aspects of French which are useful to them in commercial exchanges with the French.
102 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES
FR 220 French: Translating I FR 331 The Twentieth-Century French Novel An introductory course in the art and practice of translating A study of the novel of twentieth-century France, with from English into French and from French into English. particular attention to such authors as Gide, Proust, Mauriac, The course is divided into three segments: practice in Sartre, Camus, Robbe-Grillet. bilingual translation of simple narrative, descriptive and Prerequisite: FR 230 or eqUivalent expository material with emphasis upon fundamental struc FR 333 The Modem French Theatre tural comparison; analysis of bilingual renditions of se Major dramatists and movements in France from the begin lected well-known literary passages with emphasis upon ning of the century to the present. Emphasis on French fundamental comparative stylistics and with some student existentialism through the theatre of the absurd. practice in translation; practice in bilingual translation of Prerequisite: FR 230 or eqUivalent basic business correspondence. FR334 French Literature to 1600 FR222 Advanced French Conversation and A study of the literature of medieval France and of the Composition I French Renaissance. Intensive oral and written practice in French on an ad Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent vanced level. Practice in colloquial, idiomatic French and the supplementary use of newspapers, magazines and other FR 336 French Poetry media. A study of the French poetic tradition and major poetic PrereqUisite: Intermediate-level proficiency works from the medieval period to post-surrealism. Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent FR 223 Advanced French Conversation and Composition II FR337 French Literature of Canada, the Antilles Continuation and intensification of FR 222. Extensive in and Africa corporation of contemporary French cultural material in Introduces students to the major genres, themes and au conversation and intensive practice in composition. thors of Francophone literature outside of metropolitan Prerequisite: FR 222 or equivalent France. Emphasis is on the intrinsic literary value of black and Canadian literature expressed in French and the cul FR 230 Masterpieces of French Literature tural and social dimensions of these literatures. An introduction to the major literary trends and schools in Prerequisite: FR 230 or eqUivalent France from the Renaissance to the Nouveau roman. Se lected readings from masters of each major literary period. FR350 Advanced French Phonetics and Grammar FR 240 Cultural Heritage of France The French phonetic system, phonetic analysis and tran An introduction to the cultural heritage of France from scription, extensive practice in pronunciation, intonation medieval times through the nineteenth century, including and diction. Practice in simple discourse and the oral France's major contributions to Western thought and the reading of prose, poetry and dramatic literature. A system arts and sciences. May be taken simultaneously with FR atic study of French grammar at an advanced level. 222. Prerequisite: FR 113 or equivalent Prerequisite: FR 222 or equivalent FR 399 Selected Topics FR 241 Contemporary French Life A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Contemporary France, its thought, its lifestyle, its contribu recommended by the department and approved by the tions to contemporary Western culture. Examination and dean. discussion of the major social and political problems of Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson contemporary France. The impact and contribution of 1-6 credits French films today. May be taken simultaneously with FR 222. FR 432 The Nineteenth-Century French Novel PrereqUisite: FR 222 or equivalent The French novel from Hugo to Zola. Analysis of the genre in the movements of romanticism, realism and naturalism. FR300 Twentieth-Century French Literature in Readings from Hugo, Stendhal, Balzac, Flaubert, Zola and Translation Maupassant. This one-term course enables students, through reading Prerequisite: One 300-level course in French literature and critical discussion, to confront the ideas and tendencies reflected in the works of the major French writers of the FR 435 Seventeenth-Century French Tragedy and twentieth century. The confusion, diversity, violence and Comedy hopes, which are keynotes of the contemporary period, are The French classical tragedy, tragi-comedy and comedy. dramatically portrayed in the various literary selections Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent offered. FR 438 Literature of the French Enlightenment FR 320 Interpreting French Literature The transition from French classicism to the eighteenth A theoretical presentation of the French method of stylistic century revolt against authority and tradition. Selections analysis known as explication de texte and the application of from Montesquieu, Diderot, Voltaire, Beaumarchais. Intro this method to selected texts from various periods of French duction to the eighteenth-century French novel and psy literature. chological drama. PrereqUisite: FR 222 or equivalent Prerequisite: FR 230 or equivalent
103 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
FR 480 Senior Seminar 3 credits each In-depth study of a selected author or theme. SPAN 198-199 Intensive Course in Prerequisite: Fr 230 or equivalent Conversational Spanish I and II FR 499 Independent Study DeSigned to further develop the student's ability to under As approved and to be arranged. stand, read, write and speak modem Spanish. Reviews the 1-6 credits basics of vocabulary, pronunciation and sentence structure SPAN 109 Introduction to Spanish Culture and and teaches the student a more sophisticated level of con versation. Language An introductory course in the language and culture of 3 credits each Hispanic peoples. The basics of Spanish pronunciation and SPAN 200 Introduction to Spanish Culture and vocabulary, fundamental forms and rudiments of sentence Literature structure. Cultural topics relevant to college students are An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage of Spain discussed in English. and Spanish America from medieval times to the present. SPAN llO Basic Spanish 1* SPAN 221 Spanish: The Spoken Language Introduces the student to the basic elements of the Spanish A guided introduction to the basic problems of the Spanish language as used in contemporary Spanish conversation language based on structural and descriptive analysis of the and in everyday situations. The student is also exposed to Spanish sound system. Throughout the course emphasis is basic forms of the written language and carefully graded placed on the spoken language. readings aimed at widening the working vocabulary. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Prerequisite: No high school Spanish SPAN 222 Advanced Spanish Conversation and SPAN III Basic Spanish II" Composition Aims at increasing the student's ability to use basic forms of Oral and written communication with practical application oral communication in Spanish through constant use of the of content and theory in speaking and oral reading situa everyday idiom. Carefully graded practice in reading and tions. Analysis of various writings to discover principles and writing supplements the conversational aspects ofthe course. techniques to be applied by students in their own writing. Prerequisite: SPAN 110 or eqUivalent Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency SPAN 112 Intermediate Spanish I SPAN 225 Hispanic Culture I: Spain A thorough review of basic conversation followed by an Synthesis of the cultural characteristics of Spain as ex aural-oral presentation of such topics as travel, student life, pressed through the centuries in literature, art, philosophy careers, sports, fine arts, industry, politics, etc. A review of and social institutions. the essentials of Spanish, development of a larger vocabu Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency lary, including idioms, discussion of selected short stories SPAN 226 Hispanic Culture II: Spanish America and other selected areas of interest to students are included. Synthesis of cultural characteristics of Spanish America as Prerequisite: SPAN III or equivalent expressed through the centuries in literature, art, philoso SPAN 113 Intermediate Spanish II phy and social institutions. A continuation and intensification of intermediate Spanish Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency 1. Guided discussion on a more sophisticated leveL A variety SPAN 227 Hispanic Culture III: Culture of of modem selections, prose and poetry, from the many Hispanics in the U.S. Spanish-speaking countries such as Puerto Rico, Mexico, A study of the culture of the Hispanics in the United States. Cuba, Columbia, Argentina, etc., are integrated into the A survey of the Hispanic cultural, social and artistic produc course. tion, by the most representative figures. A study of the Prerequisite: SPAN 112 or equivalent literature, the arts, the social and cultural trends. The study SPAN 114 Contemporary Spanish for Native focuses on the cultural production of Puerto Ricans, Cuban Speakers Americans and Chicanos. (Taught in Spanish) A study of the oral and grammatical structure in today's Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency standard Spanish. Intensive practice in oral and written SPAN 228 Hispanic Literature in the United States composition. For native speakers only. A survey of the literature produced by the major Hispanic Prerequisite: Written permission of departmental Spanish groups in the United States. The main groups considered are advisor the Puerto Ricans, Cuban Americans, and Chicanos. The SPAN 118 Spoken Spanish for Tourists genres to be studied are: poetry, short story, novel and Develops the student's ability to speak, understand and read theatre. Special emphasis is given to the literary and cultural basic and simplified Spanish. trends represented by the major authors. SPAN 120-121 Intensive Spanish I and II SPAN 230 Introduction to Spanish Literature I: A concentrated course in first- and second-year Spanish To 1700 designed to develop the student's ability to read, write, Survey of Spanish literature from its beginnings to 1700. understand and speak everyday Spanish. Covers the basics Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency of vocabulary, pronunciation and sentence structure. Read ings and discussions enable the student to acquire the tools needed to master conversational skills.
104 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES
SPAN 231 Introduction to Spanish Literature II: SPAN 334 Romanticism in Spain: Prose and Poetry From 1700 A study of poetry and prose of the Spanish romanticists. In A survey of Spanish literature from 1700 to the present. the postromantic period special attention is given to Becquer Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency and the aesthetics of the new poetry. SPAN 300 Twentieth-Century Spanish Literature Prerequisite: Completion of one 200-level course in Span in Translation ish A selective study of the major literary figures and significant SPAN 335 Modem Spanish American Drama trends in twentieth-century Hispanic literature. Emphasis A study of representative dramatists from 1900 to the is on such figures as Baroja, Unamuno, Ortega y Gasset, A. present. Writers included are Florencio Sanchez, Uigli, Machado, Jimenez, Salinas, Lorca, Guillen, Cela, Garcia Marques, Wolff, Arrivi, Solorzano, Dragun and Villaurrutia. Marquez, Fuentes, Borges, Carpentier, Sabato and Laguerre. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency SPAN 301 Masterpieces of Spanish Literature SPAN 336 Modemismo in Translation A study of the modernismo literary movement in Spanish Some masterpieces of Spanish literature are discussed from America from its beginning in 1882 to its conclusion in, the point of view of their universal appeal. Don Quixote by approximately, 1917. Includes representative works of Marti, Cervantes, The Cid and Life Is a Dream by Calderon, the Gutierrez Najera, del Casal, Silva and Dario who make up Celestina, Tirso de Molina's dramatic prototype of Don the so-called first generation of modernist writers; Dario, Juan, and Garcia Marquez, Fuentes, Borges, Carpentier, lugones, Herrera y Reissig, Valencia, Chocano, Nervo, Diaz Sabato and Laguerre. Rodriguez, Reyles and others who comprise the second generation. SPAN 302 Caribbean Culture and Literature of the Twentieth Century Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency A study, conducted in English, of the Spanish American SPAN 337 The Romantic Theatre in Spain social and literary traditiqns in the Caribbean area (Domini The emergence and development of the romantic theatre in can Republic, Puerto Rico and Cuba) and their major Spain; in-depth study ofsuch works as Don Alvaro 0 laJuerza cultural works from the beginning of modernismo to the del sino EI Trovador, Don Juan Tenorio, Los Amantes de present. Representative'works of Hostos, Marti, Henriques, Teruel ... Urena, Loynaz, Llorens Torres, Brun, Pales, Matos, Florit, Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency Guillen, del Cabral, Marques, Bosch, Carpentier, Laguerre, SPAN 351 Introduction to Interlingual others. Communication SPAN 330 Spanish Literature ofthe Twentieth Presentation of the various factors involved in communica Century tion and of the differences between oral and written com Selective study of major literary figures and significant munication. Introduction to translation and interpretation trends in twentieth-century Spanish literature. Emphasis as process of interlingual communication: types of transla on such figures as13aroja, Unamuno, Azorin, Valle-Inclan, tion, modes of interpretation, work of translators and inter Ortega y Gasset, Benavente, Perez de Ayala, Machado, preters. Improvement of active and passive skills in A and B Jimenez, Salinas, lorca Guillen, Aleixandre, Sastre, Gironella, languages. Development of oral/aural skills required for Cela and Laforet. interpretation. Simple oral and written language- switching Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency. exercises. Prerequisite: Screening test and! or specific English and SPAN 331 The Golden Age of Spain Spanish courses by advisement of program director The great creations of the Spanish Golden Age. EI Lazarillo de Tormes and EI Buscon are read as examples of picaresque SPAN 352 Introduction to Written Translation novels. Fray luis de Leon, Santa Teresa de Jesus and San Analysis of source texts: units of meaning, context, situa Juan de la Cruz are read as examples of mystical literature. tion. Introduction to types of translation equivalence. Trans An introduction to Novelas Ejemplares and Don Quixote is lation exercises using general texts. also included. Prerequisite or corequisite course: SPAN 351 Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency SPAN 399 Selected Topics SPAN 332 The Drama of the Golden Age A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A study of the development of the national theatre of Spain recommended by the department and approved by the through the plays of lope de Vega, Tirso de Molina, Mira de dean. Amescua, Calderon de la Barca, Alarcon, Guillen de Castro 1-6 credits and others. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency SPAN 430 The Literature of Spanish America to SPAN 333 The Literature of Spain Until the Modernism Renaissance A study of main developments, literary currents and repre A study of early literature of Spain from the Cantar de Mio sentative authors from the colonial period to 1888. Cid to La Celestina. Writers such as the Arcipreste de Hita, Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Don Juan Manuel and Fernando de Rojas are read inten Spanish sively. Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency
105 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
SPAN 431 The Modern Literature of Spanish Other Languages America: 1888 to the Present A study of main developments, literary currents and repre Arabic sentative authors from 1888 until the present. ARAB 110 Basic Arabic 1* Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in An introduction to basic standard classical modern Arabic Spanish as used all over the Arab world in books, mass media, official SPAN 433 The Novel of Spanish America records and documents, etc. It pays special attention to A study of major novels and short stories written by the most pronunciation, calligraphy, sentence structure and vocabu significant authors ofSpanish America. Historical, aesthetical lary. It aims at developing the student's ability to hear and social developments, as well as philosophical influ comprehend, read, write, and speak Arabic. Basic grammar ences are the main themes studied in this course. is introduced all along the course. Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in ARAB 111 Basic Arabic II* Spanish To continue the study of standard classical Arabic used SPAN 434 The Nineteenth-Century Novel of Spain commonly all over the world and allow interpretation and Selective study of the major novelists and significant trends in-depth understanding of Arabic prose and poetry as well in nineteenth-century Spanish novel. Emphasis on such as grammar and composition with detailed exercises. figures as Alarcon, Pereda, Valera, Galdos, Pardo Bazan and Chinese Alas. Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in CHIN 110 Basic Chinese 1* Spanish Provides students a basic understanding of Chinese pro nunciation, grammar and knowledge of some Chinese char SPAN 435 Cervantes and His Age acters and basic vocabulary. Emphasis is on drilling aural A study of Cervantes' artistic creation and its relation to the comprehension and elementary speaking of standard Chi culture of the sixteenth century. Special emphasis is given nese. to Don Quixote and the development of the novel as a genre. Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in CHIN 111 Basic Chinese II* Spanish A continuation of Basic Chinese 1. Equal attention given to speaking, reading and writing. Writing consists of exercises SPAN 436 The Modern Spanish American Essay in calligraphy and translation of simple sentences. Students A selective study of the representative essay writers in are taught how to use a Chinese-English dictionary. Spanish America. Emphasis is placed on major opinion Prerequisite: CHIN 11 0 or eqUivalent shapers, such as Varona, de Hostos, Rojas, Reyes, Henriquez, Urena, Picon Salas, Arciniegas, Mariategui, others. CHIN 112 Intermediate Chinese I Prerequisite: Completion of one 300-level course in Following continued training in fluent and accurate speech, Spanish students learn new vocabulary and more complicated sen tences. Stress on the understanding sentence patterns, which SPAN 451 Interpreting I serve as a foundation for further study. Presentation of interpretation and of different modes of Prerequisite: CHIN III or equivalent interpretation used in the courtroom. Activities designed to develop oral/aural skills, memory, basic note-taking tech CHIN 113 Intermediate Chinese II niques, public speaking and language switching skills. Sight An intensification of CHIN 112. Students are introduced to translation and consecutive interpretation practice using a variety of topics in modern Chinese and work toward the general texts. goal of recognizing approximately 1,200 lexical items, in Prerequisite or corequisite course: SPAN 352 cluding 1,000 characters. Students also learn how to write short compositions. SPAN 452 Interpreting II Development of note-taking techniques. Practice of Sight CHIN 200 Introduction to Chinese Culture and translation and consecutive interpretation using more dif Literature ficultand varied texts than in Interpreting 1. Introduction to An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage of simultaneous interpretation. China from its beginnings to the present time. The course, Prerequisite: SPAN 451 taught in English, aims at a better understanding of Chinese culture and literature through the study of its sublime SPAN 480 Seminar: Spanish America literary masterpieces. An in-depth study of a selected author or theme in Spanish American literature. CHIN 222 Advanced Chinese Conversation and Prerequisite: One 300-level course in Spanish American Composition I literature Concentrates on consolidating the foundations of pronun ciation, grammar and character writing built in the first two SPAN 481 Spanish Seminar years of study. Emphasis on discussing topics of general An in-depth study of a selected author or theme from Spain. interest and writing essays. Prerequisite: One 300-level course in Spanish American Prerequisite: Intermediate-level proficiency literature SPAN 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits
106 LANGUAGES AND CULTURES
CHIN 223 Advanced Chinese Conversation and GR III Classical Greek for Beginners II* Composition II Probes deeper into the reading and translation of complex A continuation of CHIN 222. Provides a wide range of more forms of classical Greek. Primary emphasis is on syntax. advanced vocabulary and a number of common sayings, as Students are exposed to simple readings and translations of well as a metaphorical use of common words that form part famous works of classical writers and taught how to handle of the verbal and cultural backgrounds of Chinese people. variations of words with the aid of a dictionary in order to Prerequisite: CHIN 222 or equivalent translate written material. CHIN 499 Chinese Independent Study GR 399 Selected Topics As approved and to be arranged. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as 1-6 credits recommended by the department and approved by the Gennan dean. PrereqUisite: Permission of the department chairperson GER 110 Basic German 1* 1-6 credits Intensive aural-oral practice, stressing the acquisition of the dual skills of listening comprehension and speaking; em GR 499 Greek Independent Study phasis on everyday German. Reading of graded material in As approved and to be arranged. diverse areas of interest. 1-6 credits GER III Basic German II* Hebrew Reinforcement of aural comprehension and speaking abil HEBR 110 Basic Hebrew 1* ity. Current idiom, as used in meaningful context, f; empha The elements of Hebrew: elementary conversation, writing, sized. Enhancement of reading ability by means of pro fundamentals of grammar and reading of simple texts. grammed readers. HEBR lli Basic Hebrew II* Prerequisite: GER 110 or equivalent Continuation of Hebrew I: readings of text of medium
GER 112 Intermediate German I > difficulty, conversation and mor.e complicated grammatical Refinement and introduction to the subtlety of oral expres structure. sion. Guided discussion of questions of topical interest. HEBR 112 Intermediate Hebrew I Reading of the more formal and intricate language ofunedited Students are exposed to Hebrew literature in the form of texts; supplementary readings from newspapers, magazines simplified literary selections. Grammatical fundamentals and journals. are extended to facilitate reading of the texts. Speaking Prerequisite: GER III or equivalent ability is extended beyond basic conversation to the expres GER 113 Intermediate German II sion of a range of ideas. Development of free conversation with the aid of newspa HEBR 113 Intermediate Hebrew II pers, magazines, tapes, recordings. Topics of contemporary A contirtuation of Intermediate Hebrew I including more interest provide a basis for an up-to-date, comprehensive advanced literature, grammar and conversation. view of Germany. Prerequisite: GER 112 or eqUivalent HEBR 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as GER 120 Scientific German recommended by the department and approved by the Designed for potential science majors and minors. Students dean. receive guidance in reading current scientific and techno Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson logical journals independently. 1-6 credits GER 399 Selected Topics HEBR 499 Hebrew Independent Study A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as As approved and to be arranged. recommended by the department and approved by the 1-6 credits dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Italian 1-6 credits IT II0 Basic Italian 1* GER 499 German Independent Study Designed for students with no previous knowledge of Ital As approved and to be arranged. ian; aims at developing basic Italian speech patterns. After 1-6 credits a thorough study of Italian pronunciation and intonation, the student develops a basic Italian vocabulary and learns Greek how to use the Italian verb. GR 110 Classical Greek for Beginners 1* IT III Basic Italian II * An introductory course which provides the student the Aims at reinforcing and continuing to develop basic Italian basic elements of classical Greek. Primary emphasis is on speech patterns and at imparting the basic foundations in structure and morphology; the aim is a graded reading the four language skills, i.e., understanding, speaking, read knowledge. Since classical Greek is a nonliving language, ing and writing. classes expose the student to translation of simple gram matical forms and sentences in order to develop an exten sive vocabulary.
107 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
IT 112 Intermediate Italian I JPAN III Basic Japanese II* Designed for students who have a basic proficiency in A more in-depth study of theJapanese sound system and the Italian. Aims at strengthening the four language skills. Basic romanization used in the textbook. Students are taught language patterns are reviewed, and new ones assimilated more challenging vocabulary and sentence structure. The through conversation, reading and composition. hiragano and katakana syllabaries are studied as wei\. Equal Prerequisite: IT III or equivalent attention is given to speaking, reading, writing and compre hension. ITIl3 Intermediate Italian II Aims at strengthening further the four language skills, i.e., JPAN 112 Intermediate Japanese I understanding, speaking, reading, writing through an es The course, designed as a continuation of Basic Japanese I sentially audio-lingual approach and the reading and dis and II, further increases the student's knowledge of Japa cussion of literary selections. nese grammar, vocabulary, idioms and characters, building Prerequisite: IT 112 or equivalent on the previously acquired foundation in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPAN III or equivalent IT 200 Introduction to Italian Culture and Literature JPAN 113 Intermediate Japanese II An introduction to the cultural and literary heritage ofItaly A continuation of Intermediate Japanese 1. Further in from its beginnings to the present time. creases a student's knowledge of Japanese grammar, vo cabulary, idioms and characters, building on the previously IT 230 Twentieth-Century Italian Literature A study of the significant trends, major prose writers and acquired foundation in Japanese. Prerequisite: JPAN 112 or equivalent poets of modem Italian literature: Pirandello, Silone, Pavese, Montale, Ungaretti and others. JPAN 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as IT 300 Twentieth-Century Italian Literature in recommended by the department and approved by the Translation A study of selected writers who illustrate the main currents dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson of twentieth-century Italian literature: Pirandello, Montale, 1-6 credits Moravia, Pavese, Betti, Ungaretti and others. JPAN 499 Japanese Independent Study IT 399 Selected Topics As approved and to be arranged. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as 1-3 credits recommended by the department and approved by the dean. Latin Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson LAT 110 Latin for Beginners I* 1-6 credits Introduces the basic elements of classical Latin. The student IT 499 Italian Independent Study is exposed to the cultural and historical background of the As approved and to be arranged. Romans as a means of understanding the Roman contribu 1-3 credits tion to our age and culture. Korean LAT III Basic Latin II* Reading and translating complex forms of classical Latin, KORE 110 Basic Korean 1* Designed for students with no previous knowledge of Ko stressing correlations with the English language. Prerequisite: LAT 110 or equivalent rean. Introduction to Korean, including elements of gram mar and vocabulary in a natural context. Equal attention is LAT 399 Selected Topics given to listening comprehension, oral skills, reading and A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as writing. recommended by the department and approved by the dean. . KORE III Basic Korean II* Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Continuation of Basic Korean 1. Designed to increase the 1-6 credits students' knowledge of grammar, vocabulary and idioms; it provides the necessary basic foundation for further study in LAT 499 Independent Study hislher area of study. Equal attention is given to listening As approved and to be arranged. comprehension, oral skills, reading and writing. 1-6 credits Japanese Portuguese JPAN 110 Basic Japanese I* PORT 110 Basic Portuguese I' Begins with an introduction to the Japanese sound system An introductory two-part course in modem Portuguese. and to the romanization used in the textbook. Students are The skills of understanding, speaking, reading and writing taught simple Japanese sentences with vocabulary intro Portuguese are developed insofar as the realities and limita duced in a natural context and introduced to the hiragana tions of learning a foreign language in a classroom allow. and katakana syllabaries. Equal attention is given to listen Cultural information about Portugal, Brazil and other Por ing, speaking, reading and writing. tuguese-speaking countries is provided in conjunction with the acquisition of the language skills.
108 MARKETING AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
PORT III Basic Portuguese II" RUS 112 Intermediate Russian I A continuation of PORT 1l0. More detailed study of gram A review of grammar fundamentals, followed by a study of mar; practice in reading, writing, comprehension and speak advanced grammatical structure and idiom; reading a vari ing. ety of texts, composition and conversation. PORT 399 Selected Topics RUS 113 Intermediate Russian II A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A continuation of Intermediate Russian 1. Selected prob recommended by the department and approved by the lems in grammar, sentence structure and idiomatic expres dean. sion; a series of readings of moderate difficulty, with empha Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson sis on reading comprehension and conversation. 1-6 credits RUS 399 Selected Topics PORT 499 Independent Study A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as As approved and to be arranged. recommended by the department and approved by the 1-6 credits dean. Russian Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits RUS 110 Basic Russian 1* An introduction to the Russian language, familiarizing the RUS 499 Russian Independent Study student with the Russian alphabet and Russian pronuncia As approved and to be arranged. tion, elementary grammar and conversation. 1-6 credits RUS III Basic Russian II* A continuation of Basic Russian 1; more detailed study of grammar, practice in reading, writing, comprehension and speaking.
Department of Marketing and Management Sciences
Professors: P. Nayak (chairperson), K.H. Kim Concentration (management or marketing) 21 credits Associate Professor: W. Matthews Additional Requirements 6 credits Assistant Professors: D. K. Rhee, V. Tong CS 201 Computer Literacy 3 Business Administration (B.S. Degree) and a 300 or 400 level business course 3 The business administration program enables students to Concentrations eJect a concentration in management, marketing or finance. Management (See the Department of Economics and Finance for the ECON 2ll Economic Statistics II 3 finance concentration.) The program is grounded in liberal MGT 306 Organizational Behavior 3 studies and provides strong exposure to a variety of disci MGT 308 Organizational Theory and Design 3 plines, which allows the student to have maximum flexibil MGT 309 International Management 3 ity with which to meet the challenges of the current and MGT 315 Human Resources and Management 3 future job market. MGT 451 Management Planning and Control 3 MGT 480 Seminar in Management 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 60 CREDITS Marketing School of Management Core 33 credits ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 ACCT 2ll Financial Accounting 3 MGT 309 International Management 3 ACCT 212 Managerial Accounting 3 MKT 314 Advertising 3 ECON 202 Microeconomics 3 MKT316 Multinational Marketing 3 ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 MKT430 Product PlanninglManagement 3 FIN 320 Corporate Finance 3 MKT465 Marketing Research 3 LAW 201 Legal Environment of Business 3 MKT475 Transportation and Business Logistics 3 MGT 300 PrinCiples of Management 3 MGT 305 Management Information Systems 3 MGT 431 Production and Operations Management 3 MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy 3 MKT 310 Marketing 3
109 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
Courses Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 MKT 310 Marketing Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. Major emphasis on techniques for solving business prob MGT 202 Introduction to Business lems, the development of marketing policies and the sale of This is a sophomore level course for students considering consumer and industrial products. Various marketing majoring in the business disciplines of management, mar decisions are examined with respect to product-planning, keting, accounting, economics and finance. The course channels of distribution, promotion activity, selling and provides an overview and basic vocabulary within the sales management, pricing and international marketing. general area of business. For students continuing on as Prerequisite: MGT 300 majors in the business disciplines, the course provides a MKT 314 Advertising framework of understanding for more specific advanced The dynamic role played by advertising in the American courses. For students not majoring in business, the course economy. Examines the function of the corporate advertis adds to their general education and preparation for life ing department in manufacturing and retailing firms, as through an introduction to the world of business. well as the advertising agency itself. MGT 300 Principles of Management Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 Introduces basic principles, policies, problems and success MGT 315 Human Resources Planning ful methods of business organization and management. Includes human resource planning process techniques, Emphasizes management's ability to analyze, plan, coordi operations, goals, objectives, targets, long-range planning, nate and control the varied activities of production, person micro-and macroenvironmental and manpower analysis, nel, finance and marketing. Also examines social responsi planning methods, strategies, career planning, develop bility and environmental factors affecting business policy ment concepts and methods and other aspects of human and operation. resources planning and development. Prerequisites: ECON 201, 202, ACCT 211 and 212 Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 306 MGT 305 Management Information Systems MKT 316 Multinational Marketing Provides methodology of the design, analysis and evalua A comprehensive examination of the problems and oppor tion of management information systems. Topics include tunities of international marketing. Provides for in-depth organizational implications ofinformation technology, plan study of international marketing decision requirements, ning and control systems, implementation of an integrated including strategic planning, cultural analysis and other system, technical treatment of MIS management and appli related topics. cation of computers via microcomputer packages in busi Prerequisites: MGT 300, 309 and MKT 310 ness environments. MGT 340 Labor and Management in the American Prerequisites: CS 201 and MGT 300 Economy (also listed as ECON 340) . MGT 306 Organizational Behavior An examination of how labor and management are affected This course introduces the "micro" theories of organiza by various theories and institutional approaches and poli tion. It focuses on human behavior and action within the cies, such as public legislation on labor and management organizational setting. Case studies and experiential exer relations, collective bargaining, labor unions, inflation and cises are emphasized in the class. unemployment. Prerequisite: MGT 300 Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 202 MGT 308 Organizational Theory and Design MKT342 Retail Marketing: Merchandise This course introduces the "macro" theories of organiza Management tion. It focuses on the organization as a whole and its The dynamic role played by retailing in the American relationship with the environment. Special topics include economy. Analyzes the problems of marketing consumer goal, technology, structure, process, politics and culture. In goods and services and operating various types of stores. understanding any organizational phenomenon, these theo Strategies of forecasting, planning, organizing and control ries can serve as the important analytic tools. Both theoreti ling retail operations are also considered. cal underpinnings and practical applications are equally Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 emphasized. MKT 351 Sales Management Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MGT 306 Emphasizes the importance of personal selling in the corpo MGT 309 International Management rate environment from the theoretical and practical points A framework for the analysis of international management of view. Implementation, evaluation and control of sales problems. Defines the nature of the international, multina program is focused on from the managerial perspective. tional and transnational company. Also examines the Prerequisites: MGT 300, MKT 310 evolution of these types of enterprises, develops a model of a multinational firm in a dynamic global setting and pro vides a bridge among the disciplines of economics, sociol ogy, political science and international management.
110 MARKETING AND MANAGEMENT SCIENCES
MGT 399 Selected Topics MGT 460 Business Strategy and Policy A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as A case study approach to business decision making that recommended by the department and approved by the integrates functional and organizational disciplines. Exam dean. ines, in depth, a series of complex industrial situations to Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson determine in each instance the strategy and policies a firm 1-6 credits should follow for its long-run survival. Prerequisites: MGT 300, MKT 310 and FIN 320 MKT 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as MKT 465 Marketing Research recommended by the department and approved by the Marketing research as a tool of marketing management, dean. emphasizing the role of research in planning, organizing Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson and controlling marketing activities. Various analytical 1-6 credits tools for marketing research are examined and their appli MKT 430 Product Planning and Management cation to practical marketing problems is illustrated. Prerequisites: MKT 310, MGT 300, ECON 210 and 211 Emphasizes the importance of product planning and devel opment of new products for the growth and survival of MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research business organizations. Particular emphasis is on product The scientific methodology of operations research and logic development, the management of new product strategies is applied to the decision making process. Introduces the and the planning and management of the entire product mix concepts of linear and mathematical programming and in the multi-product organization. inventory and statistical decision theories. Prerequisites: MKT 310 and MGT 300 Prerequisites: ECON 211, MGT 300 and MATH 150 or MGT 431 Production and Operations Management higher Techniques and methods employed by managers to plan MKT 475 Transportation and Business Logistics and control manufacturing and other operating systems are Management emphasized. Application of quantitative methods and vari Covers the theory, techniques and management of physical ous analytical techniques are stressed for operating system supply and distribution. Emphasis is placed on organiza deSign, planning, control, problem solutions, productivity, tion, route structure, equipment management, scheduling, inventory, scheduling, quality and capacity management, control operations, inventory management and other macro control system development, new technology evaluation and micro logistics. Students must deal with government and transportation problems. regulations, industry trends and relations, technological Prerequisites: ECON 210, 211 and MGT 300 development and corporate strategy. Prerequisites: MKT 310 and MGT 300 MGT 450 Small Business Management A senior-level seminar course in the practical aspects of MGT 480 Seminar in Management designing and operating a small business firm. Urban and Explores, in depth, selected theoretical aspects of manage inner-city minority group and poverty problems are high ment theories and/or the major areas within management. lighted where appropriate. Each student is expected to take a major area and prepare a Prerequisites: MGT 300 and MKT 310 paper that may include decision-making processes, strategy formulation, perceptions of environmental factors, mana MGT 451 Management Planning and Control gerial values, organizational crises and other current man The design and testing of management systems are ex agement topics. Students have the opportunity to write a plored. Analysis of analytical and simulation methods used paper based on their studies of real-world situations. in planning and controlling different management systems Prerequisites: MGT 300, 460, MKT 310 and FIN 320 configurations are examined and the behavioral and sys tems approaches are integrated. Concepts of planning and MKT 499 Independent Study control are introduced along with situational activities, case As approved and to be arranged. studies, perceptual exercises, role playing, competency 1-6 credits planning and control activities. MGT 499 Independent Study Prerequisites: MGT 300, 306, MKT 310 and FIN 320 As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits
111 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES Department of Philosophy
Professors: M. Hailparn,]. O'Connor, P. Rothenberg PHIL 223 Philosophy of Science 3 Associate Professors: A. Cac~ullos, M. L. Friquegnon,]. PHIL 312 Metaphysics 3 Peterman (chairperson) PHIL 317 Theory of Knowledge 3 Assistant Professor: D. Kolak Great Thinkers 3 credits Philosophy examines how we examine, questions what One of the following: questions we ask and evaluates our values. Its subject matter PHIL 326 Plato 3 is the beliefs and opinions that run our lives, and its goal is PHIL 327 Aristotle 3 to make these as logically sound and clearly communicable PHIL 404 Seminar: Classics in Philosophy 3 as possible. Philosophy is the one discipline where knowl Electives 9 credits edge itself comes under examination, and all claims to know Minor Requirements 15 Credits (whether a person, a fact or an idea) ,just as all justifications Students must complete 15 credits of philosophy courses for action, must be defensible. beyond the 100-level. This requires critical thinking, the ability to ask the right as well as the "dumb" questions and to answer them. Philosophy develops the skills needed for this, such as analysis of arguments, problem-solving methods, clear and Courses persuasive expression ofone's ideas and developing a broader Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. perspective so our ideas might work tomorrow as well as today. PHIL 110 Introduction to Philosophy All human ideas and activities are relevant to this study, Representative problems of philosophy, ranging from meth including such areas as ethics (how people should act), ods of inquiry, moral dilemmas, religious knowledge, prob logic (how people should think), aesthetics (how people lems of existence, artistic judgment and criticism to politi should judge what they like), metaphysics (the nature of cal and social philosophy. space, time and life) and epistemology (how do we know PHIL 200 Ethics what we think we know). Thus, we study science and This course is taught in one of two ways: (1) an examination religion, political and moral issues, propaganda and truth, of representative ethical theories ranging from Socrates, beauty and commercialism, technology and happiness, so Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the Stoics, Hume, Kant, Bentham, ciety and the self. Mill, Dewey and more recent philosophers; (2) an attempt Philosophy is one of the traditional routes to advanced to develop moral criteria by examining representative moral study in any of the humanities, as well as to the professions problems confronting society. An analysis is made of the such as law. Undergraduate degrees prepare one for posi nature of moral discourse and the meaning of moral terms. tions requiring clear thinking, problem analysis, clear ex Prerequisite: PHIL 110 pression of ideas, such as managing or supervising in government or business, professional writing and precollege PHIL 210 Logic education. Graduate degrees prepare one for college teach Covers formal techniques in the logic of propositions and ing, consulting on ethical questions to hospitals and busi predicate logic. Three kinds of deductive derivations - ness and administrative positions in education and else direct derivation, conditional proof and indirect derivation where. Philosophers' love of language has led many to - are considered as are shorter tests of validity and consis careers in comedy, theatre and journalism. tency. Recommended for debaters, lawyers, public speakers and computer science majors. MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Note: PHIL 110, Introduction to Philosophy, is required in PHIL 215 The History of Ancient Philosophy general education and does not count toward majorrequire ments. The history of philosophy from the Pre-Socratics through Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, the Stoics, the Epicureans and Core Courses 6 credits early Neo-Platonists. Recommended for history majors. PHIL 200 Ethics 3 Also provides literature majors with the sources of classical PHIL 210 Logic 3 intellectual allusions that abound in literature and drama. History 6 credits Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Two of the follOwing: PHIL 215 The History of Ancient Philosophy 3 PHIL 216 Philosophy in the Middle Ages PHIL 216 Philosophy of the Middle Ages 3 An introduction to philosophical ideas of the Middle Ages PHIL 217 History of Modem Philosophy 3 among Christians, Muslims and Jews. Emphasis on meta PHIL 218 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy: physics ofAugustine, Avicenna, Maimonides and the works Post-Kantian German Idealism 3 of Aquinas and Ockham. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Topical Areas 6 credits Two of the following: PHIL 220 Philosophy of Religion 3 PHIL 222 Political Philosophy 3
112 PHILOSOPHY
PHIL 217 17th and 18th Century Philosophy: The PHIL 227 Eastern Religion History of Modern Philosophy from A comparative study of the principal past and present Descartes to Kant Eastern religions and of man's religiOUS feelings and expe Deals with the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, prin rience. cipally with the following problems: the assimilation of Prerequisite: PHIL 110 science as faced by Descartes, Spinoza and Leibniz; the PHIL 228 Critical Thinking and Scientific Method order of nature suggested by Newtonian science and its Covers methods of inquiry as used in empirical research. effect on Locke, Berkeley and Hume; natural theology in the Explanation, hypothetico-deductive method, confirmation Enlightenment; the natural rights political philosophy of and types of inductive thinking form the basis of the course. Locke, the British moralists. In addition, special attention is given to relating course Prerequisite: PHIL 110 material to the thinking of the student. PHIL 218 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy: Prerequisite: PHIL 11 0 Post-Kantian German Idealism PHIL 300 Contemporary Analytic Philosophy An introduction to post- Kantian German idealism as exhib A study of the development of an important philosophical ited by Fichte, Schelling, Hegel, et al., and the transforma movement of the twentieth century, tracing its develop tion of and the reaction against idealism as seen in the ment from Bertrand Russell through the logical positivists, writings ofSchopenhauer, Marx, Kierkegaardarid Nietzsche. Ayer and Carnap, G.E. Moore, Gilbert Ryle, to ordinary Prerequisite: PHIL 110 language analysis, exemplified by Wittgenstein and Austin. PHIL 220 Philosophy of Religion Prerequisite: PHIL 110 An analytic study of religious beliefs. Emphasis on the PHIL 305 Existentialism and Phenomenology problems of the meaning and truth of religious utterances; Examines such existential themes as death, freedom, re the existence of God; the compatibility of God and evil; the sponsibility, subjectivity, angUish, time and the self as they relationship between 'religion, psychology and morality; appear in both literary and philosophical works. Phe and the philosophical adequacy of mysticism, both East and nomenology as one philosophical method which can be West. applied to such themes is considered. Includes the works of Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Sartre, Kierkegaard, Camus, Kafka, Heidegger and others. PHIL 221 Philosophy of Art Prerequisite: PHIL 110 An examination of theories of art from Plato to Dewey. The PHIL 309 Studies in the Utopian Theme role of inspiration, intelligence, skill, expression, experi A philosophical examination of Utopian thinking about ence and emotion in the arts is discussed. such questions as, "What is the nature of the good life?," Prerequisite: PHIL 110 "What is the nature of the good man?," "What is the nature PHIL 222 Political Philosophy of the ideal society?" Throughout, emphasis is on the Explores the relation between the state and the individual, relevance of past questions and answers to the dilemmas of asking what obligations and duties each has to the other. contemporary society. Also considers acts of civil disobedience and resistance and Prerequisite: PHIL 110 inquires into the role of tolerance in contemporary SOciety. PHIL 312 Metaphysics Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Several traditional and recent views of the problem of PHIL 223 Philosophy of Science existence and associated problems are discussed. Included Analyzes the logic of scientific inquiry and the logical are the relation between appearance and reality, mind and structure of its intellectual products. Primarily an examina matter, mind and body, the nature of substance and per tion of both logical patterns exhibited in the organization of sonal identity. scientific knowledge and logical methods whose use, de Prerequisite: PHIL 110 spite changes in special techniques and revolution in sub PHIL 315 Philosophy of Mind stantive theory, is the most endUring feature of modern The philosophical problems associated with the relation of science. mind and body, mind and matter, willing and acting. Also, Prerequisite: PHIL 110 a consideration of some representative solutions ranging PHIL 224 Philosophy of the Social Sciences from monism, dualism, epiphenomenalism, psychophYSical Deals with the lOgiC of social inquiry. Asks whether custom parallelism and behaviorism. Recent research in psychol ary scientific methods apply to the' social sciences. Exam ogy, neurophysiology and robot and computer automata ines explanatory proposals; e.g.> hermeneutic interpreta studies is considered. tion (verstehen), functionalism, structuralism, behaviorism, Prerequisite: PHIL 110 et al. PHIL 317 Theory of Knowledge Prerequisite: PHIL 110 An examination of the philosophical issues surrounding the PHIL 225 Philosophy of History notions of necessary truth, empirical knowledge, a prior A philosophical examination of historical language and knovvledge, analytic statements and related topics. Views of inquiry, the logic of historical development, problems of traditional and contemporary philosophers are discussed. historical explanation and geiI~ralization and value judg Prerequisi te: PHIL 110 ments. Prerequisite: PHIL 110
113 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
PHIL 318 American Philosophy PHIL 333 Philosophy of Law An introduction to American philosophy through reading Deals with both the development of law and an analysis of and examining selected writings of such classical American its principles and concepts. Examines and discusses the philosophers as Pierce,james, Royce, Dewey and Santayana. relationship between law and morality and law and justice; Prerequisite: PHIL 110 the logical principles in legal arguments; and various kinds PHIL 320 Philosophy of the Future oflegal theories; e.g., natural law, legal positivism and legal realism. Emphasizes the future rather than the past. Various futur istic visions for the next twenty ,to thirty years and the Prerequisite: PHIL 110 projection techniques used are examined in the context of PHIL 334 Business and Ethics how the future will affect people and their environments. A study of large corporations as quasi-political and social Prerequisite: PHIL 110 institutions. Examines capitalism as a revolutionary force of PHIL 323 Introduction to Marxism the twentieth century and the consequences for society A basic, introductory course in Marxism with special atten implied in the social attitudes that prevail and endure in tion to dialectical materialism, the theory of class struggle, these institutions. Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and 200 alienation and revolution. The writings of Marx and Engels are considered in terms of their philosophical antecedents PHIL 335 Environmental Ethics and are subjected to analysis within the content of the This course deals with ethical issues related to our interac development of philosophical attempts to understand the tions with the natural environment, such as animal rights, nature of reality. Issues in epistemology and metaphysics esthetic vs. monetary well-being, responsibility to future are raised. generations, short-term and long-term benefits vs. costs, Prerequisite: PHIL 110 intrinsic vs. extrinsic values, etc. Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and ENV 110 PHIL 324 Philosophy of Sexual Politics The application of philosophical techniques of analysis to a PHIL 336 From Religion to Philosophy study of the nature and position of women in contemporary Covers the transition from a reliance on prophets, poets, society. Focus is on critical evaluation of the alternate dramatists and the "wise man," to a reliance on the philoso models for understanding women's oppression. Selected pher in matters dealing with human action, inquiry and writers include Eva Figes, Betty Freidan, Simone de Beauvoir, artistic products. Frederick Engels and Shulamith Firestone. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHIL 337 Greek Political Philosophy PHIL 326 Plato Covers the development of Greek political ideas from the A modern thinker said that all of philosophy has been a Homeric age up to and including the historical Polybius. series of footnotes to Plato. This ancient Greek thinker Focal points are Sophists, Socrates, Isocrates, Thucydides, developed in his Dialogues a method of analysis and expres Plato and Aristotle. Changes in political ideas are carefully sion that is still fresh and vital. The course examines such placed in their historical context. questions as the nature of human excellence, how to suc Prerequisite: PHIL 110 ceed in life, how to tell a lie (and how to recognize one), PHIL 340 Western Religion what is the best form of government and whom should you A comparative study of the principal religions of the West, love. Typical readings include the RepUblic, Symposium, past and present; of what is common to many and peculiar Meno, Protagoras and Phaedrus. to each; and of man's religious feelings and experience. Prerequisite: PHIL 110 Prerequisite: PHIL 110 PHIL 327 Aristotle PHIL 399 Selected Topics Aristotle was Plato's student and presented his ideas in a A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as much more systematic and straightforward manner. His recommended by the department and approved by the works attempt to explain specific areas of human experi dean. ence, such as the basic rules of logical thought, the nature Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson of mind, how we should act and why poetry moves us to 1-6 credits laugh and cry. Typical readings include the Ethics, Politics, Organon (works on logic) and Metaphysics (which exam PHIL 402 Advanced Logic ines why and how what is, is). A study of the nature of a formal deductive system, includ Prerequisite: PHIL 110 ing the proofs of completeness, consistency and indepen dence. The equipollence of deductive systems is also exam PHIL 330 David Hume and the Skeptic Tradition ined, and more advanced notions of predicate logic, multiple A brief study of the skeptic tradition from the sixteenth quantification, higher functional logic and logic of relations century to Hume. An intensive study of Hume's principal are covered. works covers his views on the origin of ideas, meaning, Prerequisites: PHIL 110 and 210 causality, science, induction, the proofs of God's existence, his relation to Locke and other predecessors and his influ ence on Kant. Prerequisite: PHIL 11 0
114 POLITICAL SCIENCE
PHIL 404 Seminar: Classics in Philosophy PHIL 499 Independent Study A classic work in philosophy is explored in depth from As approved and to be arranged. among the following: one of Plato's dialogues, a treatise 1-3 credits from Aristotle, Augustine, St. Thomas; or works such as Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, Mill's Utilitarianism, James' Pragmatism, et al. Prerequisite: PHIL 110
Department of Political Science
Professors: M. Chadda, S. Kyriakides, S. Shalom, C. Sheffield, Political Science Electives 18 credits W. Small, M. Weinstein (chairperson) Select six additional courses from among Political Science Associate Professors: S. Collins, G. Gregoriou, L. Wolf offerings. The political science curriculum is designed to help stu MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS dents understand the political aspects of society, to train Required Courses 3 credits them in the analysis of political problems and to provide POL 120 American Government 3 insights into the relation of the individual to government, Polit~lal Science Electives 15 credits and of governments to one another. Students planning to (By advisement) study law will find the political science major most useful. CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS Careers in business and government are aided substantially Students interested in .obtaining teacher certification in by a political science background. social studies must complete the requirements listed under In addition to taking required major courses, students the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. elect other courses to meet particular personal and career interests such as comparative politics, political theory, Note: Majors in political science are encouraged to select international relations, women's studies, American institu courses in such related areas as economics; communica tions and political behavior. tion; sociology/anthropology/geography; philosophy; his A field-study or internship program in politics affords tory; African, African-American and Caribbean studies and interested students the opportunity to apply and enhance psychology. their training. Upon satisfactory completion of basic courses, students are placed in governmental agencies (e.g., legisla tive offices, political parties and interest groups, criminal Courses court systems, etc.). Prior application is necessary, and academic credit is granted upon the successful completion Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. of the internship. POL no Introduction to Politics MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 36 CREDITS An inquiry into the nature, methodology and subject matter Required Courses 18 credits of politics. Basic ideas and problems in the field of politics POL 120 American Government and Politics 3 value-free inquiry, freedom, authority, justice, equality, POL 211 Classical and Medieval Political Theory alienation, revolution and change, rights and obligation or 3 are examined in their philosophical and practical socioeco POL 212 Early Modern Political Theory nomic setting. Attention is also given to recent and contem POL 230 Comparative Politics: Development porary crises, at William Paterson College and elsewhere. and Modernization 3 POL 120 American Government and Politics POL 240 International Relations 3 Analysis of the structure and function of basic institutions POL 260 Research Methods in Political Science 3 of American government. The cultural setting, constitu POL 480 Seminar in Political Science (open to tional foundations and policy-making process are exam juniors and seniors; different seminars ined in detail. are offered each semester) 3
115 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
POL 211 Classical and Medieval Political Theory ral environment and their consequences for governmental Analyzes, in depth, the political ideas of important classical and nongovernmental action. and medieval philosophers and schools of thought. Ideas on Prerequisite: POL llO or 120 justice, authority, rights and duties, equality, laws and POL 260 Research Methods in Political Science constitutions and the "good life" are given an analytical and Designed to enable students to do research in political historical perspective. science and critically evaluate political science literature. Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 Topics include utilizing library resources, survey research, POL 212 Early Modern Political Theory and the use and misuse of statistics. The development of political theory from the inception of Prerequisite: POL 120 the modem state. Emphasis is on concepts such as natural POL 262 Data Analysis for Political Science law and natural rights, state and sovereignty, individual Covers some elementary statistical methods appropriate for rights and the community. Selected political thinkers, such the kinds of data collected by political scientists and pro as Machiavelli, Hobbes, Locke, Rousseau and Marx are vides an introduction to the computer analysis of such data. given particular attention and placed in historical perspec Prerequisite: POL 120 tive. Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 POL 272 Politics and Sex A study of the implications for American political institu State and Local Government POLH1 tions of the changes in traditional roles of both men and A study of the American system of federalism through women. consideration of the dynamics of government in the fifty states and their relationship to national and local govern POL 311 American Political Theory ments with special emphasis on New Jersey. Attention is American political theory from its origins in English liber given to the executive, legislative and judicial organizations alism to the present day. Evaluation of the American politi and to the performance of governmental functions within a cal tradition in contrast to major political ideas of Europe political framework. and in terms of the uniqueness of the American historical inheritance and environment. Urban and Suburban Politics POL 223 Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 A theoretical and empirical analysis of the distribution of political power in both central cities and suburban areas. POL 322 The American Presidency Prerequisite: POL llO, 120 or 227 A study of the origins and evolution of the preSidency. The various roles of the president are analyzed and attention is POL 224 Political Parties given to the growing pains of and the resulting challenges to A study of the organization and operation of political parties the modem presidency. in the United States. Formal structure, the role of ideology, Prerequisite: POL 120 voting behavior and the influence of pressure groups on political parties are examined. POL 323 Political Socialization Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 One of the continuing and central themes of political theory-how citizens are inducted into their politics. The POL 225 Political Economics of the United States concept of political culture is subjected to a close and Emphasizes the interrelationship of politics and economics critical examination, and major attention is devoted to the and traces their influence on many of the major issues of our processes, agents and transmission belts through which times. political values and attitudes are formed and comm~nicated Prerequisite: POL 120 or ECON 210 to succeeding generations. POL 230 Comparative Politics: Development and Prerequisites: POL 110, 120 or permission of instructor Modernization POL 324 Constitutional Law: The Judicial Process An introduction to the field of comparative politics. Empha Analysis and examination ofV.5. Supreme Court decisions sizes a critical analysis of the principal approaches and in such areas as judicial review, scope of federal power, models currently employed by political science in an at federal-state relations, commerce, taxing and spending, tempt to understand the process of political change and the regulations of economic and property interests, and other variegated political systems of the world. sources of legislative and executive power. Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 Prerequisite: POL 120 POL 240 International Relations POL 325 Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties and A study of the nation-state system, the struggle for power, Civil Rights the changing patterns of the international system and the Leading decisions of the United States Supreme Court are basic influences shaping the foreign policy of states. analyzed and discussed with special attention given to the Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 development of due process, the court as arbiters of POL 252 Politics of the Environment intergroup relations, the rights of the defendant, the guar An examination of the ways in which governments both antees of personal security, national security and the posi nationally and internationally are attempting to deal with tion of the individual, First Amendment interpretations and the growing environmental crisis, with an emphasis on the the problems of implementing civil rights for the black U.S. executive and legislative branches. Attention is given to community and other minority groups. conflicting theories about humans' relationship to the natu- Prerequisite: POL 120
116 POLITICAL SCIENCE
POL 328 Urban Policies and Problems POL 346 Multinational Corporations and An intensive consideration of the formation and implemen International Labor tation of selected urban policies and programs. Fieldwork An analysis of the political implications both in the host and on a specific topic is encouraged. home countries, of transnational corporations. Particular Prerequisite: POL 120 attention is paid to the impact on development, labor policies and income distribution. POL 332 European Political Systems A systematic and comparative study of the political systems POL 348 War and Peace of Western Europe and the Soviet Union. What causes war? What promotes peace? An examination Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 of the economic, political, psychological and other causes of POL 333 Politics of the Third World war, and various strategies for preventing war, including peace through strength, disarmament and nonoffensive A comparative analysis of selected transitional politics sys tems in Latin America, Africa and Asia. General problems defense. arising during the transition from traditional societies to POL 352 Politics of Poverty modem industrial states are examined to describe typical An analysis of poverty in America and the administration of patterns of political change. poverty programs. Focus is on the political implications of Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 the various definitions of poverty and the poor. Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 POL 334 Communist Political Systems A comparative analysis of socialist political systems and POL 353 Politics and Labor Movements movements in theory and practice in Eastern Europe, China, A variety of philosophical, ideological and historical- insti Scandinavian countries and the' developing world. Special tutional arrangements related to labor are explored. Em attention is given to economic development, ethnic and phasiS on the origins and development of trade unionism class conflicts, civil liberties and empowerment. and class consciousness, relations between capital and labor, old and new working class, role oflabor in competi POL 335 Politics of the Soviet Union tive and monopoly capitalism, technology and labor, job Soviet political systems with an analysis of the Russian and satisfaction and alienation under capitalism and socialism. Marxist-Leninist traditions leading to the creation of the Soviet party-state, the role of the Communist party as an Prerequisite: POL 110 or 120 instrument of power, the politics of succession, the police, POL 372 Women in Comparative Politics the economy and the social and cultural life. The impact of Investigates and compares women's concerns on an interna "Perestroika" and post-communist developments in the tional basis. Soviet Union and the world are examined. Prerequisite: POL 272 POL 337 Politics of Latin America POL 399 Selected Topics An examination of the nature of Latin-American politicS A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as and the reality of current political institutions and move recommended by the department and approved by the ments in this Third World area. U.s. policy toward the dean. region is analyzed. Debt, trade, immigration, democratiza 1-6 credits tion and related issues are analyzed for such countries as Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Mexico, Cuba, Argentina, Brazil, Chile and Uruguay. POL 412 Marx and the Marxists Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 The intellectual development of Marx and Engels. Earlier POL 338 Caribbean Political Systems philosophical and historical movements (political economy, A survey of political development in the varied societies of Utopian socialism, German idealism and working class the Caribbean. Cuba, Haiti, the Dominican Republic, other movements) are given attention to place Marxism in histori former British colonies, the French and Dutch islands and cal perspective. Central America are covered. Colonialism, trade relations Prerequisite: POL 110, a political theory course or permis and cultural forces are also dealt with to enhance under sion of instructor standing of trends in the region. POL 414 Capitalism and Socialism Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 Nineteenth-century origins of socialist theory are analyzed, POL 342 International Political Economy but emphasis is on twentieth-century schools of socialist Analyses of global issues-such as the quest for new inter theory and practice-Marxism-Leninism, Trotskyism, Mao national order, world trade dilemmas, economic relations ism, African socialism, anarcho-communism, women's lib between rich and poor states and their political implica eration, the new left and the impact of perestroika. tions--from a political-economical perspective. Prerequisite: POL DO, a political theory course or permis Prerequisite: POL 240 sion of instructor POL 345 United States Foreign Policy POL 444 International Law An analysis of the political, economic, geopolitical, bureau Study of international law via the case method. ~xamines cratic and other factors that determine U.S. foreign policy, the power realities beneath international law. Also analyzes as well as an examination of how U.S. foreign policy is made. the origins, development and function of the United Na Prerequisite: POL 230 or 240 tions . . Prerequisite: POL 240 or permission of instructor
117 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
POL 480 Seminar in Political Science officials. Field placements are made in management areas A critical analysis of literature in the field. At least one such as personnel, legislative planning, campaigning or seminar is offered each semester. Topics vary according to public service activities. Periodic conferences and a monthly instructors' and students' interests. seminar round out the program. POL 495 Internship in Politics POL 499 Independent Study Designed primarily for students interested in practical as As approved and to be arranged. pects of politics and government. Students work from 8 to 1-6 credits 40 hours a week under the gUidance of experienced public
Department of Psychology
Professors: S. Boone,]. Green, G. Leventhal,A. Montare, B. A. Required Core 17 credits Pakizegi, T. Silverman, B. Silverstein, D. Sugarman, D. PSY 110 General Psychology 3 Vardiman, R. White PSY 202 Experimental Psychology I: Applied Stats. 4 Associate Professor: T. Haver PSY 203 Experimental Psychology II: Laboratory 4 Assistant Professors: T. Heinzen, N. Kresse! (chairperson) PSY 230 History and Systems of Psychology 3 PSY 480 Seminar 3 Students explore in depth the theories and current research findings in psychology and seek to understand both the B. Track Courses 21-23 credits historical development of the field and its relationship to Seven courses must be selected from the five tracks listed other academic disciplines. below so that (1) at least one course is taken from each track A wide range of courses is offered in each of five main (15-16 credits) and (2) two additional courses are taken areas of psychology: development, social psychology, infor from among the five tracks or one additional track course is mation processing (cognition), physiological psychology taken plus an independent study (6-7 credits). and clinical psychology. Students gain not only a broad The purpose of the track course distribution is to provide background in the field but have the opportunity to special breadth to the curriculum. The additional course(s)/inde ize in one or more particular areas of interest. pendent study can be taken from a Single track to provide Core courses prepare students to understand and use the opportunity for depth. tools of psychology. Encouraged to participate in faculty Directed Elective 4 credits directed research, students have opportunities to apply . (in partial fulfillment of GE requirement in science) research methods in psychology to projects in such areas as BIO 114 Applied Anatomy and Physiology 4 perception, learning, motivation, aggression, infancy, sex Psychology Tracks roles, brain-behavior relationships and socially determined cognitions. Through these opportunities students gain ex Select a minimum of one course from each of the following 'perience not only in reading and critically evaluating the five tracks plus two additional courses from any of these work of others, but in carrying out research studies. tracks: These experiences, as well as opportunities to participate 1. Developmental in independent study, field placements and seminars, pro PSY 210 Developmental Psychology* 3 vide a well-rounded program for students and preparation PSY 320 Psychology of Adolescence 3 for graduate study in any branch of psychology, the brain PSY 330 Psychology of Aging 3 sciences, social work, business administration, law or other PSY 340 Infancy 3 areas related to human behavior. PSY 352 Psycho linguistics 3 The department collaborates with the biology depart *Prerequisite to all courses in this track ment in offering the Honors Program in Biopsychology. For 2. Information Processing a description of the program and curricular requirements, PSY250 Psychology of Consciousness 3 refer to the School of Science and Health section in this PSY 352 Psycho linguistics 3 catalog. PSY 354 Psychology of Learning 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 38-40 CREDITS PSY 375 Cognitive Psychology 3 Students majoring in psychology are expected to fulfill the PSY 379 Children's Learning 3 follOwing standards: (1) maintain a 2.3 (C+) grade point PSY 382 Operant Modification of Behavior 3 average in the major; (2) attain grades higher than D in all PSY 420 Perception 3 core courses (PSY 1l0, PSY 202, PSY 203, PSY 230 and PSY PSY 450 Cybernetic Psychology 3 480); and (3) obtain no more than one D grade in the seven track courses.
118 PSYCHOLOGY
3. Social PSY 203 Experimental Psychology II: Laboratory PSY 220 Social Psychology 3 The course builds upon skills acqUired by students in PSY 225 Psychology of Social Issues 3 Experimental Psychology I. Students continue their study PSY 260 Psychology in Business and Industry 3 of scientific methods with emphaSiS upon experimental PSY 290 Child Abuse and Neglect 3 techniques in the behavioral sciences. Students are trained PSY 311 Psychology of Women 3 in a wide range of methods for studying human and animal PSY 325 Psychology of the Family 3 subjects consistent with APA guidelines for ethical re PSY 360 Environmental Psychology 3 search. A major requirement is participation in design and PSY 365 Psychology and Culture 3 implementation of laboratory experiments, including an PSY 381 Psychology of Aggression 3 original research project. Students use sophisticated soft 4. Physiological ware for the management and analysis of their data. PSY 353 Physiological Psychology* 3 4 credits PSY 415 Psychopharmacology 3 Prerequisite: PSY 202 PSY 460 Comparative Psychology 3 PSY 208 Computer Statistical Applications in BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 Psychology BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics 4 An introduction to computer statistical applications in BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology 3 modem psychology research, this course emphasizes the BIPY 479 Biorhythms in Physiology and Behavior 3 use of statistical analysis software. Similarities and differ BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology 3 ences between statistical analysis software are presented. BIPY 499 Independent Study 3 Computer laboratory sessions prOvide experience in the *Prerequisite to PSY 415, PSY 460, BIPY 474 and BIPY 490 application oflecture materiaL Recommended for students 5. ClinicallPersonality interested in graduate school and research. Course counts PSY 310 Psychological Testing 3 as an "additional track course." PSY 322 Group Dynamics (p/f grades only) 3 Prerequisite: PSY 202 PSY 350 Theories of Personality 3 PSY 210 Developmental Psychology PSY 351 Abnormal Psychology 3 Covering the development of the individual through the PSY 410 Introduction to Counseling and lifespan, this course gives special attention to early child Psychotherapy 3 hood. Theories of such seminal workers as Erikson and PSY 465 Senior Practicum in Applied Psychology 3 Piaget are considered along with their practical applica MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS tions. PSY 110 General Psychology 3 PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 PSY 220 Social Psychology PSY 220 Social Psychology 3 Provides an introduction to social psychological theory, PSY 230 History and Systems of Psychology 3 research and application. Topics covered include: attitude Plus two additional psychology courses by advisement 6 formation and change, social influence processes, social cognition, moral development, interpersonal attraction, aggression, prejudice and political psychology. PSY 225 Psychology of Social Issues Courses Basic concepts, theories and research findings from the field Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits and of psychology are applied to an analysis of major social have PSY 110 as a prereqUisite. problems confronting the contemporary world, such as genOcide, poverty, international conflict. PSY no General Psychology This course surveys the chief theories, principles and meth PSY 230 History and Systems of Psychology odologies of psychology with special emphasis on their The foundations of modem psychology, starting with relations to human behavior. The biological foundations of Descartes, are explored. Historical and philosophical un behavior, sensory processes,learning, perception, memory, derstanding of the growth of psychology as a discipline and emotion, motivation, personality, and the social bases of the emergence of contemporary viewpoint; are surveyed. behavior and behavior pathology are examined to establish PSY 250 Psychology of Consciousness the foundations for advanced study in psychology. Current Examines the different forms or states of consciousness, the research findings are included wherever applicable. (No synthesis of these different streams of knowledge and their course prerequisite) relationship to overall functioning of the individuaL PSY 202 Experimental Psychology I: Applied PSY 260 Psychology in Business and Industry Statistics Introduces the science and practice of industrial/organiza An i~troduction to basic statistical procedures for the be tional psychology. Psychological theory and research are havioral sciences, including descriptive and inferential sta applied to the solution of problems in business and indus tistics, probability, correlational analysis, hypothesis test try. After an overview of research methods and the history ing, analysis of variance and nonparametric statistics. of 1/0 psychology, students are exposed to basic concepts Laboratory sessions enable students to apply concepts from from personnel psychology, organizational development the lectures using computers and other computational and consumer behavior. approaches. 4 credits
119 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
PSY 290 Child Abuse and Neglect PSY 351 Abnormal Psychology The problem of physical and psychological abuse and The major theoretical approaches to the understanding of neglect of children is examined from interpersonal and behavior are explored and applied to a systematic discus social perspectives. The multivariable etiology of the prob sion of the major forms of psychopathology as categorized lem and attempts at intervention, prediction and prevention by the DSM-IlI-R. are discussed. Contributions from animal and crosscultural PSY 352 Psycholinguistics studies are used to clarify issues. Consequences of abuse A study of the major theories of speech and language and neglect for the cognitive, physical and social-emotional acquisition is combined with direct observation of such development of children are analyzed. behavior in two-to-five year oIds. Approximately one-half Prerequisite: PSY 210 or permission of instructor of the time is devoted to field study. PSY 310 Psychological Testing Prerequisite: PSY 210 The nature and functions of psychological testing, and the PSY 353 Physiological Psychology interpretation of test scores using related clinical and re This course provides an introduction to the structure and search hypotheses are examined. Intelligence, aptitude and function of the nervous system and explores the biological personality tests are covered with particular emphasis on bases of perception, consciousness, hunger, sexuality, sleep, clinical interpretation. memory and reward. PSY 311 Psychology of Women Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 114 or eqUivalent Various psychological theories of women-Freud and the PSY 354 Psychology of Learning Freudians, Karen Homey, the behaviorists and the femi An examination of the research methods, empirical findings nists-are surveyed, and a variety of psychological research and theoretical interpretations of conditioning and learning findings are evaluated. phenomena, the course includes related historical and cur PSY 320 Psychology of Adolescence rent trends in research and theory. The psychological effect of phYSical maturity on the inter PSY 360 Environmental Psychology ests and intellectual development of the adolescent is con Focuses on individuals' psychological states and social sidered in depth, including study of the recreational activi behavior in relation to the physical environment, both ties, educational needs and the social and emotional problems natural and man-made. Includes spatial features of social of the age group. interaction, the behavioral properties of places and locational Prerequisite: PSY 210 behavior of individuals and groups. PSY 322 Group Dynamics PSY 365 Psychology and Culture A study of interpersonal behavior and group processes, this Examines the ways in which aspects of one's cultural course emphasizes the laboratory approach and the tech context affects one's thought processes, personality and niques of sensitivity training. Classroom experiences con psychopathology. For each area (coguition, psychopathol stitute a significant part of the course content. The student ogy, social functioning, personality), the major influential learns about self and others by direct participation, discus cultural variables are discussed, and data from various sion and evaluation within the student group. cultures are used to illustrate, support or expand the theo Prerequisite: PSY 220 ries and hypotheses in the field. Pass/fail only PSY 375 Cognitive Psychology PSY 325 Psychology of the Family A critical examination of man's information processing This course examines the psychological process operating capabilities and limitations. Emphasis is placed on the within the family in terms of interactions among adults, theoretical principles that underlie the attention, percep parents and children and siblings. tion and memory of events, as well as current research Prerequisite: PSY 210 and PSY 220 or permission of instruc problems. tor Prerequisite: PSY 203 recommended PSY 330 Psychology of Aging PSY 379 Children's Learning This course examines the psychology of aging from social, The course surveys the major forms of children's learning developmental, cognitive and biological perspectives. Also and cognitive processes, examining both the empirical data explored is aging as a current social issue, with emphasis on base and the theoretical formulations used to account for mental health aspects. the findings. Topics covered include conditioning in in Prerequisite: PSY 210 fancy and early childhood, language acquisition, behavior PSY 340 Infancy modification, discrimination-reversal learning, verbal learn A survey of research and theory relating to psychological ing, concept learning and learning to read. development during infancy. PSY 381 Psychology of Aggression Prerequisite: PSY 210 The phenomenon of human aggression is studied from PSY 350 Theories of Personality developmental, cognitive, learning, social and cross-cul Various approaches to personality as defined by Freud, tural viewpoints. Adler,jung, Homey, Sullivan, Allport, Rogers, Maslow and Kelly are explored.
120 PSYCHOLOGY
PSY 382 Operant Modification of Behavior PSY 465 Senior Practicum in Applied Psychology The modification ofhuman and animal behavior is explored Through work in an appropriate supervised placement through the application of principles oflearning. The course setting, students are provided an opportunity to become includes a valuable laboratory experience. acquainted with the application of theories, principles and Prerequisite: PSY 354 empirical findings in the area of clinical psychology. 4 credits Prerequisites: PSY 202, 203, 210, 351, 410 and permission Laboratory required of instructor PSY 399 Selected Topics PSY 480 Seminar in Psychology A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as An in-depth consideration of a specialized topic from cur recommended by the department and approved by the rent research literature in psychology. Topics vary each dean. semester. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Prerequisites: PSY 203, 230 and senior status 1-6 credits PSY 481 Psychology of Politics PSY 410 Introduction to Counseling and This course examines the psychological foundations of Psychotherapy political behavior, fOCUSing especially on four areas: (1) The course is designed to introduce students to the major individual participation in democratic systems, (2) social counseling and psychotherapy approaches in clinical psy psychology of international affairs, (3) political leadership chology. The material covered includes a brief review of and (4) psychohistory. Political socialization, communica personality theories, followed by a more thorough consid tion and decision making are also covered. eration of the models of counseling and psychotherapy PSY 485 Research Techniques in Physiological derived from those theories. When appropriate, students Psychology participate in counseling and psychotherapy simulations. Introduces the student to investigative techniques, includ Prerequisite: PSY 350 or PSY 351 ing methods of preservation and histological preparations PSY 415 Psychopharmacology of nervous system tissue; implantation of electrodes and After a brief review of brain anatomy and function, the cannulas for electrical and chemical brain stimulation, course focuses on the synapse (chemical neurotransmission respectively; lesioning, electrical and human EEG record mechanisms) followed by in-depth exploration of the vari ing and biofeedback procedures. ous neurotransmitter systems. On this base, the major Prerequisites: PSY 203 and 353 classes of psychoactive drugs are examined with respect to PSY 499 Independent Study their effects and their mechanisms of action. Drug classes As approved and to be arranged. covered include opiates, anti-anxiety agents, alcohol, stimu 1-3 credits lants, antidepressants, hallUcinogens and antipsychotic drugs. For information about the Biopsychology Honors Pro Prerequisite: BIO ll2-ll3 or 163-164; or PSY 353 gram, refer to the section on the Biology Department in PSY 420 Perception this catalog. Examines the processes by which organisms form concepts BIPY 399 Current Topics in Biopsychology of the environment through the senses. Includes a study of An occasional offering in an emerging area of biopsycho the physical stimuli, the nature of the sensory organs and logical study. related neural networks, and the effects of learning upon perception in humans. BIPY 474 Neuroscience Prerequisite: PSY 353 A study of the brain; specifically the integrated roles of the anatomy, chemistry, histology and electrical activity of the PSY 450 Cybernetic Psychology central nervous system. The laboratory component focuses The basic concepts of cybernetics--feedback, survival, regu on anatomy and techniques for the study of brain function lation, information, amplification-are developed to show ing. how general scientific models ef the control of behavior in Prerequisites: PSY llO; and BIO 163-164, BIO 112-113 or brains, man, society and machines can be developed. PSY 353; and one year of chemistry Prerequisite: PSY 353; recommended: PSY 375 4 credits PSY 460 Comparative Psychology Lecture and lab Introduces the student to the study of the behavior of BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics organisms, including humans, by means of the comparative An introduction to the concept of gene-environment inter method which (1) examines the diversity of behavior exhib action as a determinant of both animal and human behavior. ited by life forms, (2) attempts to develop a general theory Exposure to various methods of experimental and correla to account for many forms ofbellavior and their ingredients, tional types of investigation. (3) attempts to further our understanding of the complex Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 163-164; BIO 112-113 or relationship between the disciplines of biology and psychol BIO 114; and one year of chemistry ogy. 4 credits Prerequisites: PSY 353 and PSY 354; and PSY 203 or 380 Lecture and lab
121 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology Designed to introduce students to the scope and methods of Provides a thorough introduction to the study of the anatomy a psychobiological approach to development. Stresses the and functional organization of the human brain in relation phylogenetic and ontogenetic processes influencing indi to sensory, motor, cognitive and behavioral functions. Em viduals, groups, species and phyla, with special emphasis on phasis is placed on understanding higher human cortical human groups. functions as a basis for explOring the major brain disorders. Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or BIO Neuropsychological principles form an organizing matrix 114. for the material of the course. Prerequisite: PSY 353 or BIPY 474 or equivalent. BIPY 479 Biorhythms in Physiology and Behavior Focuses on the role of biological rhythms in the adaptive BIPY 499 Independent Study functioning of organisms. Examines yearly, monthly, tidal, Individual research projects under the direction of a faculty daily and sleep/dream cycles; the nature and control of member. internal clock mechanisms and the implications of bio Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson rhythms for illness and psychopathology. 1-6 credits Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164orBIO 112-113 orBIO 114.
Department of Sociology
Professors: R. Glassman, R. Martorella, S.M. Rhim, P. Stein, SOC 291 Social Work Practice 3 J. Stimson, V. Parrillo (chairperson) SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 Associate Professors: M. Ansari, C. Flint SOC 310 Sociology of War 3 Assistant Professor: C. Magarelli SOC 320 Contemporary Issues in the Workplace 3 Sociology/Anthropology soc 322 Sociology of Organizations 3 SOC 323 Labor Relations 3 The sociology/anthropology major is a bachelor of arts SOC 324 Sociology of Religion 3 degree program. The program includes a track in criminal SOC 325 Sociology of Social Movements 3 justice. This program is designed to acquaint students with SOC 326 American Religion 3 basic concepts necessary to understand human relation- SOC 327 Collective Behavior 3 ships in our pluralistic society; contribute to the student's SOC 328 Sociology of the Arts 3 liberal education and cultural background; provide basic SOC 330 Sociology of Death and Grief 3 courses in general theory, methodology and speCialized SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action 3 areas; supply relevant background for students preparing SOC 333 Sociology of Adulthood 3 for fields in which a knowledge of human relations is SOC 334 Sociology of Sports 3 essentiaL SOC 335 Sociology of Law 3 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33 CREDITS SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems 3 Required Courses 12 credits SOC 354 Social Stratification 3 SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 SOC 360 Self and Society 3 ANTH 130 Introduction to Anthropology 3 SOC 365 Social Deviance 3 SOC 254 SOciological Research Methods 3 SOC 370 Population and Society 3 SOC 303 History of Social Theory SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies 3 or 3 SOC 381 SOciology of Socialization 3 SOC 402 Modern SOCiological Theory SOC 390 Sociology of Health and Illness 3 Additional Courses: 21 credits SOC 392 Sociology of Aging 3 Select from the following by advisement: SOC 402 Modern Sociological Theory 3 SOC 160 Essentials of Criminaljustice Systems 3 SOC 403 Community Supervision and Treatment SOC 201 Social Problems 3 of the Offender 3 SOC 203 Marriage and the Family 3 SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 SOC 220 Social Organization of Work 3 SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution 3 SOC 250 Urban Sociology 3 SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict 3 SOC 251 Minority Groups in America 3 SOC 455 Criminology 3 SOC 253 Elementary Sociological Statistics 3 SOC 456 Juvenile Delinquency 3 3 SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological Methods 3 SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections SOC 256 Political Sociology 3 SOC 480 Seminar in Criminaljustice 3 SOC 265 Sexuality in Modern Life 3 SOC 491 Internship in Sociology 3 SOC 290 Social Work and Social Welfare Policies 3 SOC 499 Independent Study 3
122 Sl?CIOLOGY
Anthropology SOC 250 Urban Sociology ANTH200 Human Variation 3 Examines the growth and development of cities, but with ANTH210 Archaeology 3 primary focus on the modem American metropolis: eco ANTH257 Sex and Culture 3 logical patterns; urban institutions, with a particular em ANTH260 Myth and Folklore and the Modem phasis on the problems of the inner city; the rise of suburbia World 3 and future prospects. ANTH 302 Biological Anthropology 3 SOC 251 Minority Groups in America ANTH 329 Educational Anthropology 3 Examines the experiences of all racial and· ethnic groups ANTH 341 Law in Society and Culture 3 from colonial beginnings to the present day from a socio ANTH 342 East Asian Ethnology 3 logical perspective. Particular emphasis on the recurring ANTH 353 Human Types - A Comparative patterns in dominant-minority relations; differential pow Study of Cultures 3 ers; the ethnic diversity in American society; the contribu ANTH 356 Urban Anthropology 3 tions, socioeconomic conditions and institutional variation ANTH 359 Cultural Change in Latin America 3 of each group. ANTH 361 Psychological Anthropology 3 ANTH 408 Indians of North America 3 SOC 253 Elementary Sociglogical Statistics ANTH 450 Shamans, Witches and Magic 3 A basic course introducing the use of quantitative methods ANTH 491 Internship 3-6 to describe social life. No special mathematics background ANTH 499 Independent Study 1-3 or aptitude required. Emphasis on learning to measure and make decisions about problems that sociologists currently MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS face in government, business, evaluative and theoretical Required Courses 9 credits research. SOC 110 Principles of Sociology 3 ANTH 130 Introduction of Anthropology 3 SOC 254 Sociological Research Methods SOC 303 History of Social Theory 3 Students learn to evaluate research reports so that their or future decisions and work are based on social facts. Class SOC 402 Modem Sociological Theory 3 discussions explore reasons why valid research is the basis of effective social action. Students also gain practice in basic Additional Courses 9 credits data gathering techniques such as observation, interview Courses in sociology/anthropology by advisement. ing and questionnaire construction. No statistics or math ematics prerequisites. SOC 255 Qualitative Sociological Methods Courses Provides understanding and practice in gaining and analyz ing useful information in social settings by using methods Refer to program in anthropology for descriptions of an such as typQl6gies, content analysis, participant observa- thropology courses. tion and interviewing. . Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. SOC 110 Principles of Sociology SOC 256 Political Sociology Examines major works of political sociology with special Examines the structure and dynamics of human society and emphasiS on the conflicting concepts between the "liberal" I interprets social behavior within the context of modem ideas of such writers as Bell, Parsons and Dahl and the "new society and culture. left" approach of Goodman, Mills and Marcuse. A prerequisite to all other sociology courses unless waived by the instructor. SOC 265 Sexuality in Modem Life A biological, psychological and sociological study of human SOC 160 Essentials of Criminal Justice Systems ~exuality and the interaction between the biological and Philosophical and historical b~ckground of agencies and psychological needs of the individual. Covers curriculum processes, law enforcement administration and technical and instruction for sex education in the schools. problems, crime and the criminal as social and public safety problems. SOC 290 Social Work and Social Welfare Policies SOC 201 Social Problems An introduction to social welfare and the social work profession. Attention is given to current issues, programs, An examination of various social problems from a sociologi policies and the various settings for social work practice. cal perspective. The interrelatedness of social problems and the, role of value-beliefs are stressed. SOC 291 Social Work Practice Designed for both cognitive and experiential learning, this SOC 203 Marriage and the Family course conceptualizes a generic practice model for the A sociological approach to the study of marriage and family helping process and demonstrates techniques through role living. The student is required to develop a critical evalua playing. tion of studies and research in the field. SOC 303 History of Social Theory SOC 220 Social Organization of Work Focuses on the works of the great classical sociologists. The An analysis of the nature of work, the individual's relation theories of Comte, Spencer, Durkeim, Marx, Weber, Simmel, to work, the organizations workers form to protect their Pareto, George Herbert Mead and others are analyzed in interests and the interactions among workers, their organi light of contemporary social conditions and in terms of the zations and other institutions. development of SOCiological theory.
123 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
SOC 310 Sociology oeWar SOC 331 Evaluation of Social Action Examines the theories surrounding the causes, nature and The principles, techniques and applications of evaluation effects ofmodem warfare and its influence on shaping social research are learned through the utilization of research structure and personality. methodology and statistics. Students develop fieldwork projects for analysis in the areas of administrative studies, SOC 320 Contemporary Issues in the Workplace education, public safety, law, health, nursing, social and Examines the separate rights and. responsibilities of the behavioral sciences. employer and employee, and the inherent conflict between management prerogatives and employee protections. SOC 333 Sociology of Adulthood Focuses on the major issues for women and men during the SOC 322 Sociology of Organizations early and middle years of adulthood. Included are an exami A theoretical course tracing development of organizational nation of personality development; singlehood, marriage, theory to the present; a practical course, considering the family and parenting roles; work, career and avocational increasing impact of bureaucratic organizations on our experiences. lives. SOC 334 Sociology of Sports SOC 323 Labor Relations This course analyzes the relationship between sport, soci Examines the structural problems facing labor administra ety, social institutions and social interaction; cultural, so tive apparatus at the state and local levels. Regional prob cial and situational factors affecting the dynamics of sport; lems related to organizing tasks are discussed within the framework of current labor law and collective bargaining social processes and social change. techniques. SOC 335 Sociology of the Law An analysis of the social basis, functions and effects oflaw, SOC 324 Sociology of Religion both as a profession and as a system of social control. Examines the social dimensions of religion and the relation ship between religion and society. SOC 336 Comparative Criminal Justice Systems A comparative analysis of criminal justice systems in the SOC 325 The Sociology of Social Movements United States and selected foreign countries. Emphasis on Course is divided into two parts: the first deals with social the administration and organizational aspects, functions movements emerging from class conflicts (unions, unem and processes at work in selected foreign criminal justice ployment unions, etc.); the second deals with cultural and systems. The relationships of the police to the government national conflicts (black struggles, women's liberation, the and the people they serve are analyzed. youth movement, etc.). SOC 354 Social Stratification SOC 326 American Religion Treats both theory and realities with an emphasis on Ameri Analyzes the social meanings of religion in America, with can SOciety. Course concludes with an examination of particular reference to the liberal and conservative view power in the United States. points. Explores the social significance of contemporary religiOUS SOC 360 Self and Society developments and movements such as the Jesus Movement, A study of the impact of society on the formation of each cultism and Reverend Ike's Blessing Plan. individual's personality through analysis of language, defi nitions and values. SOC 327 Collective Behavior An introduction to various types of collective behavior with SOC 365 Social Deviance a comparison of theoretical approaches to each type. Fo Examines the concept ofdeviance in society through a study cuses on groups of large size, with or without face-to-face of the issues of value judgments, abnormality and eccentric interaction. Political expressions are discussed, but the ity. ImplicatiOns are found for the causes of the behavior of course orientation is theoretical and empirical rather than groups socially labeled as deviant. ideolOgical. SOG 370 Population and Society SOC 328 Sociology of the Arts Addresses four problems: (1) dangers of world population Designed to show the reciprocal relationship between the growth for individual survival, (2) the interaction between arts and society. Examines how various attitudes, values, change, social structure and population, (3) social psycho norms and institutions of society are revealed in mass logical attitudes in fertility decisions, (4) the uses of the culture forms (e.g., television: rock music, painting,litera census to describe social problems. ture, theatre, dance, photography and film), in an effort to SOC 371 Forecasting Future Societies help the student understand the vital place of the arts in Students are introduced to current and classical models of society, as well as the impact of culture on the arts. social change, visionary forecasts found in utopian and SOC 330 SOciology of Death and Grief dystopian fiction, the field of futuristics and the art of social Death as an institution is studied by focusing on death and forecasting. social values, cultural, components of grief and social func SOC 381 Sociology of Socialization tions of bereavement. Particular attention is paid to the An in-depth analysis of personality development and be social organization of death and dying in bureaucratic havior modification from infancy to adulthood through settings. various agents of. socialization. The work of Aries, Freud, Mead, Erikson, Bettelheim, Goodman and Sheehy are in cluded.
124 SOCIOLOGY
SOC 390 Sociology of Health and Illness SOC 423 Labor Law: Negotiation and Conflict Analyzes social factors in relation to health and disease. An analysis of private and public sector labor relations, with Considers definitions of health, illness behavior, the formal an emphasis on law, practice and policy. Students partici and informal organization of health professions and institu pate in practical collective bargaining and arbitration exer tions and the expanding role of government in the health cises as part of the learning experience. field. Uses both theory and current research. SOC 455 Criminology SOC 392 Sociology of Aging An examination of the various components of the criminal The demography of aging, age and its social structure, and justice system and how they reflect societal values and age as a social problem. Population trends are examined as attitudes. they relate to health problems of the elderly. Focus on the SOC 456 Juvenile Delinquency changing role of the elderly in the kinship network. A comprehensive study of the problems of delinquency. SOC 399 Selected Topics Blends all theoretical approaches with pertinent data in its Special course(s) offered either on an experimental basis or analysis of causes, treatment and controL to draw upon the strengths of a visiting scholar or to SOC 460 Sociology of Corrections examine issues of contemporary significance. An in-depth analysis of penal institutions from a 1-6 credits sociohistorical perspective. Included are how prisons SOC 402 Modem Sociological Theory emerged, the prisonization process, women's prisons and An analysis of contemporary social thought expressed by the rehabilitation ~e-entry process. Talcott Parsons, Robert H. Merton, C. Wright Mills, Lewis SOC 480 Seminar in Criminal]ustice Coser, R. Dahrendorf, Herbert Marcuse, G. H. Mead, E. An analysis of the· major problems in criminal justice and Goffman, H. Blumer, Peter Blau, G. Homans, Garfinkel and the relation of the criminal justice department to other law others. enforcement and civic agencies. SOC 403 Community Supervision and Treatment SOC 491 Internship in Sociology of the Offender This course provides qualified students practical work Focuses on an analysis of theories and practices of parole experience in an applied SOciology or anthropology setting. and probation. Is also concerned with the current trend Periodic conferences and a monthly seminar are an integral toward diversion of offenders from the criminal justice part of this program. system and special community programs. 3-6 credits SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change SOC 492 Internship in Criminal Justice Problems of environmental social change are critically This course provides qualified students with practical work examined and evaluated. Emphasis on exploring small and experience within the criminal justice system. Periodic large scale modes of change. Develops skills in the analysis conferences and a monthly seminar are an integral part of of social change. Students learn to design micro changes on the program. . the institutional level and to recognize what connections do Prerequisite: 12 credits in criminal justice and do not exist between micro and macro level changes. SOC 499 Independent Study SOC 421 The Sociology of Revolution As approved and to he arranged. Examines revolution as a social phenomenon. Particular 1-3 credits attention is given to contrasting the theories of revolution of the traditional Marxian urban worker-centered insurrec tion with Third World guerrilla warfare groups.
125 HUMANITIES, MANAGEMENT AND 'SOCIAL SCIENCES Program in Women's Studies
MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS WS150 Racism and Sexism in the United States 1. Required Course What is it like to grow up black or white, male or female in One of the following: a multicultural society? The course studies the historical, POL 272 Politics and Sex 3 philosophical, social and political treatments and interpre WS llO Women's Changing Roles 3 tations of blacks and women in the United States. Selected WS 150 Racism and Sexism in the United States 3 topics include media stereotypes of blacks and women, II. Plus five of the following: definitions and rationalizations of racism and sexism, the AACS 255 The Black Woman Experience 3 role that blacks and women have played in U.S. history, the ENG 217 Images of Women in Modem Literature 3 relationship between the nineteenth-century abolitionist ENG 219 Nineteenth-Century Women's Voices 3 movement and the early feminist movement, the relation ENG 220 Women, the Bible and Modem Literature 3 ship between the 1960s civil rights movement and the HIST 250 American Women's History 3 women's liberation movement. HSC 210 Women's Health 3 WS307 Sex Stereotypes and Discrimination in PHIL 324 Philosophy of Sexual Politics 3 Pnblic Education POL 272 Politics and Sex 3 Develops awareness of sex biases in our culture with par PSY 311 Psychology of Women 3 ticular emphasis on the role of the schooL Explores meth WS 110 Women's Changing Roles 3 ods of eliminating such biases in classroom instruction. An WS 150 Racism and Sexism in the United States 3 examination of materials currently being used in public WS307 Sex Stereotypes and Discrimination schools. in Public Education 3 WS 310 Contemporary Feminist Issues WS310 Contemporary Feminist Issues 3 Using recent scholarship and pedagogy in gender studies, WS399 Selected Topics 3 this course discusses new issues in feminism with an em WS499 Independent Study 3 'phasis on diversity, including race, class, culture, ethnicity, sexual orientation, age, degree of physical ability. It reex amines ways ofknowing, and discusses the impact ofgender Courses studies on traditional disciplines. PrereqUisites: WS 110 or WS 150 and ENG 110 Refer to the appropriate departments for descriptions of WS 399 Selected Topics courses outside of Women's Studies. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. recommended by the program director and approved by the WS 110 Women's Changing Roles dean. A history and analysis of the origins, philosophies, issues Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson and activities of the new women's movement. Deals with 1-6 credits sex roles in a changing society and role conflicts of both men WS 499 Independent Study and women resulting from this mov~ment Analyzes the As approved and to be arranged image of women presented in the mass media. 1-6 credits
126 .~tHO~h IW . ~ tl[JI t[ · .mw H[n~lH ... SCIENCE AND HEALTH School of Science and Health
Rosetta F. Sands, Dean Students should take at least 8 credits in each of the Office: Science Hall 317 following course areas in order to meet the minimum requirements for the majority of medical schools: general The School of Science and Health offers degree programs in biology, general chemistry, calculus, organic chemistry and biology, chemistry, communication disorders, community physics. Strongly recommended are courses in English health, computer science, environmental science, geogra literature, foreign languages and advanced science. phy, mathematics, movement science and leisure studies, Students are advised to elect as many of the required and nursing for students wishing to pursue careers in these courses in science as possible in their freshman and sopho disciplines. The School of Science and Health also offers a more years. Pre-medical students must have their course of degree in liberal studies for students who wish to pursue a study approved by the pre-professional advisor ofthe School directed course of study integrating the offerings of the of Science and Health. disciplines represented within the school. Programs in this school also prepare students for professional practice and Pre-Dental Preparation Admission requirements to den educational roles in health care agencies and schools. The tal schools are set by the American Dental Association. woods, pond, waterfall and undeveloped parts of the cam Minimum requirements are similar to the pre-med require pus are used for studies in ecology, biology, geology and for ments listed above. Pre-dental students must have their surveying practice in environmental mapping. courses approved the pre-profeSsional advisor of the Seminars by prominent scientists, given throughout the by School of Science and Health and should take the Dental year, keep students and faculty abreast of recent research College Admissions Test during the junior or senior year. and developments in the sciences. Each department has a faculty active in research who regularly provide opportuni Veterinary Medicine Preparation Prospective veterinary ties for students to engage in research under their supervi students should acquaint themselves with the entrance sion. Modern scientific equipment and supplies support requirements for veterinary schools by consulting the hand both researchers and students. All profesSional programs book pUblished annually by the American Veterinary Medi are accredited by their national accrediting agencies. cine Association or catalogs of specific veterinary colleges. Center for Research Because requirements change, it is important to check The school was a recipient of a $3.1 million Challenge to requirements annually. All students must take the Veteri Excellence grant by the state to strengthen further its nary College Admissions Test or the GRE, whichever is curriculum and facilities, ensuring student exposure to required by the individual school. rapidly developing areas including biotechnology, biochem The state of New Jersey has agreements with the follow istry, environmental science and applied mathematics. The ing veterinarian schools to accept students who are New school has established the Center for Research to focus the Jersey residents: Cornell University, UniversitY of Kansas, school's teaching and research in these emerging areas. University of Ohio and University of Pennsylvania. Minimum requirements are biology or zoology, 8 credits; Pre-Professional Programs chemistry, including organic and biochemistry, 16 credits; All students planning to attend professional school must math including some analytic geometry and calculus, 6 have an interview with the Pre-Professional Committee and credits; physics, 8 credits; microbiology, 3 credits; genetics, prOvide the committee with a brief resume of curricular and 3 credits; English, 6 credits. There is a requirement for farm extracurricular activities. It is suggested that these inter work or work with a veterinarian. views take place in the spring of the junior year. Required courses should be taken as early as possible, and Pre-Medical Preparation Prospective medical students the course of study should be approved by the pre-profes should acquaint themselves with entrance requirements for sional advisor of the School of Science and Health as early medical schools by consulting the handbook published as possible. annually by the Association of American Medical Colleges, Admission Requirements ofAmerican Medical Colleges. They liberal Studies Major should read the most recent issue to make sure that the Students interested in several disciplines offered by the requirements of the schools to which they plan to apply School of Science and Health, but not wishing to major in have not changed and are advised to purchase the publica any particular one, may pursue the liberal studies major and tion by mail from the Association at 1 DuPont Circle, N .W., earn a bachelor of science degree in liberal studies. Washington, D.C. 20036. In this option, students, with the assistance of an aca All medical school applicants are required to take the demic advisor, select courses totaling 50 credits from at Medical College Admissions Test, administered twice a least three of the school's majors, taking no more than 18 year, fall and spring, by the American College Testing credits in anyone of them. Service. MCAT applications can be obtained from the pre profeSSional advisor.
128 BIOLOGY Department of Biology
Professors: R. Callahan, M. Hahn, S. Hanks, C. Y. Hu, D. Honors students are advised by the departmental Indepen Levine, ]. Rosengren, M. Sebetich, ]. Voos, E. Wallace dent Study Committee. This committee plus the student's (chairperson),]. Werth, D. Weisbrot research/reading advisor serve as the student's Honors Associate Professors: R. Benno, R. Chesney, D. Desroches, Thesis Committee. N. Grant, A. Isaacson, M. Wahnnan BIOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 33-39 CREDITS Assistant Professors: E. Gardner, L. Risley BIO 163 General Biology I 4 The Department of Biology offers a major program leading BIO 164 General Biology 11* 4 to a bachelor of science in biology, a bachelor of science in BIO 205 Cell Biology 4 biotechnology and a minor in biology, and provides a wide BIO 206 General Genetics 4 scope of biology electives and service courses for students Plant course (see list) 4. from other disciplines. To meet the needs of modem biolo Animal course (see list) 3-4 gists, the department has established a curriculum that BIO 480 Biology Seminar 2 provides broad, basic training in the fundamentals of biol or ogy. BIO 499 Independent Study 1-3 Interested students may inquire about the honors pro Electives 9-12 credits gram in biopsychology offered jointly by the Schools of Three major elective courses by advisement (see list) Science and Health, and Humanities, Management and COREQUIREMENTS 31-32 CREDITS Social Sciences. Certification is available for students inter Chemistry 16 credits ested in teaching science on the secondary level. CHEM 160-060 General Chemistry I 4 Students majoring in biology find career opportunities in CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 many fields. Students may continue their education in CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry I 4 medical, dental and veterinary schools, or pursue graduate study in such diverse fields as animal physiology, botany, CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4 parasitology, biochemistry, behavior genetics, aquatic ecol Mathematics 8 credits ogy, microbiology and electron microscopy. Graduates not MATH 160-161 Calculus I and II 8 electing immediate advanced study may obtain employ or ment as technicians or research assistants in the phanna MATH 160 Calculus I 4 ceutical industry, in hospital, clinical and government labo MATH 230 Statistics 4 ratories and as elementary or secondary school teachers. Physics 8 credits . The Biology Department is extremely well equipped and, PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 best of all, its equipment is completely accessible to under or graduates. In addition to conventional biological facilities, PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 the department maintains specially equipped laboratories *Students may be exempt from taking the General Biology enabling students to become familiar with modem instru II (BIO 164) based on the results of the placement examina ments and allOwing faculty and students to pursue a wide tion offered by the Biology Department. These credits must range of research activities. be replaced by an upper-level biology course from the major Major facilities and their associated equipment include elective list. The placement examination is given during the the animal facilities, with colonies of genetically selected fall semester. mice and two adjacent rooms for data collection and analy Plant List sis; the neurobiology facility, including a computerized BIO 261 General Botany 4 image processing system and facilities for animal surgery BIO 265 Plant Physiology 4 and behavioral and physiological recording; electron mi BIO 335 Field Botany 3 croscopy facilities, including transmission and scanning electron microscope and associated specimen preparation Animal List BIO 112 General Anatomy and Physiology 1* 4 equipment, an X-ray analyzer and three darkrooms; bio BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II* 4 technology facilities and tissue culture lab, including a 4 liquid scintillation counter, several electrophoresis units, BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology BIO 350 Animal Behavior 3 computerized UV spectrophotometers, high pressure liq BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 4 uid chromatography units and ultracentrifuges; greenhouses; BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology 4 and a well-equipped ecology laboratory with both station ary and field equipment. BIO 421 Developmental Biology 4 BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 Honors in Biology Major Elective Course List Students enrolled as biology majors may qualify for a degree BIO 112 General Anatomy and Physiology 1* 4 with honors if they meet the follOwing criteria: BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II* 4 1. a minimum overall 3.25 G.P.A. BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology 4 2. a minimum 3.50 G.P.A. in biology BIO 261 General Botany 4 3. at least three credits ofIndependent Study (BIO 499). BIO 265 Plant Physiology 4 BIO 320 General Bacteriology 4 BIO 335 Field Botany 3
129 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
BIO 340 General Ecology 4 *BIO 112 and 113, General Anatomy and Physiology I and BIO 350 Animal Behavior 3 II, to be allowed as major courses by permission of the BIO 352 Economic Botany 3 Biology Department chairperson. These courses are for BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology 4 students interested in certain health related fields, such as BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 4 physical therapy or chiropractic study. BIO 410 Plant Growth and Development 4 MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18-20 CREDITS Comparative Animal Physiology 4 BIO 416 BIO 163 General Biology I 4 BIO 417 Histology 4 BIO 164 General Biology II 4 4 BI0421 Developmental Biology Plus three additional biology courses, at least one of which BIO 444 Evolution 3 must include a laboratory, by advisement. BIO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes 4 Note: Students who wish to minor in biology are strongly BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 urged to include in their background a basic course in BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics 4 statistics and one year of general chemistry. BIO 484 Scanning Electron Microscopy 4 BIO 485 Transmission Electron Microscopy 4 CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS CHEM327 Biochemistry I 4 Students interested in obtaining teacher certification in Note: Junior and senior biology majors may take graduate comprehensive science must complete secondary educa biology courses at the 500 level with the permission of the tion (K-12) requirements (see Department of Curriculum instructor and the Biology Department chairperson. and Instruction).
Program in Biotechnology
The Department of Biology offers a major leading to a Mathematics bachelor of science in biotechnology. This innovative pro MATH 160-161 Calculus I and II 8 gram emphasizes coursework and training in many aspects Physics of molecular biology, including plant tissue culture, animal PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 cell culture, DNA analysis techniques, protein isolation and or recombinant DNA techniques. Students with the required PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 grade point average may directly enter the biotechnology Biotechnology Elective Course List 3-4 credits master's degree program. BIO 265 Plant Physiology 4 Honors in Biotechnology BIO 416 Comparative Animal PhYSiology 4 Students enrolled as biotechnology majors may qualify for BIO 417 Histology 4 a degree with honors if they meet the following criteria: BIO 421 Developmental Biology 4 l. a minimum 3.25 overall GPA BIO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes 4 2. a minimum 3.50 GPA in biotechnology BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 3. at least three credits of Independent Study (BIO 499 ). BIO 499 Independent Study 1-3 Honors students are advised by the departmental Indepen CHEM470 Advanced Biochemistry 3 dent Study Committee. This committee plus the student's research/reading advisor serve as the student's Honors Thesis Committee. Courses BIOTECHNOLOGY MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 35 CREDITS Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 4 credits. BIO 163 General Biology I 4 BIO Il2-Il3 General Anatomy and Physiology I and II BIO 205 Cell Biology 4 A study of the structural and functional relationships of the BIO 206 General Genetics 4 human body. First semester: detailed study of the individual BIO 261 General Botany 4 organism, cell functions, histology, integumentary, skel BIO 320 General Bacteriology 4 etal, muscular, respiratory and circulatory systems. Second BIO 524 Molecular Biology 3 semester: nervous, endocrine, reproductive, urinary and BIO 530 Biotechnology:DNA 4 digestive systems. First-semester laboratory: dissection of BIO 531 Biotechnology:Cell Culture 4 the cat, human skeleton. Second semester: nervous, endo CHEM 327 Biochemistry I 4 crine, reproductive, digestive and urinary systems; metabo COREQUIREMENTS 32 CREDITS lism, acid-base balance and water and electrolyte balance. Chemistry Open to all; required of nursing and allied health majors. CHEM 160-060 General Chemistry I 4 Prerequisite: BIO 112 or BIO 113 CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 Lecture and lab CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry I 4 CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4
130 BIOTECHNOLOGY
BIO 114 Applied Anatomy and Physiology BIO 206 General Genetics A study of human anatomy and physiology with emphasis A study of the organization, function, regulation and trans on developing an understanding of the interrelationships of fer of hereditary material in viruses, bacteria and eukaryotes, the body systems in maintaining homeostasis in both health including man. and disease. Emphasis on nervous and endocrine control Prerequisites: BIO 163-164 mechanisms and the muscular and respiratory systems. Lecture and lab Required of psychology and speech pathology majors; open BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology to others. Not recommended for biology majors. The study of invertebrate animals, which make up 98 Lecture and lab percent of all animal species. Special emphasis on ecology, BIO 118 Basic Anatomy and Physiology habitat, economic importance and special structures, which A study of the anatomy and physiology of the human make the animals competitive in our world. Field trips organism showing relationships between structure and augment lectures and laboratories. function, the integration of the various systems and main Prerequisite: BIO 164 tenance of homeostasis. Open to all; required of movement Lecture and lab science majors. Not open to biology majors. BIO 261 General Botany Lecture and lab An introduction to the biology of the plant kingdom; BIO 120 Human Biology structural, functional, economical, ecological and evolu Accent on human structure, function and behavior; genetic tionary aspects of plants. makeup and hereditary potential; evolutionary history. Prerequisites: BIO 163 - 164 Laboratory includes the dissection of the fetal pig as an Lecture and lab example of mammalian anatomy, as well as varied exercises BIO 265 General Plant Physiology in human physiology, genetics and evolution. Not open to A study of the processes of the living plant including biology majors, or students who have taken BIO 114 or BIO growth, development, water relations, respiration, photo U8. synthesis, photo respiration, hormone action, and environ Lecture and lab mental relationships. Emphasis placed on experimental BIO 130 Field Biology understanding of these processes and their integration into An introduction to plants and animals of New Jersey. the whole plant and its environment. The laboratory in Intended to develop ability to recognize biotic groups and cludes a student project. increase understanding of the necessity of harmonious Prerequisite: BIO 164 relationships among people, plants and animals. Not open Lecture and lab to biology majors. BIO 302 Human Genetics Lecture and field laboratory Basic tenets of genetics; includes the organization, function BIO 163-164 General Biology I and II and regulation of hereditary material with emphasis on For students intending to major in biology, provides a human and medical application. Not open to biology ma background in biological principles. Similarities and differ jors. ences between living organisms, both plant and animal, are Prerequisite: BIO U3 discussed. Biology I: Subcellular and cellular structure and Lecture only-for nursing and community health majors function, cellular respiration, photosynthesis and protein 3 credits synthesis. Biology II: The underlying principles of whole BIO 312 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology organism structure and function; principles of evolution Advanced studies in human phYSiology. Emphasis on car and ecology. diology, circulation, respiration, acid-base balance, water Prerequisite: BIO 163 or BIO 164 balance and disorders of the nervous system. For nursing Lecture and lab majors; open to others with some physiology background; BIO 170 Basic Microbiology not open to biology majors. Structure, function, nutrition and physiology of the various Prerequisites: BIO 113 and one year of chemistry groups of microorganisms. Relationship to environment Lecture and lab and other organisms and their medical importance are BIO 320 General Bacteriology considered, particularly infectious disease and immunity. This course is concerned with the structure and function of Required for nursing majors; open to others; not open to microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria and viruses. The biology majors. cultivation of microorganisms, microbial metabolism, ecol Lecture and lab ogy, immunology and virology are discussed. BIO 205 Cell Biology Prerequisites: One year of biology and one year of chemistry A study of the physiological and biochemical processes that Lecture and lab regulate and maintain cell function. Cellular and subcellu lar structures are discussed, especially as applicable to cell function. Prerequisites: BIO 163 and CHEM 161 Lecture and lab
131 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
BIO 335 Field Botany BIO 416 Comparative Animal Physiology The course is a survey of the native seed plants commonly found in the northern New Jersey environment; emphasis is A comparative approach to the basic physiological pro cesses of animals. Emphasis on the functional modifications on field work, identification of specimens, both in the field animals develop in order to cope with their environment. and in the laboratory and the relationship of different Prerequisites: Two years of biology and CHEM 252 species sharing common habitats. Major seed plant families Lecture and lab are discussed in lecture. Prerequisite: BIO 163 - 164 BIO 417 Histology 3 credits The microscopic anatomy, organization and function of Lecture and Lab normal mammalian tissues. Study of tissues and organs by light microscopy comprises the laboratory component of BIO 340 General Ecology the course. Basic structural and functional aspects of our ecosystem, Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of chem including detailed study at the community, population and istry organismallevels. Lecture and lab Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of chem istry BIO 421 Developmental Biology Lecture and lab The study of embryonic change in living organisms. Cellu lar and biochemical mechanisms that account for the emer BIO 350 Animal Behavior gence of form in embryos and regenerating tissues are A survey of animal behavior, including physiological as explored. A broad range of organisms are considered. Both pects and ecological and adaptive implications. living and preserved embryos are studied in the laboratory. Prerequisites: Two semesters of science 3 credits Prerequisite: BIO 206 and one year of chemistry Lecture and lab Lecture only BIO 444 Evolution BIO 352 Economic Botany-Plants for Mankind The history of evolutionary theory, heredity, populations, Explores the importance of plants and plant products in classification, speciation, adapta.tion, evidence for organic terms of food, clothing, shelter and medicines, as well as evolution, vertebrate and human evolution and the problem their aesthetic value to humankind. of human population. Prerequisite: BIO 130 or 163 Prerequisites: Two years of biology, including BlO 206 3 credits 3 credits Lecture only Lecture only BIO 399 Selected Topics . BIO 450 Molecular Biology of Prokaryotes A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as This course provides a detailed examination of the molecu recommended by the department and approved by the lar biology of bacteria and bacteriophages. It covers such dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson topics as DNA structure and replication, prokaryotic gene expression (transcription, translation, genetic code and 1-6 credits regulation), microbial genetics, plasmids, transposons and BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology genetic engineering. A critical examination of the ecology of fresh water biota Prerequisites: BIO 206 and CHEM 252 with special attention to the physical features of the envi Lecture and Lab ronment. Surveys are made of streams, ponds and lakes in BID 480 Biology Seminar the environs. Three all-day field trips included. Restricted to biology majors. The course requires each Prerequisite: BIO 340 or 20 credits in science and math Lecture and field laboratory student to do an in-depth study of a selected topic with an evolutionary theme. The work requires library research and BIO 405 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy preparation of both a written and an oral presentation of The phylogenic history of each chordate system, including that work, including details of research procedures where integument, skeleton, muscles, digestive tract, circulatory, applicable. Students are expected to read and discuss each excretory, respiratory, nervous and reproductive systems. other's presentations. Laboratory includes dissection of representative chordates Prerequisite: 20 credits of biology (lamprey, shark, necturus, cat). 2 credits Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of chem istry BIO 484 Scanning Electron Microscopy Theory and functioning of the SEM. Each student is re Lecture and lab quired to carry out a project. BIO 410 Plant Growth and Development Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of Factors that control the growth and development of seed chemistry plants are discussed. Research data is presented to illustrate Lecture and lab morphogenic principles. Laboratory exercises involve grow ing whole plants under various conditions and plant tissue culture. Prerequisites: BIO 206 and CHEM 252 Lecture and lab
132 BIOPSYCHOLOGY
BIO 485 Transmission Electron Microscopy BIO 498 Field Experience in Biology The principles and practice of transmission electron mi A supervised educational experience outside of the regular croscopy, including theory, electron optics, specimen prepa departmental program. Pass/fail course. ration, operation of electron microscope, photography, Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson related instruments and techniques. 1-3 credits Prerequisites: Two years of biology and one year of chem BIO 499 Independent Study istry Individual research projects under the direction of a faculty Lecture and lab member. May be substituted for BIO 480. BIO 497 Readings in Biology Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson Student studies a particular field of biology under the 1-3 credits personal direction of a faculty member. Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson Refer to the graduate catalog for descriptions of Bio 524, 1-3 credits 530, 531 (required biotechnology courses).
Honors Program in Biopsychology
Professors: J. Green, M. Hahn, D. Vardiman. Psychology 3 credits Associate Professors: R. Benno (coordinator), D. Desroches. PSY 110 General Psychology 3 The honors program in biopsychology draws on newly Chemistry 8 or 16 credits emerging discoveries in such fields as behavior, the brain either sciences, genetics, psychopharmacology and many others CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry I and II to unravel the biology of the mind and behavior. The (incl. labs 060,061) 8 National Science Foundation awarded two grants to sup and port the development of this exciting program. As with all CHEM 251-252 Organic Chemistry I and II honors programs at WPC, biopsychology is not itself a (incl. labs 051,052) 8 major, but a distinctive cluster of courses that deepens, or broadens and adds challenge to students' chosen majors. CHEM 131-132 College Chemistry and Organic Open to majors in anthropology, biology, chemistry, Biochemistry (incl. labs 031,032) 8 nursing, psychology and speech pathology, this program is Statistics 7 or 8 credits highly recommended for students planning graduate study MATH 230-232 Statistics I and Statistical including premedicaVdentaVveterinary/graduate nursing Computing 7 studies--and, in general, for those students interested in or clinical or research careers. As an honors program, biopsy PSY 202-203 Experimental Psychology I and II 8 chology is deSigned for highly motivated individuals seek Physics 4 or 8 credits ing opportunities to learn and to demonstrate excellence. Choose one of the following by advisement Interested students begin in the freshman year with a set (not required of nursing students): of foundation courses carefully selected to provide a firm PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II 8 basis for the study of more advanced disciplines. Students or begin taking the core biopsychology courses in the junior PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II 8 ·year. The curriculum is enriched with seminars, discussion or groups, research opportunities and speaker series. Students PHYS 110 Introduction to Physics 4 and faculty participate together in a closely-knit academic Core Courses 14 credits community. PSY 353 Physiological Psychology 3 FOUNDATION COURSES 26-43 CREDITS BIPY 474 Neuroscience 4 Biology 4 or 8 credits BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics 4 BIO 163-164 General Biology I and II 8 Topical electives in biopsychology* 3 or *Choose from sociobiology, psychopharmacology, human BIO 112-113 General Anatomy and Physiology I and II 8 neuropsychology, biorhythms in physiology and behavior or and special current topics as announced. BIO 114 Applied Anatomy and PhYSiology 4
133 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
Courses BIPY 475 Behavior Genetics An introduction to the concept of gene-environment inter Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. action as a determinant of both animal and human behavior. PSY 353 Physiological Psychology Exposure to various methods of experimental and correla This course provides an introduction to the structure and tional types of investigation. function of the nervous system and explores the biological Prerequisites: PSY 110;BIO 163-164 orBIO 112-113 orBIO bases ofperception, consciousness, hunger, sexuality, sleep, 114; and one year of chemistry. memory and reward. 4 credits Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 114 or equivalent Lecture and lab PSY 415 Psychopharmacology BIPY 476 Developmental Biopsychology After a brief review of brain anatomy and function, the Designed to introduce students to the scope and methods of course focuses on the synapse (chemical neurotransmission a psychobiological approach to development. Stresses the mechanisms) followed by in-depth exploration of the vari phylogenetic and ontogenetic processes influencing indi ous neurotransmitter systems. On this base, the major viduals, groups, species and phyla, with special emphasis on classes of psychoactive drugs are examined with respect to human groups. their effects and their mechanisms of action. Drug classes Prerequisites: PSY 110; BIO 163-164 or BIO 112-113 or BIO covered include opiates, anti-anxiety agents, alcohol, stimu 114 lants, antidepressants, hallucinogens and antipsychotic BIPY 479 Biorhythms in Physiology and Behavior drugs. Focuses on the role of biological rhythms in the adaptive Prerequisites: PSY 110 and BIO 112-113 or 163-164 orPSY functioning of organisms. Examines yearly, monthly, tidal, 353 daily and sleep/dream cycles; the nature and control of BTPY 399 Selected Topics internal clock mechanisms and the implications of bio A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as rhythms for illness and psychopathology. recommended by the department and approved by the Prerequisites: PSY 110;BIO 163-1640rBlO 112-113 orBIO dean. 114 1-6 credits BIPY 490 Human Neuropsychology Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Provides a thorough introduction to the study of the anatomy BIPY 474 Neuroscience and functional organization of the human brain in relation A study of the brain; specifically the integrated roles of the to sensory, motor, cognitive and behavioral functions. Em anatomy, chemiStry, histology and electrical activity of the phasis is placed on understanding higher human cortical central nervous system. The laboratory component focuses functions as a basis for explOring the major brain disorders. on anatomy and techniques for the study of brain function Neuropsychological principles form an organizing matrix ing. for the material of the course. Prerequisites: PSY 110;BlO 163-164orBIO 112-113 orPSY Prerequisites: PSY 353 or BIPY 474 or equivalent 353; and one year of chemistry. BIPY 499 Independent Study 4 credits Individual research projects under the direction of a faculty Lecture and lab member. Prerequisite: Permission of the chairperson 1-6 credits
Department of Chemistry and Physics Chemistry
Professors: C. W. Lee, A. Merijanian, L. Rivela, A. Speert, required to take major courses in the principal branches of G. Sharma (chairperson) chemistry: analytical, biochemistry, inorganic, organic and Associate Professors: G. Gerardi, R. McCallum, S. Raj physical, in addition to directed electives in mathematics, B.S. in Chemistry physics, computer science, biology and English. With a bachelor's degree in chemistry, a student is pre The chemistry program is designed to provide students with pared to continue his or her education by enrolling in the scientific knowledge and skills necessary to pursue a graduate programs in chemistry or other sciences, profes broad range of professional careers. The program leads to a sional school programs (medicine, dentistry, osteopathy, B.S. degree and is certified by the American Chemical podiatry, etc.), engineering, computer science, business Society as meeting all the professional standards required administration and law. Entry-level positions in govern for baccalaureate education in chemistry. A student is ment, teaching and industry, which involve aspects of
134 CHEMISTRY research, manufacturing, sales and management, are also BIO 163 General Biology I 4 immediate career options. MATH 161 Calculus II 4 Majorinstrumentation for student laboratory coursework MATH 201 Calculus III 4 and research in chemistry includes: JOEL DX303 Mass ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 Spectrometer, Varian Gemini 200MHz Fourier Transform CS 140 Intro. to Computer Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectrometer; Bruker 300 ProgrammingIBASIC 3 Electron Paramagnetic Resonance Spectrometer; Perkin Course Sequence/ACS Certified Elmer Fourier Transform Infrared Spectrometer; Lehman 136 CREDITS Labs Inductively Coupled Plasma Spectrometer; Varian Program Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer; Infrared, visible Freshman Year and ultraviolet spectrophotometers; three computer con First Semester trolled gas chromatographs; two Waters High Pressure BIO 163 General Biology I 4 liquid Chromatographs; Dionex Ion Chromatograph; re CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4 frigerated low small and high speed centrifuges, electro ENG 110 Writing Effective Prose 3 phoresis instrumentation; and refrigerated fraction collec MATH 160 Calculus I 4 tor. Microcomputer facilities are also conveniently located Second Semester in the Science Complex. CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 Honors in Chemistry CS 130 Introduction to Computer ProgrammingIBASIC 3 Students enrolled as chemistry majors may qualify for a MATH 161 Calculus II 4 degree with honors if they meet the following criteria: General Education course 3 1. A minimum 3.25 overall GPA 2. A minimum 3.3 GPA in all chemistry courses Summer Session 3. Meet A.C.S. certification requirements General Education 6 4. Take CHEM 499-Independent Study resulting in a Sophomore Year written Honors Research Thesis to be presented as a First Semester seminar to the department. CHEM 201 Analytical Chemistry 5 B.S. in Chemistry (69-81 credits) CHEM 251 Organic Chemistry I 4 PHYS 260 General Physics I 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS / General Education course 3 LECTURE AND LAB 43-55 CREDITS Second Semester A. Chemistry Core 39 Credits CHEM 252 Organic Chemistry II 4 CHEM 160-060 General Chemistry I 4 MATH 201 Calculus III 4 CHEM 161-061 General Chemistry II 4 PHYS 261 General Physics II 4 CHEM 201-001 Analytical Chemistry 5 General Education course 3 CHEM 251-051 Organic Chemistry I 4 Summer Session CHEM 252-052 Organic Chemistry II 4 General Education 6 CHEM 311-011 Physical Chemistry I 4 junior Year CHEM 312-012 Physical Chemistry II 5 CHEM320 Inorganic Chemistry 4 First Semester CHEM327 Biochemistry I 4 CHEM 311 Physical Chemistry I 4 CHEM480 Seminar in Chemistry* CHEM 327 Biochemistry I 4 *No lab ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 General Education course 3 B. Chemistry Electives Select four credits from the following list to meet the Second Semester minimum requirements for the major. For A.C.S. certifica CHEM 312 Physical Chemistry II 5 tion CHEM 401, CHEM 426 and two additional advanced CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry 4 courses are required. General Education course 6 Advanced Courses 4-16 Credits Summer Session CHEM 322 Environmental Chemistry 4 Upper Level Electives 6 CHEM 401 Analytical Instrumentation 4 Senior Year CHEM 403 Physical Chemistry III 3 First Semester CHEM421 Advanced OrganiC Chemistry 3 CHEM 426 Organic Spectroscopy 4 CHEM423 Chemistry of Natural Products 4 Advanced Chemistry Elective 8 CHEM426 Organic Spectroscopy 4 General Education 3 CHEM460 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry 3 Second Semester CHEM470 Advanced Biochemistry 3 CHEM 401 Analyticallnstrumentation 4 CHEM499 Independent Study 1-3 CHEM 480 Seminar in Chemistry 1 C. Corequisites 26 Credits General Education Electives 6 PHYS260 General Physics I 4 Upper Level Electives 3 PHYS 261 General Physics II 4
135 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry I and II: Students who are interested in obtaining certification in Lecture comprehensive science must complete the sequence out The electronic structure of atoms, molecular structure and lined under Department of Curriculum and Instruction. chemical bonding, the states of matter, solutions, reaction CHEMISTRY MINOR 18 CREDITS rates and chemical equilibrium, ionic equilibria, thermody namics, acid-base concepts, electrochemistry and coordi CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4 nation compounds. Laboratories must be taken concur CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 rently. Plus an additional 10 credits in chemistry by advisement. Prerequisite: High school chemistry, CHEM 120 or 159 for Note: Students choosing a minor in chemistry are strongly CHEM 160, and-MATH U5 for CHEM 161 urged to elect the follOwing: MATH 160, 161, PHYS 260, 261. CHEM 060-061 General Chemistry I and II: Lab 1 credit each CHEM 201 Analytical Chemistry: Lecture The theory and methods of quantitative analytical chemis Courses try with emphasis on chemical equilibrium and practical Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. laboratory experience. Prerequisite: CHEM 161 CHEM 115 Introductory Chemistry 3 credits An introduction to" the concepts, principles and terminol ogy of chemistry. Designed primarily for students who have CHEM 001 Analytical Chemistry: Lab little or no background in the fundamentals of chemistry, Must be taken with lecture, CHEM 201. who wish to learn the basics of chemistry in preparation for 2 credits courses such as CHEM 131 or CHEM 160. CHEM 251-252 Organic Chemistry I and II: Lecture Lecture only A thorough exposition of the chemistry of carbon com CHEM 120 Chemistry in Perspective pounds including synthetic methods, chemical reactions; An introduction to the fundamental concepts and prin reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, and use of spectros ciples of chemistry, with a view of the development of this copy in structure elucidation. physical science as a human endeavor. The nature of the CHEM 051 Organic Chemistry I: Lab scientific method is emphasized, along with an elucidation 1 credit of the pervasive application of chemistry in modem tech CHEM 052 Organic Chemistry II: Lab nology and society. Designed as a general education course 1 credit in science. 4 credits CHEM 311-312 Physical Chemistry I and II: Lecture Lecture and lab Chemical thermodynamics, behavior of gases, reaction ki netics, electrochemistry and introductory quantum me CHEM 131 College Chemistry: Lecture chanics. Development of the fundamental concepts of chemistry Prerequisites: CHEM 252, MATH 161 and PHYS 261 including stoichiometry, reactivity, atomic and molecular structure, equilibrium and introduction to organic chemis CHEM 011 Physical Chemistry I: Lab try. Part of a terminal sequence with CHEM 132. This is the 1 credit first of the two courses required for nursing and health CHEM 012 Physical Chemistry II: Lab science majors. Lab must be taken concurrently. 2 credits CHEM 031 College Chemistry: Lab CHEM 320 Inorganic Chemistry 1 credit Systematic study of the elements and their compounds with CHEM 132 Organic Biochemistry: Lecture special reference to their location in the periodic table. Development of the fundamental concepts of organic chem Prerequisite: CHEM 161 istry and biochemistry; emphasizes metabolism in the con 4 credits text of physiological chemistry. This is the second semester Lecture and lab of a two semester sequence. A terminal course. CHEM 322 Environmental Chemistry Prerequisite: CHEM 131 Considers the composition and dynamics of the environ Lab must be taken concurrently ment, the reactions that take place and the impact of CHEM 032 Organic Biochemistry: Lab chemical technology. 1 credit Corequisite: CHEM 252 4 credits Lecture and lab
136 CHEMISTRY
CHEM 327 Biochemistry I CHEM 421 Advanced Organic Chemistry This course has been designed to familiarize all science Advanced study of organic chemistry with deliberate em students with major aspects of biochemistry. Topics cov phasis on synthetic reaction mechanisms, principles of ered include structures and functions of amino acids; three stereochemistry and current advances in organic chemistry. dimensional structure, dynantics and function of proteins; Prerequisites: CHEM 252 and CHEM 312 DNA and RNA molecules of heredity; mechanisms of en Lecture only zyme actions; control of enzyme activity; structure and CHEM 423 Chemistry of Natural Products biological functions of vitamins, carbohydrates and lipids; Major classes of natural products of plant origin, their the dynantics of membrane structure; biochemical thermo synthesis. and the theory of biogenesis. Methods of identifi dynamics; glycolysis; citric acid cycle; fatty acid metabo cation and structural elucidation of natural products. lism, electron transport and oxidative phosphorylation; Prerequisite: CHEM 252; prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM photosynthesis. 312 Prerequisites: CHEM 252 Lecture and CHEM 052 Lab 4 credits 4 credits Lecture and lab Lecture and lab CHEM 426 Organic Spectroscopy CHEM 399 Selected Topics Introduces the theory and application of spectroscopy to A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as the structure determination of organic molecules. recommended by the department and approved by the Prerequisites: CHEM 252 and CHEM 312 dean. 4 credits Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson Lecture and lab 1-6 credits CHEM 460 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry CHEM 401 Analytical Instrumentation Coordination chemistry, kinetics and mechanisms of inor Applications of modern chemical instruments with empha ganic reactions and organometallic chemistry. sis on the underlying physical principles of instrumenta Prerequisite: CHEM 320; prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM tion. 312 Prerequisites: CHEM 2~2 and 312 Lecture only 4 credits Lecture and lab CHEM 470 Biochemistry II Elaborates on topics discussed in CHEM 327, with empha CHEM 403 Physical Chemistry III sis on macromolecular structures such as mitochondrial Provides the theoretical basis for understanding the elec and photosynthetic membranes, multienzyme complexes tronic structure of molecules. and the mechanisms of replication, transcription and trans Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 312 lation. Lecture only Prerequisite: CHEM 327 CHEM 410 Industrial Chemistry Lecture only Emphasizes the practical aspects of the chemical industry's CHEM 480 Seminar practices, econoIl1ics, rationale and decisions. Introduces a A study of specialized problems in chemistry and an intro detailed description of the common basic raw material duction to the chemical literature. Making formal oral and sources, and their relationship to major industrial and written presentations on specific topics in chemistry is consumer products and environmental concerns of chemi required. cal processes. 1 credit Prerequisite: CHEM 252 Lecture only CHEM 499 Independent Study Individual research under the supervision of a faculty member; or internship placement in industry. Prerequisite or corequisite: CHEM 312. 1-3 credits
137 SCIENCE AND HEALTH Physics
Professor: S. La PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II Associate Professor: J. Bufano Basic courses for physics, chemistry and mathematics ma jors and a foundation for all advanced work in physics. Courses and concentrations prepare students for entry into Topics: introduction to vectors, statics, kinematics, work graduate school or science-oriented careers in industry, and energy, impulse and momentum, rotational motion, research, teaching, environmental or governmental work. elasticity, harmonic motion, sound and acoustics, electro Offerings include service courses required by other cur statics, DC and AC electric circuits and instrumentation, ricula. magnetostatics, electromagnetic waves, geometrical and physical optics, polarization and an introduction to modem physicS. Courses Corequisites: MATH 160 and 161 4 credi ts each Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. Lecture and lab PHYS no Introduction to Physics PHYS 300 Mechanics Designed to give the nonsciencestudent an adequate under Covers basic concepts in mechanics as required for ad standing of the nature of science and of the fundamental vanced work in physics. Topics: mathematical formulation physical laws that govern our everyday lives. Topics include of mechanics utilizing vector analysis, particle dynamics, forces, motion, heat energy, electricity, atomic energy and systems of particles, translational and rotational movement fundamental ideas in chemistry. Laboratory work is closely of rigid bodies, angular momentum and energy consider integrated with the above topics. ations. 4 credits Prerequisite: PHYS 261; corequisite: MATH 201 Lecture and lab 4 credits PHYS 170 General Astronomy PHYS 302 Electricity and Magnetism A nonmathematical study of our nearest star, the sun, as Basic course covering the fundamental concepts of electric well as its planets and their moons. Star counts and the ity and magnetism. Topics: vector mathematics, electrostat structure of our island universe of stars, dust and gas are ics, solution of electrostatic problems, dielectric materials, discussed. Reading on the "Big Bang" theory of how thou circuitry and solution of networks, magnetostatics, electro sands of galaxies were scattered at fantastic speeds. Not magnetic induction, magnetic materials, atomic origin of open to students who have previously taken an astronomy magnetism, ferromagnetic materials and introduction to course. field theory. 2 hours lecture, 2 hours lab Prerequisite: PHYS 300 PHYS 250-251 Basic Electronics I and II PHYS 304 Optics The general philosophy of electronics as a "way of/ife" and Theoretical and experimental aspects. Topics: reflection its function as a basic tool in our present scientific culture. and refraction, plane and spherical surfaces, thin lenses; Fundamentals of electronics including basic components field stops and aperture stops, ray-tracing, aberrations, and circuit configurations. Actual circuits are assembled, optical instruments, nature of light waves, superposition tested and their behavior explored. A deSCriptive laboratory and interference. Fesnel and Fraunhofer diffraction, dif course in basic electronic circuits without the use of exten fraction gratings. Cerenkov radiation, nature and origin of sive mathematics. polarization. Prerequisite: PHYS 110 or permission of the instructor 4 credits Lecture and lab PHYS 319 Environmental Physics PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II This course deals with the flow of energy in natural and An introductory physics course for students who do not human-made systems. Building on the First and Second intend to specialize in the physical sciences. Requires no Laws of Thermodynamics and the general principles of mathematics beyond algebra and geometry as prerequisites. classical mechanics, the concepts of energy and entropy are Underlying principles and basic laws of Newtonian me quantitatively applied to natural ecosystems and various chanics, electromagnetism and modem physics are ex energy resources, such as fossil fuels, nuclear energy, hy plored. dropower, wind, tides, solar power, etc. These resources are 4 credits each also discussed in terms of the societal and environmental Lecture and lab impacts of the associated technologies. PrereqUisites: ENV 110 and PHYS 261 or 256 3 credits PHYS 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as recommended by the department and approved by the dean. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson 1-6 credits
138 COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
PHYS 403 Modern Physics PHYS480 Seminar Spectroscopic and other representative phenomena that Emphasis on research, current literature and classroom form experimental foundations of modem physics. Topics: discussion of new ideas. special theory of relativity, dual properties of electromag Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor netic radiation. Young's diffraction, blackbody radiation, 1 credit photoelectric effect. Compton effect, specific heats. Frank PHYS 499 Independent Study Hertz experiment. Rutherford scattering. Bohr's atomic Individual research under the supervision of a faculty model, quantum mechanical description of a particle, el member. ementary theory of nuclear structure and reactions. 1-3 credits Prerequisite: PHYS 300
Department of Communication Disorders
Associate Professors: E. Chopek, J. Hsu (chairperson), Accelerated Bachelor's/Master's Option A.Oratio UNDERGRADUATE SPEECH Assistant Professors: V. Bhat, C. Gelfer (graduate coordi PATHOLOGY COURSES 36-42 CREDITS nator) COOS 160 Phonetics 3 Director of Speech and Hearing Clinic: C. Gaur COOS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and The undergraduate program leading to a bachelor of arts in Communication Systems 3 speech/language pathology requires that students complete COOS 205 Speech Laboratory I (Observation) 3 59 to 60 credits of general education courses and 36 credits COOS 262 Orientation to Speech Pathology and in the major. Ninety hours ofsupervised clinical experience Audiology 3 must be completed in the WPC Speech and Hearing Clinic. COOS 263 Articulation Disorders 3 The department also offers an accelerated bachelor's! COOS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing** 6 master's option that requires successful completion of 45 to COOS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory 51 credits of major courses at the undergraduate level. and Vocal Mechanism 3 These credits include three graduate-level courses, which COOS 363 Introduction to Audiology 3 are taken in the senior year. Students selecting this option COOS 366 Language Theory and Therapy 3 must complete 100 hours of supervised clinical experience COOS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation 3 in the College's Speech and Hearing Clinic. COOS 464 Hearing Science 3 Following completion of the B.A. degree requirements, GRADUATE SPEECH PATHOLOGY students must apply for admission to the graduate program. COURSES: 9 CREDITS Matriculation into the graduate program is contingent upon To be taken in the senior yeart meeting the department's stated criteria. COOS 506 Stuttering and Other Rhythm Disorders 3 MAJOR COURSES 36 CREDITS COOS 606 Diagnostic Methods in Speech Pathology 3 COOS 160 Phonetics 3 COOS 622 Neurologically Based Speech Disorders 3 COOS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and Communication Systems 3 GRADUATE SPEECH PATHOLOGY COOS 205 Speech Laboratory I (Observation) 3 COURSES: 33 CREDITS COOS 262 Orientation to Speech Pathology and To be completed within 2 years after receiving the B.A. Audiology 3 degreet COOS 263 Articulation Disorders 3 Required Courses: COOS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing* COOS 500 Computers and Statistical Principles for (two semesters) 6 COOS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the Clinical Research 3 COOS 603 Voice Disorders 3 Auditory and Vocal Mechanism 3 COOS 363 Introduction to Audiology 3 COOS 604 Language Disorders in Children 3 COOS 366 Language Theory and Therapy 3 COOS 605 Aphasia 3 COOS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation 3 COOS 607 Speech and Hearing Science 3 COOS 464 Hearing Science 3 COOS 608 Clinical Audiology 3 Corequirement: COOS 609 Clinical Practicum (2 semesters) 6 PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 COOS 619 Research Methods in Communication *Only 9 credits of COOS 302 count toward the 128 credits Disorders 3 required for graduation.
139 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
COOS 621 Psycholinguistics and Language COOS 262 Orientation to Speech Pathology and Acquisition 3 Audiology Elective Courses: 3 credits The purpose of this introductory course is to bring begin Students must take one additional disorders course. Stu ning students of communication disorders an understand dents may select from the following: ing of speech, language and hearing disorders. Emphasis is COOS 503 Articulation and Phonological Disorders 3 on the nature and causes of communication disorders. COOS 610 Cleft Palate and Related Maxillo Discussion of treatment is limited to general principles Facial Disorders 3 since remedial methods are studied in greater detail in more COOS 620 Project Thesis Seminar 3 advanced communication disorders courses. COOS 625 Teaching Speech and Language to the CODS 263 Articulation Disorders Hearing Impaired 3 A study of the normal acquisition and development of COOS 641 Clinical Management of the Multicultural articulation and of etiologies; assessment and remediation Caseload 3 for articulation disorders. CODS 599 Special Topics 3 Prerequisite: CODS 262 **Only 9 credits of CODS 302 count toward the 128 credits CODS 302 Speech Laboratory Continuing required for graduation. The course is part of a two-semester program of clinical 'See the graduate catalog for course descriptions. practicum in speech-language pathology, offering a mini mum of 90 clock hours of supervised clinical experience, accompanied by group seminar and individual conferences. Courses It provides students the opportunity to learn the essential elements of effective clinical interaction and to experience Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. the basic therapeutic processes involved in modifying articulatoryllanguage behaviors. COOS 160 Phonetics Prerequisites: CODS 160, 262, 263, 205 and 366 The course focuses on the perception and production of the sounds of American speech. The International Phonetic caDS 361 Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory Alphabet (IPA) is mastered as a system for analyzing speech and Vocal Mechanism patterns and for recording pronunciations. There are many Designed to analyze the processes of speech and hearing in opportunities to use the IPA when reading phonetic tran terms of anatomy and physiology. Specific aspects ofspeech scriptions, as well as transcribing into IPA samples of including respiration, phonation, articulation and resonation normal speech and defective speech. are presented. The ear and hearing are also discussed. Finally, the nervous system is studied in terms of its func CODS 161 The Nature of Speech, Language and Communication Systems tion as an integrating mechanism. Various pathologies as they relate to speech and hearing are also considered. A general orientation to the study of human language Prerequisite: BIO 120 communication. Topics include the nature of the speech signal, the structure and content of language, the nature of CaDS 363 Introduction to Audiology communicative interaction, human vs. animal communica Provides a general understanding of contemporary ap tion, the relationship between language and thought, dia proaches to clinical assessment of hearing. The course lect variation and bilingualism, the relationship between reviews basic test procedures: for estimation of air conduc the written and spoken system. tion and bone conduction thresholds, the assessment of the CODS 162 Basic Speech Skills middle ear function and clinical masking. Prerequisite: CODS 361 Enables students to develop maximum vocal and articulatory output, control the speech mechanism, eliminate regional CaDS 365 Voice Disorders in Children accents; explores the impact of dialectical differences that Functional and organic voice disorders in children. Etiol impair communication. ogy, classification, methods of diagnosis and evaluation, CODS 205 Speech Laboratory I therapy methods and techniques. Prerequisite: CODS 361 Through weekly seminars and supervised observation of a minimum of 25 hours of speech and/or language therapy, CaDS 366 Language Theory and Therapy this course exposes the student to all aspects of the speech A review of the nature of human language. The course language clinical process. focuses on the acquisition oflanguage in normally develop Prerequisite: CODS 263 ing children and also describes the nature of language COOS 261 Speech Disorders disorders, assessment techniques and intervention strate A course for students who are not communication disorders gies. majors. Focuses on the normal acquisition and develop CaDS 367 Sign Language I ment of speech and language and on the organic and Designed to teach sign language and the manual alphabet to functional factors that interfere with normal acquisition health profeSSionals, speech pathologists, rehabilitationists and development. The role of the special education teacher and teachers of children with special problems so they can in the school speech therapy program is considered. work with children and adults who have a need for an alternate means of communication.
140 COMMUNITY HEALTH
COOS 370 Sign Langnage II COOS 426 Organizing Speech and Hearing Programs Designed to strengthen further the manual communication The factors important to the organization, administration skills of health professionals, speech pathologists, and supervision of speech and hearing programs in the rehabilitationists and teachers of children with special prob public schools. The school speech pathologists' lems. interprofessional relationships as they relate to the program Prerequisite: COOS 367 are considered. Prerequisite: COOS 425 COOS 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as COOS 462 Auditory Rehabilitation recommended by the department and approved by the Discusses the ramifications of hearing loss as they pertain to dean. both the pediatric and adult populations. Diagnostic tech 1-6 credits niques, amplification systems and therapy strategies as they Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair relate to both auditory habilitation and rehabilitation are presented. Finally, counseling and educational needs are COOS 425 Teaching Speech considered for each population. The speech therapist's role in the development and conduct Prerequisite: COOS 363 of speech improvement programs in the public schools. Speech materials suitable for use with school-age children COOS 463 Stuttering and Other Rhythm Disorders according to classroom curriculum needs are reviewed and This course emphasizes the nature, onset and etiology of discussed. Special attention is given to materials used with stuttering and rhythm disorders. Diagnostic procedures for school-age children who have speech and language prob children and adults and treatment approaches are reviewed. lems. COOS 499 Independent Study As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits
Department of Community Health
Professors: S. Hawes, S. Lisbe HSC370 Concepts and Issues of Aging 3 Associate Professors: A. Hudis, J. Levitan, R. Blonna HSC400 Epidemiology 3 Assistant Professors: M. Grodner, J. Hayden HSC430 Health Counseling 3 HSC450 Health Administration 3 The Department of Community Health offers a major pro HSC 451 Methods in Health Education 3 gram leading to a bachelor of science degree in community HSC490 Human Sexuality 3 health. The program is approved by the Society for Public HSC 491 Drugs and Health 3 Health Education. Certification in school health education HSC496 Seminar in Community Health is also available for movement science majors. The major in Fieldwork in Community Health 8 community health is designed to prepare individuals to HSC497 work as health educators in a variety of community settings. Corequisites 7-8 Credits Health educators are responsible for the planning, imple BIO 170 Basic Microbiology 4 mentation and evaluation of health promotion/disease pre Choose one of the following three courses: vention programs. Employment opportunities exist in lo BIO 302 Human Genetics 3 cal, state, federal and voluntary health agencies, community or health centers, hospitals, clinics, health maintenance orga CHEM 131 Chemistry 3-4 nizations and private industry. or ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 45 CREDITS Required General Education Courses 17 Credits HSC 250 Health Education: Theory and Practice 3 BIO 112 General Anatomy and PhYSiology I 4 HSC 300 Community Health Education Program BIO 113 General Anatomy and Physiology II 4 Planning 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics 3 HSC 315 Human Disease 3 PSY 110 General Psychology 3 HSC 320 Nutrition 3 HSC 120 Current Health Issues 3 HSC 361 Research Analysis and Evaluation in Health 3
141 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
Courses HSC 361 Research Analysis and Evaluation in Health Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. This course introduces students to the basic aspects of HSC 120 Current Health Issues research methodology and evaluative techniques. Students Issues that are crucial to students' personal lives are exam develop skills for Critically reading the professional litera ined with an emphasis on the relationship between lifestyle ture and preparing a research proposal. and health. The course enables students to deal more Prerequisite: MATH 130 effectively with the health problems faced during the col HSC 370 Concepts and Issues of Aging lege experience, and subsequently throughout life. These An introduction and overview of aging as an interdiscipli issues may include: stress, sexuality, nutrition, mental nary and developmental process, with attention to the health and illness, aging, chronic and communicable dis relationship of one's aging to growing older in contempo ease, drug and alcohol use, and dealing with death and other rary society. Students examine the psychOSOcial, biological selected topics. and cultural aspects of aging. Topics include mental health, HSC 210 Women's Health nutritional needs, demographics, the common causes of This course addresses contemporary issues on the health of morbidity and mortality, economic concerns, and legisla women, with attention given to increasing students' under tion as it relates to the health needs of aging persons. standing of their bodies, identifying resources and services HSC 399 Selected Topics available in the community, and developing the necessary A topiC not covered by an existing course is offered as consumer skills for interaction with the health care system. recommended by the department and approved by the Topics include mental health, nutrition, sexuality, preg dean. nancy and childbirth, cancer detection and treatment, gyne 1-6 credits cological care, menstruation and menopause, aging and Prerequisite: Permission of the depattment chair victimization. HSC 400 Epidemiology HSC 220 Stress Management The study of the distribution and determinants of diseases! This course is designed to enable students to understand the conditions in populations. The course provides an overview role of stress in their lives. The course focuses on the of epidemiological principles and practices using current physiological and psychological aspects ofstress, the role of health topics (e.g., AIDS, drug testing, teen pregnancy). stress in the etiology of many chronic diseases and the This course focuses on the epidemiologic information and development of a repertoire of coping strategies to enable the skills necessary for the practice of community health students to manage personal stress. The course examines a education. variety of interpersonal and environmental stressors rang Prerequisites: HSC 315, HSC 361 ing from the workplace to the family. HSC 420 Environmental Health HSC 250 Health Education: Theory and Practice ThiS course examines the social, economic and political Provides an introduction to the profession of health educa dimensions of environmental problems that impact on tion. Emphasis is placed on the evolution of the profeSSion, health and development. Emphasis is on those human theoretical rationale, major issues, work settings and the activities in the environment that contribute to a deteriora extent to which these contribute to health education prac tion in quality of life. Professional opportunities in environ tice. mental health are covered. HSC 300 Community Health Education Program HSC 430 Health Counseling Planning This course is designed to give the student basic informa Building on the foundations of health education, this course tion regarding the interrelationship between health prob introduces the generic skills needed to assess, plan, imple lems and social, psychological, environmental influences ment, and evaluate health education programs. An over and personality development. Implications for human be view of populations with special health education needs, havior are examined; counseling skills and procedures are selected health problems and available health services are presented with emphasis placed on the skills of listening, presented. observation, and collecting/using health information. Un Prerequisite: HSC 250 derstanding emotional communication and its effect and HSC 315 Human Disease subsequent intervention strategies are explored. Selected disease processes are presented from a health HSC 450 Health Administration education perspective. The causes, signs, symptoms, diag This course examines the structure and function of a variety nosis, treatment, prognosis, risk factors and prevention of health care agencies using the context of systems, role strategies are discussed. Emphasis is on the relationship of and management theories. The process of assessing, plan risk factors and prevention strategies to health education. ning, implementing and evaluating are examined in a vari Prerequisites: BIO 112, BIO 113, BIO 170 ety of organizational contexts. Emphasis is placed on devel HSC 320 Nutrition oping first level supervisory skills and techniques. Writing A foundation study of human nutrition emphasizing its a grant proposal is the major assignment in this course. relationship to optimum physical and emotional health. Take concurrently with HSC 497, Fieldwork in Community Includes basics of sound nutrition, requirements of various Health. food elements, diet planning, diet patterns for specific age groups, nutritional fads and weight control.
142 COMPUTER SCIENCE
HSC 451 Methods in Health Education modalities, prevention strategies and community services. Principles and procedures for teaching, planning and evalu Skills are developed for assessment, counseling, program ating health education experiences are presented. Neces development and referral. sary concepts in the development of the health education HSC 496 Seminar in Community Health component of programs and criteria for their inclusion are Seminar is designed to prepare students for selecting their identified. Also, techniques and skills needed for teaching fieldwork assignments. The course reviews the parameters large and small groups. Open only to senior community of the fieldwork experience, provides an in-depth look at health majors and movement science majors seeking health the various locations in which public health education is education certification. practiced, familiarize students with the roles and responsi HSC 470 Health Aspects of Aging bilities of entry-level health educators and provides oppor Basic health needs and concerns of the population. Interpre tunities for self-assessment. The class culminates with stu tation of health care systems. Prevention of illness and dents selecting their placement sites for the spring. Open disease and promotion of good health throughout the only to senior community health majors. lifespan. 1 credit HSC 471 Community Health Services and Agiug HSC 497 Fieldwork in Community Health An interdisciplinary approach to the analysis of theory and A 320-hour supervised internship designed to provide an practice of community health resources that offer health opportunity for students to apply their academic prepara and social services to the aging. Examines health and health tion in professional work settings. Students are assigned related programs and establishes relationships between tasks that allow them to develop and increase their compe need and services. tencies as entry-level health educators. Students are re HSC 490 Human Sexuality quired to follow all regulations of the agencies in which they are placed in a professional manner (Le. dress code, punc The biological, sociological, psychological and educatioual tuality, confidentiality). Open only to senior community aspects of human sexuality are presented. Students explore the personal decision making process and discuss issues health majors. 8 credits related to reproduction, sexual response, sexual orienta Prerequisite: HSC 496 tion, birth control, dating and relationships, communica tion, sexual health, atypical behavior, sexual violence and HSC 499 Independent Study cultural influences. This course provides an opportunity for academically quali HSC 491 Drugs and Health fied students to earn college credit for a project planned This course presents an overview of the field of substance jointly with a faculty sponsor and not already covered by an existing course. Registration for this course must be signed abuse and addiction from bio-psycho-sociological perspec tive. Students examine the dynamics of dependency, co by the respective dean and the chairperson of the depart ment. dependency, pharmacology, intervention and treatment 1-6 credits
Department of Computer Science and Quantitative Analysis
Professors: L. S. Cheo (chairperson), L. Presby and computer networks; and the theory of computation. A Associate Professors: L. Gaydosh, E. Hu, ]. Najarian, broad and solid foundation in problem solVing, modeling A. Noetzel and decision making is formulated in a scholarly and Assistant Professor: S. Choudhary professional context. Theoretical concepts are reinforced through extensive lab work and computer projects. Computer Science For this degree program, a student must complete a total of 42 credits of computer science work, of which 27 credits The Department of Computer Science offers a comprehen are in required courses and 15 are in electives. In addition, sive program of study in all areas of computer science students need to complete 16 credits of corequisites in leading to a bachelor of science degree. The program con computer science application areas. The college require centrates on the theory of computer science!l1hd its applica ment for graduation is 128 credits. Two minor programs in tions. In this dynamic field of technological progress, our computer science and quantitative analysis are also offered program of study comprises a state-of-the-art presentation through this department. of algorithmics; program design and analysis; computer Computer Facilities languages; applications packages and development; hard A variety of computing facilities, covering the spectrum of ware and computer systems; artificial intelligence; numeri computing environments in use today, are available to cal analysis; optimization; graphics; data communications students. For stand-alone microcomputer computation,
143 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
there are 40 IBM PSI2-70 microcomputers, 40 AT-compat Student Internship Program ible Zenith 286 micros, as well as Macintosh Ilx microcom For qualified students, internship opportunities are avail puters. The PS/2s and compatibles can also interact through able. Internship offers practical experience in industrial and a Local Area Network (LAN). Another LAN environment is business concerns on a part-time basis while attending found in the Computer Science Research Lab, which has a WPC as full-time students. network of several SUN SPARC 1+ workstations, WYSE terminals, and assorted microcomputers connected to a COMPUTER SCIENCE MAJOR SUN SPARC 1+ server (with 1.3 gigabytes of hard disk). REQUIREMENTS 58 CREDITS Mainframe computation is available on an IBM 3090 run Core Requirements 27 credits ning MVS/XA and an IBM 4381 running VMlCMS, both CS 140 Computer Science I 3 located at the New Jersey Educational Computer Network CS 240 Computer Science II 3 (NJECN). The mainframes are accessible through a remote CS 201 Computer Literacy and job entry (~E) system from 25 interactive (full-screen) IBM Microcomputer Applications 3 3179 terminals. The PSI2s and compatibles can also be used CS250 ClUNIX and Software Design 3 as mainframe terminals through LAN connections. A mini CS280 Computer and Assembler Language 3 computer environment is found in the computer science CS341 Computer Architecture 3 advanced laboratory, which features an AT&T 3B2I400 CS342 Data Structures 3 (running UNIX) with nine terminals and 10 networked CS345 Operating Systems 3 AT&T 386 WGS microcomputers (with DOS and UNIX CS480 Computer Science Seminar 3 V/386). For students learning deterministic and probabilis Computer Science Electives 15 credits tic simulation and problem-solving on analog devices, an (Distributed in different areas, at least 12 credits from EAI Analog computer is available. All computing equip 400-level courses) ment is located in the Coach House Computer Center, CS 362 Computer Simulation 3 except the EAI and SUN systems, which are located in CS 380 Data Communications and Computer White Hall. Apple lIs, and other microcomputers are also Network 3 available for student use throughout the campus. CS399 Selected Topics 3 Student Group CS410 Artificial Intelligence 3 (;S420 COInpiler Construction 3 There are, at this time, approximately 200 majors in the CS440 Data Base Management 3 department. Student groups and activities include ACM CS445 Automata 3 (Association for Computing Machinery) Student Chapter, CS461 Computer GraphicS 3 Computer Society of Student Government Association, and CS462 System Simulation 3 a WPC Chapter of the National Computer Science Honors CS499 Independent Study 3 Society, Upsilon Pi Epsilon. Corequisites 16 credits The Honor Society: Upsilon Pi Epsilon MATH161 Calculus II 4 (UPE) CS260 Discrete Structure 3 CS270 The WPC Chapter certification ofUPE was awarded in May Computer Statistical Techniques 1988. The name of this chapter is Gamma Chapter of New (ECON 210 Economic Statistics I Jersey. There are 34 student members and two faculty as prerequisite·) 3 CS330 members of this chapter. A student must possess the follow Linear Programming and Operations Research ing qualifications to be selected as a member of UPE: 3 1. G.P.A. of 3.3 or greater CS 360 Computer Calculus 3 2. Minimum of 18 credits in computer science with grade ·This course is credited toward upper-level electives ofB or better Free Elective (recommended to be included) 1 credit 3. All computer science courses with grade of C+ or better. CS 130 Intro to ComputerlBASIC 3 CS 210 Advanced Microcomputer WPC Student Chapter of the ACM Applications 3 (Association for Computing Machinery) and CS235 Introduction to FORTRAN 3 Computer Society of SGA CS253 COBOL I 3 The WPC Student Chapter of theACM was chartered inJuly CS352 COBOL II 3 1974. The Computer Society of SGA was established in G.E:· 60 credits 1978. There are approximately 50 members in these orga Upper Level Electives 9 credits nizations. Non-Western Requirement(may be taken as part of GE Department Newsletters or upper level electives) Periodically, a departmental newsletter is produced by the Total credits required for the degree 128 credits faculty (with additional input from students and other •• MATH 160, PHYS 260 and PHYS 261 are the required GE sources). It announces forthcoming events, activities, (ex in mathematics and science for the computer science degree tracurricular, educational or research) and recent develop ments (new hardware and software installation). Often the newsletter includes a tutorial describing the procedures for using packages, programs and other computer tools.
144 QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
COMPUTER SCIENCE MINOR PROGRAM Electives 6 credits 18 CREDITS Choose two courses (Open to all noncomputer science majors) CS 341 Computer Architecture 3 CS 342 Data Structure 3 Required courses 12 credits CS360 Computer Calculus 3 CS 140 Computer Science I 3 CS362 Computer Simulation 3 CS 240 Computer Science II 3 CS 260 Discrete Structures 3 CS 280 Computer and Assembler Language 3
Quantitative Analysis
Professor: L. Presby; CS 210 Advanced Microcomputer Applications Associate Professor: L. Gaydosh This course introduces advanced level topics in microcom QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS MINOR (Open to all puter applications. Topics include software packages in the students) 18 CREDITS area of database management, desktop publishing, data communication, graphical user interfaces and system utili Required Courses 9 credits ECON 210 Economic Statistics I 3 ties. MATH 120 Finite Math 3 Prerequisite: CS 201 or eqUivalent MATH 150 Applied Calculus 3 CS 235 Introduction to FORTRAN Additional Courses 9 credits Designed to teach students how and why a computer is Select three courses: used. The student gains the experience of how to program CS 270 Computer Statistical Techniques I 3 in the FORTRAN programming language. Simple applica CS 330 Linear Programming and Operations tions in the most frequently used mathematical models are Research 3 included. CS 362 Computer Simulation 3 CS 240 Computer Science II ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 Analysis of algorithtns, strategies for learning new lan ECON 430 Econometrics 3 guages and advanced program constructs and methodolo MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research 3 gies implemented using PIll. Prerequisite: CS 140 CS 250 ClUNIX and Software Design Courses This course is an introduction to the principles of software design and development methodology. The course familiar Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. izes the student with the programming ianguage C and the CS 130 Introduction to Computer Programming! UNIX operating system environment. They are also famil BASIC iarized with advanced software design and support tools. Introduces the basic principles and applications of comput Software performance measures and concurrent program ing systetns, microcomputers in particular. Techniques of ming methods are discussed. computer programming are introduced through BASIC. Prerequisite: CS 240 CS 140 Computer Science I CS 253 COBOL I An introduction to design and representation of algorithtns. Introduction to the COBOL language with applications to Problem solving and programming techniques: top-down commercial problems. Topics in business information pro analysis and recursion. Emphasizes computer solution of cessing such as payroll and inventory management are 'numerical and nonnumerical probletns using PASCAL, an examined. algorithm oriented language. CS 260 Discrete Structures Prerequisite: MATH 115 or eqUivalent and any high school A study of the mathematical theory and techniques under lev~l programming language lying computer science. Topics: combinatorial analysis, CS 201 Computer Literacy and Microcomputer graph theory, Boolean algebra, set theory, matrices, prob ApplicatiOns ability and statistics. Designed to present an overview of computers, computer Prerequisite: CS 140 science and use of computers. The course familiarizes students with hands-on experi!=nc~ and various types of applications. Popular software packages, such as current versions of LOTUS 1-2-3 and WOI:dperfect are used to introduce spreadsheets and warq Pf?cessing concepts.
145 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
CS 270 Computer Statistical Techniques tions to nonlinear equations, systems of linear equations; An introductory course to study the existing m~or statisti interpolation and quadrature solutions; numerical differen cal packages such as DATA-TEXT, BMD, SPSS, SAS, etc. tiation and integrations; eigenvalues and eigenvectors. Some basic J CL concepts used for this purpose are dis Prerequisites: CS 240, CS 260 and MATH 161 (MATH 202 cussed. Topics include statistical programs and their appli recommended) cations, chi-square, regression, correlation, factor analysis, CS 362 Computer Simulation analysis of variance and multiregression. Probabilistic simulation models: generation of random num Prerequisites: CS 140 and MATH 130 or ECON 210 bers, Monte Carlo-method; elementary queuing theory. CS 280 Computer and Assembler Language Deterministic simulation models; applications to physics, An introduction to the study of the basic structure and economics and biological processes. Other nonnumerical language of machines. Topics include basic concepts of problems included are searching and sorting techniques, Boolean algebra, number systems, language, addressing information retrieval techniques. Prerequisites: CS 240, CS techniques, data representation, file organization, symbolic 260, CS 270 or equivalent coding and assembly systems, use of macros, batch opera CS 380 Data Communications and Computer tion and job handling. Network Prerequisites: CS 240 and CS 260 Introduces the basic concepts, principles, design proce CS 330 Linear Programming and Operations dures and applications of computer networks and data Research communication systems. ISO reference model is used as the An introduction to the concept of operations research and basis to discuss the general functions and protocols of the mathematical techniques applied to decision problems when network architecture. Typical networks such as ARPANET the inputs are known. Topics include linear, nonlinear and and others are discussed in relation to the ISO reference dynamic programming with applications to transportation, model. This course also introduces students to otherimpor assignment, resource allocation, production scheduling tant issues in data communications including network and inventory problems. security, network management, etc. Prerequisites: CS 240 and CS 260 Prerequisites: CS 270, CS 342 and PHYS 261 CS 341 Computer Architecture CS 399 Selected Topics An introduction to the architecture of digital computer A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as systems. Topics include levels of computer description, recommended by the department and approved by the instructions and modalities, gate networks, the control dean. unit, memories, VO organization, the von Neumann com 1-6 credits puter model, multiprocessors and multicomputers, special Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson purpose systems, massively parallel computers and com CS 410 Artificial Intelligence puter networks. Problem representation, search strategies and list process Prerequisite: CS 280 and PHYS 261 ing. Exercise in using current expert system construction CS 342 Data Structures tools. An introduction to data structures. Topics: strings, lists, Prerequisites: CS 240, CS 260 and CS 342 restricted data structures, graphs and trees, file structures, CS 420 Compiler Construction sorting, searching, memory management and advanced An introduction to the major techniques used in compiler data structure applications. writing. Topics include formal language theory, lexical and Prerequisites: CS 240 and CS 260 syntactic analysis, code generation and optimization, error CS 345 Operating Systems diagnostics and recovery. An introduction to operating systems and their deSign. Prerequisite: CS 342 Topics include file system, memory management and con CS 440 Data Base Management current processes. Experience is developed in several oper Flow of data, its representation, transmission and storage. ating systems, such as UNIX, DOS and MVSIXA, etc. Topics include data collection, conversion and verification; Prerequisite: CS 280 data transmission systems; data representations; data orga CS 352 COBOL II nization and storage; data manipulation and file manage A study of the data processing systems and advanced fea ment; data calculation; information display and retrieval; tures of COBOL. Topics include binary number systems, storage-program concepts and processing techniques; pro computer system deSign, card systems, tape systems, direct gramming and operating systems. access systems, operating systems and job control language; Prerequisite: CS 342 modular programming, structure programming, subpro CS445 Automata grams and COBOL Compiler supplied subprogram; report This course emphasizes the central concepts of effective writers, sorting and merging procedures; program debug procedures of computer-like machines, such as finite-state ging; test data; computer security and privacy. machines, pushdown automation, register machines and Prerequisite: CS 253 the Turing machine. Topics include automata made up of CS 360 Computer Calculus parts, the memories of events in finite-state machines, Emphasizes building algOrithms for solution of numerical computability, the relation between the Turing machine problems, the sensitivity of these algorithms to numerical and recursive functions. errors and the efficiency of these algorithms. Topics: solu- Prerequisite: CS 360
146 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
CS 461 Computer Graphics and discrete systems and an explanation of the probability An introduction to computer graphic principles and tech theory and statistical techniques involved in the construc niques. Design of interactive two and three dimensional tion of valid models and in analyzing results. computer graphic systems, display files, image generation, Prerequisite: CS 362 and fractals, applications to CAD systems, animation and CS 480 Computer Science Seminar other fields. Current topics in computer sciences are discussed. Prerequisite: CS 360 Prerequisites: CS 342, CS 360 and instructor's permission CS 462 System Simulation CS 499 Independent Study Introduction to the principles of simulation and the appli As approved and to be arranged. cation of several simulation languages to systems studies. 1-6 credits Discussion of the techniques applicable to both continuous
Department of Environmental Science and Geography
Environmental Science
Professor: C. W. Lee transmission and scanning electron microscopes (with x Associate Professors: S. Hanks, R. McCallum, M. Sebetich ray analyzer); UV -visible and infrared spectrometers; 200 Assistant Professors: R. Pardi, L. Risley Mhz nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer; five gas or The Environmental Science Program is a comprehensive high-pressure liquid chromatographs; inductively coupled bachelor of science degree program dealing with the inter plasma emission spectrograph; ion chromatograph; low, action of humans and their environment from the primary high and ultra-high speed centrifuges; liquid scintillation perspective of the natural sciences. The course of study counter; electrophoresis instrumentation; refrigerated frac includes basic courses in the natural Sciences-biology, tion collector; a research greenhouse and an ecology lab chemistry, physics and the earth sciences-and more ad with a wide range of both stationary and field equipment. vanced courses relating the natural sciences to environmen State-of-the-art mini- and micro-computer networked tal concerns. These courses include ecology, soils, hydrol facilities are conveniently located in the Science Complex, ogy, environmental chemistry, environmental physics, while more powerful mainframe and super-computer facili toxicology and aquatic ecology. ties are available through high-speed telecommunications The course of study begins with an interdisciplinary lines. course, Environmental Foundations, which integrates the MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 61 CREDITS natural sciences, social sciences and humanities so students Required Major Courses (Complete all of the following:) begin to view the environment from a holistic viewpoint. ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 Two other upper-level nonscience environmental courses, ENV 115 General Geology 4 including environmental ethicS, are required as part of the ENV 301 Field Experience 3 program. The program's capstone course is the Senior ENV 370 Soils 4 Practicum in which students use their training in a real case ENV 380 Junior Seminar 3 study of some specific environmental problem for a local ENV 480 Senior Practicum 3 community. The program also includes a formal co-op (field experience) requirement. Corequirements (Complete all of the follOwing:) With a bachelor's degree in environmental science, a BIO 340 General Ecology 4 student is prepared for entry-level positions in research, BIO 163-164 General Biology I and II 8 manufacturing, sales and management. Potential employ CHEM 160-161 General Chemistry I and II 8 ers include governmental agencies, private consulting firms ECON 201 Macroeconomic Principles 3 and industries dealing with environmental problems. Also, MATH 160 Calculus I 4 students are prepared to continue their education at the MATH 161 Calculus 11* 4 3 postbaccalaureate level. The major is also quite suitable for PHIL 335 Environmental Ethics students contemplating a career in teaching at levels K-12. PHYS 260-261 General Physics I and II* 8 Major equipment available to environmental science or 8 majors include a mass-spectrometer-gas-chromatograph; PHYS 255-256 College Physics I and II
147 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
Science Electives (Select 10 credits from among the PHYS 261 General Physics II 4 following:) or BIO 261 General Botany 4 PHYS 256 College Physics II 4 or General Education course 3 BIO 218 Invertebrate Zoology (by advisement) 4 Computer course * BIO 402 Aquatic Ecology 4 ]uniorYear 30-32 Credits CHEM322 Environmental Chemistry 4 Fall PHYS 319 Environmental Physics 3 ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 ENV423 Toxicology 3 or ENV 470 Hydrogeology 3 ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 Nonscience Electives (Select 3 credits from among the ENV Science Elective 3-4 following:) PHIL 335 Environmental Ethics 3 ECON 230 Economics of the Environment 3 General Education courses 6 HUM 201 Humanities Honors Seminar III: Senior Year 30-34 Credits Technology and Human Values 3 Fall POL 252 Politics of the Environment 3 ENV Science Elective 6-8 PSY 360 Environmental Psychology 3 General Education courses 6 SOC 406 Social and Environmental Change 3 Upper-level Elective Note: 8 credits of Science, Math 160 (4), Econ 201 (3) Spring included in GE ENV480 Senior Practicum 3 Highly Recommended General Education courses and CS 130 Introduction to Computer Electives 12-14 ProgramminglBASIC 3 Note: Students interested in a four-year course of study or may also elect to take several courses during summer CS 201 Computer Literacy and Microcomputer sessions I and II to reduce the load during the regular fall ApplicatiOns ** 3 and spring semesters. ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 * Can be counted as an upper-level elective. or ENG 330 Critical Writing * * 3 ECON 202 Microeconomic Applications ** 3 Courses MATH 230 Statistics I 3 For students planning to go on to graduate or profes Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. sional school, the General Physics I-II sequence is ENV 110 Environmental Foundations highly recommended. These students are encouraged to An introduction to the study of the environment from the take MATH 230, Statistics I, as well. viewpoints of several disciplines of the natural sciences, the Could be counted as an upper-level elective. social sciences and humanities. These disciplines include Sample Four-Year Program biology, chemistry, physics, geology, soils, political science, Freshman Year 33 Credits economics, law, anthropology, sociology and ethics. The Fall course stresses a holistic view of the environment. The BIO 163 General Biology I 4 companion workshop includes field trips and hands-on CHEM 160 General Chemistry I 4 experiences that complement the materials in the lecture. ENG 110 Writing Effective Prose 3 4 credits ENV 110 Environmental Foundations 4 3 hours lecture and discussion, 2-1/2 hours workshop Spring ENV 115 General Geology BIO 164 General Biology II 4 Includes the study of the origin and evolution of the earth, CHEM 161 General Chemistry II 4 the rocks and minerals that compose it, the geological MATH 160 Calculus I 4 processes that are constantly changing it, the origin and General Education courses 6 evolution of plants and animals that live upon it and the role Sophomore Year 35 Credits of geology in shaping man's environment. Laboratory and Fall field trips introduce rocks, minerals, fossils, maps and BIO 340 General Ecology 4 landscape features. ECON 201 Macroeconomic PrinCiples 3 4 credits MATH 161 Calculus II 4 3 hours lecture, 2-112 hours lab PHYS260 General Physics I 4 ENV 150 Meteorology or -'. This course deals with the factors responsible for the changes PHYS 255 College Physics I 4 in weather and climate. Topics include the chemical and General Education courses 3 physical description of the atmosphere, circulation of air Spring masses, weather analysis and forecasting, climatic changes ENV 115 General Geology 4 and human impact on weather and climate (air pollution, ENV370 Soils 3 weather modification, greenhouse effect).
148 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE
ENV 220 Historical Geology ENV 380 Junior Seminar The study of the origin and evolution of the earth and life as Designed to give third-year students a chance to reflect revealed by the geological record in the rocks. Includes the upon their reasoning processes and learn how to evaluate concepts of plate tectonics and sea-floor spreading; the critically a number of topics of major environmental con origin, growth and drift of the continents; the rise and fall cern. Methods of critical evaluation are taught as a means of of mountain ranges; the advance and retreat of the seas and investigating the logic and reasoning behind ideas and glaciers and the evolution of plants and animals as shown by concepts. Arguments are analyzed for format, logic,justifi the fossil record. Major emphasis on the geological history cation and persuasiveness. All students are expected to take of North America. an active part in the discussions, evaluations and debates Prerequisite: ENV 115 and give weekly oral and written reports on the topics 4 credits discussed. The student is also instructed in the use of 3 hours lecture, 2-1/2 hours lab microcomputers and various software packages for word and data processing (spreadsheet), data management (data ENV 301 Field Experience bases) and graphical methods. This course places the student in an active working experi ence with either a professional agency, a business or a ENV 389 Environmental Factors in Land Use municipal body involved in some pertinent work related to Introduces the subject of the use and misuse of land, the the environment. Objectives are to expand students' back consequent need for governmental review and regulation grounds and their appreciation of the field, give them first and the important role of a Natural Resource Inventory hand experience and introduce them to potential employers (NRI) in that process. Surveys the components of an NRI or help them identify areas of specialization for graduate and shows how portions of one are compiled. Final class study. Students must work a minimum of one full day per sessions are devoted to students' oral presentations of their week with the agency to fulfill an on-the-job requirement. semester projects. Prerequisite to the senior seminars. This requirement can also be fulfilled by a cooperative Prerequisites: ENV 110 and junior standing education placement with the program director's recom ENV 399 Selected Topics mendation. A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as Prerequisites: ENV 110, 115, BIO 340, CHEM 161 and recommended by the department and approved by the junior standing dean. ENV 315 Introduction to Oceanography 1-6 credits The study of the origin, evolution and extent of the oceans; Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson waves, currents, tides, and tsunami; the plant and animal ENV 423 Toxicology life of the sea; the nature and topography of the sea floor; This course considers the toxic effects of natural substances recent discoveries relating to sea floor spreading and conti and human-made pollutants on living organisms (both nental drift; the role of the oceans in weather and climate. plants and animals) either in terrestrial or aquatic ecosys Prerequisite: ENV 110, 115 or one year of science tems. Biogeochemical cycles, metabolic pathways, toxicity 3 hours lecture testing and bioassays, epidemiology, mutagenesis, ENV 327 Geomorphology carcinogenesis and regulatory law are among the topics The nature, origin and evolution of landscapes and materi covered. als at or near the surface of the earth and the processes that Prerequisites: ENV 115 and CHEM 161 bring about changes. The nature and properties of soils and ENV 450 Environmental Co~puter Applications the role of man and his activities. This course examines the application of mathematical com Prerequisite: ENV 220 or permission of instructor puter simulation to the solution of environmental prob ENV 370 Soils lems. The general development of computer models is Acquaints students with the fundamentals of soil science. It reviewed as well as their specific use. The student employs teaches that soil is a natural resource that must be managed working simulation models in the analysis of actual case and conserved. Topics studied include the physical and studies while critically evaluating and comparing the re chemical properties of soil, soil water, soils genesis and sults of different models for particular problems. Familiar classification, soil microbiology, soil conservation and man ity with basic principles of computer operation and some agement. Particular attention is given to the soils of New programming experience are expected of the student. Jersey. The laboratory emphasizes fieldwork and the mea ENV 470 Hydrogeology surement of chemical, physical and biological properties of This course deals with the interrelationships of geological soil as measured. materials and processes with water. It quantitatively ad Prerequisites: ENV US and CHEM 161 dresses the occurrence, distribution, movement and chem 4 credits istry of all waters of the earth. Topics studied include the 3 hours lecture, 2-112 hours lab hydrologic cycle, groundwater, runoff and streamflow, water chemistry, water pollution, water resources and treatment. Prerequisites: ENV 115, CHEM 161 and MATH 160
149 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
ENV 480 Senior Practicum ENV 499 Independent Study Student task force groups participate in a common project Independent research under the supervision of a faculty utilizing the methodologies and skills learned in the class member. Alternatively, a student may undertake another room. Included are graphic and commuilicative skills, data co-op experience with a governmental agency, consulting collection and evaluation, as well as field and laboratory firm or industry in the environmental area. techniques. An example of such a project is the compilation 1-6 credits (may be taken twice for a maximum of 6 credits) of a natural resource inventory for a neighboring commu Summer Studies at the New Jersey Marine nity. The subject of the study is selected by the instructor, but the student's role in the team study is jointly determined Sciences Consortium by both the student and the instructor. Student and instruc WPC holds membership in the consortium, and WPC tor maximally seek to simulate the working conditions of a students may take formal courses for academic credit in professional consultant team engaged in a practical project. marine sciences at Sandy Hook or the Field Station. These Regular work meetings are held during class time with a courses are given fromJune through August and are prima formal written and oral presentation at the end of the rily undergraduate courses for sophomore through senior semester. levels. Independent study in the marine sciences is offered Prerequisites: ENV 380 and senior standing at undergraduate and graduate levels. Course offerings vary somewhat from year to year, but the following are usually ENV 481 Senior Seminar repeated: introduction to marine sciences, oceanography, A continuation of ENV 480 basic scuba (NAUI certification), basic sailing, marine Prerequisites: ENV 480 and senior standing biology, ecology of the estuary (graduate only) and coastal 2 credits marine geology.
Geography
The geography major provides a sound liberal education in MAJOR REQUIREMENTS 30 CREDITS addition to solid preparation for diverse fields of employ Required Courses 9 credits ment as a professional geographer. The geographer is pri GEO 150 World Regional Geography 3 marily concerned with interpreting and explaining the GEO 220 Environment and Humans ·3 occurrence, distribution and interrelationships of the physi GEO 480 Seminar: Topics in Geography 3 cal and cultural elements that can be discerned in the Systematic Courses: 12 credits landscape. Geography analyzes phenomena according to Choose four of the following: the attributes of location, extent and density. The con GEO 110 Cultural Geography 3 standy changing physical and human landscapes on the GE0204 New Jersey Wildlife at the Crossroads 3 earth's surface challengeihe geographer to provide continu GE0230 Population and Setdement 3 ing interpretations of all parts of the world from the spatial GE0240 Human Ecology 3 point of view. GEO 300 GeopolitiCS 3 For students pursuing a terminal bachelor's degree or GE0310 Trade and Transportation Geography 3 teaching certification, a geography major provides both the GEO 360 Geography of Hunger and Food Supply 3 regional and global perspective required of responsible GE0365 Geography of Plants and Animals 3 citizens. For the same reasons, geography is especially GE0399 Selected Topics 3 valuable for those entering graduate work in business GE0401 Cartography 3 administration, planning, law or medicine. Top level pro GE0410 Historical Geography of the United States 3 fessional positions are growing in the fields of planning GE0411 Historical Geography of the Middle East geographic information systems, cartography, remote sens and North Africa 3 ing and computer mapping. These fields, as well as college GE0480 Senior Seminar 3 teaching, require advanced degrees. GE0499 Independent Study 3 Majors planning to teach in secondary schools should meet certification requirements in social studies. All majors Regional Ge~graphy 9 credits are assigned a faculty advisor. The following courses are Choose three of the follOwing: designed to provide the geography major with a firm foun GEO 331 Geography of Asia 3 GEO 332 Geography of the Middle East dation of world regional and physical geography, followed 3 by an appropriate selection of more specialized systematic GEO 333 Geography of Europe 3 GEO 334 Geography of Africa and regional geography courses. 3 GEO 335 Geography of Latin America 3
150 GEOGRAPHY
GE0336 Geography of Soviet Union 3 GEO 332 Geography of the Middle East GE0337 Geography of Australia and Oceania 3 Each of these geographical area studies deals with the GE0338 Geography of the United States and geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu Canada 3 ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic GEO 339 Geography of New Jersey 3 potentials, together with its place in the world. GEO 340 Polar and Alpine Geography 3 GEO 333 Geography of Europe MINOR REQUIREMENTS 18 CREDITS Each of these geographical area studies deals with the GEO 220 Environment and Humans 3 geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu Plus 15 credits in geography by advisement. ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS potentials, together with its place in the world. Students interested in obtaining teacher certification in GEO 334 Geography of Africa social studies must complete the requirements listed under Each of these geographical area studies deals with the the Department of Curriculum and Instruction. geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, together with its place in the world. Courses GEO 335 Geography of Latin America Each of these geographical area studies deals with the Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu GEO 110 Cultural Geography ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic The imprint of human society upon the earth's surface. The potentials, together with its place in the world. application of the concept of culture to geographic prob GEO 336 Geography of Soviet Union lems. Each of these geographical area studies deals with the GEO 150 World Regional Geography geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu A survey of the whole earth by natural regions and other ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic geographic realms; basic physical, cultural, socioeconomic potentials, together with its place in the world. and political factors are considered. GEO 337 Geography of Australia and Oceania GEO 204 New Jersey Wildlife at the Crossroads Each of these geographical area studies deals with the A study designed to introduce the student to the complexi geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu ties of wildlife management in the heart of the urbanized ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic northeast United States. A variety of field trips are taken to potentials, together with its place in the world. help the student experience man-land-animal relationships. GEO 338 Geography of United States and Canada GEO 220 Environment and Humans Each of these geographical area studies deals with the An overview of the basic concepts and theory of physical geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu and human geography. Focus on functional relationships ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic between land forms, climate, soils, vegetation, water, and potentials, together with its place in the world. human patterns and processes. GEO 339 Geography of New Jersey GEO 230 Population and Settlement Geography Each of these geographical area studies deals with the A geographical interpretation of the world's population geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu distribution, numbers and dynamics through time. Special ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic emphasis on the distribution of man's habitation forms and potentials, together with its place in the world. patterns, including the functioning of urban areas. GEO 340 Polar and Alpine Geography GEO 240 Human Ecology Each of these geographical area studies deals with the Concerned with the conservation of natural resources and geographical analysis of the region's physical features, natu man's role in altering the face of the earth. ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic potentials, together with its place in the world. GEO 300 Geopolitics The influence of such factors as location, size, form, surface, GEO 360 Geography of Hunger and Food Supply climate, natural resources and population on the political World-wide and local perspectives on causes and conse development of nations and their roles in world politics. quences of hunger. Regional and cross-cultural aspects of food consumption patterns, production parameters, distri GEO 310 Trade and Transportation Geography bution, marketing and official intervention. Emphasis on A study of the exchange of commodities among the world's developing areas including Brazilian experience and other trading nations and an examination of the types of transport case studies. for the convenience of freight and passengers. GEO 365 Geography of Plants and Animals GEO 331 Geography of Asia Spatial relationships of the living environment. A systems Each of these geographical area studies deals with the approach to functional processes, characteristics and rela geographical analysis of ~he region's physical features, natu tionships of the ecological elements to water and vegetation. ral resources, cultural patterns, problems and economic Both natural succession and man-induced changes, includ potentials, together with its place in the world. ing pollution within the ecosystem.
151 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
GEO 399 Selected Topics A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as GE0411 Historical Geography of the Middle East recommended by the department and approved by the and North Africa dean. An analysis of the geography of the ancient Near East and 1-6 credits other ancient Near Eastern areas including North Africa. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson GEO 480 Senior Seminar GEO 401 Cartography A history of geographical ideas, aims and methods, includ A basic course in map making. Covers projections, the ing current achievements of the profession of geography. A matic, relief and statistical cartography. research paper is required. GEO 410 Historical Geography of the United States \GEO 499 Independent Study The slow pace of settlement of the eastern seaboard and the As approved and to be arranged. development of distinctive culture hearths prior to 1800; 1-3 credits the rapid settlement and diffusion of culture traits in the area beyond the Appalachians since 1800.
Department of Mathematics
Professors: E. Goldstein, M. Kaplan, E. Phadia (chairper The department has a state-of-the-art computer lab for son), priority use of our majors. In addition, the School of Science R. Stevenson and Health has two other computer labs for general use. Associate Professors: J. Coomes, B. Eastman, M. Jani These labs provide an excellent facility for course work as Assistant Professors: N. Assimakopoulos, S. Hyman, D. well as for senior projects and research. Kalish, M. Llarull, S. Maheshwari, C. Mancuso, S. Robinson, Honors in Mathematics A. Taraporevala. Students enrolled as mathematics majors may qualify for a The Department of Mathematics offers courses in most degree with honors if they meet the follOwing criteria: principal branches of mathematics. The primary goal of the 1. a minimum 3.25 GPA overall program is to prepare majors for professional careers and 2. a minimum 3.70 GPA in mathematics major courses graduate school, and to create in each student an awareness 3. an independent study for credit over and above the and appreciation of the beauty and importance of math degree requirements with the results presented as a ematics in various facets of life through active learning seminar to the department which form a written thesis experiences. resulting in an honor's thesis. The program leading to a bachelor of arts degree in MAJOR REQUIREMENTS mathematics has two major tracks, namely, mathematics and applied mathematics. A minor in mathematics and a Students must fulfill the requirements of either the math minor in statistics are also available. It is expected that an ematics track or the applied mathematics track. additional program leading to a bachelor of science degree MATHEMATICS TRACK 50 - 51 CREDITS in mathematics will be offered in the near future. Accord Required Courses 32 credits ingly the course requirements may change for the bachelor MATH 161 Calculus II 4 of arts degree. MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics 3 Placement in mathematics courses is based on the New MATH 201 Calculus III 4 Jersey College Basic Skills Placement test scores and high MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 school records. Students who do not demonstrate readiness MATH 301 Modern Algebra 3 for calculus are required to take preparatory courses that do MATH 302 Advanced Calculus 3 not count toward the mathematics major. Students who MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry 3 have taken calculus in high school may apply for advanced MATH 422 Complex Analysis 3 placement with credit. By rotation, all our major courses are MATH 423 Real Analysis 3 offered during evening hours to serve part-time majors. MATH 425 Introduction to Topology 3 Mathematics majors are encouraged to minor in areas in Additional Required Courses 9 credits which mathematics can be extensively applied, such as ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 computer science, biology, physics, chemistry, economics, or business administration, psychology and statistics. Math ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 ematics majors who intend to pursue a graduate program CS 140 Computer Science I 3 are advised to satisfy the intermediate reading level in one CS 200-level or above 3 of the following foreign languages: German, French or Russian.
152 MATHEMATICS
Electives 9 -10 credits Required Courses 9-11 credits Choose three from the following: MATH 120 Finite Math 3 MATH 322 Differential Equations 3 or MATH 324 Probability 3 MATH 202 Linear Algebra MATH 325 Topics from Applied Math 3 Plus one of the follOwing two groups of courses: MATH 380 Mathematical Models and Applications 3 MATH 130 Elementary Statistics 3 MATH 399 Selected Topics 3-4 and MATH 401 Applied Algebra 3 MATH 150 Applied Calculus I 3 MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 or MATH 424 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 3 MATH 160 Calculus I 4 MATH 499 Independent Study 1-3 and APPLIED MATHEMATICS TRACK 51-52 CREDITS MATH 161 Calculus II 4 Required Courses 33 credits Electives 9 credits MATH 161 Calculus II 4 Three additional mathematics courses from the 200-level or MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics 3 higher by advisement. MATH 201 Calculus III 4 STATISTICS MINOR REQUIREMENTS MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 Offered in response to the demand for profeSSionals trained MATH 230 Statistics 4 in various branches ofstatistics such as biostatistics, quality MATH 322 Differential Equations 3 control, operations research, economic forecasting, opin MATH 324 Probability 3 ion polls and marketing analysis. This minor trains students MATH 325 Topics from Applied Mathematics 3 to be proficient in statistical techniques useful in their MATH 380 Mathematical Models and Applications 3 chosen professions. MATH 424 Introduction to Numerical Analysis 3 Required Courses 19 credits Additional Required Courses 9 credits For a Non-Mathematics Major ENG 300 Technical Writing 3 MATH 120 Finite Math 3 or or ENG 330 Critical Writing 3 MATH 202 Linear Algebra CS 140 Computer Science I 3 MATH 150 Applied Calculus I 3 CS 200-level or above 3 MATH 230 Statistics 4 Electives 9-10 credits MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 Choose three from the follOwing: MATH 324 Probability 3 MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 MATH 301 Modem Algebra 3 For a Mathematics Major MATH 302 Advanced Calculus 3 MATH 230 Statistics 4 MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry 3 MATH 324 Probability 3 MATH 399 Selected Topics 3-4 MATH 232 Statistical Computing 3 MATH 401 Applied Algebra 3 MATH 399 Selected Topics 3 MATH 411 Advanced Discrete Mathematics 3 MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics 3 MATH 422 Complex Analysis 3 Plus one of the follOwing (by advisement): MATH 426 Calculus of Variations 3 MGT 470 Introduction to Operations Research 3 MATH 499 Independent Study 1-3 ECON 211 Economic Statistics II 3 TEACHER CERTIFICATION Note: These courses cannot be used for both a math major REQUIREMENTS 27 CREDITS and statistics minor. Students interested in obtaining teacher certification in mathematics must complete additional courses as pre scribed by the School of Education (see Department of Curriculum and Instruction). . Courses MATHEMATICS MINOR Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. REQUIREMENTS 18-21 CREDITS MATH 101 College Arithmetic Required Courses 11 credits MATH 160 Calculus I 4 This course covers the arithmetic of whole numbers, signed numbers, fractions, decimals and percents, with an empha MATH 161 Calculus II 4 sis on estimation and problem solving. Credits for this basic MATH 202 Linear Algebra 3 skills course are not applicable toward degree require Electives 9-10 credits ments. This is a self-paced course, not a formal lecture Three additional mathematics courses from those listed course. under the mathematics major. At least two of these courses must be at the 300-level or higher. For students majoring in business, economics, biology and psychology:
153 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
MATH 105 Preparatory Algebra MATH 161 Calculus II This course covers polynomial arithmetic, factoring, solv This course focuses on the theory and applications of ing equations (linear and quadratic) with applications and integration. Topics include: fundamental theorem of calcu graphing. This is a self-paced course, not a formal lecture lus; Riemann Sums; applications of the integral, integrals of course. Credits for this basic skills course are not applicable exponential and logarithmic functions; improper integrals, toward degree requirements. techniques of integration, Taylor polynomials and trigono metric integrals. MATH 110 Contemporary Mathematics An introduction to the mathematical understanding gener Prerequisite: MATH 150 or 160 4 credits ally expected of an educated adult. Topics include: elemen tary logic and set theory, mathematical systems and two MATH 195 Math Lab selected topics such as geometry, matrix theory or an Elementary linear algebra including systems of equations, introduction to computers. matrix operations, matrix inverses, determinants, Cramer's MATH 115 Intermediate Algebra rule and computer applications using a computer algebra system (e.g., Mathematica). Introduction to procedural A complete coverage of algebra with an emphasis on the programming language (e.g., PASCAL) and applications, logical development of the subject. Topics include: the elementary root finding methods, iteration, recursion, bi algebra of fractions, linear equations and inequalities, expo nary trees and graphics. nents, radicals and complex numbers, nonlinear equations Prerequisite: MATH 115 or eqUivalent and inequalities, graphing linear equations, solving systems of equations, conic sections in standard position with cen MATH 200 Logic and Discrete Mathematics ters at the origin, and applications of problem solving. An introduction to logic through predicate calculus, infer ence and proofs, set operations, and identities. Other topics MATH 116 Precalculus include partial ordering, relations, elementary lattice theory, This course prepares students for calculus by studying Boolean algebras and applications to switching theory, relations, functions and their applications, and graphs. The recursive functions, graph theory, trees and networks. functions studied include polynomial, rational, exponen Prerequisite: MATH 160 or permission of the instructor tial, logarithmic and trigonometric functions. Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent MATH 201 Calculus III This course focuses on the calculus of functions of several MATH 120 Finite Mathematics variables. Topics include: infinite series, power series and (for students majoring in the social, behavioral and life convergence tests, conic sections, rotation of axes, graphing sciences) and area in polar coordinates, vectors and vector valued An introduction to topics from linear algebra, linear pro functions, partial differentiation and multiple integrals, gramming and probability theory with emphasis on appli Green's Theorem. cations. Topics include: linear systems, matrices, simplex Prerequisite: MATH 161 method, concept of probability, Markov chains and game 4 Credits theory. Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent MATH 202 Linear Algebra An introductory course in the theory of linear transforma MATH 130 Elementary Statistics tions and vector spaces. T opies include: systems of equa The development ofstatistical concepts with applications to tions, matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, eigen various disciplines. Topics include descriptive and inferen values and eigenvectors. tial statistics, probability, binomial distribution, normal Prerequisite: MATH 161 distribution, sampling theory, estimation, confidence inter vals, hypothesis testing, t-test, Chi square test, and regres MATH 230 Statistics sion and correlation. A rigorous course for math and science majors covering: Not open to science or mathematics majors. measures of central tendency, measures of variation, graphi cal techniques for univariate and bivariate data, correlation MATH 150 Applied Calculus I and regression, probability, binomial and normal distribu (for students majoring in business, economics, psychol tions, estimation, confidence interval, testing ofhypothesis, ogy and social science) contingency tables, analysis of variance, nonparametric This course covers essential ideas of the calculus: functions, limits, continuity, differentiation, antiderivatives. Business methods; use of canned packages such as SAS, Minitab , etc. is emphasized. applications are stressed. Trigonometry is not required. 4 credits May be followed by MATH 161 or 250 to complete one year of calculus. MATH 232 Statistical Computing Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent In this course students solve statistical problems on the computer with the help of statistical packages, such as BMD, MATH 160 Calculus I Mystat, SAS, etc., and learn to interpret the outputs and This course focuses on limits, continuity of functions, draw inferences. Topics include: analysis of variance with derivatives, differentiation of algebraic, trigonometric, ex ponential and logarithmic functions. Other topies include and without interactions, correlation and regression analy sis, general linear models, multiple comparisons and analy related rates, extreme values, curve sketching, implicit sis of contingency tables. differentiation, differentials, indeterminate forms and an Prerequisites: MATH 230 or MATH 130 and instructor's tiderivatives. permission Prerequisite: Math 116 or equivalent 4 credits
154 MATHEMATICS
MATH 250 Applied Calculus II MATH 399 Selected Topics (A continuation of Applied Calculus I for students majoring A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as in business, economics, biology and psychology.) recommended by the department and approved by the Topics include: elementary differential equations, differen dean. tials, applications of integration to probability and statistics, 1-6 credits functions of several variables, optimization and Lagrange Prerequisite: Permission of the department chairperson multipliers. MATH 401 Applied Algebra Prerequisite: MATH 150 or 160 Concepts of modern algebra are applied to different areas. MATH 301 Modem Algebra Topics include: Boolean algebra and applications to switch An introduction to groups, isomorphisms, rings, integral ing theory, automata (finite state machines) and Turing domains, fields and polynomial rings. Emphasis is placed machines, recursive functions and some ideas in theory of on techniques of proofs. computability, groups, rings, polynomial rings, finite fields Prerequisite: MATH 200 applied to coding theory, development of binary group codes, Hamming codes, B-C-H codes, relations of geometry MATH 302 Advanced Calculus and statistical block deSigns to codes; importance of codes An in-depth study of limit, continuity and convergence. Topics include: uniform continuity, supremum and infimum in communications. Prerequisite: MATH 301 or MATH 202 or permission of of sets, sequences, Cauchy convergence criterion, uniform instructor convergence; infinite series, power series and Fourier Se ries; Nested Intervals Theorem, Bolzano-Weierstrass Theo MATH 411 Advanced Discrete Mathematics rem, and Heine-Borel Theorem. This is an advanced course in discrete mathematics prima Prerequisites: MATH 200 and 201 rily dealing with application of mathematical techniques using combinatorics, discrete structures and algOrithms. MATH 322 Differential Equations Emphasis is placed on analysis of algorithms to study their A study of the methods of solution and applications of performance and computational complexity as well as graph ordinary differential equations. Topics include: first order theory. equations, existence and uniqueness of solutions, separa Prerequisite: MATH 200 and MATH 380 tion of variables, exact equations, integrating factors, linear equations, undetermined coefficients, variation of param MATH 421 Mathematical Statistics eters, Laplace transforms, series solutions, systems of equa A theoretical treatment of statistical topics including: distri tions and elementary numerical methods. bution theory, sampling, point and interval estimation, Prerequisite: MATH 161 methods of estimation, properties of estimators, maximum likelihood estimation, Neyman-Pearson Lemma, hypoth MATH 323 Foundations of Geometry esis testing and linear models. Foundations of geometry develops an axiomatic approach Prerequisite: MATH 324 to the study of geometry with specific applications to finite, Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometries. MATH 422 Complex Analysis , Prerequisites: Knowledge of Euclidean geometry, MATH Elements of complex analysis. Topics include: complex 161 and MATH 200 numbers, analytiC functions, Cauchy integral theorem, Cauchy integral formula, power series and conformal map MATH 324 Probability ping. A mathematical treatment of probability theory. Topics Prerequisite: MATH 302 include: probability axioms, combinatorial problems, dis crete and continuous sample spaces, random variables, MATH 423 Real Analysis mathematical expectation, probability functions, densities, A rigorous course in the theory of functions of real variables. distribution functions and special distributions. Topics include: metric spaces and limits, continuous func Prerequisites: MATH 161 or 150 and instructor's permis tions, Baire Category Theorem, completeness, connected sion ness, compactness, uniform continuity, and Riemann Stieltjes integration. MATH 325 Topics from Applied Mathematics Prerequisite: MATH 302 Topics are selected from various branches of applied math ematics. The mathematical principles and theories involved MATH 424 Introduction to Numerical Analysis are applied to problems in the physical sciences, mathemat Treatment of numerical methods including numerical inte ics, biological sciences, business and computer science. gration, numerical solution of equations and systems of Prerequisite: MATH 201 or permission of instructor equations, approximation of functions, numerical solution of differential equations, applications and computer imple MATH 380 Mathematical Models and Applications mentation of numerical methods. Mathematical models present theory and applications of: Markov chain models, linear optimization models (in eco Prerequisite: MATH 322 nomics, business, industry, health care, etc), simplex method, MATH 425 Introduction to Topology sensitivity analysis, transportation and assignment algo Topics include: topological spaces and their properties, rithms, and graph (network) theory. homeomorphisms and invariant properties, separation and Prerequisite: MATH 202 or MATH 120 countability axioms, network theory and applications. Prerequisite: MATH 302
155 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
MATH 426 Calculus of Variations MATH 499 Independent Study The study of functionals and function spaces, variation of a An individual research project under the direction of a functional and the concept of weak and strong extremum. faculty member and with the approval of the chairperson. Topics include: isoperimetric problem, Lagrange's and 1-6 credits Hilbert's problem, Euler's equation and Lagrange multipli ers, Hamilton-Jacobi equation and Jacobi's theorem, varia tional methods in problems of optimal control and the maximum principle.
Department of Movement Science and Leisure Studies
Professors: L. Dye, T. Jable, V. Overdorf (chairperson), S. PEAC 252 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation 1 Silas PEAC 254 History and Philosophy of Sport and Associate Professors: S. Becker, P. Huber, S. Laubach,]. Physical Activity 3 Manning, W. Myers, PEAC 255 Special Physical Education 3 Assistant Professors: G. Reiken-Tuzman, K. Gill PEAC 350 Physiology of Exercise 3 Instructor: N. Curtis PEAC 353 Psychology of Motor Learning 3 The Department of Movement Science and Leisure Studies PEAC 354 Tests and Measurements 3 offers a major program leading to the bachelor of science PEAC 450 Psychosocial Dimensions of Sport 3 degree in physical education with the opportunity to con *General education requirement centrate in adapted physical education, athletic training, Movement Science Performance Skills 8 credits teacher certification K-12 physical education and exercise PEAK 161 Soccer .5 physiology. (Note: Concentrations in dance, aquatics, rec PEAK 162 Basketball .5 reation and leisure and coaching and officiating are cur PEAK 163 Track and Field .5 rently not active.) PEAK 164 Tumbling .5 In addition to core courses and performance skills, at PEAK 165 Golf .5 least one concentration must be completed to meet degree PEAK 167 Badminton .5 requirements. Field experiences in professional settings are PEAK 168 Racquetball .5 part of the curriculum for all concentrations. PEAK 169 Folk, Square, Ballroom Dance .5 Students seeking certification in both health and physical PEAK 261 Field Hockey .5 education are afforded this opportunity through interdisci PEAK 262 Volleyball .5 plinary studies. Minors are offered in athletic training, PEAK 263 Conditioning .5 adapted physical education, dance, exercise phYSiology, PEAK 264 Tennis .5 recreation and physical education. Elective courses are PEAK 266 Self-Defense .5 offered to satisfy, in part, the general education requirement PEAK 267 Swimming .5 and to fulfill recreational outlets. PEAK 268 Modem Dance-Exercise Skills Assessments and Retention Concentrations for Majors in Movement Providing students continued advisement and academic Science counseling is of major concern to the Department of Move PHYSICAL EDUCATION TEACHER CERTIFICATION ment Science and Leisure Studies. The faculty is also con REQUIREMENTS (K-12)* 30 CREDITS cerned about standards of quality in its graduates. The PETC 311 Movement Education 3 department maintains a performance standard by which PETC 356 Gymnastics students are reviewed for continuing eligibility as majors. PETC 461 Concepts of Coaching Details of this performance standard are provided by de Select two from the following: partment advisors to those who intend to major in the PETC 357 Team Handbal1!Speedball .5 movement sciences. PETC 358 SoftballiFlag Football .5 MAJOR CORE REQUIREMENTS . 33 CREDITS PETC 359 Archery/Rec Games .5 Core Courses 25 credits PETC 360 OrienteeringlHiking .5 *BIO 118 Basic Anatomy and Physiology (4) Professional Education Sequence PEAC 150 Introduction to the Profession of PETC 395 Curriculum and Teaching Physical Movement Science and Leisure Studies 1 Education in the Elementary School 3 PEAC 250 Kinesiology 3 PETC 396 Curriculum and Teaching Physical PEAC 251 Standard First Aid and Personal Safety 2 Education in the Secondary School 3
156 MOVEMENT SCIENCE AND LEISURE STUDIES
PETC 397 Practicum I: Elementary School PEAT 468 Seminar in Athletic Training 2 Experience PEDA 360 Physical Education for Orthopedically PETC 398 Practicum II: Secondary School Handicapped 3 Experience HSC 320 Nutrition** 3 PETC 495 Seminar in.Physical Education *All interested students must apply for acceptance into the EDUC 415 Senior Teaching Internship 12 athletic training concentration during the spring semester CIRL 330 Reading Strategies for the Content Areas' 3 of their first year on campus. Details on athletic training PSY 210 Developmental Psychology** 3 concentration admission criteria are available from depart ment advisors. *PSY no -General Psychology, HSC 120 - Current Health **General education elective course Issues, and AACS 150 - Racism and Sexism in the United 'Teacher certification is recommended in the state of New States, are to be completed for certification, but may be jersey to assist in obtaining a job. Licensure in the state of applied to fulfill general education requirements. New jersey is required. **General Education elective course The Athletic Training program is approved by the national 'State requirement for certification governing board of the National Athletic Trainers Associa Students must have a 2.5 GPA in the major and overall to be tion. eligible for teacher certification. Forms are available in the EXERCISE PHYSIOLOGY 15 CREDITS departmental office for application to the program. PEEP 386 Graded Exercise Testing and See the section on Curriculum and Instruction for addi Exercise Prescription 3 tional certification requirements. PEEP 388 Leadership Training in Exercise Programs 3 Those seeking certification are required to take the National PEAT 267 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 3 Teachers Exam (NTE) in physical education during their PEDA462 Exercise Programs for Older Adults 3 last semester. PEEP 490 Internship in Exercise Physiology 3 HEALTH EDUCATION CERTIFICATION HSC320 Nutrition* 3 ENDORSEMENT 15 CREDITS *General education elective course This certification program is for physical education teach Note: Upon completing this concentration, students are ing majors only. eligible to take the certification test given by the YMCA or HSC 300 Community Health Education Program the American College of Sports Medicine. Planning 3 MINOR REQUIREMENTS HSC 320 Nutrition 3 All course prerequisites must be met before admission to HSC 451 Methods in Health Education 3 minor concentrations. Please see advisors for appropriate HSC 490 Human Sexuality 3 prerequisites and requirements. HSC 491 Drugs and Health 3 Movement Science Electives ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION 15 CREDITS The following courses are open to all students. These All course prerequisites must be fulfilled. courses are designed to allow students to acquire skills in Required sports and dance. PEDA 360 Physical Education for the PEEL 109 Combatives 2 Orthopedically Handicapped 3 PEEL 200 Target Archery 2 Choose a minimum of 3 credits from following: PEEL 201 Badminton 2 PEDA 362 Physical Education for the PEEL 202 Bowling 2 Mentally Re.tarded 3 PEEL 203 Golf 2 PEDA 460 Physical Education for the Perceptually PEEL 204 Tennis I 2 Impaired and/or Emotionally Disturbed 3 PEEL 205 Tennis II 2 PEDA 462 Exercise Programs for Older Adults 3 PEEL 206 Fencing 2 PERE 390 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation 3 PEEL 207 Volleyball 2 Choose 0-6 credits from the follOwing: PEEL 209 Karate I 2 CODS 367 Sign Language 3 PEEL 210 Karate'II 2 CODS 370 Sign Language II 3 PEEL 211 Hatha Yoga 2 PSY 354 Psychology of Learning 3 PEEL 212 Afro-Caribbean Dance 2 SPED 412 Educ. of Emot/Soc Maladjusted 3 PEEL 213 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance I SPED 413 Educ. of Neuro. Impaired 3 PEEL 214 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance II PEEL 215 Movement Skill Development 2 ATHLETIC TRAINING PEEL 216 Personal Fitness 2 CONCENTRATION 26 CREDITS*' PEEL 217 Horseback Riding 2 All department requirements and course prerequisites must PEEL 218 jogging and Orienteering 2 be fulfilled. PEEL 219 Backpacking 2 PEAT 267 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries 3 PEEL 220 Cycling 2 PEAT 362 Athletic Training Modalities 3 PEEL 221 Basic Skin and Scuba Diving 2 PEAT 363 Advanced Athletic Training 3 PEEL 222 Racquetball 2 PEAT 369 Assessment of Athletic Injuries 3 PEEL 223 Aerobics 2 PEAT 370 Therapeutic Exercise 3 PEEL 250 Personal Movement Analysis 3 PEAT 467 Fieldwork in Athletic Training 3
157 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
MOVEMENT SCIENCE GENERAL EDUCATION PEAC 255 Special Physical Education COURSES A general study and application of adaptive techniques and Required procedures for handicapped individuals in physical PEGE 150 Fimess for Life 3 activity. Prerequisites: BID 118 and PEAC 250 Electives PEAQ204 Elementary Swimming 2 PEAC 350 Physiology of Exercise PEEL 201 Badminton 2 The body's physiological response to exercise with consid PEEL 203 Golf 2 eration to age, sex, physical fitness and environmental PEEL 204 Tennis I 2 stresses. The laboratory prOvides experiences that replicate PEEL 223 Aerobics 2 theoretical constructs. PEGE 240 Impact of Sport in the Modem World 3 Prerequisites: BID 118 and PEAC 250 3 PEGE330 Psychology of Sport PEAC 353 Psychology of Motor Learning PEGE340 Social History of Western Sport 3 Acquaints the student with the concepts and principles involved in motor skill learning and performance; in par ticular, the implications for teaching are considered. Courses Prerequisites: BID 118, Psy 110, and PEAC 250 PEAC 354 Tests and Measurements Unless otherwise noted, all courses are for 3 credits. A study of the role of evaluation in physical education. The PEAC 150 Introduction to the Profession of organization and administration of a testing program. Also, Movement Science and Leisure Studies appropriate statistical methods used in a testing program. Familiarizes the student with the movement science and Prerequisites: MATH 130, PEAC 150 leisure studies program; possible careers that require knowl PEAC 450 Psychosocial Dimensions of Sport edge about movement science and leisure studies. Students A study of sport in relation to the concepts, theories and visit various professional sites in the field. principles of psychology and sociology. Enables the student 1 credit to understand the human organism's involvement in sport PEAC 250 Kinesiology and physical activity and the relationship of sport to culture The study of human motion, which includes the structure and society. and -function of the various systems that contribute to Prerequisites: BID 118, PEAC 150, PSY 110, SOC 110 movement. Special emphasis is placed on the bones, joints PEAK 161 Soccer and muscles as links in the production of movement. Also A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, emphasized is the biomechanical analysis of motion. Analy with applications for each of the concentrations. sis of motor skills and exercises from these perspectives. .5 credit Prerequisite: BID 118 PEAK 162 Basketball PEAC 251 Standard First Aid and Personal Safety A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, Develops an individual's first aid capabilities. Provides the with applications for each of the concentrations. skills of initial emergency care necessary to sustain and .5 credit maintain life support until qualified medical personnel arrive. The current American Red Cross instructor's manual PEAK 163 Track and Field and updated tests for standard first aid and personal safety A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the sport, are the bases for the course. Students who successfully with applications for each of the concentrations. complete the course receive a certification from the Ameri .5 credit can National Red Cross. PEAK 164 Tumbling 2 credits A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the sport, PEAC 252 Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation with applications for each of the concentrations. The correct techniques of external chest compression and .5 credit mouth-to-mouth resuscitation are stressed. Students learn PEAK 165 Golf to recognize early warning signs, risk factors and symp A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, toms. Students who successfully pass the course, and are with applications for each of the concentrations. positively evaluated by an authorized CPR instructor, re .5 credit ceive certification through the American National Red Cross. PEAK 167 Badminton A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, 1 credit with applications for each of the concentrations. PEAC 254 History and Philosophy of Sport and .5 credit Physical Activity PEAK 168 Racquetball The study of physical activity and sport from preliterate times to the present day. Emphasis on nineteenth- and A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, with applications for each of the concentrations. twentieth-century sports and physical education. credit Prerequisite: PEAC 150 .s
158 MOVEMENT SCIENCE AND LEISURE STUDIES
PEAK 169 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance PEAQ 227 Diving A study of the fundamental principles and steps in dance, To equip the individual with the basic fundamentals of with applications for each of the concentrations. diving. Instruction includes forward, back, reverse, inward .5 credit and twist dives. The coaching and officiating of diving as it pertains to a competitive situation are also included. PEAK 198 Basic Conditioning 1 credit Students learn about and experience conditioning pro grams for fitness andlor various sports activities. Students PEAQ 228 Synchronized Swimming work with the professor to design a program suitable for The student learns to perform modem synchronized strokes their individual needs. and stunts. Students experience swimming in rhythm with 1 credit others to choreographed routines. 1 credit PEAK 200 Beginning Tennis Students are introduced to the basic skills of tennis, which PEAQ 263 Lifeguard Training enable them to playa limited game. Techniques of rescuing individuals from the water. Instruc 1 credit tion in self-rescue and the use of equipment. Advanced PEAK 230 Recreational Games lifesaving certificates are awarded upon successful comple tion of criteria established by the American Red Cross. Development of performance proficiency in bowling. Rec Prerequisite: PEAQ 204 or permission of the instructor reational games include such activities as shuffleboard, quoits, horseshoes, table tennis, frisbee and noncompeti 2 credits tive and new games. PEAQ 265 Water Safety Instructor 1 credit The instruction of advanced lifesaving and the nine strokes of swimming. Emphasis is placed on the student's ability to PEAK 261 Field Hockey instruct other students in the class. All phases of swimming A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, instruction are covered. Water Safety Instructor Certificate with applications for each of the concentrations. is awarded upon successful completion of criteria estab .5 credit lished by the American Red Cross. PEAK 262 Volleyball Prerequisite: PEAQ 263 A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, 2 credits with applications for each of the concentrations. PEAQ363 Administering and Conducting .5 credit Recreational Water Activities and PEAK 263 Conditioning Programs A study of the fundamental principles of conditioning, with A study of the various recreational activities conducted at applications for all concentrations and sports. pools, lakes and shore areas. The individual gains an under .5 credit standing of the water and the types of progratns best suited PEAK 264 Tennis to each environment. A study of the fundamental skills and strategies in the game, 2 credits with applications for each of the concentrations. PEAQ 463 Pool Management .5 credit· A study of the general prinCiples of pool management. PEAK 266 Self-Defense Emphasis on the technical aspects of pool equipment and A study of the primary maneuvers and principles for defend machinery as well as organizational procedures for direct ing oneself. ing the pool. .5 credit 2 credits PEAK 267 Swimming PEAT 267 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries A study of the basic strokes and skills for survival and rescue Lecture and laboratory work concerned with the prevention in the water. and care of common athletic injuries: preventing sprains, .5 credit strains, bruises, friction bums and blisters. Other first aid methods dealing with hemorrhage, fracture and uncon Modem Dance-Exercise Skills PEAK 268 sciousness are also covered. The responsibilities and legal A study of the basic principles of dance, with applications to limitations of treatment are emphasized. exercise skills. Prerequisites: BIO US and PEAC 250 1 credit PEAT 362 Athletic Training Modalities PEAK 399 Selected Topics Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the A topic not covered by an existing course is offered as re rationale, use and application of therapeutic modalities in commended by the department and approved by the dean. the rehabilitation of athletic injuries. Each modality is 1-6 credits presented with regard to physiological effects on body Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair tissues, therapeutic indications and contraindications and PEAQ 204 Elementary Swimming clinical applications. This course equips the individual with basic water safety Prerequisite: PEAT 267 skills and knowledge in order to help ensure safety while in, on or near the water. 2 credits
159 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
PEAT 363 Advanced Athletic Training PECO 372 Coaching and Officiating Soccer Advanced topics and techniques concerned with care, pre Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating soc vention and recognition of athletic injuries. Includes prin cer. Laboratory experiences are provided for officiating and ciples and practices of manual muscle testing, the history coaching. and organization of the athletic training profession and the Prerequisite: PEAK 161 or permission of the instructor administration of athletic training programs as well as 2 credits journal review. PECO 373 Coaching and Officiating Basketball Prerequisites: PEAT 362 and permission of instructor Fundamental and advanced skills as well as theories of PEAT 369 Assessment of Athletic Injuries offense and defense are learned by the student. Techniques Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the of officiating, organizing and administering a basketball mechanism, etiology, pathology, and evaluation of athletic team in a high school program are stressed. injuries. Includes clinical signs and symptoms, and tech Prerequisite: PEAK 162 or permission of the instructor niques in performing appropriate tests and assessment 2 credits procedures for recognizing athletic injuries. PECO 374 Coaching and Officiating Softball Prerequisites: PEAT 362, PEAT 363; permission of instruc Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating soft tor ball are emphaSized along with laboratory experience for PEAT 370 Therapeutic Exercise officiating and coaching. Lecture and laboratory experiences concerned with the Prerequisite: PETC 351 or permission of the instructor rationale, use and application of exercise in the rehabilita 2 credits tion of athletic injuries, including principles involved with PECO 375 Coaching and Officiating Baseball various types of exercise. Basic components of designing Techniques of coaching, officiating, purchasing and caring and impletnenting rehabilitation programs including a re for equipment and playing areas are emphasized. view of current research. Prerequisite: PETC 358 or permission of the instructor Prerequisites: PEAT 362 and permission of instructor 2 credits PEAT 467 Fieldwork in Athletic Training PECO 470 Coaching and Officiating Football Culminating practice experience. The student serves as an Prepares students for coaching football in high schools. athletic trainer in a designated local high school under the Fundamentals, strategy of offensive and defensive play, direct supervision of a certified athletic trainer. purchase and care of equipment and other administrative Prerequisites: PEAT 369 and 500 hours of approved clinical problems are emphaSized: experience; permission of instructor Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor PEAT 468 Seminar in Athletic Training 2 credits Exposure to medical and surgical procedures in athletic PECO 471 Coaching and Officiating Gymnastics medicine. Lectures by physicians and other health care Intended for the future coach and/or judge in gymnastics. professionals. Surgical observation and follow-up with phy Film analyses and judging tests are offered. sician, therapist and/or patient. Includes observation at Prerequisite: PETC 356 or permission of the instructor allied health care facility. 2 credits Prerequisites: PEAT 467 and permission of instructor 2 credits PECO 472 Coaching and Officiating Swimming Fundamentals of aquatic activities through analyzing strokes PECO 360 Olympic and Rhythmic Gymnastics and teaching procedures, planning and officiating swim Advanced skills culminating in the creation of individual ming meets, organizing and administering an aquatic pro routines in competitive events. gram. Prerequisites: One semester ballet, tumbling and apparatus, Prerequisite: PEAQ 204 or permission of the instructor or permission of the instructor 2 credits PECO 370 Coaching and Officiating Field Hockey PECO 473 Coaching and Officiating Wrestling Techniques and principles of coaching and officiating field Designed to prepare wrestling officials for certification hockey are stressed. Laboratory experiences are provided through classroom and practical application. The areas of for officiating and coaching. team coaching, officiating, recruiting and meet organizing Prerequisite: PEAK 261 or permission of the instructor are also included. ' 2 credits Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor PECO 371 Coaching and Officiating Volleyball 2 credits Advanced offensive and defensive team strategies, rules and PECO 474 Coaching and Officiating Tennis officiating. Includes laboratory experiences in coaching and Designed to make students knowledgeable about the pro officiating. The student is also exposed to various teaching cess involved in selecting and coaching a tennis team. In and evaluating techniques. addition, the techniques necessary to become a rated tennis Prerequisite: PEAK 262 or permission of instructor official are included. 2 credits Prerequisite: PEAK 264 or permission of the instructor 2 credits
160 MOVEMENT SCIENCE A};lD LEISURE STUDIES
PECO 4'75 Coaching and Officiating Track and Field PEDN 280 Modem Dance I Techniques and methods of coaching and officiating, in An introductory course in contemporary dance. Emphasis cluding laboratory experiences in officiating and evaluation on developing the student's appreciation of the art of dance of facilities and equipment. through experiential understanding of the movement prin 2 credits ciplesoftheHumphrey-Weidman-Umonschoolofmodem PECO 476 Organization and Administration of dance. 2 credits Athletics Constructed as a coordinator of all courses dealing with an PEDN 281 Modem Dance II athletics program. Emphasis on the organization of the Continuation of the study of Humphrey-Weidman-Umon program and its administration in relation to all personnel based modem dance. Relates its principles to teaching, involved. performing, recreation and therapy. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor 2 credits PEDA 360 Physical Education for the Orthopedically PEDN 283 Ballet I Handicapped Theory and performing techniques of classical ballet at the Familializes prospective teachers with various types of beginning level. Based on the Royal Academy of Dance physical handicaps. Exercises, games and activities for the system correcti~n or treatment of specific disabilities. Practicum of training. required. 2 credits Prerequisite: PEAC 255 PEDN 284 Ballet II PEDA 462 Physical Education for the Mentally Theory and performing techniques of classical ballet at the Retarded advanced-beginner level. Based on the Royal Academy of Identifies causes and nature of mental retardation. Practice Dance syllabus. in implementing group and individual physical education 2 credits . programs for the mentally retarded child. Practicum re PEDN 288 ModemJazz Dance Technique quired.! Theory and performance of modem jazz dance technique. Prerequisite: P~C 255 2 credits PEDA 460 Physical Education for the Perceptually PEDN 289 Beginning Tap Dance . Impaired and/or Emotionally Disturbed A basic course in theory and practice of tap dance and a Identi~es nature and cause of impainnent. Practice in study of this American art form. implementing physical education programs for impaired 2 credits personS. Practicum reqUired. Prereqilisite: PEAC 255 PEDN 376 Dance Performance Workshop I , Performance on an intermediate/advanced technical level pimA ~~62 Exercise Programs for Older Adults and choreography in a workshop situation. Emphasizes Prepar/:s students to plan and conduct basic physical activ field experience performing, choreographing and produc ity and' e:xercise programs for the elderly. Although the ing a dance concert for ed~cational purposes. empha;;is is on exercise routines and fitness programs, Prerequisite: Registration by audition only studenl:s also learn to lead older adults in rhythmic and 2 credits dance Jctivities and recreational games. A three-week train ingperiOd is followed by a twelve-week practical experience PEDN 377 Dance Performance Workshop II at a sel\ior citizen site (nutrition site, day care center or some A continuation of Dance Performance Workshop 1. The otherf'enior citizen center). Weekly seminars are held in student takes a role of creative leadership in choreography conju ction with the practical experiences. and production. Prereq isite: PEAC 350 Prerequisite: PEDN 376 2 credits PEDN l30 Introduction to the Art of Dance Elementary technique, improvisation, studies in composi PEDN 380 Choreography tion..lf.ctures, films and discussions on dance theory, phi Dance composition on a beginning level for teachers, recre losophy and current trends ofdance. Provides a background ation leaders and performers. with which to appreciate dance as an audience member. Prerequisite: Four credits in modem dance and/or ballet or . Geared for students without previous dance experience. permission of instructor I PEDN275 History of Dance PEDN 381 Advanced Choreography and Dance A sun!ey course of dance as part of world history from pre Production Christian civilization to the present. Studies from the early Choreography on an advanced level. Study of production fifteenth century (when dance manuals first appeared) are techniques for dance. Field experience choreographing and emp~lSiZed. Participation in Renaissance and baroque pe producing a dance concert. riod djmces. Readers oflabanotation may use the language Prerequisite: PEDN 380 of darjee as a research method.
161 . SCIENCE AND HEALTH
PEDN 440 Dance Exercise Leadership Training PEEL 206 Fencing Prepares students to teach dance classes in schools and An introduction to skills and techniques of foil fencing. recreational organizations. Deals with the "hows" and "whys" 2 credits of dance movement. PEEL 207 Volleyball Prerequisite: PEDN 280 or 380 or permission of the instruc Designed for students with little or no experience-with the tor game. Fundamental skills, strategy and rules are learned. 2 credits 2 credits PEDN 473 Labanotation PEEL 209 Karate I Reading and dancing repertory from Labanotation scores. Introduces students to the basic principles of weaponless Helps students understand movement, improve performing self-defense. With the empty hand, students are taught the ability and prOVIdes written and spoken terminology. elementary techniques of blocking, parrying, kicking and Prerequisites: PEDN 280 and 283 punching. Close combat measures are also covered, along PEED 310 Health and Physical Education Programs with the code of moral and ethical responsibilities that come in the Elementary School with learning this art form. Focuses on the objectives and philosophy of health and 2 credits physical education programs in today's elementary schools. PEEL 210 Karate II Student lesson plans are required. Participation by students This course is a refinement of Karate l. Advanced applica in a spectrum of physical education activities. Required for tions of technique and multiple uses for single techniques elementary education majors. are covered. 2 credits Prerequisite: PEEL 209 PEEL 109 Combatives 2 credits This course introduces the student to measures of protec PEEL 211 Hatha Yoga tion aimed at safe-guarding life and limb. Unlike PEEL 209, This course introduces students to a variety of Hatha Yoga Karate I, it focuses on escape and avoidance. The student, techniques (i.e, postures, breathing, meditation). Basic yoga however, is taught the rudiments of striking, kicking and philosophy and the benefits which may be derived from blocking sensitive areas of the body to initiate attacker doing Hatha Yoga are included. discouragement. 2 credits 2 credits PEEL 212 African-Caribbean Dance PEEL 200 Target Archery A beginning course in African and Caribbean dance forms. Development of skill in target archery and a survey of other 2 credits popular forms of archery. 2 credits PEEL 213 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance I This course includes performance of the fundamental skills PEEL 201 Badminton of contemporary square dance, folk dance and couples Development of skill in badminton, including basic strokes ballroom dancing. and playing strategy. 1 credit 2 credits PEEL 214 Folk, Square and Ballroom Dance II PEEL 202 Bowling Includes performance of the intermediate skills of contem Students learn the aiming approach and delivery for a strike porary square dance, folk dance and couples ballroom and various techniques involved in picking up spares. The dancing, including ability to teach these dances. class is conducted at a bowling alley. 1 credit 2 credits PEEL 215 Movement Skill Development PEEL 203 Golf This course explores the early stages of skill development. The development of basic fundamentals including grip, 2 credits stance, swing and putting. Elementary game strategy incor porating terminology involving rule interpretation is also PEEL 216 Personal Fitness included. A course designed to help students develop a commitment 2 credits to a lifetime of fitness. 2 credits PEEL 204 Tennis I Designed for the beginning player, students learn the basic PEEL 217 Horseback Riding strokes, namely, forehand, backhand, serve and volley. This course is designed to provide equestrian education in Game strategies, court etiquette, match observations and the English style of walk, trot and canter. Also included are rules are also included. stable techniques in grooming, bridling, saddling and care 2 credits of equipment. 2 credits PEEL 205 Tennis II Development of performance proficiency in tennis. A study of the various skills in tennis and their applications in a game situation. 2 credits
162 MOVEMENT SCIENCE AND LEISURE STUDIES
PEEL 218 Jogging and Orienteering PEEP 386 Graded Exercise Testing and Exercise Orienteering: Teaches students how to find their way with Prescription a map and compass to a given destination through an Theoretical information about the administration and ap unknown area. Physiological and social benefits are dis plication of graded exercise stress tests. cussed.Jogging: An introduction to and active participation Prerequisite: PEAK 350 in jogging .. Exercise principles and the mechanics of run PEEP 388 Leadership Training in Exercise Programs ning prest:n ted. Students learn to organize, lead and supervise programs of 2 credits physical exercise and conditioning in industrial, business, PEEL 2g' Backpacking recreational, educational and athletic settings. Also, how to Students :lre introduced to backpacking as a recreational use results of diagnostic tests to prescribe appropriate pursuit. Hiking techniques and skills are developed. Surviv activities for a wide variety of populations. ing in the wilderness is also discussed. Prerequisite: PEEP 386 or permission of instructor 2 credits PEEP 482 Advanced Exercise Physiology PEEL 220 Cycling Advanced concepts concerning the physiological adapta A course to introduce the fundamentals of bicycle riding tions of man and animals to exercise. With these concepts and its availability as a low impact aerobics activity. established, the studep.t then explores the more controver 2 credits sial issues of exercise physiology. Prerequisite: PEAC 388 PEEL 22Jl Basic Skin and Scuba Diving Designed to provide diving education in the use, care and PEEP 490 Internship in Exercise PhYSiology styles of diving equipment, phYSiology, physics, dive tables Practical experience in the administration and application and decompression schedules, first aid and communica of graded exercise stress tests and exercise prescriptions. tion. Completion of the course entitles the student to a Experience is gained in a cardiac rehabilitation center and! scuba check-out card. Students desiring the basic certifica or corporate fitness center. tion card issued by the National Association of Skin Diving Prerequisite: PEAC 350, PEEP 386, PEEP 388, PEAT 267, Schools can fulfill the certification requirements by com PEAT 287, PEDA 462, PEEP 482 pleting two additional, independent lessons with the in PEGE 150 Fitness For· Life structors. A study of the general nature and structure of exercise and 2 credits fitness as it pertains to the individual. The purpose of this PEEL 22;2 Racquetball· course is to assist the individual in gaining an understand DeSigned to prOvide students the basic concepts of playing ing of the effects of exercise, sports and physical activity on the gam9 of racquetball, including emphasis on fundamen the physical and psychological self. Emphasis is placed on tal skills 1rules and regulations and strategy. the physiological, sociological and biological development 2 creditsl of the individual student through planning a personal PEEL 223 Aerobics exercise program. A complete aerobic fitness program that utilizes various PEGE 240 The Impact of Sport in the Modem World rhythmj.: exercise regimens to help students understand Sport is a prominent entity with a great impact on modem and exp rience the effects of physical conditioning. life. To help the student understand the extent of that 2 credit: impact, this course examines the many meanings of sport PEEL 250 Personal Movement Analysis for the American people through: (1) an evaluation of the influences of sport on America's youth, its educational This course is based upon a system established by Rudolf institutions and its communities - from village to metropo Laban, which brings clarity to the understanding and per lis; (2) an investigation of the promotion of sport by the formanq! of functional and expressive movement. As a mass media, the business community and government; (3) languag<, Laban Movement Analysis provides an objective an analysis of the role of sport in such complex issues as vocabulfry to observe and describe dynamic qualities of gender and racial stereotyping and discrimination; (4) an movem~nt, actions of the body, changes in body shape and examination of the relationship of sport to such contempo architectural space. This course is especially helpful to rary concerns as violence and drug abuse; and (5) an thosein~!rested in anthropology, art, communication, dance, education, fitness, psychology, theatre, sociology, writing investigation of America's participation in international sport. and management. Prerequisites: SOC 110 and PSY 110 PEEL 3t9 Selected Topics A topicJnot covered by an existing course is offered as PEGE 330 Psychology of Sport This course entails a look at the psychological principles recomJended by the department and approved by the involved in physical activity and sport. While the theoreti dean. cal basis from which the principles derive is looked at, the 1-6 cre its emphasis is on the application of these principles. Prerequisite: Permission of the department chair Prerequisite: PSY 110
163 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
PEGE 340 Social History of Western Sport PETC 311 Movement Education This course provides a view of Western civilization through A different approach toward teaching where a more indi the window of sport. Building on the conceptions already vidualized program is set up with the larger group (class). established in the two Western civilization courses required Students become aware of the basic movements of the body for general education, it helps to close some of the unavoid in relation to time, space and force at their own rate able gaps left by earlier political, economic, religious, cul according to ability level. tural and ideological analyses ofWestern society. The study 3 credits of sport not only broadens students' vision of life and culture in the Western world, but also enhances their PETC 356 Gymnastics understanding of it. This course enables students to develop proficiency in Prerequisites: HIST 101 and HIST 102 performing, spotting, and analyzing skills both on appara tus and floor. PERE 290 Foundations and Programs in Recreation Prerequisite: PEAK 164 A study of the nature, scope, history and philosophy of 1 credit recreation, its meanings, the services rendered in various settings, its relationship to allied disciplines and scientific PETC 357 Team HandbalVSpeedball foundations. This course enables the student to perform skills necessary for the game, as well as analyzing movement skills. PERE 292 Recreational Leadership .5 credit A study of methods, materials and skills necessary for persons preparing to assume leadership roles in recre PETC 358 SoftbalVFlag Football ational programs. This course enables students to become proficient in per forming and analyzing skills for these activities. PERE 293 Programs in Recreation .5 credit The study of public, voluntary and private recreation pro grams sponsored by governments, education, industry and PETC 359 ArcherylRec Games other organizations. Considerations are given to adminis Students become proficient in skills for these activities, plus tration, financial support, facilities and leadership. focus on facilitating skill acquisition and analysis. .5 credit PERE 294 Camp Counseling A study of the nature and duties of counseling in private, PETC 360 OrienteeringlHiking municipal and organizational camps. Techniques of group This course enables the student to become proficient in work and the planning, organizing and executing of pro motor skills and intellectual development necessary for grams are included. orienteering and hiking. .5 credit PERE 305 Community Recreation A study of community recreation with emphasis on history, PETC 395 Curriculum and Teaching Physical theory and philosophy; governmental involvement; other Education in the Elementary School social institutions; current principles and practices. The principles of curriculum development in elementary school physical education programs. Students learn how to PERE 306 Recreation Facilities and Management teach physical education activities designed for elementary A study of the design and management of facilities and areas school children. Taken concurrently with PETC 397. for leisure enjoyment, including use of existing facilities, Prerequisite: Admission to teacher certification program feasibility studies, site selection, principles of planning, construction and maintenance procedures. PETC 396 Curriculum and Teaching Physical Education in the Secondary School PERE 390 Introduction to Therapeutic Recreation The physical education teacher's role in facilitating the Provides an in-depth study of therapeutic recreation for the adolescentstudent's growth and development through move ill and handicapped in various settings. Emphasis on the ment activities. A variety of teaching styles are explored. role of recreation as a means of therapy in rehabilitation. Includes administrative duties and responsibilities of the Internship experience is undertaken. physical education teacher at the second level. Taken con PERE482 Leisure Crafts and Activities in currently with PETC 39B. Recreation Prerequisite: Admission to teacher certification program A study of leisure crafts through creative activities with a PETC 397 Practicum I: Elementary School multiplicity of craft media. Focuses on program implemen Experience tation with various types of groups. In this pre-student-teaching experience, the student is PERE 490 Organization and Administration of assigned to work in a school for the purpose of o~serving Recreation Programs and assisting the experienced physical educator. Experi The exploration of major problems and practices in the ences include working with individuals and small groups organization and administration of recreational programs and teaching the entire class. Taken concurrently with in various settings. PETC395. Prerequisite: Admission to teacher certification program; PERE491 Fieldwork in Recreation see also Curriculum and Instruction An internship that enables the student to observe tech 1 credit niques of and practice in a recreational setting. The student is assigned to a recreation program. Prerequisites: Completion of concentration courses
164 NURSING
PETC 398 Practicum II: Secondary School PETC 461 Concepts of Coaching Experience This course prOvides an introduction to the concepts This experience in the school is correlated with methods of associated with coaching of interscholastic and teaching physical education and human movement. Prima intercollegiate sports. The student is exposed to various rily devo,ted to teaching classes and small groups. Taken techniques, principles, and fundamentals that are associ concurre'lltly with PETC 396. ated with coaching. Prerequbites: PETC 397; see also Curriculum and Instruc 1 credit tion PETC 495 Seminar in Physical Education 1 credit Current trends and developments in public education are explored. Particular attention is given to classroom man agement and problems that confront student teachers. The course is conducted during the semester of the student teaching experience. 1 credit
Department of Nursing
Professors: R. Sands, M. Patrick Permission to take courses in the nursing program is Associate Professors: C. Bareford, C. Barry, S. DeYoung dependent on evidence of student achievement in prepara (chairperson), G. Just, D. Maciorowski, C. O'Grady, N. tory courses and the number of available seats. Samarel Registered nurse students from diploma and associate Assistant Professors: C. Barbarito (half time),]. Bliss, K. degree programs may apply for admission follOwing a Connolly,]. Cuddihy (half time), D. D'Amico, 1. Foti, E. transcript evaluation. Opportunity is provided to challenge Furst (half time), R. Harrison, C. Mahoney (half time), M. some courses in the major. A current RN license in New McElguim Jersey is required. For further information, registered nurse Half-Ti11e Instructors: V. Coyle,]. Donohue students should address inquiries to the RN Coordinator, Department of Nursing. The De~artment of Nursing is nationally accredited by the National. League for Nursing. Its primary mission is the Second baccalaureate degree applicants may be eligible for the two calendar year full-time Accelerated Track in educat]'n ofstudents who will serve as professional nursing practiti ners in various health care delivery settings. This Nursing. Due to limited enrollment, spaces in this track depart ent offers a major in professional nursing sup must be reserved through the nursing department chairper son. ported 'y a concentration in the biological, physical and Any student seeking information regarding the recom sOcialsc, ences anda broad base of general education courses. Gradua\es of this program are awarded a bachelor of science mended sequence of courses in the nursing major should contact the nursing department. degreejvith a major in nursing. Upon completion of the prograJl, graduates are eligible to take the National Council Policies Ucensu re Examination (N CLEX) , administered by the New The nursing department conducts a performance standards Jersey BIJard of Nursing, to become a registered professional review after each semester. Students who do not maintain a nurse. I 2.0 grade point average in the major and corequisite courses Nurs~ng courses include a clinical laboratory component or who do not achieve a grade of C or better are evaluated in which faculty guide students in the development and for retention/progression in the nursing major. application of knowledge and skills in a variety of health Nursing laboratory courses are conducted both on and care setiings. An on-campus learning center fvides a large off campus. Automobile transportation is reqUired for most invent~ of audiovisual materials, video c eras, carrel off-campus experiences. room, os~ital equipment and supplies for S f dent labora- Nursing students are required to have a yearly physical tory ex ,enences. 1 examination and to submit the results to the nursing depart Entrance Requirements ment. In ad~d'ion to the College'S admissions requ ements, pro MAJOR COURSES 56 CREDITS spectiv nursing majors are required to take both a biology NUR 210 Nursing as a Profession 3 and ch mistry course, with laboratory, in high schooL NUR 212 Adaptation Nursing I 3 Stud nts can be admitted to the program as freshmen or NUR 213 Adaptation Nursing II 3 as tra fers. Transfer students and students changing ma NUR 214 Adaptation Nursing I Laboratory 2 jors are eligible for admission following application and NUR 215 Adaptation Nursing II 3 review j)y the department. It should be noted that students NUR 312 Expanding Family and Adaptation must hbve completed BID 112-113, 170, and PSY 110 and Nursing 4 210 ( th grades of C or better) before being permitted to NUR313 Established Family and Adaptation begin1 t le adaptation nursing sequence of courses. Nursing 3 I 165 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
NUR314 Expanding Family and Adaptation NUR 214 Adaptation Nursing I Laboratory Nursing Laboratory 4 Building on theory presented in NUR 212 and laboratory NUR315 Established Family and Adaptation content, assessment techniques and basic nursing activities Nursing Laboratory 4 emphasize the one-to-one relationship between student NUR316 Family Systems and Adaptation 3 and client with a focus on wellness and illness prevention. NUR Nursing Elective* 3 Prerequisites: BIO 113, 170 and PSY 210 NUR410 Community Systems 2 Taken concurrently with NUR 212 NUR411 Professional Practice Theory 3 2 credits (6 laboratory hours) NUR412 Adaptation in the Community 3 NUR 215 Adaptation Nursing II Laboratory NUR413 Professional Clinical Practice I 2 Building on class theory from NUR 213, students practice in NUR414 Adaptation in the Community Laboratory 4 a clinical setting which provides for care of the client NUR415 Professional Clinical Practice II 3 experiencing physical health problems, as well as the op NUR 416 Senior Seminar portunity to practice with all levels of health care providers. NUR 450 Nursing Research 3 Prerequisites: NUR 212 and 214 *Must be 300 or 400 leveL Consult with faculty advisor for Taken concurrently with NUR 213 acceptable courses. (9 laboratory hours) COREQUISITE COURSES* 36 CREDITS NUR 218 PhYSical Assessment BIO 112 General Anatomy and Physiology I 4 Designed for the graduatellicensed nurse, this course intro BIO 113 General Anatomy and Phsyiology II 4 duces the concept of health assessment. Health history BIO 170 Basic Microbiology 4 taking and the techniques of examination are emphasized as BIO 312 Advanced Anatomy and Physiology 4 is the concept of wellness. CHEM 131 College Chemistry' 3 1 credit CHEM 031 College Chemistry Laboratory' CHEM 132 Organic Biochemistry' 3 NUR 219 Nursing Technologies CHEM 032 Organic Biochemistry Laboratory' 1 Building on class theory from NUR 212, the graduate! HSC 320 Nutrition' 3 licensed nurse has the opportunity to refine application of MATH 130 Elementary Statistics' 3 concepts, cognitive and psychomotor skills. This includes PSY 110 General Psychology' 3 communication theory, teachingllearning principles and PSY 210 Developmental Psychology 3 psychomotor nursing skills. 'Count toward general education requirements 1 credit *Degree requirements not listed (36) include additional NUR 312 Expanding Family and Adaptation general education courses. Nursing The follOwing courses are designed for licensed graduate Emphasizes the evolving and growing family members and nurses only: their adaptation status during growth and developmental NUR218 Physical Assessment cycles in health/illness. Psychosocial stressors of the ex NUR219 Nursing Technologies panding family are included and physiological adaptation is NUR417 Community Health Adaptation Laboratory 2 emphasized. NUR418 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing 2 Prerequisites: NUR 213,215, CHEM 132 and 032 NUR419 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing 4 credits Laboratory 2 NUR 313 Established Family and Adaptation Nursing Studies adaptation by the adult to various stressors affecting Courses members of established and maturing family units. Altered physiologic functioning and the associated psychosocial Unless otherwise noted all courses are for 3 credits responses provide the focus for the study of adults and their NUR 210 Nursing as a Profession health status. Prerequisites: NUR 213,215, CHEM 132 and 032 Identifies historical and evolutionary perspectives in nurs ing as they impact on current issues and trends in health NUR 314 Expanding Family and Adaptation care delivery and professional nursing. Nursing Laboratory Laboratory provides for application of theory from NUR NUR 212 Adaptation Nursing I Utilizes the Roy Adaptation Model as a framework for the 312. Students utilize cognitive and psychomotor skills implementing the nursing process with female and male nursing process, which identifies normative ranges and parents, the neonate, infants, children and adolescents. health problems of the total individuaL Prerequisites: BIO 113, 170 and PSY 210 Prerequisites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 4 credits (12 laboratory hours) NUR 213 Adaptation Nursing II A further study of the human response to internal and external changes is the focus. Concepts of illness and prevention of complications and their application to the health and illness are introduced, along with leadership and group process skills. Prerequisites: NUR 210, 212, and 214
166 NURSING
NUR 31 j Established Family and Adaptation NUR 411 Professional Practice Theory Nursing Laboratory Designed to facilitate transition from a student role to that Laboratory applies theory from NUR 313. Students utilize of the beginning professional practitioner. Enables the cognitivt~ and psychomotor skills in the implementation of student to examine both the sociocultural and economic the nursj~g process with ill adult members of an established forces affecting the nursing profesSion within the health family. care delivery system. Emphasis is placed on leadership/ Prerequisites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 management theory. 4 credit!, (12 laboratory hours) Prerequisites: NUR 410,412, 414 and 450 NUR 316 Family Systems and Adaptation NUR 412 Adaptation in the Community Study of family structure, development and function offers Focuses on acutely and chronically ill clients and their a framework for assessing family health status. Common families in both community and psychiatric settings. Em and specialized stressors affecting family adaptation are phasis is placed on alterations in role function, self-concept identified. The nursing process with the family as a client is and interdependence modes. the maj()r focus. Prerequisites: NUR 312,313,314,315,316 Prerequ.~ites: NUR 213, 215, CHEM 132 and 032 NUR 413 Professional Clinical Practice I NUR 3] 9 Children with Cancer: Nursing Role in Offers the student the opportunity to practice various roles Adaptation of the profeSSional practitioner. Clinical expertise is devel Nursinll. elective which focuses on the nursing role in oped via the application of the nursing process. adaptatIon for children with cancer and their families in the Prerequisites: NUR 410, 412 and 414 acute, long term or terminal phases of the illness. 2 credits Prerequisites: NUR 312,314,316, BID 312 NUR 414 Adaptation in the Community Laboratory NUR 3],0 Nursing Promotion of Adaptation in the Laboratory course prOvides for application of theory from i Elderly past and concurrent courses. Students use cognitive and Nursin~: elective course focuses on the nurse's role in psychomotor skills in the nursing care of individuals, fami assistin)~ the elderly client to adapt to physiological, social lies and communities responding to sustained stressors and psy/:hological changes. Students plan nursing interven affecting self-concept, role function and interdependence tions b~ased on an assessment of the older client's specific modes. Clinical practice is in both mental health and health leeds'and the latest research findings. community settings. Prereq isites: NUR 214, 215 Prerequisites: NUR 312, 313, 314, 315, 316 4 credits (12 laboratory hours) NUR 3~1 Women's Health and Adaptation Nursing Nursin : elective focuses on selected issues related to women's NUR415 Professional Clinical Practice II health lithin Roy's Adaptation framework. Women's growth Offers the student opportunity to provide care to groups of and dei'elopment is examined from a nursing perspective patients/clients at selected levels of prevention. The student accord~ng to selected theorists. Students discuss the plan applies theories of leadership, management, change and ning ~d implementation of nursing care for women with teaching-learning in the practice setting. sele~te Lhealth problems in both acute care and community PrereqUisites: NUR 410. 412,414 and 450 seton . NUR 416 Senior Seminar Prereq~lisites: NUR 312 Students select and research a current professional nursing NUR 3b Adaptation of the Client In a Family issue and present the topic in seminar format to the class, Prerequisites: NUR 410,412,414, and 450 prOvid~d for t~::r::~::ent, this course focuses on the 1 credit expan ing role of the nurse in providing health care to NUR 417 Community Health Adaptation Nursing famili~at all stages of the developmental life cycle. Clinical Laboratory practic (6 hrslwk) is provided in complement to lecture Laboratory course designed for the RN student. It provides compo ent. for application theory from past and concurrent courses. Co- orlPrerequisites: NUR 316 Students use cognitive and psychomotor skills in the nurs 4cre~'ts ing care of individuals, families and communities respond NUR 99 Selected Topics ing to sustained stressors in the community setting. A topi: not covered by an existing course is offered as Prerequisites: NUR 316, 322 recom ended by the department and approved by the 2 credits (6 laboratory hours) dean. NUR 418 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing 1-6 cr dits Designed for the RN student. The focus is on the individual Prereq lisite: Permission of the department chairperson within the family system who experiences alterations in NUR 10 Community Systems self-concept, role function and interdependence in response Focus s on the role of the community as it relates to the to threats to psychic and social integrity. Relevant health tatus of individuals, families, and groups. Commu psychosocial theories contributing to ineffective behaviors nity b :havior as well as the sociopolitical dynamics of are studied. heal illness care are explored. Prerequisites: NUR 316,322 isites: NUR 312,313,314 and 315 2 credits
167 SCIENCE AND HEALTH
NUR 419 Mental Health Adaptation Nursing NUR 450 Nursing Research Laboratory Designed to help the student understand and use research Laboratory course designed for RN students. Provides an concepts and methods by developing the ability to analyze, opportunity to apply the Roy Adaptation Model in the criticize and interpret research. Students critique a pub nursing care of individuals and/or families responding to lished research study and conduct group research projects. threats in psychic and social integrity. Application of the Prerequisites: MATH 130 and completion of 300 level theory from NUR 418 is geared to a client population of nursing courses acutely or chronically mentally ill individuals. NUR 451 Concepts of Nursing Administration Prerequisites: NUR 316,322 Nursing elective course deSigned to assist the profeSSional 2 credits (6 laboratory hours) nurse in using current management theory and strategy to NUR 434 Critical Care Nursing investigate and approach the unique issues and problems in Nursing elective course designed to prepare senior students nursing health care management. Potential conflict areas in for practice in the complex environment of the critical care health care management are identified as they impact on the unit. The focus is on the care of the critically ill adult. The nurse manager's role and responsibilities. course includes both formal classroom presentations and Prerequisites: Completion of 300-level nursing courses supervised clinical experience. NUR 499 Independent Study Prerequisites: NUR 4lO, 412, 414 , An opportunity to pursue areas of nursing interest. As approved and to be arranged. 1-6 credits
168
DIRECTORIES Directories
Administration Director, Affirmative Action Robbie Cagnina President Director, Alumni Affairs Arnold Speert Michael Driscoll Vice President for Academic Affairs and Provost Director, Analysis and Response Center Eleanor J. Smith Jeannette Bechert Vice President for Administration and Finance Director, Athletics Peter Spiridon Arthur Eason Vice President for Enrollment Management and Student Director, Campus Police/Security Operations Services Peter Ryerson Anthony Lolli Director, Career Services Dean, School of the Arts and Communication Kenneth Zurich To be named Director, Center for Academic Support Dean, School of Education Priscilla Orr Nancy E. Seminoff Director, Certification Dean, School of Humanities, Management and Social Dolores Podhajski Sciences Director, College Relations John O'Connor Richard Nirenberg Dean, School of Science and Health Director, Community Affairs Rosetta Sands Mary Ellen Kramer Dean of Students Director, Continuing Education Henry Krell Richard Weinberg Director of Faculty and Staff Relations Director, Data Processing Rajendra Singh Leonard Bogdon Associate Vice President for Academic Affairs and Director, Educational Opportunity Fund Program Associate Provost Ana Class-Rivera Susan McNamara Director, External Relations Associate Vice President for Administration and Dennis Santillo Finance Director, Facilities Timothy W. Fanning Edward Veasey Associate Vice President and Controller Director, Field Laboratory Experiences Steve Bolyai James Fugate Assistant Vice President for Academic Affairs Director, Financial Aid Administration Georgia Daniel Marc Schaeffer Director, Freshman Life Assistant Vice President for Administration and Anne Wright Finance Director, General Education Walter Johnson Stephen Hahn Assistant Vice President for Minority Education Director, Information Management Systems Leslie Agard-Jones Charles Jury Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Director, Institutional Planning, Research and Research Evaluation Phillip E. Myers Dona Fountoukidis Internal Auditor Director, Library Services Richard Felton Richard Bradberry Dean, Enrollment Management Director, MBA Program Nancy Norville To be named Associate Dean of Students, Counseling Director, Minority Education Robert Peller Rita Manas Administrative Assistant to the President and Board of Director, Personnel Resources Trustees Paul Schmidt Letitia Vadala Director, Public Information Director, Academic Advisement Barbara Bakst Judith Gazdag Director, Publications Director, Academic Computing Lorraine Terraneo Timothy Carlin Director, Residence Life Director, Admissions Roland Watts Leo DeBartolo Director, Speech and Hearing Clinic Cathryn Gaur
170 EMERITUS FACULTY
Director, Student Development Marietta Gruenert To be named Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Directolr, WPC Foundation and Student Center Catherine Hartman Joseph Tanis Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Associa'te Director of Library, Reader Services Harold Hartman Norma Levy Professor of Educational Administration, Emeritus Associate Director of Library Services, Collection Wathina Hill Management Professor of Speech Pathology, Emeritus Eugene Mitchell Leo Hilton PerSOIl1,lel Officer Professor of Urban Education and Community Affairs, Muriel Orlovsky Emeritus Registrar James Houston Mark Evangelista Professor of Psychology, Emeritus Ann Hudis Associate Professor of Community Health, Emeritus Seymour C. Hyman EmeJdtus Faculty President Emeritus and Professor of Chemistry, Joseph Brandes Emeritus Profel,sor of History, Emeritus Kenneth Job Grace Brown Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus Assodate Professor of Reading and Language Arts, Mark Karp Emenitus Professor of Reading and Language Arts, Emeritus Sally ~urk Milton Kessler Assis~nt Professor in the Library, Emeritus Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Ruth Klein AIPhajcaliandro Asso :iate Professor of Early Childhood Education, Professor of Special Education and Counseling, Eme itus Emeritus Robe Capella Robert Latherow Pro£ ssor of Biological Sciences, Emeritus Professor of Music, Emeritus Vito aporale Kathleen Leicht Asso 'iate Professor of History, Emeritus Assistant Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Paul hao Robert Leppert Prot .ssor of Sociology, Emeritus Professor of Theatre, Emeritus Mary ane Cheesman Dun Li Ass' tant Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus Professor of History, Emeritus Sanfo d Clarke John McRae Pro£ !ssor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Professor of English, Emeritus Jesse :ooper Raymond Miller Lib~lrian, Emeritus Associate Professor of History, Emeritus Sam ooper Harriet Modemann Pro :ssor of School Personnel Services and Social Librarian, Emeritus Wo k, Emeritus Harold Moldenke John >rabble Professor of Science, Emeritus Pro :ssor of History, Emeritus Marguerite Moreno Herb rt Lee Ellis Professor of Early Childhood Education, Emeritus Pro :ssor of History, Emeritus Robert Nemoff Leon Emrich Professor of Psychology, Emeritus Pro ,essor of Biological Sciences, Emeritus Richard Nickson Ruth ~ern Professor of English, Emeritus Ass ciate Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Elizabeth Rinaldi Louis: Fonken Associate Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus Ass ciate Professor of Physical Education, Emeritus Leonard Rosenberg John 'ulton Professor of Political Science, Emeritus Ass ciate Professor of English, Emeritus William Rubio Moll Geller Professor of Foreign Languages, Emeritus Ass )ciate Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus John Runden Ada Geyer Professor of English, Emeritus Pro 'essor of Secondary Education, Emeritus Alvin Shinn John Gower Professor of Biology, Emeritus Pro :tssor of Educational Administration, Emeritus Louis Stoia Virgi : Granger Professor of Special Education, Emeritus Ass )ciate Professor of English, Emeritus
171 DIRECTORIES
Marguerite Tiffany The William Paterson College Associate Professor of Art, Emeritus Francis Tomedy Board of Trustees Professor of Psychology, Emeritus Henry]. Pruitt,jr., Chair Gabriel Vitalone Clarice B. jackson, Vice Chair Professor of Curriculum and Instruction, Emeritus A. H. Benner, Secretary Paul Vouras Paul Bent, Student Representative Professor of Geography, Emeritus David H. Cheng Lina Walter Russell W. Hawkins Professor of Elementary Education, Emeritus Sol Hoffman Reinhold Walter Martin Martinez Professor of Mathematics, Emeritus Robert Ortense, Student Representative Edward Willis Arnold Speert, President of the College Professor of History, Emeritus Penelope Stohn, Chancellor's Representative Mildred Wittick Robert Taylor Professor of Reading &: Language Arts, Emeritus Lydia Trinidad Felix Yerzley Professor of Physics, Emeritus Memberships MarieYevak American Association for Affirmative Action Professor of School Personnel Services and Social American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business Work, Emeritus American Association of Higher Education jackson Young American Association of State Colleges and Universities Professor of Speech, Emeritus American Association of University Women Frank Zanfmo American Council of Arts Vice President, Emeritus American Council on Education jonas Zweig American League for Nursing Associate Professor of Secondary Education, Emeritus American Math SOciety American Society of Composers Authors and Publishers Accreditations and Certifications (ASCAP) Arts Council of Essex American Chemical Society Association for Computing Machinery American Speech-Language-Hearing Association Association for School, College and University Staffing Educational Standards Board Association for Student judicial Affairs Middle States Association of Colleges and Secondary Association for the Study of Higher Education Schools Association of Colleges and University Auditors National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education Association of Communication Administrators National League for Nursing Association of Governing Boards of Universities and New jersey State Department of Higher Education Colleges New jersey Board of Nursing Association of Performing Arts Presenters National Association of Schools of Music Professional Box Office Management International Services Board Caribbean Studies Association Society for Public Health Education CliftonlPassaic Chamber of Commerce New Jersey Board of Higher College and University Personnel Association College Placement Council Education Council for the Advancement and Support of Education William O. Baker Council of Colleges of Arts and Sciences Sister jacqueline Bums Council of Graduate Programs Charles C. Carella, Esq. Global Studies Consortium julius L. Chambers Greater Paterson Chamber of Commerce Anne Dillman Greater Wayne Chamber of Commerce Thomas H. Gassert, Esq. Hispanic Association of Higher Education of New jersey Robert W. Kean,jr. Institute of Internal Auditors Carolyn P. Landis Intercollegiate Broadcast Systems james]. Marino, Esq. International Communication Association Edward]. Meade,jr. International Council of Fine Arts Deans Albert W. Merck, Chair joint Center for Policy and Economic Studies Alvin]. Rockoff Mathematical Association of America Yvonne M. Shepard Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools Bonnie M. Watson Mid-Atlantic Association of Museums Steve Wiley, Esq., Vice Chair Mid-Atlantic Placement Association Deborah P. Wolfe National Academic Advising Association Edward Goldberg, Chancellor of Higher Education National Association for the Advancement of Colored john Ellis, Commissioner of Education People
172 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
National Association of College and University Business Jeffrey Albies, Associate Director, Athletics. B.S., Long Officers Island University; M.s., Hunter College CUNY. National Association of Foreign Student Affairs: AppointedJanuary 1978. Association of International Educators National Arts Placement Association Julia s. Anderson, Professor, Music. B.S., State College, National Association of Chiefs of Police West Chester, Pennsylvania; M.A., New York University; Nationa~ Association of College Broadcasters S.M.M., Union Seminary, New York City; Ed.D., Teachers National Association of Schools of Music College, Columbia University. AppOinted September National Association of Student Personnel Administrators 1967. Nationall Collegiate Athletic Association National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education Abdolmaboud Ansari, Associate Professor, Sociology. National League for Nursing B.A., Teacher's College; M.A., Tehran University; Ph.D., National Student Exchange New School for Social Research. AppOinted March 1986. National University Continuing Education Association New Jersey Association of Colleges of Teacher Education Nick Assimakopoulos, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. New Jersey Association of Financial Aid Administrators M.S., National University of Athens. AppOinted New Jersey Association of Colleges and Universities September 1968. New Jersey Association of State Financial Aid Administrators Richard Atnally, Professor, English. B.A., St.John'S New Jersey College and University Coalition ofWomens' University, Ph.D., University of Florida. Appointed Educators August 1975. New Jetsey College and University Personnel Association New Je~ey Marine Science Consortium Cordelza Bailey, Assistant Director 1lI, EOF Program. New Je sey Placement Group B.A., Drew University; M.A., The Ohio State University. New Je sey State College Governing Boards Association AppOinted April 1990. North erican Association of Summer Sessions North ersey Regional Chamber of Commerce James D. Baines, Professor, Educational Leadership. B.A., Passaic Valley Chamber of Commerce Southwestern University; M.A., Baylor University, Ph.D., Society for College and University Planning Tulane University. Appointed September 1970. Societ for Human Resources Management Sonne Society of American Music A. Elsie Baires, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.A., Speech Communications Association Montclair State College. Appointed March 1988.
Prot 'ssional Staff Barbara Bakst, Director oflnformation. B.A., Saint Lawrence University. Appointed December 1980. EIIswo ·th]. Abare, Associate Professor, Special Educa on and Counseling. A.B., University of California Vincent Baldassano, Assistant Professor, Educational at Da ·0; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Leadership. B.A., M.A., Jersey City State College; M.A., Appoi ted February 1967. Newark State College; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1970. e Abramson, Associate Professor, Curriculum and I truction. B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., M.Ed., Jane Bambrick, Librarian 2. B.A., College Misericordia; Ed.D., olumbia University. Appointed September 1990. M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed October 1970.
ckerman, Assistant Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Monique Barasch, Assistant Professor, Languages and Paterson College. AppointedJanuary 1979. Cultures. Baccalaureate, Paris; M.A., Rutgers University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1979. Leslie gard-Jones, Assistant Vice PreSident, Minority Educa ion. B.A., M.A., St. John's University. Appointed Colleen Barbarito, Assistant Professor (half time), Septe ber 1970. Nursing. B.s., William Paterson College; M.S., M.s.N., Seton Hall University; AppOinted September 1984. M. Aguirre, Associate Professor, Languages and Cultu s. B.A., M.Phil., CUNY; M.A., Queens College; Tobias]. Barboza, Head Athletic Trainer. B.s., Spring Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1980. field College; M.s., SUNY Albany. Appointed August 1974. itken, Professor, Music. B.S., M.s., Juilliard of Music. Appointed September 1970. Connie Bareford-Gleim, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.A., B.S.N., SUNY Binghamton; M.A., Ph.D., New York Laura Aitken, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. University. Appointed September 1987. B.A., olby College; M.A., Wellesley College; M.s., New niversity; Ph.D., Fordham University. Appointed Julie Barrier, Assistant Director, Continuing Education. ber 1970. B.A., Upsala College; M.A., Kean College; Ed.S., Rutgers University. Appointed October 1985.
173 DIRECTORIES
Anita Barrow, Associate Professor, Anthropology. B.A., Julie Beshore-Bliss, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.A., Ph.D., University of University of Northern Colorado; M.A., M.Ed, Ed.D., California at Berkeley. Appointed September 1984. Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1989. Claudette Barry, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.s.N., St. John's University; M.S.N., Yale University; Ed.D., Seton Richard Blonna, Associate Professor, Health Science. Hall University. Appointed September 1984. B.S., William Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall University; Ed.D., Temple University. Appointed James Barszcz, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Ph.D., September 1986. Rutgers University; M.A., Indiana University. Appointed September 1990. Leonard Bogdon, Director, Data Processing. B.S., King's College., M.P.A., Rutgers University. Appointed October Richard Bartone, Assistant Professor, Communication. 1981. B.F.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1989. Stephen Bolyai, Associate Vice President for Business Services and Controller, Administration and Finance. Neil C. Bassano, Associate Professor, Accounting and B.A., Northeastern University; M.B.A., Fairleigh Law. B.s., M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University. Dickinson University. AppOinted February 1988. Appointed September 1979. Sherle Boone, Professor, Psychology. B.A., North Jeannette Bechert, Director, Analysis and Response Carolina Central University; Ed.M., Ed. D., Rutgers Center, Admissions. B.S., Ramapo College; M.Ed., University. AppOinted September 1975. William Paterson College. AppOinted May 1983. Michael R. Boroznoff, Assistant Registrar. B.A., William Svea Becker, Associate Professor, Movement Science and Paterson College. AppOinted September ·1976. Leisure Studies. B.s., Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; Teaching Richard Bradberry, Director, Library Services. B.S., Certificate in Labanotation, Dance Notation Bureau. Alabama State University; M.S., Atlanta University; Ph.D., Appointed September 1968. University of Michigan. AppointedJuly 1992.
Edward Bell, Professor, Educational Leadership. B.S., Claudia Broglio, Managing Assistant Director, Personnel. Ohio State University; M.A., New York University; Ed.D., B.A., Montclair State College. AppOinted April 1985. Fordham University. Appointed September 1975. Paulette Brower-Garrett, Assistant Director Advisement Ruth Bendetovitch, Assistant Professor, Economics and Center. B.A., Drew University; M.A., Seton Hall Finance. B.A., Hebrew University; M.B.A., Graduate University. Appointed April 1988. School of Business, New York University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1990. James Andrew Brown, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Calvin College; M.F.A., Western Michigan University. Robert Benno, Associate Professor, Biology. B.S., M.S., Appointed September 1982. Tulane University; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Appointed September 1982. Stephen L. Bryant, Associate Professor, Music. B.M., Oberlin College; M.A., William Paterson College; M.M., Sidney F. Berman, Associate Professor, Communication. University of Michigan. Appointed September 1989. B.A., M.A., Brooklyn College CUNY. Appointed September 1961. James Bufano, Associate Professor, Chemistry, Physics. A.B., Montclair State College; M.s., Stevens Institute of Vishwa Bhat, Assistant Professor, Communication Technology. Appointed September 1962. Disorders. B.S., M.s., University of Mysore; Ph.D., University of Texas. Appointed October 1989. Edward Bums, Associate Professor, English. B.A., Brooklyn College, CUNY; Ph.D., City University of New Robert Bing, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. York. Appointed September 1989. A.B., Rutgers University;].D., Georgetown University. Appointed September 1974. Ann R. Cacoullos, Associate Professor, Philosophy". B.A., Barnard College; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Kathryn Black, Instructor (half time), Environmental Appointed September 1989. Science/Geography. B.A., William Paterson College; M.A., University of Oklahoma. Appointed September Joseph Caffarelli, Associate Director, Residence Life. 1989. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. AppOinted February 1990.
Robbie Cagnina, Director, Affirmative Action. B.A., M.A., Rutgers University. AppointedJanuary 1984.
174 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Robert F. Callahan, Professor, Biology. B.S., lona Ana Class-Rivera, Director, Educational Opportunity Colleg~; M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University. Appointed Fund Program. B.A., St. Peter's College; M.A., jersey City january' 1966. State College. AppOinted October 1984.
Timothy Carlin, Director, Academic Computing, Daniel Cleary, Electronic Technician, Communication. Academic Affairs. B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., M.Ed., B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed February Columbia University. Appointed August 1987. 1988.
AnthOI!ty Cavotto, Director, Auxiliary Services, Student Nicholas Clemente, Assistant Professor (half time), Centeri B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed Art. B.A., Wilkes College; M.F.A., Instituto Allende. Septenjber 1976. Appointed September 1990.
Zofia ~:egielnik, Data Processing Programmer 1. B.S.e., Anthony Coletta, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. M.s.e.1 Warsaw College of Agriculture. Appointed B.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall Febru~ry 1980. University; Ph.D., University of Connecticut. Appointed September 1973. Maya q:hadda, Professor, Political Science. B.A., Bombay Univer!>ity; M.A., New York University; Ph.D., New Michelle Collins, Assistant Director, Advisement Center. School for Social Research. Appointed September 1977. B.A., Stockton State College. Appointed August 1988.
Jerome P. Chamberlain, Associate Professor, Communi Sheila Collins, Associate Professor, Political Science. cation. B.A., Indiana University; M.A., New School for B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Columbia University; Social ~esearch. Appointed September 1977. Ph.D., The Union Institute. Appointed September 1990.
Shirle Chambers, Assistant Director of Financial Aid. Murray Colosimo, Instructor (half time), Music. B.M., B.A., illiam Paterson College. Appointed October 1989. M.M., M.Ed., Manhattan School of Music. AppOinted September 1990. Chao, Associate Professor, Languages and Cultu . B.A., National Taiwan University; Diploma, Kathleen A. Connolly, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., Ph.D., University of Lille. Appointed September 1975. Georgetown University; M.Ed., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1975. Cheetham, Academic Computing Support Specia ist, School of Science and Mathematics. B.Se., Theodore Cook, Assistant Professor, History. B.A., Unive sity of East Anglia. Appointed November 1988. Trinity College; M.A., University of London; Ph.D., Princeton University. Appointed September 1988. Li Hs' ng S. Cheo, Professor, Computer Science. B.s., Natio al Cheng Kung University; M.S., University of judith A. Coomes, Associate Professor, Mathematics. Califo ia at Berkeley; Ph.D., New York University. B.A., Montclair State College; M.S., University of Toledo. Appoi Ited September 1972. Appointed September 1966.
Robe H. Chesney, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., Gilbert Correa, Assistant Director of Student Develop Ph.D., University of Virginia. Appointed September 1985. ment. B.A., Fordham University; M.A., Hunter College. AppOinted September 1991. Elena . Chopek, Associate Professor, Communication Disor ers. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Ed.D., Vicki Lynn Coyle, Instructor (half time), Nursing. B.S., Teach rs College, Columbia University. Appointed Trenton State College; M.S.N., Rutgers University. Septe ber 1968. Appointed january 1990.
Choudhary, Assistant Professor, Computer Scott Crain, Electronic Technician, Communication. B.A . . B.S., Indian Institute of Technology; M.S., Ph.D., William Paterson College. Appointedjuly 1988. hnic University. Appointed September 1989. june Cuddihy, Assistant Professor (half time), Nursing. Christensen, Coordinator of Graduate Services, B.S., D'Youville College; M.S.N., Seton Hall University, Enro ent Management. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson 1979. AppointedJanuary 1982. Unive 'sity, M.A., Central Michigan University. Ap july 1989. Marina Cunningham, Assistant Director, Continuing Education. B.A., University of Illinois; Ph.D., Northwest E. Cioffari, Professor, English. B.A., St.john's ern University. Appointedjanuary 1988. Unive sity; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed Febril ry 1966. Neil Curtis, Instructor, Movement Science and Leisure Studies, B.S., Boston University; M.S., University of Ted laney, Program Assistant, Shea Center for Arizona; M.Ed., Columbia University, 1986. Appointed Perfo ing Arts. Appointed September 1988. September 1991.
175 DIRECTORIES
Carol D'Aliara, Assistant Director, Recreation Services. Mildred I. Dougherty, Associate Professor, Curriculum B.A. Lehman College, CUNY; M.Ed. Utah State and Instruction. B.Ed., University of Alberta; M.A., University. Appointed September 1988. William Paterson College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1968. Nicholas D'Ambrosio, Associate Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. Michael Driscoll, Director, Alumni Affairs. B.A., William AppOinted September 1958. Paterson College; M.A., Seton Hall University. Appointed August 1982. Donita D'Amico, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S., William Paterson College; Ed.M., Teachers College, William Duffy, Librarian 1. A.B., Seton Hall University; Columbia University. Appointed September 1977. M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed March 1980.
Georgia Daniel, Director, Financial Aid. B.B.A., M.B.A., Larry Duncan, Accountant, Business Services. B.A., University of Toledo. Appointed April 1992. Lincoln University. Appointed August 1978.
Alice Davis, Associate Director, PersonneL B.A., M.S., Harold Dunn, Electronic Technician, Communication. Rutgers University. Appointed June 1988. AppOinted May 1988.
Roy G. Davis, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. Edward Dwyer, Supervisor, PurchaSing and Services. B.S., Washington and Lee University; M.B.A., Rutgers B.A., St. Francis College-New York State College. University; New Jersey CPA. Appointed September 1972. AppOinted October 1973.
Alice Deakins, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Linda]. Dye, Professor, Movement Science and Leisure Whitworth College; M.A., University of Washington; Studies. B.S., Bowling Green State University; M.5., Ph.D., Columbia University. AppOinted September 1988. Springfield College; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1967. Leo DeBartolo, Director of Admissions. B.A., Saint Michael's College; M.Ed., University of Vermont; M.A., Ana N. Eapen, Professor, Economics and Finance. B.5., New School for So~ial Research. Appointed October University of the Philippines; M.A., Ph.D., University of 1987. Michigan. Appointed September 1973.
Elizabeth DeGroot, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Arthur Eason, Director, Athletics. B.A., Montclair New York University. AppOinted September 1961. StateColiege; M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September 1970. Patricia Delehanty, Women's Basketball Coach. B.S., Rutgers University. Appointed August 1986. Beatrice E. Eastman, Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.A.,Vassar College; M.A., New York University; M.A., Octavio De La Suaree, Professor, Languages and Hunter College CUNY; Ph.D., Fordham University. Cultures. B.A., University of Miami; M.A., Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1977. Appointed September 1973. Melvin A. Edelstein, Professor, History. B.A., University Danielle DesRoches, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., of Chicago; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. Appointed Hunter College CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., City University of September 1973. New York. Appointed September 1981. Catarina T. F. Edinger, Associate Professor, English. Raymond]. DesRoches, Professor, Music. B.A., M.M., B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Sao Paulo. Appointed Manhattan School of Music. Appointed September 1970. September 1985. .
Sandra DeYoung, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Nancy Einreinhofer, Gallery Director. B.A., M.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., Ed.M., Ed.D., William Paterson College. AppOinted September 1980. Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1985. Vilma Elliott, Assistant Director of EOF. B.A., M.A., Hunter College. Appointed October 1991. Rosa Diaz, Publications WriterlEditor. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Syracuse UniverSity. Appointed]une Robi~ Endicott, Assistant Director, Alumni Affairs. B.A. 1990. Dickinson College. Appointed June 1990.
Gopal C. Dorai, Professor, Economics and Finance. B.A., Robert Erler, Librarian 3. B.A., M.A., Notre Dame; Panjab University; M.A., University of Delhi; Ph.D., M.L.S., University of Texas. AppointedJuly 1989. Wayne State University. Appointed September 1974. Mark Evangelista, Registrar. B.A., M.Ed., William Paterson College. AppOinted September 1970.
176 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Douglass Evans, Assistant Professor, Communication. Dianne Franconeri, NewswriterlMedia Specialist. B.A., B.s., Wel;t Virginia State College; M.s., Indiana Duquesne University; M.A., University of Notre Dame. Universilty; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed October 1988. Appoint(:d September 1982. Marie-Louise Friquegnon, Associate Professor, Mitchell Fahrer, Director, Campus Events Services, B.A., Philosophy. B.A., Barnard College; M.A., Ph.D., New Temple University; M.B.A. Indiana University of York University. Appointed September 1969. Pennsylvania. Appoint~d May 1988. Pamela Fueshko, Executive Assistant for Administration Judith Palk, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and and Finance. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Instruction. B.s., University of Katisas; M.Ed., University Appointed September 1978. of Virginia, Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1988. James Fugate, Director of Field Labgratory Experiences. B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Timothy W. Fanning, Associate Vice President for Appointed March 1992. . Administration and Finance. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1971. . Gerald Gallagher, Head Football Coach/Academic Coordinator. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed Leslie Farber, Instructor, Art. B.A., M.F.A., University of July 1989. Michigan. Appointed September 1986. James M. Gallo, Associate Professor, Educational Ming Fay, Assistant Professor, Art. B.F.A., Kansas City Leadership. B.s., St. Peter's College; M.A. Montclair State Art Ins itute; M.F.A., University of California at Santa College; D.P.A., Nova University. Appointed September Bllrba .Appointed September 1985. 1964.
Joan Feeley, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. Donald Garcia, Associate Profj::ssor, Music. B.M., Sanford B.A., C lIege Misericordia; M.S., Hunter College CUNY; University; M.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., ew York University. Appointed September 1971. B.S., M.S.,Juilliard School of Music. Appointea September 1971. Richar Felton, Internal Auditor, Administration and Financ '. B.A., Bloomfield College; M.B.A., Manhattan E. Eileen Gardner, Assistant Professor, Biology. B.S., Colleg . AppointedJuly 1987. Northwestern University; Ph.D., University of Texas, Austin. Appointed September 1987. Paul D Finney, Assistant Professor, Music. B.s., M.S., Univer ity of Illinois. Appointed September 1965. Cathryn Lea Gaur, Director, Speech and Hearing Clinic. B.A., M.A., Louisiana State University. Appointed March James . Fitzsimmons, Associate Professor, Curriculum 1992. and In truction. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Willia Paterson College; M.A., University of Oklahoma; Louis Gaydosh, Associate Professor, Computer Science. M.A., 'olumbia University. Appointed September 1966. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Fordham University. Appointed January 1979. Flint, Associate Professor, Sociology. B.S., North a A & T State University; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers Judith Gazdag, Director, Academic Advisement Center. ity. Appointed September 1984. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. AppointedJuly 1980.
A. Foley, Professor, Music. B.M. Oberlin Carole E. Gelfer, Assistant Professor, Communication ; M.A., Columbia University; D.M.A., University Disorders. B.A., State University College at Cortland; igan. Appointed September 1973. M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., City University of New York. Appointed September 1988. Donat D. Fornuto, Professor, Music. B.A., City College CUN ; M.A., Hunter College CUNY; Ed.D., Teachers Gary Gerardi, Associate Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. Colle ,Columbia University. ApP?inted September B.s., Manhattan College; M . .s., Ph.D., St.John's 1967. University. Appointed September 1977.
Ignaf E. Foti, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.s., St. Timothy Gerne, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. John' University; M.A., New York University. Appointed A.B., St. Peter's College; M.A., Seton Hall University; Janua 1975. Ed.D., New York University. Appointed September 1966.
ountoukidis, Director of Planning, Research and Arabinda Ghosh, Associate Professor, Economics and Eva! tion, B.A., Allegheny College; M.A., University of Finance. M.A., Calcutta University; M.A., University of Michi an; Ed.D., Rutgers. Appointed October 1985. Wisconsin; Ph.D., City UniverSity of New York. Appointed September 1984.
177 DIRECTORIES
Katherine Gill, Assistant Professor, Movement Science Frank Grippo, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. and Leisure Studies. Ph.D., Florida State University. B.A., Seton Hall University; M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson Appointed September 1990. University; New jersey C.P.A. Appointed September 1979. Barbara Gillespie, Nurse, Student Services. RN, Paterson General Hospital School of Nursing. Appointed joan Griscom, Instructor (half time), Women's Studies. September 1982. B.A., Vassar College; M.A., University of Minnesota; M.R.E., Union Theological Seminary; Ph.D., New York Ronald Glassman, Professor, Sociology. B.A., Queens University. AppOinted September 1987. College; M.A., Ohio State University; Ph.D., New School for Social Research. Appointed September 1979. Michele Grodner, Assistant Professor, Health Science. B.A., Rutgers University; M.Ed., Ed.D., Teachers College, Eleanor M. Goldstein, Professor, Mathematics. B.S., City Columbia University. Appointed September 1987. College CUNY; M.S., Case Institute of Technology; Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1969. Seymour Grossman, Supervising Accountant, Business Services. B.A., Rutgers University. Appointed April 1970. Marjorie T. Goldstein, Associate Professor, Special Education and Counseling. B.A., Syracuse University; Carol S. Gruber, Professor, History. B.A., Brandeis M.A., George Washington University; Ph.D., Yeshiva University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed University. Appointed September 1983. january 1977.
Cynthia Gramlich-Covello, Head Field Hockey and Bruce A. Gulbranson, Professor, Theatre. B.S., New Softball Coach. B.A., William Paterson College. Bedford Institute of Textiles and Technology; M.A., Appointed October 1987. University of Virginia; M.5., Institute of Textile Technology; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Barbara M. Grant, Professor, Curriculum and Instruc University. AppOinted September 1966. tion. B.5., William Paterson College; M.Ed., University of Virginia; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Nan Guptill, Professor, Music. B.M., M.M., University of Appointed September 1963. Wisconsin. Appointed September 1969.
Neil G. Grant, Associate Professor, Biology. B.5., Martin E. Hahn, Professor, Biology. B.A., Ohio State University of Illinois; Ph.D., University of North University; M.A., Ph.D., Miami University, Ohio. Carolina. Appointed September 1977. AppOinted September 1973.
Sabrina Grant, Assistant Director of Athletics. B.A., M.5., Stephen Hahn, Associate Professor, English; Director, Queens College. Appointed September 1983. General Education. B.A., Amherst College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Septemberl984. Will B. Grant, Professor, Theatre. B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., Michael Hailparn, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Fresno Cornell University. Appointed September 1970. State College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1965. judith Green, Professor, Psychology. A.B., Bard College; Ph.D., University of Rochester School of Medicine. Linda Harnalian, Associate Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Appointed September 1977. City College CUNY; Ph.D., Temple University. Ap pointed Septemberl984. Francine Greenbaum, Assistant Director, Career Services. B.A., California State University; M.A., Sally N. Hand, Professor, English. B.A., University of Lindenwood College.Appointed March 1982. Georgia; M.A., Florida State University; Ph.D., New York University. AppOinted September 1964. George Gregoriou, Associate Professor, Political Science. B.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September Sharon R. Hanks, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., 1968. Scripps College; M.s., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1974. Reginald Grier, Associate Professor, Accounting and Law. B.A., City College CUNY; M.S.C., Ed.D., George Cinzia Hannibal, Assistant Director of Transfer Washington University. Appointed September 1981. Admissions. B.A., Andr~s Bello Catholic University, Venezuela. AppOinted September 1990. joanne Griffin, Accountant 1, Business Services. B.5., Montclair State College. Appointed February 1980. Berch Haroian, Professor, Economics and Finance. B.B.A., City College CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. AppOinted August 1978.
178 I I PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Brenda Harris, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Douglass Charles Hirschkind, Accountant 3, Business Services. College; M.Ed., Trenton State College. Appointed B.B.A.,Saintjohn's University; M.B.A., Baruch College. September 1977. Appointed Februaryl988.
Ruth Harrison, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., David Horton, Assistant Professor (half time), Art. University of San Francisco; M.A., New York University. B.F.A., M.A., Ohio State University. Appointed Septem Appointed September 1989. ber 1983.
joan R. Hartman, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., jennifer Hsu, Associate Professor, Communication Fairleigh Dickinson University; M.A., New York Disorders. B.A., University of California at Berkeley; University. Appointed September 1965. M.A., Gallaudet College; M.A., Ph.D., City University of New York. Appointed September 1979. Theresa Hauer, Data Programmer 3. B.S., William Paterson College. Appointed December 1984. Ching Yeh Hu, Professor, Biology. B.S., Taiwan Agriculture College; M.5., Ph.D., West Virginia james D. Hauser, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University. Appointed September1969. University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1970. Erh-Wen Hu, Associate Professor, Computer Science. Thomas B. Haver, Associate Professor, Psychology. B.5., B.S., Cheng-Kung University; M.S., University of Seton Hall University; M.A., New York University. Cincinnati; M.s., SUNY Stony Brook; Ph.D., Polytechnic Appointed February 1967. Institute of New York. Appointed September 1978.
Suzan e Law Hawes, Professor, Health Science. Seton Patricia A. Huber, Associate Professor, Movement Hill C . lIege; B.S., Columbia University; M.A., Teachers Science and Leisure Studies. B.S., M.Ed., North Texas Colleg , Columbia University; Ed.D., Rutgers University. State University; Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed Appoi ted july 1978. September 1968. john avid Haxton, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Lenore B. Hummel, Professor, Special Education and Unive sity of South Florida; M.F.A., University of Counseling. B.S., Queens College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers Michi an. Appointed September 1974. College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1960. joann Hayden, Assistant Professor, Health Science. B.A., M.A., ontclair State College; Ph.D., New York jane Hutchison, Librarian 1. B.A., North Carolina State Unive sity. Appointed September 1990. University; M.L.S., University of North Carolina. Appointed December 1982 . . Hayes, Professor, Special Education and Cou ling. B.5., Winston-Salem University; M.S., City Stella Hyman, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Unive sity of New York; Professional Diploma, Teachers Syracuse University; M.S., New York University. Colle ,Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., New York Appointed September 1968. Unive sity. Appointed September 1964. Allen Isaacson, Associate Professor, Biology. B.S., City Thorn Heinzen, Assistant Professor, Psychology. College CUNY; M.A., Harvard University; Ph.D., New B.S.G. "., Rockford College; Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed York University. Appointed September 1969. Septe ber 1991. Anthony Izzo, Accountant 1, Business Services. B.S., Hollie Heller-Ramsay, Assistant Professor (half time), Rider College. Appointed October 1978. Art. B. ., University of Delaware; M.F.A., Rochester Instit te of Technology. Appointed September 1989. Richardj. jaarsma, Professor, English. A.B., Hope College; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Kimb rly Heuser, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.A. September 1969. Penns lvania State College. Appointed March 1986. j. Thomasjable, Professor, Movement Science and Ann] Hill, Librarian 2. B.A., Cornell University; M.L.S., Leisure Studies. B.S., University of Dayton; M.A., M.Ed., Rutge s University. Appointed March 1986. Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Appointed December 1975. josep Vinson Hill, Assistant Professor, Music. B.A., Dar~ outh College. Appointed january 1977. Drew jacobs, General Manager ofWPSC-FM. B.A., M.A., University of South Dakota. Appointed August 1989. Karen Hilberg, Assistant Director, Recreational Services. M.S., ndiana University; B.S., University of New Mahendrajani, Associate Professor, Mathematics. B.S., Hamp hire. Appointed March 1992. Gujarat University; M.S., Ph.D., City University of New York. Appointed September 1980.
179 DIRECTORIES
Amy G. Job, librarian 1. B.A., M.A., Montclair State Ki Hee Kim, Professor, Marketing and Management College; M.L.S., Rutgers University. Appointed Septem Sciences. B.A., Dan Kook University; M.A., Ph.D., ber 1968. University of Texas. Appointed September 1980.
Man-HingJoe, Accountant 3, Business Services. B.S., Gary Kirkpatrick, Professor, Music. B.M., Eastman Pace University. Appointed March 1984. School of Music; Artist's Diploma, Academy for Music and Dramatic Arts, Vienna. Appointed September 1973. JacobJohnson, Assistant Director, Admissions. B.A., Ithaca College. Appointed December 1986. RobertJ. Kloss, Professor, English. B.s., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Walter Johnson, Assistant Vice President for Administra Appointed September 1969. tion and Finance. B.S., Howard University; M.B.A., Rutgers University. Appointed February 1988. Daniel Kolak, Assistant Professor, Philosophy. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland. Appointed John S. Jordan, Associate Professor, English. B.A., September 1989. University of California at Los Angeles; Diploma in Education, University of East Africa; M.Ed., Ph.D., Mary Ellen Kramer, Director of Community Affairs. B.A., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed Mary Washington College; M.A., George Washington September 1974. University. Appointedjanuary 1980.
MarthaJunta, Nurse, Student Services. B.A., jersey City Henry Krell, Dean of Students. B.S., Utah State Univer State CollegelHackensack School of Nursing. Appointed sity; M.A., University of Connecticut. Appointed June 1984. February 1992.
Charles Jury, Director,Information Management Jeffrey Kresky, Professor, Music. B.A., Columbia College; Systems. B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University. Appointed M.F.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. Appointed january 1971. September 1973.
Gloria Just, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.s. Upsala Neil Kressel, Assistant Professor, Psychology. B.A., M.A., CollegeJMountainside Hospital; M.A., Ed.M., Teachers Brandeis University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. College, Columbia University; Ph.D, New York Appointed September1985. University. Martin Krivin, Professor, Music. B.S., State Teachers Sheldon Kagan, Assistant Professor, Communication. College, Indiana, Pennsylvania; M.A., New York B.A. Hunter College, CUNY; M.A., New York University; University; Ph.D., State University of Iowa. Appointed Ph.D, University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September September 1960. 1991. Barbara Kurek, Assistant Director, Financial Analysis. Diana Kalish, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.A., B.A. William Paterson College. AppOinted September Brooklyn College CUNY; M.A., Yeshiva University; 1978. Ph.D., CUNY. AppOinted September 1985. Susan Kuveke, Associate Professor, Special Education Meyer Kaplan, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Hunter and Counseling. B.S., SUNY Oneonta; M.Ed., University College CUNY; M.A., Adelphi College; Ph.D., Stevens of Illinois; Ph.D., Yeshiva University. Appointed Institute of Technology. Appointed September 1969. September 1974.
Rochelle Kaplan, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Hidong K. Kwon, Librarian 1. B.A., Yonsei University; Instruction. B.A., Brooklyn College; M.A., New York M.L.S., Columbia University; M.A., Montclair State University; Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1988. College. Appointed September 1966.
Leandro Katz, Assistant Professor, Communication. Stanley Kyriakides, Professor, Political Science. A.B., B.A.,Universidad Nacional Buenos Aires. Appointed Brooklyn College CUNY; M.B.A., Ph.D., New York September 1987. University. Appointed September 1965.
Erin Kelleher, Assistant Director of Career Services. B.A., Sung Y. La, Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. B.S., West Western New England College; M.Ed., Springfield Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., University of Connecti College. AppointedJanuary 1992. cut; Ph.D., University of Connecticut. AppOinted September 1968. Marilyn Kievit, Accountant, Business Services. Ap pointed july 1951.
180 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Susan A. Laubach, Associate Professor, Movement John Livingston, Assistant Professor, History. B.S., Science and Leisure Studies. B.s., Douglass College; Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Princeton M.Ed., Rutgers University; Ed.D., Teachers College, University. Appointed September 1988. Columbia University. Appointed September 1966. Peter Ljutic, Bursar. B.s., Mercy College. Appointed Martin M. Laurence, Professor, Economics and Finance. August 1989. B.s., Columbia University; M.B.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1970. Marcelo Llarull, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. M.A., State University of New York at Stony Brook; Ph.D., Alan H. Lazarus, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., M.F.A., SUNY-Stony Brook. Appointed September 1990. Rochester Institute of Technology. Appointed September 1974. Anthony Lolli, Vice President for Enrollment Manage ment and Student Services. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University Charles W. Lee, Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. B.S., M.S., of Connecticut. Appointed March 1989. University of Chicago; Ph.D., Texas A & M University. Appointed September 1977. Jay F. Ludwig, Professor, Theatre. B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., Bowling Green University; Ph.D., Howard B. Leighton, Professor, Art. B.S., University of University of Illinois. Appointed September 1961. Cincinnati; B.S., Miami University, Ohio; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed Karl R. Lunde, Professor, Art. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., September 1962. Columbia University. AppOinted September 1970.
Tina R Lesher, Assistant Professor, Communication. Sharon Ann Lynch, Professional Services Specialist IV, B.A., eelingjesuit College; M.A., University of Communication Disorders; M.A., Montclair State .; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed College, 1975. Appointed September 1991. ber 1989. H. Dorothy Maciorowski, Associate Professor, Nursing. Cho n Leung, Professor, Economics and Finance. B.A., B.S., jersey City State College; Ed.M., Teachers College, Hwa K u University, Hong Kong; M.A., Ph.D., New York Columbia University. Appointed September 1968. Unive ity. Appointed September 1974. Richard Macri, Accountant, Business Services. B.A., Gloria A. Leventhal, Professor, Psychology. A.B., Hunter Fairleigh Dickinson University. Appointed September Colleg CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., Yeshiva UniverSity. 1987. Appoi ted September 1972. Clyde Magarelli, Assistant Professor, Sociology. B.A., Donal M. Levine, Professor, Biology. B.A., University of M.A., University of Maryland; Ph.D., SUNY Binghamton. Vermo t; M.s., University of Rhode Island; Ph.D., Appointed September 1967. Unive ity of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1962. Charles]. Magistro, Associate Professor, Art. B.F.A., Jean L vitan, Associate Professor, Health Science. B.A., Carnegie-Mellon University; M.F.A., Ohio State estern Reserve University; M.A., New York University.Appointedjanuary 1977. ity; Ph.D.,New York University. Appointed ber 1978. Sandeep Maheshwari, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.T., Indian Institute of Technology; D.Sc., Washington Levy, Associate Director of Library Services, University. Appointed September 1987. Reade Services. B.A., New York University; M.L.S., Pratt Institu e. Appointed May 1979. Carol Ann Mahoney, Assistant Professor (half time), Nursing. B.S., Catholic University; M.S., University of Au Lewis, Assistant Director, Counseling. B.S., City Maryland. Appointedjanuary 1992. CUNY; M.S., University of Bridgeport. Appointed 78. Kathleen Malanga, Head of Reference, Librarian 2. B.A., Douglass College; M.L.S., University of Texas. Appointed Clifto Liddicoat, Associate Professor, Economics and September 1983. Finan1e. B.S., East Stroudsburg State College; M.A., Templ~ University. Appointed September 1966. Anthony M. Maltese, Professor, Communication B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Judith! Echeveria Linder, Assistant Director, Community University; Ph.D., Ohio University. Appointed September AffairS. B.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1960. 1987. : John R. Mamone, Associate Professor, Educational Stuart G. Lisbe, Professor, Health Science. B.S., M.s., Leadership. B.A., Thiel College; Diploma, University of City College CUNY; Ed.D., SUNY Buffalo. Appointed Madrid; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ed.D., Rutgers September 1968. University. Appointed September 1969.
181 DIRECTORIES
Rita Manas, Director III, Office of Minority Education. Charles McMickle, Professional Services Specialist II, B.A., Kean College; M.A., Seton Hall University, Ph.D., Communication. M.A., New York University. Appointed Rutgers, The State University. Appointed April 1990. September 1987.
Carl]. Mancuso, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.s., Susan P. McNamara, Associate Vice President for University of Scranton; M.A., Montclair State College. Academic Affairs and Associate Provost. Professor, Appointed Septemberl967. English. B.A., Lake Erie College; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed james Manning, Associate Professor, Movement Science September 1967. and Leisure Studies. B.s., M.S., Niagara University; M.s., Indiana State University; Ph.D., University of Maryland. Daniel Meaders, Assistant Professor, History. B.A., Appointedjanuary 1984. College of Staten Island; M.A., Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed September 1991. Fort P. Manno, Professor, English. B.A., Bates College; M.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University of Kenneth Medaska, Assistant Registrar. B.A., William Minnesota. Appointed September 1966. Paterson College. Appointed April 1980.
Stephen Marcone, Professor, Music. B.A., M.M.E., Ed.D., Ashot Merijanian, Professor, Chemi$tryfPhysics. B.Sc., Syracuse University. Appointed September 1984. Abadan Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., The University of Texas at Austin. Appointed September joseph Martinelli, Sports Information Director, Athletics. 1966. B.S., Clarion State College; M.S., Indiana University of Pennsylvania. Appointed October 1987. Gregory Miles, Administrative Services Assistant, Administration and Finance. B.A., William Paterson Rosanne T. Martorella, Professor, Sociology. B.A., City College. AppointedJuly 1987. College CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., New School for Social Research. Appointed September 1977. Brian Mills, Data Processing Systems Programmer. B.A., University of Colorado. Appointed September 1982. Edward Matthews, Assistant Production Designer, Theatre. B.A., SUNY Plattsburg; M.A., Idaho State Barbara D. Milne, Director of Student Programs. B.A., University. AppointedJuly 1987. William Paterson College; M.B.A., Fairleigh Dickinson University. AppOinted April 1978. William Matthews, Associate Professor, Marketing and Management Sciences. B.s., University of Durham; Donna Minnich, Resident Director, Residence Life. B.S., M.B.A., D.B.A., Harvard University. Appointed September Pennsylvania State University. Appointed September 1989. 1989.
Anthony]. Mazzella, Professor, English. B.A., Seton Hall Eugene Mitchell, Associate Director of Library Services, University; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed Collection Management. B.A., Canisius College; M.L.S., September 1968. Ph.D., Rutgers University. AppointedJune 1974.
Robert]. McCalhim, Associate Professor, Environmental Virginia R. Mollenkott, Professor, English. A.B., Bob Science/Geography. B.S., Clarkson College; Ph.D., Jones University; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., New University of Minnesota. Appointed September 1978. York University. Appointed September 1967.
Vernon McClean, Professor, African, African-American Alberto Montare, Professor, Psychology. B.A., M.S., City and Caribbean Studies. B.A., St. Augustine'S College; University CUNY; Ph.D., Yeshiva University. AppOinted M.A., Atlanta University; Ed.D., Teachers College, September 1980. Columbia University. Appointed September 1969. Marie Monteagudo, Librarian 3. B.A., Douglass College; jonathan McCoy, Associate Director of Admissions. B.A., M.L.S., Rutgers University. AppointedJanuary 1990. Montclair State College. AppOinted October 1988. Barry Morganstern, Associate Professor, Communica Marie McElgunn, Assistant Professor (half-time), tion. B.s., M.S., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., Nursing. B.S., M.s., Hunter Bellevue-CUNY. Appointed University of Missouri. Appointed September 1981. September 1979. William Muir, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., M.s., Richard McGuire, Bookstore Manager. B.A., William University of Michigan. Appointed September 1960. Paterson College. Appointed November 1977. Marie Murphy-Radford, Librarian 1. B.A., Trenton State Lester McKee, Biology Program Assistant. B.A., Dillard College; M.L.S., Syracuse University. Appointed University. Appointed September 1988. September 1984.
182 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Robert ~urphy, Supervisor of Audio Visual Services. Nancy Norville, Dean, Enrollment Management, B.s., Saint Peter's College. Appointed December 1987. Enrollment Management and Student Services. B.A., West Virginia Wesleyan College; M.A., Drew University. Helena Myers, Assistant Director, Financial Aid. B.A., Appointed November 1986. William Paterson College. Appointed December 1975. Frances Novick, Librarian 2. B.S., Kean College; M.L.S., Phillip E. Myers, Assistant Vice President for Graduate Rutgers University. AppointedJune 1986. Studies and Research. B.A., M.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D., University of Iowa. Appointed March 1992. Gladys Nussenbaum, Associate Professor, Languages and Cultures. B.A., Adelphi University; M.A., State University Wilbur S. Myers, Associate Professor, Movement Science of Iowa; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed and Lei$ure Studies. B.S., Slippery Rock State College; September 1980. M.S., Pennsylvania State University. Appointed September 1962. John O'Connor, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., Cornell University; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard University. Appointed Stephanie Mykietyn, Box Office Manager, School of the July 1987. Arts and Communication. B.A., Montclair State College; M.F.A., Brooklyn College. Appointed November 1985. Margaret O'Connor, Associate Professor, Music. B.Mus., Newton College; M.Mus., D.M.A., Boston University. Irwin Nack, Associate Professor, History. A.B., Long Appointed September 1977. Island University; M.A., Columbia University. Appointed September 1964. Marie Octobre, Librarian 3. B.A., M.L.S., St.John'S University. Appointed December 1991. John Najarian, Associate Professor, Computer Science. B.s., M.Phil., Ph.D., CUNY. Appointed September 1985. Monica O'Donnell, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Ramapo College of New Jersey. Appointed January 1987. Sarah Nalle, Associate Professor, History. A.B., Bryn Mawr College; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University. Kay Oglesby, Job Location and Development Coordina Appointed September 1986. tor, Career Services. B.A., University of Michigan. AppointedJunel986. Prabhaker Nayak, Professor, Marketing and Management Sciences. B.A., U.B., University of Bombay; M.A., M.B.A., Catherine O'Grady, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., Indiana University; Ph.D., New York University. Georgetown University; M.A., University of Nebraska, Appointed September 1970. Omaha; M.Eci., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed September 1987. Martin Neilan, Physician, Health Services. B.A., Rutgers University; M.D., Autonomous University of Guadalajara, lmafidon Olaye, Assistant Professor, Communication. School of Medicine. AppOinted March 1987. B.A., M.A.,M.P.A., California State University; Ph.D., Ohio University. Appointed September 1984. Charlotte Nekola, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., Drew University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. Albert Oratio, Associate Professor, Communication Appointed September 1988. Disorders. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University. AppOinted September Helene Nemeth, Tests and Measurement Specialist, 1978. Center for Academic Support. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. AppointedJanuary 1989. Muriel Orlovsky, Personnel Officer. B.B.A., CUNY. Appointed September 1968. Sheri Newberger, Orchestra Manager. B.A., Hunter College; M.A., William Paterson College; M.S., Brooklyn Priscilla Orr, Director, Center for Academic Support. College. Appointed September 1988. B.A., University of Montana, M.A., Columbia University. Appointed August 1984. Lori Newman, Area Coordinator of Residence Life. B.A., M.A., Rider College. Appointed September 1990. CarmenJ. Ortiz, Assistant Director Ill, Educational Opportunity Fund Program, B.A., M.A., William Paterson Richard Nirenberg, Director of College Relations. B.S., College. Appointed September 1990. Northwestern University. Appointed November 1991. Virginia G. Overdorf, Professor, Movement Science and Andrew Noetzel, Associate Professor, Computer Science. Leisure Studies. A.B., Ohio Wesleyan University; M.S., B.E.E., City College of New York; Ph.D., University of Indiana University; M.A., Montclair State College; Ed.D., Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1990. Columbia University. Appointed September 1967.
183 DIRECTORIES
Behnaz Pakizegi, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Macalester Frank Petrozzino, Assistant Director, Campus Events College; Ph.D., Cornell University. Appointed September Services, B.A., Montclair State College. AppOinted August 1977. 1988.
Richard Pardi, Assistant Professor, Environmental Jacques Pluss, Associate Professor, History. B.A., Science/Geography. B.A., Queens College; M.A., Queen Lafayette College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Chicago. College; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed Appointed September 1984. September 1984. Kenneth Pokrowski, Assistant Registrar. B.A., Montclair Lucille M. Paris, Professor, Art. B.A., M.F.A., University State College. Appointed September 1982. of California at Berkeley; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Unive~sity. Appointed September 1959. Janet S. Pollak, Associate Professor, Anthropology. A.B., Douglass College; M.A., Temple University; Ph.D., Barbara L. Parker, Assistant Professor, English. B.A., The Rutgers University. AppOinted September 1977. University of California at Los Angeles; M.A., City College, the City University of New York; Ph.D., New Leonard Presby, Professor, Computer Science. B.A., M.S., York University. Appointed September 1989. Yeshiva University; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1975. Betty Ann Parrella, Personnel Assistant 2. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed September 1966. Anique Qureshi, Assistant Professor, Accounting and Law. B.B.A., Adelphi University; C.P.A., Maryland. Vincent N. Parrillo, Professor, Sociology. B.s., Seton Hall Appointed September 1991. University; M.A., Montclair State College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. AppointedJuly 1966. Gary P. Radford, Assistant Professor, Communication. B.A., Sheffield City Polytechnic; M.s., Southern Illinois Ronald G. Parris, Professor, African, African-American University; Ph.D., Rutgers University. and Caribbean Studies. B.A., University of Toronto; B.A., Appointed September 1990. University of Rochester; M.A., University of California; Ph.D., Yale University. Appointed September 1989. Susan G. Radner, Professor, English. A.B., Smith College; M.A., Hunter College CUNY. Appointed September 1964. Mary Patrick, Professor, Nursing. B.s.N., Tuskegee Institute; M.Ed., Ed.D., Tea~hers College, Columbia Kathleen Ragan, Director, Economic Development and University. Appointed September 1983. Advancement Operation. B.A., M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed August 1988. Diana Peck, Associate Professor, Communication. B.F.A., Boston University; M.A.T., Ttenton State College; M.Ed., Swadesh Raj, Associate Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia University. Ap B.s., M.S., Agra University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State pointed September 1978. University. AppOinted September 1985.
James A. Peer, Associate Professor, Curriculum and Taghi Ramin, Assistant Professor, Economics and Instruction.B.A., M.Ed., Rutgers University; Ed.D., Finance. B.s., University of Tehran; M.A., Long Island Lehigh University. Appointed September 1968. University; Ph.D, New York University. Appointed September 1984. Robert M. Peller, Associate Dean of Students, Counsel ing, Student Services. B.s., Yale University; Ph.D., Julius Randall, Academic Coordinator, Office of Minority Adelphi University. Appointed September 1970. Education. A.A.A., North Carolina Agricultural and Technical College; B.s., New York Institute of Technol Donna Perry, Associate Professor, English. B.A., ogy; M.s., Pratt Institute. Appointed January 1989. Merrimack College; M.A., Duquesne University; Ph.D., Marquette University. Appointed September 1982. Richard L. Reed, Professor, Art. B.S., M.Ed., State College, Kutztown; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia John Peterman, Associate Professor, Philosophy. B.A., University. Appointed September 1964. University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University. Appointed September 1980. Rufus Reid, Associate Professor, Music. B.M., Northwest ern University. Appointed October 1979. Edward Petkus, Associate Professor, Educational Leadership. B.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Gail Reiken-Tuzrnan, Assistant Professor, Movement Montclair State College; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Science and Leisure Studies. B.S., Brooklyn College; M.s., Appointed September 1968. Pennsylvania State University; Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1989. Eswar G. Phadia, Professor, Mathematics. B.A., Osmania University; M.A., Karnatak University; M.s., Ph.D., Ohio State University. Appointed September 1973.
184 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Susan Reiss, Director, Child Care Center. B.S., State Margaret Rothman, Associate Professor, Art. B.A" University College at New Paltz; M.s., Bank Street Oberlin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan. College. Appointed December 1991. Appointed September1974.
Dong K. Rhee, Assistant Professor, Marketing and Martin Rudnick, Associate Professor, Accounting ~nd Management Sciences. B.B.A., M.B.A., Seoul National Law. B.S., M.A., University of Alabama; C.P.A. Appoihted University; Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1978. September 1989. Anm!marie Russoniello, Publications Writer,and Editor. Soon Man Rhim, Professor, Sociology. B.Th., Yonsei B.A., Montclair State College; M.A., New Yo~k University. University; M.R.E., Union Theological Seminary; M.A., Appointed September 1989.
Columbia University; Ph.D., Drew University. Appointed '. • f " September 1971. PeteJ; Ryerson, Chief, Operations, Polic.e and Public Silfety. B.S., William Paterson College. Appointed John Rhodes, Assistant Professor, Communication. A.B., October ~ 988. Occidental College; M.A., New York University. Appointed September 1990. O~lando E. Saa, P~ofessor, Languages and Cultures. B.A., CamillasUniversity; B.A., St. Mary's University; M.A., Maureen E. Riley-Davis, Librarian 1. B.A., H. Sophie Sp~ing Hill College; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University. Newcomb College, Tulane University; M.A.T., University Appointed September 1974. of Massachusetts; M.LS., Rutgers University. Appointed December 1975. Nelda Samarel, Associate Professor, Nursing. B.S., University of the State of New York; M.s., Hunter Terry M. Ripmaster, Professor, History. B.A., M.A., College; Ed.D., Rutgers Graduate School of Education. Western Michigan University; Ph.D., New York Appointed September 1990. University. Appointed September 1966. Barbara S. Sandberg, Professor, Theatre. B.S., Indiana Lance S. Risley, Assistant Professor, Biology. B.S., Sam University; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Houston State University; M.S., University of Tennessee; University. Appointed September 1963. Ph.D., University of Georgia, 1987. Appointed September 1990. Rosetta Sands, Dean, Science and Health. Professor, Nursing. B.s.N., M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Louis]. Rivela, Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. B.S., Union Graduate SchooL Appointed September 1987. Rutgers University; M.s., Ph.D., University of North Carolina. Appointed September 1969. Dennis Santillo, Director, External Relations. B.A., Seton Hall University. Appointed July 1972. Sam Robinson, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. B.S., University of North Carolina; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Gunvor G. Satra, Associate Professor, History. Institute and State University. Appointed September Candidatus Magister, University of Oslau; M.A., 1989. University of Florida. Appointed September 1965.
John N. Rockman, Assistant Professor, Curriculum and Arlene Scala, Instructor (half time), Women's Studies. Instruction. B.s., Antioch College; M.A., George Peabody B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. Appointed College. AppOinted September 1959. September 1986.
Ricardo Rodriguez, Athletic Equipment Manager. A.A.S., Alan Schaeffer, Program Assistant, Shea Center. B.A. Middlesex County College. Appointed August 1988. Kean College, 1988. Appointed September 1990.
William Rosa, Associate Professor, Languages and Marc Schaeffer, Assistant Vice President for Academic Cultures. B.A., Universidad de Puerto Rico; M.A., Affairs Administration. B.A. Queens College, CUNY; Michigan State University; Ph.D., Ohio State University. M.A., Hunter College, CUNY; Ed.D., Teachers College, Appointed September 1986. Columbia University. Appointed December 1989.
Robert Rosen, Associate Professor, English. B.S., Paul Schmidt, Director of Personnel Resources. JD, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University; B.A., St. Charles Seminary. AppOinted Rutgers University. Appointed September 1978. May 1980.
John H. Rosengren, Professor, Biology. B.A., Wooster Gary K. Schubert, Professor, Art. B.S., University of College; M.A., Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Wisconsin; M.F.A., University of Massachusetts. University. Appointed September 1959. Appointed September 1969.
Paula Rothenberg, Professor, Philosophy. B.A., M.A., New York University. Appointed September 1969.
185 DIRECTORIES
Michael]. Sebetich, Professor, Biology. B.s., Duquesne Barry R. Silverstein, Professor, Psychology. B.A., City University; M.A., College of William and Mary; Ph.D., College CUNY; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Rutgers University. Appointed September 1977. University. Appointed September 1969.
Shari B. Selke, Professional Services Specialist IV, Rajendra Singh, Director, Faculty and Staff Relations. Theatre. B.A., Brooklyn College. B.A., Hamline University, M.A., University of Minnesota. Appointed]anuary 1990. Appointed March 1989.
Susan Semegram, Alumni Records and Research William Small,]r., Professor, Political Science. A.B., Coordinator. B.S. William Paterson College. Appointed Howard University; J.D., Howard University School of October 1990. Law. Appointed September 1970.
Nancy E. Seminoff, Dean, School of Education, Eleanor]. Smith, Vice President for Academic Affairs and Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. B.s., Northern Provost; Professor, African, African-American and Michigan University, M.A., Michigan State University, Carribean Studies. B.5.M., Capitol University; M.E., Ohio Ed.D., Wayne State University. Appointed September State University, Ph.D., The Graduate School, Union 1991. Institute. Appointed October 1990.
Stephen R. Shalom, Professor, Political Science. B.S., Sharon Smith, Associate Professor, Art. B.A., Stanford Massachusetts Institute of Technology; M.A., Northeast University; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed ern University; Ph.D., Boston University. Appointed September 1974. September 1977. Mary Ann Spatz, Assistant Director, Center for Academic David]. Shapiro, Professor, Art. B.A., M.A., Clare Support. B.s., Fordham University; M.S., Iona College. College; Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed]anuary Appointed]anuary 1988. 1981. Arnold Speert, President; Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. Gurdial Sharma, Professor, ChemistrylPhysics. M.s., B.S., City College CUNY; Ph.D., Princeton University. Ph.D., Panjab University. Appointed September 1980. Appointed September 1970.
Gerald Sheehan, Associate Professor, Accounting and Deborah Spina, Assistant Director of Student Develop Law. B.s., Fordham University; J.D., New York Law ment. B.A., Villanova University; M.A., Bowling Green School. Appointed September 1972. State University. Appointed October 1989.
Carole]. Sheffield, Professor, Political Science. B.S., Peter Spiridon, Vice President for Administration and Eastern Connecticut State College; M.A., Ph.D., Miami Finance. B.S., M.s., New York University. AppOinted University, Ohio. Appointed September 1973. December 1979.
Nancy Sheffield-Warman, Librarian 3. B.A., Beloit Peter Stein, Professor, Sociology. B.A., City College College, M.L.S. Rutgers University. Appointed December CUNY; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton University. AppOinted 1991. September 1979.
David Sherman, Production Company Manager, Theatre. Robert L. Stevenson, Professor, Mathematics. B.S., B.S., Centenary College; M.A., Montclair State College. Hobart College; M.Ed., Rutgers University; Ph.D., New Appointed September 1988. York University. Appointed February 1967.
William Siegrist, Assistant Director of Physical Plant. John B. Stimson, Professor, Sociology. A.B., M.A., Ph.D., B.s., New]ersey Institute of Technology. Appointed May New York University. Appointed September 1974. 1989. Barbara Stomber, Student Government Advisor. B.s. Melanie Sigal, Student Advocate. B.A., Wesleyan William Paterson College. ApPointed]anuary 1990. University, M.Ed., Teachers College, Columbia University. Appointed November 1989. Daniel S. Sugarman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Teachers College, Sam Silas, Professor, Movement Science and Leisure Columbia University. Appointed September 1962. Studies. B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois University. Appointed]uly 1985. Myron]. Swack, Professor, Special Education and Counseling. B.S., Ohio State University; M.A., Eastern Toby Silverman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Brooklyn Michigan State University; Ph.D., University of Michigan. College CUNY; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia Appointed September 1969. University; Ph.D., New York University. AppOinted September 1975.
186 PROFESSIONAL STAFF
Paul Swanson, Associate Professor, Economics and Richard Varron, Data Processing Programmer. B.A., Finance. B.A., Iowa State University; M.A., M. Phil., M.A., William Paterson College. AppOinted May 1988. Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed September 1982. Edward Veasey, Director of Facilities. AppointedJanuary Joseph Tanis, Director, Institutional Advancement. B.A., 1980. M.A., William Paterson College; M.A., Montclair State College. Appointed November 1975. H. Robert Verbeek, Graphic Artist. A.A.s., New School for Social ResearchiParsons School of Design. Appointed Amavaz Taraporevala, Assistant Professor, Mathematics. August 1983. B.Sc, Delphi University; M.Stat, Indiana State University; Ph.D., Michigan State University. Appointed September Anil Vijayan, Assistant Professor, Accounting and Law. 1989. B.s., University of Calicut; M.B.A., University /)f the District of Columbia. Appointed September 1990. Joan Tashjian, Nurse, Student Services. R.N. Mountainside Hospital. AppOinted April 1980. Jane R. Voos, Professor, Biology. B.A., Hunter College CUNY; Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed Frank Tedesco, Professional Services Specialist Ill, September 1968. Academic Computing. B.A.; William Paterson College. AppointedJanuary 1991. Miryam Wahrman, Associate Professor, Biology. B.A., Hunter College CUNY; Ph.D., Cornell University. Lorraine Terraneo, Director of Publications. B.A., M.A., Appointed September 1984. Northeastern University. Appointed September 1986. Muruku Waiguchu, Professor, Accounting and Law. B.A., Pamela Theus, Librarian 2. B.S., West Chester Univer Central College; M.A., Queens College; Ph.D., Temple sity; M.L.S., Drexel University. Appointed May 1988. University. AppOinted September 1970.
Isabel Tirado, Associate Professor, History. B.A., M.A., Edith Wallace, Professor, Biology. B.A., M.A., Montclair Hunter College CUNY; Ph.D., University of California at State College; Ph.D., Rutgers University. Appointed Berkeley. Appointed September 1985. September 1968.
Vincent Tong, Assistant Professor, Marketing and Roland Watts, Director, Residence Life. B.A., Richmond Management Sciences. B.A., New York University; M.A., College; M.A., Cambridge College. AppointedJuly 1986. University of Michigan; Ph.D., Yale University. Ap pointed September 1991. Jane Weidensaul, Associate Professor, Music. B.s., Juilliard School of Music; M.F.A., Ph.D., Rutgers Janet P. Tracy, Assistant Professor, Nursing. B.S.N., University. Appointed September 1975. University of Iowa; M.S., University of Colorado, 1972. Appointed September 1991. Richard Weinberg, Director, Continuing Education. B.A., Brooklyn College; M.s., Hofstra University; Ph.D., Nina Trelisky, Assistant Re.&istrar. B.A., York College New York University.AppointedJuly 1986. CUNY. AppointedJune 1980. Aaron Weinstein, Assistant Professor, Accounting and Joan Tuohy, Professor, Educational Leadership. B.s., Law. B.B.A., City College CUNY;].D., New York Law Oneonta State College; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia School. Appointed September 1980. University; Ed.D., Rutgers University. Appointed September 1968. Martin Weinstein, Professor, Political Science. B.A., Columbia College; M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Marion P. Turkish, Professor, Curriculum and Instruc Appointed September 1971. tion. A.B., George Washington University; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University; Ph.D., Fordham David R. Weisbrot, Professor, Biology. B.s., M.A., University. Appointed February 1972. Brooklyn College CUNY; Ph.D., Columbia University. Appointed Januaryl973. Kathleen Unger, Director, Recreation Services, B.S. Niagara University; M.A., Montclair State College. Valentino Weiss, Assistant Operations Director, Student Appointed October 1987. Center. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed November 1974. Lee Vadala, Administrative Assistant, President's Office. B.A., William Paterson College. Appointed November Shelley Wepner, Associate Professor, Curriculum and 1976. Instruction. B.S., University of Pittsburgh; M.S., Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania. Appointed September 1982. Donald R. Vardiman, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Texas Technological College; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. Appointed September 1970.
187 DIRECTORIES
Jean M. Werth, Professor, Biology. B.S., Nazareth Stanley W. Wollock, Professor, Curriculum and College; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University. Appointed Instruction. B.S., Kutztown State College; M.Ed., Western September 1972. Maryland College; Ed.D., New York University. AppOinted September 1962. Stanley C. Wertheim, Professor, English. B.A., M.A., Ph.D., New York University. Appointed September 1970. William H. Woodworth, Professor, Music. B.M.E., Eastern Michigan University; M.M., University of Matthew Whelan, Assistant Director of Admissions. B.A., Kentucky; Ed.D., University of Michigan. Appointed Mercyhurst College. Appointed February 1992. September 1966.
Doris G. White, Professor, Curriculum and Instruction. Anne Wright, Director of Freshman Life. B.A., Rosemont B.S., M.S., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. Appointed College, M.A., Montclair State College. AppOinted March Se,ptember 1957. 1989.
Roben K. White, Professor, Psychology. B.A., Milligan Keumsil Kim Yoon, Associate Professor, Languages and College; Ph.D., University of Texas. Appointed Septem Cultures. B.A., Ewha University; M.A., Ph.D., University ber 1968. of Paris-Sorbo nne. AppOinted October 1985.
Patricia Whiteman, Assistant Director, Residence Life. William]. Younie, Professor, Special Education and B.A., M.Ed., Elmira College. Appointed October 1987. Counseling. B.S., Boston State College; Ed.M., Tufts University; Ed.D., Columbia University. Appointed James Wilkerson, Assistant Professor, Accounting and September 1970. Law. A.B., M.A., Seton Hall University; J.D., Rutgers School of Law. Appointed September 1981. Ann Yusaitis, Assistant Director, Counseling. B.S., M.A., Seton Hall University. Appointed September 1967. Gloria Williams, Assistant Director, Advisement Center. B.A., M.A., William Paterson College. AppointedJuly Jane Zeff, Associate Director of Planning, Research and 1979. Evaluation. B.A., Hunter College; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts. Appointed November 1989. William M. Willis, Professor, Educational Leadership. Ed.M.,Ed.D., Harvard Graduate School of Education. Mary Beth Zeman, News WriterlMedia Specialist, AppOinted September 1972. College Communications. B.A., Douglass College of Rutgers. AppOinted August 1986. Lois M. Wolf, Associate Professor, Political Science. B.A.,M.A., Rutgers University. Appointed September Doris Zierden, Professional Services Specialist IV (half 1964. time), Theatre. B.A., William Paterson College, 1988. Appointed September 1990. Roben Wolk, Librarian 3. B.A., M.L.S., Brooklyn College; M.A., State University of New York at Oneonta. Kenneth M. Zurich, Director, Career Services. B.A., M.A., Appointed December 1989. Montclair State College. Appointed November 1972.
188 Campus Map
TO ROUTE 23 NORTH TO BERGEN COUNTY
"' "0:z II: :> I-
II: ":> en ..:IE :t
WAYNE
16. WAYNE HALL 17. SCIENCE HALL 18. STUDENT CENTER 1. SHEA CENTER FOR 19. PIONEER HALL PERFORMING ARTS 20. HERITAGE HALL 2. HOBART MANOR 21. CENTRAL CHILLER 3. HOBART HALL PLANT 4. MATELSON HALL 22. WATER TOWER & 5. WHITE HALL PUMPING STATION 6. COACH HOUSE 23. WAREHOUSE 7. WIGHTMAN GYM 24. WIGHTMAN FIELD 8. HUNZIKER HALL COMPLEX 9. BEN SHAHN CENTER 25. CALDWELL PLAZA FOR THE VISUAL ARTS 26. TENNIS COURTS 10. ASKEW LIBRARY 27. ATHLETIC LOCKER 11. MORRISON HALL FACILITY 12. GYMNASIUM-POOL 28. CENTER FOR 13. RAUB INGER HALL ACADEMIC SUPPORT 14. HUNZIKER WING 29. THE TOWERS 15. HEATING PLANT & 30. REC CENTER CENTRAL MAl NT. 31. ATHLETIC FIELDS FACILITY 32. CAMPUS POLICE BUILDING 33. TEMPORARY CLASSROOMS 34. GREENHOUSE 35. PEDESTRIAN OVERPASS TO PATERSON
VISITORS USE GATE 2 OFF POMPTON ROAD.
189 How to Reach WPC
1. From New York City via George Washington Bridge or 5. From Northern New Jersey: Lincoln Tunnel or Eastern New Jersey: Take Route 23 South to the Ratzer Road/Service Road Take Route 46 West or Route 80 West or Route 3 West to jughandle. Cross highway, then proceed North on Service 46 West. *Proceed to Route 23 North. Continue on Route Road to Ratzer Road Exit. Proceed approximately four 23 North to Alps Road exit. Proceed approximately two miles to third traffic light at intersection of Ratzer Road and miles to traffic light at intersection of Alps and Ratzer Roads. Hamburg Turnpike. After crossing intersection, Ratzer Tum right on Ratzer and proceed approximately two miles Road becomes Pompton Road. Proceed about 200 yards. to traffic light at intersection of Ratzer Road and Hamburg College entry Gates 4 through 1 are on left along Pompton Turnpike. After crossing intersection, Ratzer becomes Road. Pompton Road. Proceed about 200 yards. College entry Or: Gates 4 through 1 are on left along Pompton Road. Take Route 208 South to exit marked Colonial Road - High Mountain Road - Franklin Lakes. Proceed on exit ramp to 2. From Southern and Central NewJersey via the Garden stop sign. Tum left on High Mountain Road. Continue State Parkway: approximately three and one-half miles to fork. Take right Take Garden State Parkway North to Exit 153B (on left), fork on Belmont Avenue. Proceed on Belmont about two marked Route 3 and 46, West Paterson. Take Route 3 to miles to traffic light (Dunkin' Donuts on left). Tum right on Route 46 West. Follow directions from * to #1 above. Pompton Road. Proceed up hill approximately one-half mile. College entry Gates 1 through 4 are on right along 3. From Western New Jersey: Pompton Road. Take Route 80 East to Exit 53. Proceed one-half mile on Route 46 East. Exit on Riverview Drive, Wayne. Proceed to 6. From Northern New Jersey via the Garden State Park way: fifth traffic light. Tum right on Valley Road. Proceed to fourth traffic light. Tum right on Ratzer Road and proceed Take the Garden State Parkway South to Exit 159, Route 80 approximately two miles to traffic light at intersection of West. Follow directions from * in #1 above. Ratzer road and Hamburg Turnpike. After crossing inter section, Ratzer becomes Pompton Road. Proceed about 200 Public Transportation yards. College entry Gates 4 through 1 are on left along Public transportation to the College is available from the Pompton Road. surrounding areas. Transport of New Jersey P54 runs directly to the College. For further information on bus 4. Take Route 46 East. Follow directions from * in #1 service, telephone 1-800-772-2222. above.
190 INDEX Index
Academic Calendar ...... , ...... 4 Communication Disorders ...... 139 Academic Honors ...... 26 Community Health, Dept. of ...... 141 Academic Information Services ...... 18 Complaints-Grades/Student Academic Performance .. 33 Academic Integrity Policy ...... 26 Computer Facilities ...... 19 Academic Regulations ...... 26 Computer Science and Quantitative AnalYSiS, Academic Standing ...... 28 Dept. of ...... 143 Academic Support Center ...... 18 Computer Science Program ...... , ...... 143 Academic Support Services ...... 18 Continuing Education ...... 36 Accounting ...... 77 Counseling Services ...... 19 Accounting and Law, Dept. of ...... 77 Course Credit Load ...... 29 Accreditation ...... 172 Course Repeat ...... 29 Activities ...... , ...... 22 Credit ...... 29 Adapted Physical Education ...... 157 Credit by Examination ...... 29 Administration ...... 170 Curriculum and Instruction, Dept. of...... 67 Admission ...... 10 Curriculum Individualization ...... 30 Adult Learner Program ...... 12 Dance ...... 156 Adult Students ...... , ...... 12 Degree Requirements ...... , ...... 30 Advanced Placement ...... 13 Dining Services ...... 21 Advanced Standing Students ...... 11 Directions to WPC ...... 190 Advisement Center ...... 18 Directories ...... 170 Advisors ...... 18 Disabled Student Services ...... 19 African, African American and Caribbean Studies, Dismissal ...... 28 Dept. of ...... 80 Dormitories ...... 8, 20 Alumni Association ...... 18 Early Admissions ...... 12 Anthropology ...... 84 Economics ...... 86 Application Requirements ...... : ...... 10 Economics and Finance, Dept. of ...... 86 Aquatics ...... 156 Education, School of ...... 66 Arabic ...... 106 Educational Leadership, Dept. of...... 71 Art, Dept. of ...... , ...... 40 Educational Opportunity Fund ...... 12, 36 Arts and Communication, School of...... 40 Electives ...... 32 Assessment ...... 35 Elementary Education ...... 67 Athletic Training ...... 157 Emeritus Faculty ...... 171 Athletics ...... 23 English, Dept. of ...... 88 Attendance ...... 28 Environmental Science and Geography, Dept. of ...... 147 Audit Course ...... 28 Exercise Physiology ...... 157 Awards ...... 15 Extracurricular Activities ...... 24, 32 Basic Skills Reading Course ...... 76 Facilities ...... 8 Basic Skills ...... 31 Fees ...... 14 Beacon ...... 23 Field Laboratory Experiences ...... 66 Biology, Dept. Of...... 129 Finance ...... 87 Biopsychology Honors Program ...... 37, 77, 118, 133 Financial Aid ...... 14 Biotechnology ...... 130 Foreign Language Requirement ... :...... 100 Board of Trustees ...... 172 French ...... 101 Business Administration ...... 109 Freshman Life ...... 20 Campus Facilities ...... 8 Freshman Seminar ...... 20, 37 Campus Map ...... 189 Full-Faith-and-Credit-Policy ...... 11 Campus Ministry ...... 18 General Education Requirements ...... 31 Career Services ...... 19 General Information ...... 8 Center for Research ...... 128 Geography ...... 150 Certification, Teacher ...... 67 German ...... 107 Chemistry ...... , ...... 134 Grades ...... 33 Chemistry and Physics, Dept. of ...... 134 Grade Regulations ...... 33 Child Care Center ...... 19 Graduate Programs ...... 37 Chinese ...... 106 Grants (Student) ...... 16 Class Standing ...... 28 Greek ...... 107 Classical Performance ...... 51 Hazing ...... 23 CLEP ...... 30 Health Education Certification Endorsement...... 157 Clubs and Activities ...... 22 Health Services ...... 20 Coaching and Officiating ...... 156 Hebrew ...... 107 Communication, Dept. of ...... 46 History, Dept. of ...... 93
191 INDEX
Honor Societies ...... 23 Poli~ies' and Procedures ...... 24 Honors ...... 26 PoligdH 'Scie~c~, Dept. of ...... U5 Honors Programs ...... 37, 76, 98 Portuguese : ...... !: ...... 108 Housing ...... 20, 21 Pre-be.rital Preparation ...... 128 Humanities Honors ...... 37, 76, 98 Pre-Law Preparation ...... 36 Humanities Interdisciplinary Courses ...... 99 Pre-Medi2a! P~eparation ...... 36, 128 Humanities, Management and Social Sciences, Pn:,:Pn:lfessional Programs ...... 128 School of ...... 76 Professional Staff ...... 173 Immunization ...... 2~ Psychoipgy, Dept. of ...... U8 Independent Study ...... 34 Quantitative Analysis ...... 145 Institutional Support Services ...... 18 Rec Center ...... 23 Insurance ...... 14, 20 Recre~tio~ ...... 156 International Management Honors ...... 37, 76 Recreational Services ...... 23 International Students ...... :..... 12, 2d Reinstatement ...... 28 Italian ...... 107 Residential Facilities ...... 20 Japanese ...... 108 Residence Life ...... 20 Jazz Studies ...... 51 ROTC ...... 30 Junior Year Abroad ...... 101 Russian ...... 108 Korean ...... 108 SAPB ...... 22 Languages and Cultures, Dept. of ...... 100 Satisfactory Academic Progress Policy ...... 17 Latin ...... 108 scholarships ...... 15 Law ...... 77 Science and Health, School of ...... 128 Leave of Absence ...... :...... 34 Semester Abroad ...... 36 Legal InterpretationfIranslation ...... 102 Senior Citizens ...... 13 Leisure Studies ...... , ...... 156 Services, Support ...... 18 Liberal Studies Major ...... 62, 76, 128 Sociology/Anthropology ...... 122 Library ...... 20 Sociology, Dept. of .... :..... ,.: ...... 122 Loans ...... 16 Spanish ...... :...... , ...... 101 Majors ...... 18, 32 Special Admission ... ,: .. : ..,.::;: .... : ...... 12 Marketing and Management Sciences, Dept. of ...... 109 Special Education Concentration ...... 72 Mathematics, Dept. of ...... 152 Special Education and Counseling, Dept. of ...... 71 Memberships ...... 172 Special Programs ...... :...... 36 Military Credit ...... 30 Speech Pathology ...... 139 Minority Education ...... : 36 Student Activities Programming Board ...... 22 Mission Statement ...... 2 Student Center ...... 23 Movement Science and Student Exchange Progfllm ...... 20 Leisure Studies, Dept. of ...... 156 Student Government Association ...... 22 Movement Science ...... 156 Student Life ...... 22 Music, Dept. of ...... 51 Subject Field Certification :...... 68 New Jersey Board of Higher Education ...... 172 Summer Sessions ...... 36 New Jersey Marine Sciences Consortium ...... 150 Supplemental Instruction ...... 18 New Jersey State Basic Skills ...... 31,76 Theatre, Dept. of ...... 62 Nondegree Students ...... 13 Transfer Admission ...... U Nursing, Dept. of ...... 165 Tuition ...... 14 Obligation of Payment ...... 35 Undeclared Students ...... : ...... 35 Organizations ...... 22 Undergraduate Degree Requirements ...... 31 Parking ...... 14 Veterans ...... 17, 21, 30 Pass/Fail Option ...... 33 Veterinary Medicine Preparation ...... : ...... 128 Payment ...... 14 Visiting Students ...... 13 Philosophy, Dept. of ...... : ...... 112 WPC Introduction ...... 3 Physical Education Certification ...... 156 Withdrawal ...... 29,34 Physics ...... 138 Women's Studies ...... 126 Pioneer Yearbook ...... 23 WPSC Radio ...... 23
194 WPc/College Relations 619230M 0 W (l)r--. O)"l" (l)r-.... =0 0>- U(I) ~ c ~ °tJ)J (I) as 3 ~ +-(1) ~z E a> o c ~ 0 -- >- CO I-- ~~ -....I
!'